Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 2, 2013

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

  7372   47-0945740

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

837 North 34th Street, Suite 200

Seattle, Washington 98103

(206) 633-3400

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Christian Chabot

Chief Executive Officer

Tableau Software, Inc.

837 North 34th Street, Suite 200

Seattle, Washington 98103

(206) 633-3400

(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

 

Jodie M. Bourdet

Charles S. Kim

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

Keenan Conder

Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Tableau Software, Inc.

837 North 34th Street, Suite 200

Seattle, Washington 98103

(206) 633-3400

 

Gordon K. Davidson

Jeffrey R. Vetter

James D. Evans

Fenwick & West LLP

1191 Second Avenue, 10th Floor

Seattle, Washington 98101

(206) 389-4510

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨      Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   þ    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
   Amount of
Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

   $150,000,000    $20,460

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(2) Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject To Completion. Dated April 2, 2013.

                                  Shares

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Tableau Software, Inc.

We are offering                     shares of our Class A common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional                     shares of our Class A common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DATA”.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any recommendation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Tableau

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                     shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                     shares from                     at the initial price to the public less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2013.

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley
Credit Suisse   J.P. Morgan
UBS Investment Bank   BMO Capital Markets

JMP Securities

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2013.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     15   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     42   

Market, Industry and Other Data

     44   

Use of Proceeds

     45   

Dividend Policy

     45   

Capitalization

     46   

Dilution

     48   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     50   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     53   

Business

     82   

Management

     104   

Executive Compensation

     112   

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

     122   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     124   

Description of Capital Stock

     126   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     133   

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock

     135   

Underwriting

     139   

Legal Matters

     144   

Experts

     144   

Where You Can Find More Information

     144   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus we have prepared in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions in this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Tableau,” the “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Tableau Software, Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.

Company Overview

Our mission is to help people see and understand data.

Our software products put the power of data into the hands of everyday people, allowing a broad population of business users to engage with their data, ask questions, solve problems and create value.

Based on innovative core technologies originally developed at Stanford University, our products dramatically reduce the complexity, inflexibility and expense associated with traditional business intelligence applications. We aim to make our products easy to use, ubiquitous and as deeply-rooted in the workplace as spreadsheets are today.

Our software is designed for anyone with data and questions. We are democratizing the use of business analytics software by allowing people to access information, perform analysis and share results without assistance from technical specialists. By putting powerful, self-service analytical technology directly into the hands of people who make decisions with data, we seek to accelerate the pace of informed and intelligent decision making. This enables our customers to create better workplaces, with happier employees who are empowered to more fully express their ingenuity and creativity.

Our products are used by people of diverse skill levels across all kinds of organizations, including Fortune 500 corporations, small and medium-sized businesses, government agencies, universities, research institutions and non-profits. Organizations employ our products in a broad range of use cases such as increasing sales, streamlining operations, improving customer service, managing investments, assessing quality and safety, studying and treating diseases, completing academic research, addressing environmental problems and improving education. Our products are flexible and capable enough to help a single user on a laptop analyze data from a simple spreadsheet, or to enable thousands of users across an enterprise to execute complex queries against massive databases.

Underpinning our innovative products is a set of technology advances that spans the domains of sophisticated computer graphics, human-computer interaction and high performance database systems. These technology innovations include VizQL and our Hybrid Data Architecture:

 

  Ÿ  

VizQL —Our breakthrough visual query language, VizQL, translates drag-and-drop actions into data queries and then expresses that information visually. VizQL unifies the formerly disparate tasks of query and visualization and allows users to transform questions into pictures without the need for software scripts, chart wizards or dialogue boxes that inhibit speed and flexibility. This capability is designed to enable a more intuitive, creative and engaging experience for our

 

 

1


Table of Contents
 

users. VizQL can deliver dramatic gains in people’s ability to see and understand data, and we believe it represents a foundational advancement in the field of analytics.

 

  Ÿ  

Hybrid Data Architecture —Our Hybrid Data Architecture combines the power and flexibility of our Live Query and In-Memory Data Engines. Our Live Query Engine allows users to instantaneously connect to large volumes of data in its existing format and location, reducing the need for time-consuming data transformation processes that only technical specialists can perform. In addition, this capability allows customers to leverage investments in their existing data platforms and to capitalize on the capabilities of high performance databases. Our In-Memory Data Engine enables users to import large amounts of data into our own in-memory database. Using advanced algorithms and data compression techniques, our in-memory technology facilitates quick query responses on up to hundreds of millions of rows of data. Our Hybrid Data Architecture enables these data engines to work in harmony, allowing users the flexibility to access and analyze data from diverse sources and locations, while optimizing speed and performance for each source.

Our distribution strategy is based on a “land and expand” business model and is designed to capitalize on the ease of use, low up-front cost and collaborative capabilities of our software. Our products tend to be adopted at a grassroots level within organizations, often beginning with a free trial, and then spread across departments, divisions and geographies via word-of-mouth, the discovery of new use cases and our sales effort. Over time, many of our customers find that the use of our products expands to a broad cross-section of their organizations and that our deployments and use cases become significantly more strategic in nature. Accordingly, we have developed enterprise-class product and service capabilities that allow us to both complement and supplant core, legacy business intelligence deployments.

As of December 31, 2012, we had more than 10,000 customers across a broad array of company sizes and industries and located in over 100 countries. Some of our largest customers include Deere & Company, affiliates of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, the Federal Aviation Administration, Sears Holdings Corporation and affiliates of Verizon Communications Inc. In addition, we have cultivated strong relationships with technology partners to help us extend the reach of our products. These partners include both traditional database vendors such as International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation and Teradata Corporation and emerging database vendors such as Cloudera Inc., Google Inc., Greenplum (a division of EMC Corporation) and Vertica (a division of Hewlett-Packard Company).

We have achieved significant growth in recent periods. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, our total revenues were $34.2 million, $62.4 million and $127.7 million, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 93% from 2010 to 2012. We also generated net income of $2.7 million, $3.4 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and have generated positive cash from operating activities on an annual basis in each of those fiscal years. We believe our land and expand business model provides financial visibility as aggregate revenues from subsequent sales of products and maintenance services to our customers have typically been multiples of the revenues we realized from those customers’ initial purchases.

Industry Background

We believe that organizations increasingly regard their data as a critical strategic resource. The remarkable growth in the volume, diversity and accessibility of digital information creates the potential for people to make more informed, timely and intelligent decisions. In today’s increasingly competitive environment, we believe that the value of rapid and more informed decision-making continues to grow.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

According to International Data Corporation, or IDC, the amount of digital information created, replicated and consumed worldwide will grow exponentially from 0.8 trillion gigabytes in 2010 to 40 trillion gigabytes in 2020. Many organizations are expected to experience a doubling in the volume of data across their enterprises approximately every 24 months, according to IDC, and are investing heavily to scale their data storage and management platforms to accommodate this growth.* These growing volumes of data are also increasingly diverse in terms of their source, format and location. Today, organizations create and manage data across a broad range of platforms, from traditional relational databases, to an array of emerging data platforms to cloud computing platforms.

As a consequence of the increasing richness and volume of data, more and more people are demanding access to information in order to gain insight, solve problems and monitor the performance of their organizations. The growth of cloud computing technologies and the proliferation of connected devices such as tablets and smartphones are enabling users to access information anytime and anyplace. We believe that these trends are accelerating the demand for analytical technology, as more information and engagement provokes more questions and fuels demand for more analysis, answers and value. At the same time, advances in user experience driven by consumer technology companies such as Amazon, Apple, Facebook and Google have raised user expectations regarding intuitive, flexible and convenient access to information.

These factors have created a backdrop of growing data resources, increased user appetite for information and rising expectations for accessibility and ease of use. As a result, many organizations are seeking technology that will allow their people to easily access the right information, answer questions, gain insight and share their findings. These organizations are seeking to empower their employees and to unleash their creativity and problem-solving abilities.

People within organizations have traditionally accessed data via static reports from enterprise applications and business intelligence platforms maintained by IT departments. These systems, predominantly designed and built in the 1990’s, are generally heavy, complex, inflexible and expensive. As a result, business users are forced to depend on specialized resources to operate, modify and maintain these systems. The divide between users seeking insight and technical specialists lacking business context introduces inefficiencies and time lags that inhibit the utility and value of these systems. Because most business users lack the time, skills and financial resources necessary to address the limitations of these systems, their adoption has largely been limited to a narrow population of power users with technical expertise and training and to a narrow population of companies.

Faced with these challenges, many knowledge workers today rely on spreadsheets as their primary analytical tool. While spreadsheets are widely available and easier to use than traditional business intelligence platforms, they have a number of limitations. Spreadsheets are not generally designed to facilitate direct and dynamic data access, making the process of importing and updating data manual, cumbersome and error prone. In addition, spreadsheets are not built to accommodate large data sets and offer limited interactive visual capabilities, thereby reducing performance and limiting analytical scope and insight.

Opportunity

The market for traditional business analytics software is large and well established, with IDC estimating an aggregate spending of $35.1 billion in 2012 in this worldwide market sector. IDC also estimates that the worldwide spending on business intelligence tools alone, a subset of the overall business analytics software market, was $12.9 billion in 2012.** In addition, organizations also spend

 

 

* See note 1 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”
** See note 2 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”

 

 

3


Table of Contents

billions of dollars on hardware, support and services to implement and maintain traditional business intelligence systems. According to Gartner, Inc., organizations are expected to spend $81.0 billion on business analytics and related services in 2014.*

According to an August 2012 Forrester Research, Inc., or Forrester, report, Forrester estimated that there will be 615 million information workers globally in 2013 and it predicts that number to grow to 865 million by 2016.** Additionally, a Forrester survey of information workers conducted in the fourth quarter of 2012 indicated that only 17% of respondents use a data dashboard or business intelligence tools as part of their job.*** Accordingly, we believe a significant percentage of information workers are not accessing business intelligence software, and they instead use alternative approaches to meet their analytical needs.

We believe the limitations of traditional approaches coupled with the demand for business analytics has presented an opportunity to pioneer a new class of business analytics software that addresses, complements and expands the business intelligence market and enhances office productivity tools such as spreadsheets, and that is specifically designed to enable a broad population of users to gain insight from their data.

Our Solution

Product Design Principles

We have pioneered a fundamentally new approach to business analytics. Our software products, Tableau Desktop, Tableau Server and Tableau Public, embody a set of design principles that reflect our values as a company and our mission to help people see and understand data:

 

  Ÿ  

Simple —Our software is designed to allow everyday business users to answer questions with ease. We have pioneered a number of core technologies that make our products intuitive and easy to use. For example, these innovations allow our users to utilize drag-and-drop gestures to execute queries, seamlessly shift graphical perspectives on their data and easily answer new questions as their thinking progresses. The simplicity of our products allows users to establish functional proficiency quickly and speeds the adoption of our technology.

 

  Ÿ  

Fast —Our software is designed to access and process large volumes of data rapidly and to enable responsive and agile analysis, allowing users to answer questions with data “at the speed of thought.” We believe that improvements in speed can increase user engagement with data and enhance the range, quality and timeliness of insights that are developed.

 

  Ÿ  

Powerful —Our fundamental goal is to allow our users to ask and answer questions with their data. The power to accomplish that goal arises from our ability to marry ease of use with advanced analytical capabilities in a manner that allows our customers to generate useful perspectives on their data. Our products are designed for everyday people but also incorporate advanced features such as predictive analysis that can meet the needs of many advanced users of business analytics products.

 

  Ÿ  

Beautiful —Impactful and engaging visualization lies at the heart of our software. We have incorporated key elements from the fields of visual perception, psychology and graphic design into our products that empower our users to generate content that is effective and beautiful by default. Beautiful and high quality design allows everyday people to engage in broad, creative thinking and encourages them to share content.

 

 

* See note 5 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”
** See note 3 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”
*** See note 4 in the section titled ”Market, Industry and Other Data.”

 

 

4


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Ubiquitous —We seek to make our software accessible to users wherever and whenever they need information and insight. Our software is designed so that users throughout organizations can explore their data and publish findings in a way that can be accessed on a broad range of platforms and devices, including tablets and smartphones.

Product Benefits

When combined with our technology innovations, these product design principles have resulted in products that provide the following benefits for our customers:

 

  Ÿ  

Liberation —The simplicity and ease of use of our software gives people the power to access, analyze and share data without the assistance of technical specialists. This self-service capability democratizes access to data, expands the potential user population within organizations and reduces training and support costs. We believe that providing the freedom for people to more powerfully and conveniently answer questions empowers employees and drives value for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Speed —Our software is designed to enable people to derive value from their data at an accelerated pace. Due to our focus on ease of use and ease of deployment, our users can quickly gain proficiency in our software and generate results rapidly, without the complication, time investment and frustration often associated with traditional business intelligence products. In addition, because our software is able to connect directly to a broad range of data sources, our users can perform work without having to undertake complex and time-consuming data movement and transformation. Many of our customers have reported that they are able to achieve their desired results with our software more than ten times faster than they can with their existing systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Discovery —We believe that the human mind is better able to process information, discern trends and identify patterns when presented with information in a visual format. By fundamentally integrating data analysis and visualization, our software allows people to create powerful visualizations and dashboards that can lead to new discoveries. Our software is designed to seamlessly blend, filter and drill down on information, without the distraction of dialogue boxes, wizards and scripts, allowing users to rapidly and iteratively develop greater insight from their data.

 

  Ÿ  

Communication and sharing —We facilitate more effective communication by empowering people to express themselves creatively and tell better stories with data. The collaborative features of our software are designed to foster more sharing of data and to improve the dissemination of information across and among enterprises. Our focus on designing our products for ubiquity allows users to publish results in a single format that can be consumed anywhere, enabling customers to interact with data readily and conveniently. We believe that our software enables our customers to share more insights and have richer conversations about their information.

 

  Ÿ  

Enterprise grade —Our products provide a secure, highly available, enterprise-class platform designed to scale to tens of thousands of users, across desktop, Web and mobile clients, and meet the needs of the largest organizations globally. We have built products that can be installed in minutes without specialized skills and readily integrate with enterprise data, management and security infrastructure. Our products provide enterprise-level security that has passed the stringent requirements of customers in the national defense, financial services and healthcare sectors. We believe our products uniquely blend the benefits of self-service and ease of use with enterprise readiness.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Value —Our products are designed to provide an attractive return on investment to our customers. Our self-service product capabilities dramatically reduce IT resources, professional services and support costs typically associated with traditional or competing business intelligence vendors. Our software also has low minimum hardware requirements, which can reduce related capital costs. In addition, our pricing and land and expand business model allow customers to deploy our software without having to make significant upfront economic commitments.

Growth Strategy

Our mission to help people see and understand data presents a broad and momentous market opportunity. We intend to continue to invest in a number of growth initiatives to allow us to pursue our mission aggressively. Our strategies for growth include:

 

  Ÿ  

Expand our customer base —We believe that we have the opportunity to substantially expand our present base of customer accounts. We are expanding our online and offline marketing efforts to increase our brand awareness. We are also making significant investments in growing both our direct sales teams and indirect sales channels.

 

  Ÿ  

Further penetrate our existing customer base —Leveraging our land and expand business model, we intend to continue to increase adoption of our products within and across our existing customers, as they expand the number of users and develop new use cases for our products. A Forrester survey of information workers conducted in the fourth quarter of 2012 indicated that 59% of information workers are currently using spreadsheets for work. * We believe this presents an opportunity to extend the reach of our products within our customers. Our sales and marketing strategy and focus on customer success help our customers identify and pursue new use cases within their organizations.

 

  Ÿ  

Grow internationally —With approximately 17% of our total revenues generated outside the United States and Canada in 2012, we believe there is significant opportunity to grow our international business. Our products currently support eight languages, and we are aggressively expanding our direct sales force and indirect sales channels outside the United States. In addition to our presence in Australia, Canada, England and France, we have recently expanded our international operations to include Germany, Ireland, Japan and Singapore, and we intend to invest in further expanding our footprint in these and other regions.

 

  Ÿ  

Relentlessly innovate and advance our products —We have sought to rapidly improve the capabilities of our products over time and intend to continue to invest in product innovation and leadership. Building on our foundational technology innovations, including VizQL, we have released eight major versions of our software to date, rapidly expanding and improving our feature set and capabilities. We plan to continue to invest in research and development, including hiring top technical talent, focusing on core technology innovation and maintaining an agile organization that supports rapid release cycles. In particular, we intend to focus on further developing our cloud and mobile capabilities, expanding our advanced analytical and statistical functionality, adding new visualization formats and expanding the range of data sources and platforms we can address.

 

  Ÿ  

Extend our distribution channels and partner ecosystem —We plan to continue investing in distribution channels, technology partners and original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, relationships to help us enter and grow in new markets while complementing our direct sales efforts. We are actively growing our indirect channels, particularly in international markets. We intend to continue to invest in technology partnerships that enable us to build and promote

 

 

* See note 4 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

complementary capabilities that benefit our customers. We have also recently introduced application programming interfaces, or APIs, to further empower our developer and OEM partner ecosystem to create applications that embed Tableau functionality.

 

  Ÿ  

Foster our passionate user community —We benefit from a vibrant and engaged user community. We are investing in initiatives to further expand and energize this group, both online, through our online community site and through events such as our annual customer conferences. In addition, Tableau Public, which we launched as a free cloud-based service, has a community of engaged users from media, government, non-profit and other organizations, who are passionate about sharing public data online. We intend to expand

  these efforts and to seek other means to evangelize our mission and facilitate sharing of best practices and success stories.

 

  Ÿ  

Treasure and cultivate our exceptional culture —We believe our culture is a core ingredient of our success. Our employees share a passion for our mission, and our mission stands at the top of a list of eight core cultural values that govern our approach to our business. Our other core values include: Teamwork; Product leadership; Using our own products; Respect; Honesty; Simplicity; and Commitment to delighting customers. Our values permeate our organization and drive our identity as a company. For example, we strive to paint virtually all aspects of our business with a brush of simplicity, including product user interfaces, pricing models, business processes and marketing strategies.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

 

  Ÿ  

due to our rapid growth, we have a limited operating history at our current scale, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful;

 

  Ÿ  

we may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate or profitability in the future;

 

  Ÿ  

if we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected;

 

  Ÿ  

we face intense competition, and we may not be able to compete effectively, which could reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our business, growth, revenues and market share;

 

  Ÿ  

our success is highly dependent on our ability to penetrate the existing market for business analytics software as well as the growth and expansion of that market;

 

  Ÿ  

our future quarterly results of operations may fluctuate significantly due to a wide range of factors, which makes our future results difficult to predict;

 

  Ÿ  

if we are unable to attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers, both domestically and internationally, our growth could be slower than we expect and our business may be harmed; and

 

  Ÿ  

economic uncertainties or downturns could materially adversely affect our business.

Corporate Information

We were formed as Tableau Software LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in 2003 and incorporated as Tableau Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in 2004. Our principal executive

 

 

7


Table of Contents

offices are located at 837 North 34th Street, Suite 200, Seattle, Washington 98103 and our telephone number is (206) 633-3400. Our website address is www.tableausoftware.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon in determining whether to make an investment decision.

Tableau, Tableau Software, VizQL, the Tableau Software logo and other trade names, trademarks or service marks of Tableau appearing in this prospectus are the property of Tableau. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

Additionally, we are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the recently enacted Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, and therefore we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” until these standards apply to private companies.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock offered by Tableau

  

                    shares

Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders

  

                    shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

                    shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

                    shares

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

                    shares

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock offered by                     

  

                    shares

Voting rights

   We have two classes of authorized common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, on all matters that are subject to stockholder vote. The Class B common stock also has certain approval rights for certain corporate actions. Following the completion of this offering, each share of Class B common stock may be converted into one share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder thereof with advance approval of our board of directors, and will be automatically converted into one share of Class A common stock upon transfer thereof, subject to certain exceptions. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of, or investments in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholders. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Risk factors

   See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

Proposed NYSE symbol

  

“DATA”

The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 51,733,454 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

15,398,221 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2012 pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2004 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.92 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued after December 31, 2012 pursuant to our 2004 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $         per share;

 

  Ÿ  

54,167 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of December 31, 2012 at an exercise price of $0.60 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,907,924 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2004 Plan as of December 31, 2012, which shares will cease to become available for future issuance at the time our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2013 Plan, becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

 

10


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

             shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan; and

 

  Ÿ  

2,000,000 shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan.

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

  Ÿ  

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 17,416,317 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise of options or warrants outstanding, except for                 shares of Class A common stock expected to be issued and sold in this offering upon the exercise of vested stock options; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of Class A common stock.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. You should read this summary consolidated financial and other data together with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except
per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenues

       

License

   $ 24,223       $ 44,414      $ 89,883   

Maintenance and services

     9,938         17,946        37,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     34,161         62,360        127,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

       

License

     67         213        305   

Maintenance and services

     1,271         2,800        10,056   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues (1)

     1,338         3,013        10,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     32,823         59,347        117,372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Sales and marketing (1)

     16,440         30,363        62,322   

Research and development (1)

     9,734         18,387        33,049   

General and administrative (1)

     3,809         6,679        17,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,983         55,429        112,840   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     2,840         3,918        4,532   

Other income (expense), net

             (16     (54
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

     2,840         3,902        4,478   

Provision for income taxes

     102         523        2,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,738       $ 3,379      $ 1,598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

   $ 0.03       $ 0.04      $ 0.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.03       $ 0.04      $ 0.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

     32,163         33,008        33,744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     37,833         39,431        39,499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

       

Basic

        $ 0.03   
       

 

 

 

Diluted

        $ 0.03   
       

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per share (unaudited):

       

Basic

          51,160   
       

 

 

 

Diluted

          56,915   
       

 

 

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010      2011      2012  
    (in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

       

Non-GAAP operating income (2)

  $ 3,478       $ 5,366       $ 11,005   

Non-GAAP net income (3)

    3,376         4,792         6,854   

Free cash flow (4)

    8,207         7,953         7,203   

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 18       $ 22       $ 106   

Sales and marketing

     256         565         1,383   

Research and development

     262         628         2,099   

General and administrative

     102         233         1,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $    638       $ 1,448       $ 4,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(2) Non-GAAP operating income is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as operating income excluding stock-based compensation expense and, for 2012, the cash and stock-based expense associated with our funding of the Tableau Foundation. For more information about non-GAAP operating income and a reconciliation of non-GAAP operating income to operating income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Results.”
(3) Non-GAAP net income is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income excluding stock-based compensation expense and, for 2012, the cash and stock-based expense associated with our funding of the Tableau Foundation, each net of tax. For more information about non-GAAP net income and a reconciliation of non-GAAP net income to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Results.”
(4) Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment. For more information about free cash flow and a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Results.”

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Actual      Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)(3)
 
    

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 39,302       $ 39,302       $                

Working capital

     24,231         24,231      

Total assets

     86,992         86,992      

Convertible preferred stock

     20,031                   

Total stockholders’ equity

     9,840         29,871      

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 17,416,317 shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 17,416,317 shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the sale by us of              shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
(3) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and the other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before investing in our Class A common stock. While we believe that the risks and uncertainties described below are the material risks currently facing us, additional risks that we do not yet know of or that we currently think are immaterial may also arise and materially affect our business. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Due to our rapid growth, we have a limited operating history at our current scale, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

We have been growing rapidly in recent periods, and as a result have a relatively short history operating our business at its current scale. For example, we have significantly increased the number of our employees and have expanded our operations worldwide. Furthermore, we operate in an industry that is characterized by rapid technological innovation, intense competition, changing customer needs and frequent introductions of new products, technologies and services. We have encountered, and will continue to encounter, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in evolving industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in the market, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations and our business could suffer.

Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

maintain and expand our business, including our operations and infrastructure to support our growth, both domestically and internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

compete with other companies, custom development efforts and open source initiatives that are currently in, or may in the future enter, the market for our software;

 

  Ÿ  

expand our customer base, both domestically and internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

renew maintenance agreements with, and sell additional products to, existing customers;

 

  Ÿ  

improve the performance and capabilities of our software;

 

  Ÿ  

hire, integrate, train and retain skilled talent, including members of our direct sales force and software engineers;

 

  Ÿ  

maintain high customer satisfaction and ensure quality and timely releases of our products and product enhancements;

 

  Ÿ  

maintain, expand and support our indirect sales channels and strategic partner network;

 

  Ÿ  

maintain the quality of our website infrastructure to minimize latency when downloading or utilizing our software;

 

  Ÿ  

increase market awareness of our products and enhance our brand; and

 

  Ÿ  

maintain compliance with applicable governmental regulations and other legal obligations, including those related to intellectual property, international sales and taxation.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we fail to address the risks and difficulties that we face, including those associated with the challenges listed above as well as those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, our business will be adversely affected and our results of operations will suffer.

We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate or profitability in the future.

While we have achieved profitability on an annual basis over the past three years, we have not consistently achieved profitability on a quarterly basis during that same period. For example, we had net losses in the fourth quarter of 2010, the third quarter of 2011 and the fourth quarter of 2012. We expect expenses to increase substantially in the near term, particularly as we make significant investments in our sales and marketing organization, expand our operations and infrastructure both domestically and internationally and develop new products and new features for and enhancements of our existing products. In addition, in connection with operating as a public company, we will incur additional significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. If our revenues do not increase to offset these increases in our operating expenses, we may not be profitable in future periods.

Moreover, our historical revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. As we grow our business, we expect our revenue growth rates to slow in future periods due to a number of reasons, which may include slowing demand for our products, increasing competition, a decrease in the growth of our overall market, our failure, for any reason, to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities, the maturation of our business or the decline in the number of organizations into which we have not already expanded.

We have been growing rapidly and expect to continue to invest in our growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage this growth effectively, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth in a relatively short period of time. Our revenues grew from $34.2 million in 2010 to $127.7 million in 2012. Our number of full-time employees increased from 188 as of December 31, 2010 to 749 as of December 31, 2012. During this period, we also established operations in a number of countries outside the United States.

We intend to continue to aggressively grow our business. For example, we plan to continue to hire new employees at a rapid pace, particularly in our sales and engineering groups. If we cannot adequately train these new employees, including our direct sales force, our sales may decrease or our customers may lose confidence in the knowledge and capability of our employees. In addition, we are expanding internationally, establishing operations in additional countries outside the United States, and we intend to make direct and substantial investments to continue our international expansion efforts. We must successfully manage our growth to achieve our objectives. Although our business has experienced significant growth in the past, we cannot provide any assurance that our business will continue to grow at the same rate, or at all.

Our ability to effectively manage any significant growth of our business will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to do the following:

 

  Ÿ  

effectively recruit, integrate, train and motivate a large number of new employees, including our direct sales force, while retaining existing employees, maintaining the beneficial aspects of our corporate culture and effectively executing our business plan;

 

  Ÿ  

satisfy existing customers and attract new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully introduce new products and enhancements;

 

16


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls;

 

  Ÿ  

protect and further develop our strategic assets, including our intellectual property rights; and

 

  Ÿ  

make sound business decisions in light of the scrutiny associated with operating as a public company.

These activities will require significant capital expenditures and allocation of valuable management and employee resources, and our growth will continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure.

Our future financial performance and our ability to execute on our business plan will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth. There are no guarantees we will be able to do so in an efficient or timely manner, or at all. In particular, any failure to successfully implement systems enhancements and improvements will likely negatively impact our ability to manage our expected growth, ensure uninterrupted operation of key business systems and comply with the rules and regulations that are applicable to public reporting companies. Moreover, if we do not effectively manage the growth of our business and operations, the quality of our software could suffer, which could negatively affect our brand, results of operations and overall business.

We face intense competition, and we may not be able to compete effectively, which could reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our business, growth, revenues and market share.

The market for our products is intensely and increasingly competitive and subject to rapidly changing technology and evolving standards. In addition, many companies in our target market are offering, or may soon offer, products and services that may compete with our products.

Our current primary competitors generally fall into three categories:

 

  Ÿ  

large software companies, including suppliers of traditional business intelligence products that provide one or more capabilities that are competitive with our products, such as International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation and SAP AG;

 

  Ÿ  

spreadsheet software providers, such as Microsoft Corporation; and

 

  Ÿ  

new and emerging business analytics software companies, such as Qlik Technologies Inc. and TIBCO Spotfire (a subsidiary of TIBCO Software Inc.).

In addition, we may compete with open source initiatives and custom development efforts. We expect competition to increase as other established and emerging companies enter the business analytics software market, as customer requirements evolve and as new products and technologies are introduced. We expect this to be particularly true with respect to our cloud-based initiatives as we and our competitors seek to provide business analytics products based on a SaaS platform. This is a relatively new and evolving area of business analytics solutions, and we anticipate competition to increase based on customer demand for these types of products.

Many of our competitors, particularly the large software companies named above, have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution, professional services or other resources and greater name recognition than we do. In addition, many of our competitors have strong relationships with current and potential customers and extensive knowledge of the business analytics industry. As a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, for example by offering a software-as-a-service, or SaaS, based product that competes with our on-premise products or devoting greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we do. Moreover, many of these competitors are bundling their analytics products into larger deals or maintenance renewals,

often at significant discounts. Increased competition may lead to price cuts, alternative pricing

 

17


Table of Contents

structures or the introduction of products available for free or a nominal price, fewer customer orders, reduced gross margins, longer sales cycles and loss of market share. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, and our business, results of operations and financial condition will be harmed if we fail to meet these competitive pressures.

Our ability to compete successfully in our market depends on a number of factors, both within and outside of our control. Some of these factors include ease and speed of product deployment and use, discovery and visualization capabilities, analytical and statistical capabilities, performance and scalability, the quality and reliability of our customer service and support, total cost of ownership, return on investment and brand recognition. Any failure by us to compete successfully in any one of these or other areas may reduce the demand for our products, as well as adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Moreover, current and future competitors may also make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with others. By doing so, these competitors may increase their ability to meet the needs of our customers or potential customers. In addition, our current or prospective indirect sales channel partners may establish cooperative relationships with our current or future competitors. These relationships may limit our ability to sell or certify our products through specific distributors, technology providers, database companies and distribution channels and allow our competitors to rapidly gain significant market share. These developments could limit our ability to obtain revenues from existing and new customers and to maintain maintenance and support revenues from our existing and new customers. If we are unable to compete successfully against current and future competitors, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed.

Our success is highly dependent on our ability to penetrate the existing market for business analytics software as well as the growth and expansion of that market.

Although the overall market for business analytics software is well-established, the market for business analytics software like ours is relatively new, rapidly evolving and unproven. Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to penetrate the existing market for business analytics software, as well as the continued growth and expansion of what we believe to be an emerging market for analytics solutions that are faster, easier to adopt, easier to use and more focused on self-service capabilities. It is difficult to predict customer adoption and renewal rates, customer demand for our products, the size, growth rate and expansion of these markets, the entry of competitive products or the success of existing competitive products. Our ability to penetrate the existing market and any expansion of the emerging market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with our products, as well as customers’ willingness to adopt a different approach to data analysis. Furthermore, many potential customers have made significant investments in legacy business analytics software systems and may be unwilling to invest in new software. If we are unable to penetrate the existing market for business analytics software, the emerging market for self-service analytics solutions fails to grow or expand, or either of these markets decreases in size, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Our future quarterly results of operations may fluctuate significantly due to a wide range of factors, which makes our future results difficult to predict.

Our revenues and results of operations could vary significantly from quarter to quarter as a result of various factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the expansion of our customer base;

 

  Ÿ  

the renewal of maintenance agreements with, and sales of additional products to, existing customers;

 

18


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the size, timing and terms of our perpetual license sales to both existing and new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

the mix of direct sales versus sales through our indirect sales channels;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing and growth of our business, in particular through our hiring of new employees and international expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

the introduction of products and product enhancements by existing competitors or new entrants into our market, and changes in pricing for products offered by us or our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

customers delaying purchasing decisions in anticipation of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors or otherwise;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in customers’ budgets;

 

  Ÿ  

customer acceptance of and willingness to pay for new versions of our products;

 

  Ÿ  

seasonal variations in our sales, which have generally historically been highest in the fourth quarter of a calendar year and lowest in the first quarter;

 

  Ÿ  

seasonal variations related to sales and marketing and other activities, such as expenses related to our annual customer conferences;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to hire, train and maintain our direct sales force;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of satisfying revenue recognition criteria, particularly with regard to large transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in our effective tax rate; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and political conditions, both domestically and internationally, as well as economic conditions specifically affecting industries in which our customers operate.

Any one of these or other factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus may result in fluctuations in our revenues and operating results, meaning that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenues, results of operations and cash flows may not necessarily be indicative of our future performance.

We may not be able to accurately predict our future revenues or results of operations. For example, a large percentage of the revenues we recognize each quarter has been attributable to sales made in the last month of that same quarter. Our license revenues, which are primarily attributable to perpetual licenses, in particular can be impacted by short-term shifts in customer demand. As a result, our ability to forecast revenues on a quarterly or longer-term basis is limited. In addition, we base our current and future expense levels on our operating plans and sales forecasts, and our operating expenses are expected to be relatively fixed in the short term. Accordingly, we may not be able to reduce our costs sufficiently to compensate for an unexpected shortfall in revenues, and even a small shortfall in revenues could disproportionately and adversely affect our financial results for that quarter. The variability and unpredictability of these and other factors could result in our failing to meet or exceed financial expectations for a given period.

If we are unable to attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers, both domestically and internationally, our growth could be slower than we expect and our business may be harmed.

Our future growth depends in part upon increasing our customer base. Our ability to achieve significant growth in revenues in the future will depend, in large part, upon the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, both domestically and internationally, and our ability to attract new customers. This

 

19


Table of Contents

may be particularly challenging where an organization has already invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional business intelligence products into its business, as such organization may be reluctant or unwilling to invest in a new product. If we fail to attract new customers and maintain and expand those customer relationships, our revenues will grow more slowly than expected and our business will be harmed.

Our future growth also depends upon expanding sales of our products to and renewing license and maintenance agreements with existing customers and their organizations. In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our existing customers make additional significant purchases of our products. If our customers do not purchase additional licenses or capabilities, our revenues may grow more slowly than expected, may not grow at all or may decline. Additionally, increasing incremental sales to our current customer base requires increasingly sophisticated and costly sales efforts that are targeted at senior management. There can be no assurance that our efforts would result in increased sales to existing customers, or upsells, and additional revenues. If our efforts to upsell to our customers are not successful, our business would suffer. Moreover, while most of our software is licensed and sold under perpetual license agreements, we also enter into term licenses agreements with some of our customers. In addition, all of our maintenance and support agreements are sold on a term basis. In order for us to grow our revenues and increase profitability, it is important that our existing customers renew their maintenance and support agreements and their term licenses, if applicable, when the initial contract term expires. Our customers have no obligation to renew their term licenses or maintenance and support contracts with us after the initial terms have expired. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our software or professional services, our pricing or pricing structure, the pricing or capabilities of products or services offered by our competitors, the effects of economic conditions, or reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our customers do not renew their agreements with us, or renew on terms less favorable to us, our revenues may decline.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from a limited number of software products.

We currently derive and expect to continue to derive substantially all of our revenues from our Tableau Desktop and Tableau Server software products. As such, the continued growth in market demand of these software products is critical to our continued success. Demand for our software is affected by a number of factors, including continued market acceptance of our products, the timing of development and release of new products by our competitors, price changes by us or by our competitors, technological change, growth or contraction in the traditional and expanding business analytics market, and general economic conditions and trends. If we are unable to continue to meet customer demands or to achieve more widespread market acceptance of our software, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects will be materially and adversely affected.

Our success depends on increasing the number and value of enterprise sales transactions, which typically involve a longer sales cycle, greater deployment challenges and additional support and services than sales to individual purchasers of our products.

Growth in our revenues and profitability depends in part on our ability to complete more and larger enterprise sales transactions. As we have continued to invest in our sales team and product capabilities, the number of individual sales orders over $100,000 has increased from 111 in 2011 to 239 in 2012. These larger transactions may involve significant customer negotiation. Enterprise customers may undertake a significant evaluation process, which can last from several months to a year or longer. For example, in recent periods, excluding renewals, our transactions over $100,000 have generally taken over three months to close. Any individual transaction may take substantially longer than three months to close. If our sales cycle were to lengthen in this manner, events may occur during this period that affect the size or timing of a purchase or even cause cancellations, which may

 

20


Table of Contents

lead to greater unpredictability in our business and results of operations. We will spend substantial time, effort and money on enterprise sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce any sales.

We may also face unexpected deployment challenges with enterprise customers or more complicated installations of our software platform. It may be difficult to deploy our software platform if the customer has unexpected database, hardware or software technology issues. Additional deployment complexities may occur if a customer hires a third party to deploy or implement our products or if one of our indirect sales channel partners leads the implementation of our products. In addition, enterprise customers may demand more configuration and integration services, which increase our upfront investment in sales and deployment efforts, with no guarantee that these customers will increase the scope of their use. As a result of these factors, we must devote a significant amount of sales support and professional services resources to individual customers, increasing the cost and time required to complete sales. Any difficulties or delays in the initial implementation, configuration or integration of our products could cause customers to reject our software or lead to the delay or non-receipt of future orders which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If our new products and product enhancements do not achieve sufficient market acceptance, our results of operations and competitive position will suffer.

We spend substantial amounts of time and money to research and develop new software and enhanced versions of our existing software to incorporate additional features, improve functionality, function in concert with new technologies or changes to existing technologies and allow our customers to analyze a wide range of data sources. When we develop a new product or an enhanced version of an existing product, we typically incur expenses and expend resources upfront to market, promote and sell the new offering. Therefore, when we develop and introduce new or enhanced products, they must achieve high levels of market acceptance in order to justify the amount of our investment in developing and bringing them to market.

Further, we may make changes to our software that our customers do not find useful. We may also discontinue certain features, begin to charge for certain features that are currently free or increase fees for any of our features or usage of our software. We may also face unexpected problems or challenges in connection with new product or feature introductions.

Our new products or product enhancements, such as our most recent release, Tableau 8.0, and changes to our existing software could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

  Ÿ  

failure to predict market demand accurately in terms of software functionality and capability or to supply software that meets this demand in a timely fashion;

 

  Ÿ  

inability to operate effectively with the technologies, systems or applications of our existing or potential customers;

 

  Ÿ  

defects, errors or failures;

 

  Ÿ  

negative publicity about their performance or effectiveness;

 

  Ÿ  

delays in releasing our new software or enhancements to our existing software to the market;

 

  Ÿ  

the introduction or anticipated introduction of competing products by our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

an ineffective sales force;

 

21


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

poor business conditions for our end-customers, causing them to delay purchases; and

 

  Ÿ  

the reluctance of customers to purchase software incorporating open source software.

In addition, because our products are designed to operate on and with a variety of systems, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our products to keep pace with changes in technology. We may not be successful in either developing these modifications and enhancements or in bringing them to market in a timely fashion.

If our new software or enhancements and changes do not achieve adequate acceptance in the market, our competitive position will be impaired, and our revenues could decline. The adverse effect on our results of operations may be particularly acute because of the significant research, development, marketing, sales and other expenses we will have incurred in connection with the new software or enhancements.

We are dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and other key personnel, the loss of any of whom could adversely affect our business.

Our future success depends in large part on the continued contributions of our senior management and other key personnel. In particular, the leadership of key management personnel is critical to the successful management of our company, the development of our products, and our strategic direction. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any member of our senior management team or any of our other key employees. Our senior management and key personnel are all employed on an at-will basis, which means that they could terminate their employment with us at any time, for any reason and without notice. The loss of any of our key management personnel could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives and adversely affect our business.

If we are unable to attract, integrate and retain additional qualified personnel, including top technical talent, our business could be adversely affected.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to identify, attract, integrate and retain highly skilled technical, managerial, sales and other personnel, including top technical talent from the industry and top research institutions. We face intense competition for qualified individuals from numerous other companies, including other software and technology companies, many of whom have greater financial and other resources than we do. These companies also may provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates than those we have to offer. In addition, new hires often require significant training and, in many cases, take significant time before they achieve full productivity. We may incur significant costs to attract and retain qualified personnel, including significant expenditures related to salaries and benefits and compensation expenses related to equity awards, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training them. Moreover, new employees may not be or become as productive as we expect, as we may face challenges in adequately or appropriately integrating them into our workforce and culture. In addition, as we move into new geographies, we will need to attract and recruit skilled personnel in those areas. We have little experience with recruiting in geographies outside of the United States, and may face additional challenges in attracting, integrating and retaining international employees. If we are unable to attract, integrate and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing technical, operational and managerial requirements, on a timely basis or at all, our business will be adversely affected.

Volatility or lack of positive performance in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract and retain our key employees. Many of our senior management personnel and other key employees have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of stock or stock options. Employees

 

22


Table of Contents

may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise prices of the options, or, conversely, if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our common stock. If we are unable to appropriately incentivize and retain our employees through equity compensation, or if we need to increase our compensation expenses in order to appropriately incentivize and retain our employees, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows would be adversely affected.

Our growth depends on being able to expand our direct sales force successfully.

To date, most of our revenues have been attributable to the efforts of our direct sales force in the United States. In order to increase our revenues and profitability, we must increase the size of our direct sales force, both in the United States and internationally, to generate additional revenues from new and existing customers. We intend to substantially further increase our number of direct sales professionals.

We believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of direct sales personnel to support our growth. New hires require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. In addition, as we continue to grow rapidly, a large percentage of our sales force will be new to our company and our products, which may adversely affect our sales if we cannot train our sales force quickly or effectively. Attrition rates may increase and we may face integration challenges as we continue to seek to aggressively expand our sales force. If we are unable to hire and train sufficient numbers of effective sales personnel, or the sales personnel are not successful in obtaining new customers or increasing sales to our existing customer base, our business will be adversely affected.

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical component to our success has been our corporate culture. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team. As we grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel and effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.

Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our software could adversely affect our results of operations and growth prospects.

Because our software is complex, undetected errors, failures or bugs may occur, especially when new versions or updates are released. Our software is often installed and used in large-scale computing environments with different operating systems, system management software, and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures of our software or other aspects of the computing environment into which it is deployed. In addition, deployment of our software into computing environments may expose undetected errors, compatibility issues, failures or bugs in our software. Despite testing by us, errors, failures or bugs may not be found in our software until it is released to our customers. Moreover, our customers could incorrectly implement or inadvertently misuse our software, which could result in customer dissatisfaction and adversely impact the perceived utility of our products as well as our brand. Any of these real or perceived errors, compatibility issues, failures or bugs in our software could result in negative publicity, reputational harm, loss of or delay in

 

23


Table of Contents

market acceptance of our software, loss of competitive position or claims by customers for losses sustained by them. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to help correct the problem. Alleviating any of these problems could require significant expenditures of our capital and other resources and could cause interruptions, delays or cessation of our licensing, which could cause us to lose existing or potential customers and could adversely affect our results of operations and growth prospects.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, performance issues due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website or third-party hosting disruptions or capacity constraints due to a number of potential causes including technical failures, natural disasters or fraud or security attacks. If our security is compromised, our website is unavailable or our users are unable to download our software within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business could be negatively affected. In particular, Tableau Public may be especially vulnerable to interruptions or performance problems. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our website performance, especially during peak usage times and as our software becomes more complex and our user traffic increases. We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve website performance and to enable rapid releases of new features and applications for our software. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, we rely on SaaS technologies from third parties in order to operate critical functions of our business, including financial management services from NetSuite Inc. and customer relationship management services from salesforce.com, inc. If these services become unavailable due to extended outages or interruptions or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonably terms or prices, our expenses could increase, our ability to manage our finances could be interrupted and our processes for managing sales of our software and supporting our customers could be impaired until equivalent services, if available, are identified, obtained and implemented, all of which could adversely affect our business.

Our products use third-party software and services that may be difficult to replace or cause errors or failures of our products that could lead to a loss of customers or harm to our reputation and our operating results.

We license third-party software and depend on services from various third parties for use in our products. In the future, this software or these services may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of the software or services could result in decreased functionality of our products until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available from another provider, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. In addition, any errors or defects in or failures of the third-party software or services could result in errors or defects in our products or cause our products to fail, which could harm our business and be costly to correct. Many of these providers attempt to impose limitations on their liability for such errors, defects or failures, and if enforceable, we may have additional liability to our customers or third-party providers that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.

We will need to maintain our relationships with third-party software and service providers, and to obtain software and services from such providers that do not contain any errors or defects. Any failure

 

24


Table of Contents

to do so could adversely impact our ability to deliver effective products to our customers and could harm our operating results.

If customers demand products that provide business analytics via a software-as-a-service business model, our business could be adversely affected.

While we do not currently offer a commercial version of our product through a SaaS model, we are investing in the development of Tableau Online, our cloud-based service (currently in development) that will provide our software’s core capabilities as a commercial SaaS offering. A SaaS business model can require a vendor to undertake substantial capital investments and develop related sales and support resources and personnel. In recent years, we believe that companies have begun to expect that key software be provided through a SaaS model, and customers may eventually require that we provide our product via a SaaS deployment. Although we plan to leverage the investments we have already made in Tableau Public to finalize this product, additional expenditures will be required and we may encounter difficulties that cause our costs to exceed our current expectations. Moreover, to commercially provide this product at scale, we will need to make additional investments in related infrastructure such as server farms, data centers, network bandwidth and technical operations personnel. All of these investments will negatively affect our operating results. Even if we make these investments, we may be unsuccessful in implementing a SaaS business model. Moreover, sales of a potential future SaaS offering by our competitors could adversely affect sales of our existing products. In addition, the change to a SaaS model would result in changes in the manner in which we recognize revenues. Changes in revenue recognition would affect our operating results and could have an adverse effect on our business operations and financial results.

Our success depends on our ability to maintain and expand our indirect sales channels.

Historically, we have used indirect sales channel partners, such as original equipment manufacturers, technology partners, systems integrators and resellers, to a limited degree. Indirect sales channel partners are becoming an increasingly important aspect of our business, particularly with regard to enterprise and international sales. Our future growth in revenues and profitability depends in part on our ability to identify, establish and retain successful channel partner relationships in the United States and internationally, which will take significant time and resources and involve significant risk.

We cannot be certain that we will be able to identify suitable indirect sales channel partners. To the extent we do identify such partners, we will need to negotiate the terms of a commercial agreement with them under which the partner would distribute our products. We cannot be certain that we will be able to negotiate commercially-attractive terms with any channel partner, if at all. In addition, all channel partners must be trained to distribute our products. In order to develop and expand our distribution channel, we must develop and improve our processes for channel partner introduction and training.

We also cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain successful relationships with any channel partners. These channel partners may not have an exclusive relationship with us, and may offer customers the products of several different companies, including products that compete with ours. With or without an exclusive relationship, we cannot be certain that they will prioritize or provide adequate resources for selling our products. A lack of support by any of our channel partners may harm our ability to develop, market, sell or support our products, as well as harm our brand. There can be no assurance that our channel partners will comply with the terms of our commercial agreements with them or will continue to work with us when our commercial agreements with them expire or are up for renewal. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with these channel partners, or these channel partners fail to live up to their contractual obligations, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our long-term growth depends in part on being able to expand internationally on a profitable basis.

Historically, we have generated a substantial majority of our revenues from customers inside the United States and Canada. For example, approximately 83% of our total revenues in 2012 was derived from sales within the United States and Canada. We have begun to expand internationally and plan to continue to expand our international operations as part of our growth strategy. Expanding our international operations will subject us to a variety of risks and challenges, including:

 

  Ÿ  

increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having multiple international operations;

 

  Ÿ  

management communication and integration problems resulting from geographic dispersion and language and cultural differences;

 

  Ÿ  

sales and customer service challenges associated with operating in different countries;

 

  Ÿ  

increased reliance on indirect sales channel partners outside the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

longer payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable or satisfying revenue recognition criteria, especially in emerging markets;

 

  Ÿ  

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

  Ÿ  

general economic or political conditions in each country or region;

 

  Ÿ  

economic uncertainty around the world and adverse effects arising from economic interdependencies across countries and regions;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with foreign laws and regulations and the risks and costs of non-compliance with such laws and regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with laws and regulations for foreign operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our software in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

 

  Ÿ  

heightened risks of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of financial statements and irregularities in financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates and related effects on our results of operations;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in repatriating or transferring funds from or converting currencies in certain countries;

 

  Ÿ  

the need for localized software and licensing programs;

 

  Ÿ  

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in certain countries and practical difficulties and costs of enforcing rights abroad; and

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with the laws of numerous foreign taxing jurisdictions and overlapping of different tax regimes.

Any of these risks could adversely affect our international operations, reduce our international revenues or increase our operating costs, adversely affecting our business, results of operations and financial condition and growth prospects.

For example, compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations increases our cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in government requirements as they change from time to time. Failure to comply with these regulations could have adverse effects on our business. In addition, in many foreign countries it is

 

26


Table of Contents

common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or U.S. laws and regulations applicable to us. We have not historically had formal policies with respect to these laws and regulations, and have only recently begun to implement compliance procedures designed to prevent violations of these laws and regulations. There can be no assurance that all of our employees, contractors, indirect sales channel partners and agents will comply with the formal policies we will implement, or applicable laws and regulations. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors, channel partners or agents could result in delays in revenue recognition, financial reporting misstatements, fines, penalties, or the prohibition of the importation or exportation of our software and services and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our business is highly dependent upon our brand recognition and reputation, and the failure to maintain or enhance our brand recognition or reputation would likely adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing the Tableau brand identity and our reputation are critical to our relationships with our customers and channel partners and to our ability to attract new customers and channel partners. We also believe that the importance of our brand recognition and reputation will continue to increase as competition in our market continues to develop. Our success in this area will depend on a wide range of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

  Ÿ  

the efficacy of our marketing efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to continue to offer high-quality, innovative and error- and bug-free products;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to retain existing customers and obtain new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to maintain high customer satisfaction;

 

  Ÿ  

the quality and perceived value of our products;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully differentiate our products from those of our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

actions of our competitors and other third parties;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to provide customer support and professional services;

 

  Ÿ  

any misuse or perceived misuse of our products;

 

  Ÿ  

positive or negative publicity;

 

  Ÿ  

interruptions, delays or attacks on our website; and

 

  Ÿ  

litigation- or regulatory-related developments.

Our brand promotion activities may not be successful or yield increased revenues.

Independent industry analysts often provide reviews of our products, as well as those of our competitors, and perception of our products in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reviews. If these reviews are negative, or less positive as compared to those of our competitors’ products and services, our brand may be adversely affected.

Furthermore, negative publicity, whether or not justified, relating to events or activities attributed to us, our employees, our partners or others associated with any of these parties, may tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity may reduce demand for our products and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Moreover, any attempts to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brand may be costly and time consuming, and such efforts may not ultimately be successful.

 

27


Table of Contents

Economic uncertainties or downturns could materially adversely affect our business.

Current or future economic uncertainties or downturns could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Negative conditions in the general economy both in the United States and abroad, including conditions resulting from changes in gross domestic product growth, the continued sovereign debt crisis, financial and credit market fluctuations, political deadlock, natural catastrophes, warfare and terrorist attacks on the United States, Europe, the Asia Pacific region or elsewhere, could cause a decrease in business investments, including corporate spending on business analytics software in general and negatively affect the rate of growth of our business.

General worldwide economic conditions have experienced a significant downturn and continue to remain unstable. These conditions make it extremely difficult for our customers and us to forecast and plan future business activities accurately, and they could cause our customers to reevaluate their decisions to purchase our products, which could delay and lengthen our sales cycles or result in cancellations of planned purchases. Furthermore, during challenging economic times our customers may tighten their budgets and face issues in gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could result in an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us. In turn, we may be required to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts, which would adversely affect our financial results.

To the extent purchases of our software are perceived by customers and potential customers to be discretionary, our revenues may be disproportionately affected by delays or reductions in general information technology spending. Also, customers may choose to develop in-house software as an alternative to using our products. Moreover, competitors may respond to market conditions by lowering prices and attempting to lure away our customers. In addition, the increased pace of consolidation in certain industries may result in reduced overall spending on our software.

We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown, instability or recovery, generally or within any particular industry. If the economic conditions of the general economy or industries in which we operate do not improve, or worsen from present levels, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

If currency exchange rates fluctuate substantially in the future, the results of our operations, which are reported in U.S. dollars, could be adversely affected.

As we continue to expand our international operations, we become more exposed to the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Although we expect an increasing number of sales contracts to be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar in the future, our sales contracts have historically been denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore substantially all of our revenues have not been subject to foreign currency risk. However, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our software to our customers outside of the United States, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, we incur expenses for employee compensation and other operating expenses at our non-U.S. locations in the local currency. Fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies could result in the dollar equivalent of such expenses being higher. This could have a negative impact on our reported results of operations. Although we may in the future decide to undertake foreign exchange hedging transactions to cover a portion of our foreign currency exchange exposure, we currently do not hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange risks.

Failure to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect proprietary methods and technologies that we develop or license under patent and other intellectual property laws of the United States, so that we can prevent others from using our inventions and proprietary information. If we fail to protect our

 

28


Table of Contents

intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors might gain access to our technology, and our business might be adversely affected. However, defending our intellectual property rights might entail significant expenses. Any of our patent rights, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others, weakened or invalidated through administrative process or litigation.

As of December 31, 2012, we had nine issued U.S. patents covering our technology and eight patent applications pending for examination in the United States. The patents that we own or license from others (including those that have issued or may issue in the future) may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties, and our patent applications may never be granted.

Additionally, the process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that these patents will adequately protect our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain.

Any patents that are issued may subsequently be invalidated or otherwise limited, allowing other companies to develop offerings that compete with ours, which could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition. In addition, issuance of a patent does not guarantee that we have a right to practice the patented invention. Patent applications in the United States are typically not published until 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not at all, and publications of discoveries in industry-related literature lag behind actual discoveries. We cannot be certain that third parties do not have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from marketing or practicing our patented software or technology.

Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our software is available. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States (in particular, some foreign jurisdictions do not permit patent protection for software), and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. Additional uncertainty may result from changes to intellectual property legislation enacted in the United States, including the recent America Invents Act, and other national governments and from interpretations of the intellectual property laws of the United States and other countries by applicable courts and agencies. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

We rely in part on trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential information to maintain our competitive position. Although we endeavor to enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees, licensees and others who may have access to this information, we cannot assure you that these agreements or other steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use, disclosure or reverse engineering of our technology. Moreover, third parties may independently develop technologies or products that compete with ours, and we may be unable to prevent this competition.

We might be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. We may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for infringement of our proprietary rights or to establish the validity of our proprietary rights. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, we may provoke third parties to assert counterclaims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially viable. Any litigation, whether or not resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

29


Table of Contents

We may be subject to intellectual property rights claims by third parties, which are extremely costly to defend, could require us to pay significant damages and could limit our ability to use certain technologies.

Companies in the software and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, many of these companies have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. The litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners that have no relevant product revenues and against which our patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence. We have received, and may in the future receive, notices that claim we have misappropriated, misused, or infringed other parties’ intellectual property rights, and, to the extent we gain greater market visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims, which is not uncommon with respect to the business analytics software market.

There may be third-party intellectual property rights, including issued or pending patents that cover significant aspects of our technologies or business methods. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time-consuming, could be expensive to settle or litigate and could divert our management’s attention and other resources. These claims could also subject us to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third party’s rights. We might be required to seek a license for the intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license were available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for any infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of our software and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our software and subject us to possible litigation.

We use open source software in our software and expect to continue to use open source software in the future. We may face claims from others claiming ownership of, or seeking to enforce the license terms applicable to such open source software, including by demanding release of the open source software, derivative works or our proprietary source code that was developed using such software. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our software, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, if the license terms for the open source code change, we may be forced to re-engineer our software or incur additional costs. Finally, we cannot assure you that we have not incorporated open source software into our software in a manner that may subject our proprietary software to an open source license that requires disclosure, to customers or the public, of the source code to such proprietary software. Any such disclosure would have a negative effect on our business and the value of our software.

We may be subject to litigation for a variety of claims, which could adversely affect our results of operations, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively impact our business.

In addition to intellectual property litigation, we may be subject to other claims arising from our normal business activities. These may include claims, suits, and proceedings involving labor and

 

30


Table of Contents

employment, wage and hour, commercial and other matters. The outcome of any litigation, regardless of its merits, is inherently uncertain. Any claims and lawsuits, and the disposition of such claims and lawsuits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, divert management attention and resources, and lead to attempts on the part of other parties to pursue similar claims. Any adverse determination related to litigation could adversely affect our results of operations, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively impact our business. In addition, depending on the nature and timing of any such dispute, a resolution of a legal matter could materially affect our future results of operations, our cash flows or both.

Our success depends in part on maintaining and increasing our sales to customers in the public sector.

We derive a portion of our revenues from contracts with federal, state, local and foreign governments and agencies, and we believe that the success and growth of our business will continue to depend on our successful procurement of government contracts. Selling to government entities can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that our efforts will produce any sales. Factors that could impede our ability to maintain or increase the amount of revenues derived from government contracts include:

 

  Ÿ  

changes in fiscal or contracting policies;

 

  Ÿ  

decreases in available government funding;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in government programs or applicable requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

the adoption of new laws or regulations or changes to existing laws or regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

potential delays or changes in the government appropriations or other funding authorization processes;

 

  Ÿ  

governments and governmental agencies requiring contractual terms that are unfavorable to us, such as most-favored-nation pricing provisions; and

 

  Ÿ  

delays in the payment of our invoices by government payment offices.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing could cause governments and governmental agencies to delay or refrain from purchasing our software in the future or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Further, to increase our sales to customers in the public sector, we must comply with laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration, performance and pricing of contracts with the public sector, including U.S. federal, state and local governmental bodies, which affect how we and our channel partners do business in connection with governmental agencies. These laws and regulations may impose added costs on our business, and failure to comply with these laws and regulations or other applicable requirements, including non-compliance in the past, could lead to claims for damages from our channel partners or government customers, penalties, termination of contracts, loss of intellectual property rights and temporary suspension or permanent debarment from government contracting. Any such damages, penalties, disruptions or limitations in our ability to do business with the public sector could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Future acquisitions could disrupt our business and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may choose to expand by making acquisitions that could be material to our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Our ability as an organization to successfully acquire

 

31


Table of Contents

and integrate technologies or businesses is unproven. Acquisitions involve many risks, including the following:

 

  Ÿ  

an acquisition may negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows because it may require us to incur charges or assume substantial debt or other liabilities, may cause adverse tax consequences or unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by third parties, including intellectual property claims and disputes, or may not generate sufficient financial return to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisition;

 

  Ÿ  

we may encounter difficulties or unforeseen expenditures in integrating the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any company that we acquire, particularly if key personnel of the acquired company decide not to work for us;

 

  Ÿ  

an acquisition may disrupt our ongoing business, divert resources, increase our expenses and distract our management;

 

  Ÿ  

an acquisition may result in a delay or reduction of customer purchases for both us and the company we acquired due to customer uncertainty about continuity and effectiveness of service from either company;

 

  Ÿ  

we may encounter difficulties in, or may be unable to, successfully sell any acquired products;

 

  Ÿ  

an acquisition may involve the entry into geographic or business markets in which we have little or no prior experience or where competitors have stronger market positions;

 

  Ÿ  

challenges inherent in effectively managing an increased number of employees in diverse locations;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential strain on our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems and procedures;

 

  Ÿ  

potential known and unknown liabilities associated with an acquired company;

 

  Ÿ  

our use of cash to pay for acquisitions would limit other potential uses for our cash;

 

  Ÿ  

if we incur debt to fund such acquisitions, such debt may subject us to material restrictions on our ability to conduct our business as well as financial maintenance covenants;

 

  Ÿ  

the risk of impairment charges related to potential write-downs of acquired assets or goodwill in future acquisitions;

 

  Ÿ  

to the extent that we issue a significant amount of equity or convertible debt securities in connection with future acquisitions, existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease; and

 

  Ÿ  

managing the varying intellectual property protection strategies and other activities of an acquired company.

We may not succeed in addressing these or other risks or any other problems encountered in connection with the integration of any acquired business. The inability to integrate successfully the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any acquired business, or any significant delay in achieving integration, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

32


Table of Contents

We may require additional capital to fund our business and support our growth, and our inability to generate and obtain such capital on acceptable terms, or at all, could harm our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

We intend to continue to make substantial investments to fund our business and support our growth. In addition, we may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new features or enhance our software, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire or develop complementary businesses and technologies. As a result, in addition to the revenues we generate from our business and the proceeds from this offering, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to provide the funds required for these and other business endeavors. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing that we may secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain such additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may be adversely affected. In addition, our inability to generate or obtain the financial resources needed may require us to delay, scale back, or eliminate some or all of our operations, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

In addition, the recent global financial crisis which included, among other things, significant reductions in available capital and liquidity from banks and other providers of credit and substantial reductions or fluctuations in equity and currency values worldwide, may make it difficult for us to raise additional capital or obtain additional credit, when needed, on acceptable terms or at all.

Governmental export or import controls could limit our ability to compete in foreign markets and subject us to liability if we violate them.

Our products are subject to U.S. export controls, and we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products. These products and the underlying technology may be exported only with the required export authorizations, including by license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorizations. U.S. export controls may require submission of an encryption registration, product classification and annual or semi-annual reports. Governmental regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports of encryption products, or our failure to obtain required import or export authorization for our products, when applicable, could harm our international sales and adversely affect our revenues. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our products, including with respect to new releases of our software, may create delays in the introduction of our product releases in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our products or, in some cases, prevent the export of our products to some countries altogether. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. If we fail to comply with export and import regulations and such economic sanctions, we may be fined or other penalties could be imposed, including a denial of certain export privileges. Moreover, any new export or import restrictions, new legislation or shifting approaches in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

33


Table of Contents

We may have additional tax liabilities, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining the provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities. Our tax expense may be impacted if our intercompany transactions, which are required to be computed on an arm’s-length basis, are challenged and successfully disputed by the tax authorities. Also, our tax expense could be impacted depending on the applicability of withholding taxes and indirect tax on software licenses and related intercompany transactions in certain jurisdictions. In determining the adequacy of income taxes, we assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes that could result if our tax positions were challenged by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and other tax authorities. The tax authorities in the United States and other countries where we do business regularly examine our income and other tax returns. The ultimate outcome of these examinations cannot be predicted with certainty. Should the IRS or other tax authorities assess additional taxes as a result of examinations, we may be required to record charges to operations that could have a material impact on the results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Determining our income tax rate is complex and subject to uncertainty.

The computation of provision for income tax is complex, as it is based on the laws of numerous taxing jurisdictions and requires significant judgment on the application of complicated rules governing accounting for tax provisions under GAAP. Provision for income tax for interim quarters is based on a forecast of our U.S. and non-U.S. effective tax rates for the year, which includes forward looking financial projections, including the expectations of profit and loss by jurisdiction, and contains numerous assumptions. Various items cannot be accurately forecasted and future events may be treated as discrete to the period in which they occur. Our provision for income tax can be materially impacted, for example, by the geographical mix of our profits and losses, changes in our business, such as internal restructuring and acquisitions, changes in tax laws and accounting guidance and other regulatory, legislative or judicial developments, tax audit determinations, changes in our uncertain tax positions, changes in our intent and capacity to permanently reinvest foreign earnings, changes to our transfer pricing practices, tax deductions attributed to equity compensation and changes in our need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. For these reasons, our actual income taxes may be materially different than our provision for income tax.

The enactment of legislation implementing changes in the U.S. taxation of international business activities or the adoption of other tax reform policies could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

Recent changes to U.S. tax laws, including limitations on the ability of taxpayers to claim and utilize foreign tax credits, as well as changes to U.S. tax laws that may be enacted in the future, could impact the tax treatment of our foreign earnings. Due to expansion of our international business activities, any changes in the U.S. taxation of such activities may increase our worldwide effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

Our international operations subject us to potentially adverse tax consequences.

We generally conduct our international operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries, branches and representative offices and report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. In December 2012, we more closely aligned our corporate structure with our international expansion, establishing a wholly-owned subsidiary in Ireland to support our international operations and fulfill transactions of other wholly-owned subsidiaries, branches and representative offices, and transferring ownership of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries to this Irish entity. Such intercompany relationships are subject to complex transfer pricing regulations administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. The relevant taxing authorities may disagree

 

34


Table of Contents

with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our position were not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability of our operations.

Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business, and negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Any of our facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, wildfires, floods, nuclear disasters, acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, infectious disease outbreaks, and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. For example, we host our Tableau Public product from a data center located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. Our facilities would likely be costly to repair or replace, and any such efforts would likely require substantial time. Any disruptions in our operations could negatively impact our business and results of operations, and harm our reputation. In addition, we may not carry business insurance or may not carry sufficient business insurance to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the facilities of significant customers or major strategic partners may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or material adverse effects on our business.

The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, if at all.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may not prove to be accurate. The forecasts in this prospectus relating to the expected growth in the business analytics software market may prove to be inaccurate. For more information regarding the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus, see the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”

Changes in financial accounting standards may cause adverse and unexpected revenue fluctuations and impact our reported results of operations.

A change in accounting standards or practices could harm our operating results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may harm our operating results or the way we conduct our business.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

There has been no prior market for our Class A common stock. An active market may not develop or be sustainable and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our Class A common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our Class A common stock following the completion of this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our Class A common stock may not develop upon completion of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, resulting in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our Class A common stock following the completion of this offering. In addition, we expect the market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile for the foreseeable future. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the factors listed below and other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section:

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

  Ÿ  

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

  Ÿ  

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

  Ÿ  

ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

  Ÿ  

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our board of directors or management;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of large blocks of our Class A common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

 

  Ÿ  

short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving our capital stock;

 

  Ÿ  

general economic conditions in the United States and abroad; and

 

  Ÿ  

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Substantial future sales of shares of our Class A common stock could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market following the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress

 

36


Table of Contents

the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

All of our executive officers, senior management and directors and substantially all of the holders of all of our capital stock are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict the stockholders’ ability to transfer shares of our capital stock for at least 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Subject to certain exceptions, the lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of capital stock that may be sold immediately following this initial public offering. Subject to certain limitations, approximately                     shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding Class B common stock will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their sole discretion, permit our stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

In addition, as of December 31, 2012, there were 15,398,221 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options. We intend to register all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, and upon exercise of settlement of any options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will be able to be freely sold in the public market upon issuance as permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of these shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options or the warrant are exercised, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Holders of 23,138,175 shares of Class B common stock, including 17,416,317 shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock as of December 31, 2012 and without giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders, have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file for Tableau or other stockholders.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of                     , after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, we have issued options and a warrant to acquire our Class B common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options and the warrant are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.

 

37


Table of Contents

Future sales and issuances of our capital stock or rights to purchase capital stock could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

We may issue additional securities following the completion of this offering. Future sales and issuances of our capital stock or rights to purchase our capital stock could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders. We may sell Class A common stock, convertible securities and other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner as we may determine from time to time. If we sell any such securities in subsequent transactions, investors may be materially diluted. New investors in such subsequent transactions could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our Class A common stock.

If securities or Industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways that may not yield a return.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisition or investment. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for purposes that do not increase the value of our business, which could cause the price of our stock to decline.

The dual class structure of our common stock and the existing ownership of capital stock by our executive officers, directors and their affiliates have the effect of concentrating voting control with our executive officers, directors and their affiliates for the foreseeable future, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this initial public offering, has one vote per share. Our existing stockholders, all of which hold shares of Class B common stock, will collectively beneficially own shares representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following the completion of this offering. Our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, which include funds affiliated with New Enterprise Associates and Meritech Capital Partners, will collectively beneficially own shares representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering. Consequently, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future. For example, these stockholders will be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws,

 

38


Table of Contents

increases to the number of shares available for issuance under our equity incentive plans or adoption of new equity incentive plans, and approval of any merger or sale of assets for the foreseeable future. This control may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term, which may include our executive officers and directors and their affiliates.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although we will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive or our company less comparable to certain other public companies because we will rely on these exemptions. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future financial results may not be as comparable to the financial results of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain additional executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our costs and expenses.

 

39


Table of Contents

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to do so in a timely manner, or our internal control over financial reporting is not determined to be effective, this may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our Class A common stock.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an opinion on our internal control over financial reporting, provided that our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, following the later of the date we are deemed to be an “accelerated filer” or a “large accelerated filer,” each as defined in the Exchange Act, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff.

We are in the early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal

 

40


Table of Contents

control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Class A or Class B common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as will be amended and restated upon completion of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

 

  Ÿ  

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

  Ÿ  

permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly-created directorships;

 

  Ÿ  

provide that directors may only be removed for cause;

 

  Ÿ  

require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

  Ÿ  

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

 

  Ÿ  

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

  Ÿ  

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any holder of at least 15% of our capital stock for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became a 15% stockholder.

 

41


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. In some cases you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “expect” or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

  Ÿ  

the anticipated benefits associated with the use of our products;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to continue to increase adoption of our products by our existing customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to expand our customer base and the business analytics market;

 

  Ÿ  

potential benefits associated with our “land and expand” business model, including potential for a degree of financial visibility;

 

  Ÿ  

industry and technology trends;

 

  Ÿ  

economic and financial conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

future investments in our business, including in our technology, sales and marketing, and infrastructure;

 

  Ÿ  

the efficacy of our sales and marketing efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

our plans to continue to innovate and advance our products and bring them to market in a timely manner;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to effectively scale and adapt our technology;

 

  Ÿ  

the effects of increased competition and our ability to compete effectively;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

  Ÿ  

our plans to continue to expand internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

our plans to continue to foster our user community and maintain our culture;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to maintain and expand our distribution channels and partner ecosystem;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

 

  Ÿ  

our financial performance, including our revenues, cost of revenues, gross profit and gross margin, operating expenses, ability to continue to generate positive cash flow and ability to sustain profitability;

 

  Ÿ  

the effects of seasonal trends on our results of operations;

 

  Ÿ  

trends with respect to our time to close transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to realize the intended tax benefits of our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to comply with laws and regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

our plans for the Tableau Foundation;

 

42


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

our plans with respect to our customer conferences; and

 

  Ÿ  

our future capital requirements and estimates regarding the sufficiency of our cash resources.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, except as required by law, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and that we have also filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

43


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates.

We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

The following reports described herein represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service by each of the respective publishers thereof and are not representations of fact. Such reports speak as of their respective original publication dates (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in such reports are subject to change without notice.

The industry publications, reports, surveys and forecasts containing the market and industry data cited in this prospectus are provided below:

 

  1. IDC Digital Universe Study, sponsored by EMC Corporation, December 2012.

 

  2. IDC, “Market Analysis: Worldwide Business Analytics Software 2012-2016 Forecast and 2011 Vendor Shares,” Doc# 235494, June 2012.

 

  3. Forrester Research, Inc., “Info Workers Will Erase The Boundary Between Enterprise and Consumer Technologies,” August 30, 2012.

 

  4. Forrester Research, Inc., Forrsights Workforce Employee Survey, Q4 2012.

 

  5. Gartner, Inc., “High-Tech Tuesday Webinar: BI and Analytics Market Trends, 2020 Vision,” December 19, 2012.

 

44


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock offered by us of approximately $             million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $             million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our Class A common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments. We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and obligations of the U.S. government and government agencies.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our capital stock. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2012:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 17,416,317 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect, in addition to the pro forma adjustments set forth above, the sale by us of          shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the sale of                      shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

You should read the information in this table together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    As of December 31, 2012  
    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
   

(in thousands, except

share and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 39,302      $ 39,302      $            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock:

     

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,831,164 shares authorized, 10,831,164 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    5,024                 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 7,000,000 shares authorized, 6,585,153 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    15,007                 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

     

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                    

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 750,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 750,000,000 shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

               

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 34,317,137 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 51,733,454 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    4        6     

Additional paid-in capital

    11,424        31,453     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (1     (1     (1

Accumulated deficit

    (1,587     (1,587     (1,587
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    9,840        29,871     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 29,871      $ 29,871      $               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 51,733,454 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

15,398,221 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2012 pursuant to our 2004 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.92 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

                     shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued after December 31, 2012 pursuant to our 2004 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $             per share;

 

  Ÿ  

54,167 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of December 31, 2012 at an exercise price of $0.60 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,907,924 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2004 Plan as of December 31, 2012, which shares will cease to become available for future issuance at the time our 2013 Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

                     shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan; and

 

  Ÿ  

2,000,000 shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our ESPP to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan.

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2012 was $29.9 million, or $0.58 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 17,416,317 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 17,416,317 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                 shares of Class A common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 would have been approximately $         million, or $        per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $                 per share to investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution per share of common stock to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $            

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012

   $ 0.58      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by approximately $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The table below summarizes as of December 31, 2012, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, the total

 

48


Table of Contents

consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total
Consideration
    Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                         $                

New investors

             $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to                 shares, or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding following the completion of this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to                 shares, or         % of the total number of shares outstanding following the completion of this offering.

The total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 51,733,454 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

15,398,221 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2012 pursuant to our 2004 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.92 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

                    shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued after December 31, 2012 pursuant to our 2004 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $         per share;

 

  Ÿ  

54,167 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of December 31, 2012 at an exercise price of $0.60 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,907,924 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2004 Plan as of December 31, 2012, which shares will cease to become available for future issuance at the time our 2013 Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

                    shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan; and

 

  Ÿ  

2,000,000 shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our ESPP to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2012 were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

 

49


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenues

         

License

  $ 8,769      $ 11,684      $ 24,223      $ 44,414      $ 89,883   

Maintenance and services

    4,428        6,446        9,938        17,946        37,850   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    13,197        18,130        34,161        62,360        127,733   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

         

License

    39        98        67        213        305   

Maintenance and services

    808        1,069        1,271        2,800        10,056   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues (1)

    847        1,167        1,338        3,013        10,361   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    12,350        16,963        32,823        59,347        117,372   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

         

Sales and marketing (1)

    5,658        7,920        16,440        30,363        62,322   

Research and development (1)

    3,469        4,019        9,734        18,387        33,049   

General and administrative (1)

    4,257        5,615        3,809        6,679        17,469   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    13,384        17,554        29,983        55,429        112,840   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    (1,034     (591     2,840        3,918        4,532   

Other income (expense), net

    119        5               (16     (54
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (915     (586     2,840        3,902        4,478   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                  102        523        2,880   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (915   $ (586   $ 2,738      $ 3,379      $ 1,598   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Basic

  $ (0.03   $ (0.02   $ 0.03      $ 0.04      $ 0.01   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.03   $ (0.02   $ 0.03      $ 0.04      $ 0.01   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Basic

    32,053        31,495        32,163        33,008        33,744   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    32,053        31,495        37,833        39,431        39,499   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

         

Basic

          $ 0.03   
         

 

 

 

Diluted

          $ 0.03   
         

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per share (unaudited):

         

Basic

            51,160   
         

 

 

 

Diluted

            56,915   
         

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Other Financial Data:

         

Non-GAAP operating income (loss)

  $ (855   $ (120   $ 3,478      $ 5,366      $ 11,005   

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

    (736     (115     3,376        4,792        6,854   

Free cash flow

    193        (286     8,207        7,953        7,203   

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 12       $ 29       $ 18       $ 22       $ 106   

Sales and marketing

          68            204            256         565         1,383   

Research and development

     68         167         262         628         2,099   

General and administrative

     31         71         102         233         1,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 179       $ 471       $ 638       $ 1,448       $ 4,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    As of December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,820      $ 14,072      $ 22,611      $ 30,223      $ 39,302   

Working capital

    10,502        9,982        13,193        17,181        24,231   

Total assets

    16,716        18,863        29,771        51,277        86,992   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (8,544     (8,598     (4,890     (277     9,840   

Non-GAAP Financial Results

We believe that the use of non-GAAP operating income (loss), non-GAAP net income (loss) and free cash flow is helpful to our investors. These measures, which we refer to as our non-GAAP financial measures, are not prepared in accordance with GAAP. We calculate non-GAAP operating income (loss) as operating income (loss) excluding stock-based compensation expense and, in 2012, the cash and stock-based expense associated with our funding of the Tableau Foundation. We calculate non-GAAP net income (loss) as net income (loss) excluding stock-based compensation expense and, in 2012, the cash and stock-based expense associated with our funding of the Tableau Foundation, each net of tax. Because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact a company’s non-cash expenses, we believe that providing non-GAAP financial measures that exclude stock-based compensation expense and, in 2012, the expense associated with our funding of the Tableau Foundation allow for more meaningful comparisons between our operating results from period to period. We calculate free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment. We consider free cash flow to be a liquidity measure that provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by our business that can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business, making strategic acquisitions and strengthening our balance sheet. All of our non-GAAP financial measures are important tools for financial and operational decision making and for evaluating our own operating results over different periods of time.

Our non-GAAP financial measures may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry, as other companies in our industry may calculate non-GAAP financial results differently, particularly related to non-recurring, unusual items. In addition, there are limitations in using non-GAAP financial measures because the non-GAAP financial measures are

 

51


Table of Contents

not prepared in accordance with GAAP, may be different from non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies and exclude expenses that may have a material impact on our reported financial results. Further, stock-based compensation expense has been and will continue to be for the foreseeable future a significant recurring expense in our business and an important part of the compensation provided to our employees. The presentation of non-GAAP financial information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. We urge our investors to review the reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures included below, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

The following table reflects the reconciliation of operating income (loss) to non-GAAP operating income (loss):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  
    (in thousands)  

Operating income (loss)

  $ (1,034   $ (591   $ 2,840      $ 3,918      $ 4,532   

Excluding:

         

Stock-based compensation expense

    179        471        638        1,448        4,759   

Funding of the Tableau Foundation

                                1,714   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating income (loss)

  $ (855   $    (120   $   3,478      $   5,366      $ 11,005   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table reflects the reconciliation of net income (loss) to non-GAAP net income (loss):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  
    (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

  $ (915   $ (586   $ 2,738      $ 3,379      $ 1,598   

Excluding:

         

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

    179        471        638        1,413        4,184   

Funding of the Tableau Foundation, net of tax

                                1,072   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

     $ (736   $    (115   $   3,376      $   4,792      $   6,854   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table reflects the reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  
    (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 721      $ 491      $ 10,376      $ 12,883      $ 14,239   

Excluding: Purchases of property and equipment

    528        777        2,169        4,930        7,036   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

  $      193      $    (286   $ 8,207      $ 7,953      $ 7,203   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Our mission is to help people see and understand data. Our software products put the power of data into the hands of everyday people, allowing a broad population of business users to engage with their data, ask questions, solve problems and create value. Based on innovative core technologies originally developed at Stanford University, our products dramatically reduce the complexity, inflexibility and expense associated with traditional business intelligence applications. We currently offer three products, Tableau Desktop, a self-service analytics product for anyone with data, Tableau Server, a business intelligence platform for organizations, and Tableau Public, a free cloud-based platform for analyzing and sharing public data.

We have sought to rapidly improve the capabilities of our products over time and intend to continue to invest in product innovation and leadership. We were founded in January 2003 and we introduced Tableau Desktop in December 2003, our first version of Tableau Server in March 2007 and our first version of Tableau Public in February 2010. Building on our foundational technology innovations, we have released eight major versions of our software, each expanding and improving our products’ capabilities. Our most recent release, Tableau 8.0, includes several new features including Web and mobile authoring, free form dashboards, forecasting, integration with enterprise applications such as salesforce.com and Google Analytics and application programming interfaces, or APIs.

Our products are used by people of diverse skill levels across all kinds of organizations, including Fortune 500 corporations, small and medium-sized businesses, government agencies, universities, research institutions and non-profits. As of December 31, 2012, we had over 11,000 customer accounts located in over 100 different countries. We define a customer account as a purchaser of our products. Customer accounts are typically organizations. In some cases, organizations will have multiple groups purchasing our software, which we count as discrete customer accounts. As of December 31, 2012, we had more than 10,000 customers. When we calculate the number of customers, we consolidate customer accounts that are affiliated with the same parent organization.

Our distribution strategy is based on a “land and expand” business model and is designed to capitalize on the ease of use, low up-front cost and collaborative capabilities of our software. To facilitate rapid adoption of our products, we provide fully-functional free trial versions of our products on our website and have created a simple pricing model. After an initial trial or purchase, which is often made to target a specific business need at a grassroots level within an organization, the use of our products often spreads across departments, divisions and geographies, via word-of-mouth, discovery of new use cases and our sales efforts.

We generate revenues primarily in the form of license fees and related maintenance and services fees. License revenues reflect the revenues recognized from sales of licenses to new customer accounts and additional licenses to existing customer accounts. License fees include perpetual and term license fees. Perpetual licenses comprised more than 90% of our license revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012. Maintenance and services revenues reflect the revenues recognized

 

53


Table of Contents

from fees paid for maintenance services (including support and unspecified upgrades and enhancements when and if they are available) and, to a lesser extent, for training and professional services that help our customers maximize the benefits from using our products. A substantial majority of our maintenance and services revenues to date has been attributable to revenues from maintenance agreements. When purchasing a perpetual license, a customer also typically purchases one year of maintenance service and has the opportunity to purchase maintenance service annually thereafter. We expect maintenance and services revenues to become a larger percentage of our total revenues as our customer base grows.

Our direct sales approach includes inside sales teams and field sales teams. We also sell our products through indirect sales channels including technology vendors, resellers, original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and independent software vendors, or ISVs. We view these partners as an extension of our team, playing an integral role in our growth. As of December 31, 2012, less than 10% of our sales team focused on indirect sales channels. We plan to continue to invest in our partner programs to help us enter and grow in new markets while complementing our direct sales efforts. Sales through indirect channels have historically varied from quarter to quarter, and comprised less than 25% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

With approximately 17% of our total revenues from customers located outside the United States and Canada in 2012, we believe there is significant opportunity to expand our international business. Our products currently support eight languages and we are aggressively expanding our direct sales force and indirect sales channels outside the United States. In addition to our presence in Australia, Canada, England and France, in 2012, we commenced operations in Germany, Ireland, Japan and Singapore. In December 2012, we more closely aligned our corporate structure with our international expansion, establishing a wholly-owned subsidiary in Ireland to support our international operations and fulfill transactions of other wholly-owned subsidiaries, branches and representative offices, and transferring ownership of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries to this Irish entity. We expect this corporate structure to result in a higher near-term effective tax rate while providing worldwide tax efficiencies in the long term. We intend to invest in further expanding our worldwide footprint.

Our quarterly results reflect seasonality in the sale of our products and services. Historically, we believe a pattern of increased license sales in the fourth fiscal quarter as a result of industry buying patterns has positively impacted total revenues in that period, which has resulted in low or negative sequential revenue growth in the first quarter as compared to the prior quarter.

We have been growing rapidly in recent periods. Our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were $34.2 million, $62.4 million and $127.7 million, respectively. We increased the total number of customer accounts that had purchased our products from 5,300 as of December 31, 2010 to over 11,000 as of December 31, 2012. During these periods, we significantly increased the size of our workforce, particularly in our sales and marketing and research and development organizations, expanded internationally and invested in our operational infrastructure to support our growth. Our full-time employee base grew from 188 as of December 31, 2010 to 749 as of December 31, 2012. As a result of our significant investments in growth, our net income did not grow in a manner commensurate with our total revenues. Our net income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $2.7 million, $3.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our performance and future success are dependent upon a number of factors, including our ability to continue to expand and further penetrate our customer base, innovate and enhance our products, and invest in our infrastructure. While each of these areas presents significant opportunities for us, they also pose significant risks and challenges that we must successfully address. See the section titled “Risk Factors.”

 

54


Table of Contents

Invest in Expansion and Further Penetration of Our Customer Base

Our performance depends on our ability to continue to attract new customers and to increase adoption of our products within our existing customers, both domestically and internationally. Our ability to increase adoption amongst existing customers is particularly important in light of our land and expand business model. We believe the existing market for business analytics software is underserved. We believe that we have an addressable market that is substantially larger than the market for traditional business analytics software. As a result, we believe we have the opportunity to substantially expand our customer base and to increase adoption of our products within and across our existing customers.

In order to expand and further penetrate our customer base, we have made and plan to continue to make significant investments in expanding our direct sales teams and indirect sales channels, and increasing our brand awareness. For example, we have grown our sales and marketing team from 74 full-time employees as of December 31, 2010 to 321 full-time employees as of December 31, 2012, and plan to continue to significantly increase the size of this team domestically and internationally, particularly in the near term. We also intend to expand our online and offline marketing efforts to increase our brand awareness.

Invest in Innovation and Advancement of Our Products

Our performance is also significantly dependent on the investments we make in our research and development efforts, and in our ability to continue to innovate, improve functionality, adapt to new technologies or changes to existing technologies, and allow our customers to analyze data from a large and expanding range of data stores. Our investments in this area include growing our research and development team from 61 full-time employees as of December 31, 2010 to 205 full-time employees as of December 31, 2012. We intend to continue to invest in product innovation and leadership, including hiring top technical talent, focusing on core technology innovation and maintaining an agile organization that supports rapid release cycles. One area of focus in the near term is Tableau Online, our cloud-based service (currently in development). Although we plan to leverage the investments we have already made in Tableau Public to finalize this product for commercial sale, some additional investments will need to be made, such as those related to self-service administration capabilities, data automation, billing and fulfillment, and reporting. We do not expect to realize revenues from all of these development initiatives in the near term.

Invest in Infrastructure

We have made and expect to continue to make substantial investments in our infrastructure in connection with enhancing and expanding our operations domestically and internationally. For example, in December 2012, we invested in a reorganization of our corporate structure to more closely align it with our international expansion, including the establishment of a wholly-owned subsidiary in Ireland. In 2012, in addition to Ireland, we commenced operations in Germany, Japan and Singapore. We expect to continue to open new sales offices internationally and domestically. Our international expansion efforts have resulted and will result in increased costs and are subject to a variety of risks, including those associated with communication and integration problems resulting from geographic dispersion and language and cultural differences, and compliance with laws of multiple countries. Moreover, the investments we have made and will make in our international reorganization may not result in our expected benefits. In addition, if Tableau Online is commercially successful, we expect to make additional investments in related infrastructure such as server farms, data centers, network bandwidth and technical operations personnel. These costs could adversely affect our operating results. We also expect to make additional investments in our infrastructure as we continue to transition to operation as a public company.

 

55


Table of Contents

Mix and Timing of Sales

Our land and expand business model results in a wide variety of sales transaction sizes, ranging from a single Tableau Desktop order of $1,000-$2,000 to Tableau Desktop and Tableau Server orders of over $1.0 million. As we have continued to invest in our sales team and product capabilities, the number of individual sales orders over $100,000 has increased from 111 in 2011 to 239 in 2012. The time it takes to close a transaction, defined as the time between when a sales opportunity is entered in our customer relationship management system until when a license agreement relating to that opportunity is signed with the customer, generally varies with the size of the transaction. Excluding renewals, in recent periods, our transactions over $100,000 have generally taken over three months to close, whereas transactions of less than $100,000 have generally taken fewer than three months to close.

Certain Key Financial Metrics

The following table summarizes certain of our key financial metrics:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP operating income

   $ 3,478       $ 5,366       $ 11,005   

Non-GAAP net income

     3,376         4,792         6,854   

Free cash flow

     8,207         7,953         7,203   

Non-GAAP Operating Income

Non-GAAP operating income is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as operating income excluding stock-based compensation expense and, in 2012, the cash and stock-based expense associated with our funding of the Tableau Foundation. Non-GAAP operating income increased substantially from 2010 to 2012 as a result of increased domestic and international demand for our products and services from new and existing customers, offset in part by increased operating expenses attributable to increased headcount. For more information about non-GAAP operating income and a reconciliation of non-GAAP operating income to operating income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Results.”

Non-GAAP Net Income

Non-GAAP net income is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income excluding stock-based compensation expense and, in 2012, the cash and stock-based expense associated with our funding of the Tableau Foundation, each net of tax. Non-GAAP net income increased from 2010 to 2012 as a result of increases in non-GAAP operating income, offset in part by increases in our provision for income taxes. For more information about non-GAAP net income and a reconciliation of non-GAAP net income to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Results.”

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment. Although net cash provided by operating activities increased from $10.4 million in 2010 to $14.2 million in 2012, free cash flow decreased during that period as a result of significant increases in purchases of

 

56


Table of Contents

property and equipment from 2010 to 2012 to support our increased headcount and build-out of operational infrastructure. For more information about free cash flow and a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Results.”

Components of Operating Results

Revenues

License revenues .     License revenues reflect the revenues recognized from sales of licenses to new customers and additional licenses to existing customers. More than 90% of our license revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 resulted from perpetual licenses, under which we generally recognize the license fee portion of the arrangement upfront, assuming all revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. In each of the past three years, our existing customer accounts in aggregate have generated at least as much perpetual license revenues as they had in the previous year. In the future, we expect this buying pattern to moderate with the continued growth of our customer base. In addition, a small number of customers have purchased term licenses, under which we recognize the license fee ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the term of the license. To date, we have not derived a significant amount of revenues from term licenses. We may introduce additional subscription-based products in the future.

Maintenance and services revenues .      Maintenance and services revenues consist of revenues from maintenance agreements and, to a lesser extent, professional services and training. A substantial majority of our maintenance and services revenues to date has been attributable to revenues from maintenance agreements. When purchasing a perpetual license, a customer also typically purchases one year of maintenance, and has the opportunity to purchase maintenance annually thereafter. We currently charge approximately 25% of the price of the perpetual license for each year of maintenance service, although this price may vary with regard to large enterprise sales. We measure the aggregate perpetual license maintenance renewal rate for our customers in a 12-month period of time, based on a dollar renewal rate for contracts expiring during that time period. Our maintenance renewal rate is measured three months after the 12-month period ends to account for late renewals. Our aggregate maintenance renewal rate for each of the 12-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 has been over 90%.

When a term license is purchased, maintenance service is typically bundled with the license for the term of the license period. Customers with maintenance agreements are entitled to receive support and unspecified upgrades and enhancements if and when they become available during the maintenance term. We recognize the revenues associated with maintenance agreements ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the associated maintenance term. In arrangements involving a term license, we recognize both the license and maintenance revenues ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the contract term. Term license revenues are included in License revenues on our consolidated statement of operations. We also have a professional services organization focused on both training and assisting our customers to fully leverage the use of our products. We recognize the revenues associated with these professional services on a time and materials basis as we deliver the services or provide the training.

We expect maintenance and services revenues to become a larger percentage of our total revenues as our customer base grows.

 

57


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues

Cost of license revenues .      Cost of license revenues primarily consists of referral fees paid to third parties.

Cost of maintenance and services revenues .      Cost of maintenance and services revenues includes salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense associated with our technical support and services organization, as well as allocated overhead. Allocated overhead includes overhead costs for depreciation of equipment, facilities (consisting of leasehold improvements and rent) and technical operations (including costs for compensation of our personnel and costs associated with our infrastructure). We recognize expenses related to our technical support and services organization as they are incurred. We expect the cost of maintenance and services revenues to increase as a percentage of maintenance and services revenues due to increased investment in our technical support and services organization to support our expanding customer base.

We expect that the cost of revenues will increase as a percentage of total revenues as we expand our technical support capabilities worldwide and seek to expand our product and service offerings.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit is total revenues less total cost of revenues. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenues. We expect that our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period as a result of changes in product and services mix, direct and indirect sales mix and the introduction of new products by us or our competitors.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are classified into three categories: sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative. For each category, the largest component is personnel costs, which include salaries, employee benefit costs, bonuses, commissions, as applicable, and stock-based compensation expense.

Sales and marketing .      Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs attributable to our sales and marketing personnel, commissions earned by our sales personnel, marketing, travel and facility related costs and allocated overhead. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenues, in 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily due to our planned growth in our sales and marketing organization, both domestically and internationally. We expect sales and marketing expenses to be our largest category of operating expenses as we continue to expand our business.

Research and development .      Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs attributable to our research and development personnel and allocated overhead. We have devoted our product development efforts primarily to develop new products, incorporate additional features, improve functionality and adapt to new technologies or changes to existing technologies. We expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenues, in 2013 as compared to 2012 as we increase our research and development headcount to further strengthen our software and invest in the development of our products.

General and administrative .      General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs attributable to our executive, finance, legal, human resources and administrative personnel, legal, accounting and other professional services fees, other corporate

 

58


Table of Contents

expenses and allocated overhead. In 2012, general and administrative expenses included cash and stock-based expenses associated with our funding of the Tableau Foundation. We have recently incurred additional expenses due to expanding our operations and preparing for our initial public offering, and will continue to incur additional expenses associated with being a publicly traded company, including higher legal, corporate insurance and accounting expenses, and the additional costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations. We also expect that general and administrative expenses will continue to increase, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenues, in 2013 as compared to 2012 as we further expand our operations, particularly internationally.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and interest income on our cash and cash equivalents balances.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes is based on the amount of our taxable income and enacted federal, state and foreign tax rates, as adjusted for allowable credits and deductions. Our provision for income taxes consists of federal, state and foreign taxes. As of December 31, 2012, we had fully utilized all available federal net operating loss and research and development tax credits.

We generally conduct our international operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries, branches and representative offices and report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. Our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements align with the international expansion of our business activities, and would provide us with worldwide tax efficiencies in the long term. The application of the tax laws of various jurisdictions, including the United States, to our international business activities is subject to interpretation. The taxing authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate may challenge our methodologies for valuing developed technology or intercompany arrangements, including our transfer pricing, or determine the manner in which we operate our business is not consistent with the manner in which we report our income to the jurisdictions. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our positions were not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, resulting in higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability of our operations.

Our income tax provision may be significantly affected by changes to our estimates for taxes in jurisdictions in which we operate and other estimates utilized in determining our global effective tax rate. Actual results may also differ from our estimates based on changes in tax laws and economic conditions. Such changes could have a substantial impact on the income tax provision and effective income tax rate.

In addition, we are subject to the continuous examinations of our income tax returns by different tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes.

 

59


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our total revenues for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenues

       

License

   $ 24,223       $ 44,414      $ 89,883   

Maintenance and services

     9,938         17,946        37,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     34,161         62,360        127,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

       

License

     67         213        305   

Maintenance and services

     1,271         2,800        10,056   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     1,338         3,013        10,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     32,823         59,347        117,372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Sales and marketing

     16,440         30,363        62,322   

Research and development

     9,734         18,387        33,049   

General and administrative

     3,809         6,679        17,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,983         55,429        112,840   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     2,840         3,918        4,532   

Other income (expense), net

             (16     (54
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

     2,840         3,902        4,478   

Provision for income taxes

     102         523        2,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,738       $ 3,379      $ 1,598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
    

(as a percentage of

total revenues)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenues

      

License

     70.9     71.2     70.4

Maintenance and services

     29.1        28.8        29.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100.0        100.0        100.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

      

License

     0.2        0.3        0.2   

Maintenance and services

     3.7        4.5        7.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     3.9        4.8        8.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     96.1        95.2        91.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Sales and marketing

     48.1        48.7        48.8   

Research and development

     28.5        29.5        25.9   

General and administrative

     11.2        10.7        13.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     87.8        88.9        88.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     8.3        6.3        3.5   

Other income (expense), net

     0.0        0.0        0.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

     8.3        6.3        3.5   

Provision for income taxes

     0.3        0.9        2.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     8.0     5.4     1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2010 to 2011
%  change
    2011 to 2012
%  change
 
     2010     2011     2012      
     (dollars in thousands)              

Revenues

          

License

   $ 24,223      $ 44,414      $ 89,883        83.4     102.4

Maintenance and services

     9,938        17,946        37,850        80.6     110.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenues

   $ 34,161      $ 62,360      $ 127,733        82.5     104.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     
     Year Ended December 31,              
     2010     2011     2012      
     (as a percentage of total revenues)              

Revenues

          

License

     70.9     71.2     70.4    

Maintenance and services

     29.1        28.8        29.6       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenues

     100.0     100.0     100.0    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011.     Total revenues increased $65.4 million from $62.4 million in 2011 to $127.7 million in 2012, with 102% and 111% year-over-year growth in license and maintenance and services revenues, respectively. Total revenues growth was attributable to the increased demand for our products and services from new and existing

 

61


Table of Contents

customers. For example, our total customer accounts increased 45% from approximately 7,700 customer accounts as of December 31, 2011 to approximately 11,000 customer accounts as of December 31, 2012. License revenues increased $45.5 million year over year as we continued to increase sales both domestically and internationally. The increase in license revenues was a direct result of our investment in our products and in our sales and marketing efforts, which increased significantly in 2012 compared to 2011, as further described below. In 2012, more than 90% of our license revenues resulted from perpetual licenses. Of the revenues from perpetual license sales recognized in 2012, 36% was attributable to perpetual license sales to new customer accounts gained in 2012 and 64% was attributable to perpetual license sales to customer accounts existing on or before December 31, 2011. The increase in maintenance and services revenues was primarily due to increases in sales of maintenance agreements. Total revenues derived from our customer accounts outside of the United States and Canada increased slightly as a percentage of total revenues, from 16% in 2011 to 17% in 2012.

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010.     Total revenues increased $28.2 million from $34.2 million in 2010 to $62.4 million in 2011, with 83% and 81% year-over-year growth in license and maintenance and services revenues, respectively. Total revenues growth was attributable to increased demand for our products and services from existing and new customers. For example, our total number of customer accounts increased 45% from approximately 5,300 customer accounts as of December 31, 2010 to approximately 7,700 customer accounts as of December 31, 2011. License revenues increased $20.2 million year over year as we continued to increase sales both domestically and internationally. The increase in license revenues was a direct result of our continued investment in our products and in our sales and marketing efforts, which increased significantly in 2011 compared to 2010, as further described below. The majority of our license revenues were attributable to sales of perpetual licenses. Of the revenues from perpetual license sales recognized in 2011, 41% was attributable to perpetual license sales to new customer accounts gained in 2011 and 59% was attributable to perpetual license sales to customer accounts existing on or before December 31, 2010. The increase in maintenance and services revenues was primarily due to increases in sales of maintenance agreements. Total revenues derived from customer accounts outside of the United States and Canada increased slightly as a percentage of total revenues, from 15% in 2010 to 16% in 2011.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2010 to 2011
%  change
    2011 to 2012
%  change
 
     2010      2011      2012      
     (dollars in thousands)              

Cost of revenues

            

License

   $ 67       $ 213       $ 305        217.9     43.2

Maintenance and services

     1,271         2,800         10,056        120.3     259.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

Total cost of revenues

   $ 1,338       $ 3,013       $ 10,361        125.2     243.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

     Year Ended December 31,      
     2010     2011     2012    
     (as a percentage of revenues)    

Gross margin

        

License

     99.7     99.5     99.7  

Maintenance and services

     87.2     84.4     73.4  

Total gross margin

     96.1     95.2     91.9  

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011 .     Total cost of revenues increased $7.3 million from $3.0 million in 2011 to $10.4 million in 2012. This increase was

 

62


Table of Contents

primarily due to the increased cost of providing maintenance and services to our expanding customer base. The $7.3 million increase in cost of maintenance and services revenues from 2011 to 2012 was primarily related to an increase in compensation expense of $4.1 million due to increased headcount, $1.6 million in facilities and allocated overhead costs and $0.8 million in professional service fees. Our total number of technical support and services headcount increased from 25 employees as of December 31, 2011 to 76 employees as of December 31, 2012. Total gross margin decreased by approximately three percentage points from 2011 to 2012 primarily due to increased investment in our technical support and services organization for personnel and other costs to support our expanded customer base.

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010.     Total cost of revenues increased $1.7 million from $1.3 million in 2010 to $3.0 million in 2011. This increase was primarily due to the increased cost of providing maintenance and services to our expanding customer base. The $1.5 million increase in cost of maintenance and services revenues from 2010 to 2011 was primarily related to $0.6 million in facilities and allocated overhead expense as well as an increase in compensation and associated overhead expense of $0.5 million due to increased headcount. Our total number of technical support and services headcount increased from 11 employees as of December 31, 2010 to 25 employees as of December 31, 2011. Total gross margin decreased by approximately one percentage point from 2010 to 2011 primarily due to increased investment in our technical support and services organization for personnel and other costs to support our expanded customer base.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2010 to 2011
% change
    2011 to 2012
% change
 
     2010     2011     2012      
     (dollars in thousands)              

Operating expenses

          

Sales and marketing

   $ 16,440      $ 30,363      $ 62,322        84.7     105.3

Research and development

     9,734        18,387        33,049        88.9     79.7

General and administrative

     3,809        6,679        17,469        75.3     161.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total operating expenses

   $ 29,983      $ 55,429      $ 112,840        84.9     103.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     
     Year Ended December 31,              
     2010     2011     2012              
     (as a percentage of total revenues)              

Operating expenses

          

Sales and marketing

     48.1     48.7     48.8    

Research and development

     28.5        29.5        25.9       

General and administrative

     11.2        10.7        13.7       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total operating expenses

     87.8     88.9     88.4    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Sales and Marketing

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011.     Sales and marketing expenses increased $32.0 million from $30.4 million in 2011 to $62.3 million in 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation expense of $22.2 million resulting from increased sales headcount as we expanded our sales organization both domestically and internationally, as well as commissions on increased customer orders. Our sales and marketing headcount increased from 137 employees as of December 31, 2011 to 321 employees as of December 31, 2012. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to $3.0 million in additional marketing costs, $2.9 million in additional travel and entertainment costs, and $2.4 million in additional facilities and allocated overhead costs in 2012 as compared to 2011.

 

63


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010.      Sales and marketing expenses increased $13.9 million from $16.4 million in 2010 to $30.4 million in 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation expense of $8.5 million resulting from increased sales headcount as we expanded our sales organization, as well as commissions on increased customer orders. Our sales and marketing headcount increased from 74 employees as of December 31, 2010 to 137 employees as of December 31, 2011. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to $2.1 million additional marketing costs, $1.9 million in facilities and allocated overhead costs and $0.9 million for additional travel and entertainment costs in 2011 as compared to 2010.

Research and Development

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011 .      Research and development expenses increased $14.7 million from $18.4 million in 2011 to $33.0 million in 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation expenses of $12.2 million resulting from increased headcount as part of our focus on further developing and enhancing our products and $1.9 million in facilities and allocated overhead costs. Our research and development headcount increased from 108 employees as of December 31, 2011 to 205 employees as of December 31, 2012.

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010.     Research and development expenses increased $8.7 million from $9.7 million in 2010 to $18.4 million in 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation expenses of $7.0 million resulting from increased headcount as part of our focus on further developing and enhancing our products and $1.1 million in facilities and allocated overhead costs. Our research and development headcount increased from 61 employees as of December 31, 2010 to 108 employees as of December 31, 2011.

General and Administrative

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011.      General and administrative expenses increased $10.8 million from $6.7 million in 2011 to $17.5 million in 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in compensation expenses of $4.4 million resulting from increased headcount to support our overall growth. Our general and administrative headcount increased from 36 employees as of December 31, 2011 to 65 employees as of December 31, 2012. The increase was also attributable to $1.8 million in accounting, legal and recruiting expenses to support growth in our business, $1.2 million in facilities and allocated overhead costs, and additional costs incurred in preparation for our initial public offering. The remainder of the increase was primarily related to the establishment of a donor-advised charitable foundation operating as the Tableau Foundation.

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010.      General and administrative expenses increased $2.9 million from $3.8 million in 2010 to $6.7 million in 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation expenses of $1.4 million resulting from increased headcount to support our overall growth. Our general and administrative headcount increased from 19 employees as of December 31, 2010 to 36 employees as of December 31, 2011. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to professional services fees of $0.7 million related primarily to the use of independent contractors.

 

64


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,      2010 to 2011
% change
       2011 to 2012
% change
 
     2010        2011      2012          
     (dollars in thousands)                  

Other income (expense), net

   $         $ (16    $ (54      *           *   

 

* not meaningful

Other income (expense), net increased due to expenses associated with foreign currency exchange transactions.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2010 to 2011
% change
    2011 to 2012
% change
 
     2010     2011     2012      
     (dollars in thousands)              

Provision for income taxes

   $ 102      $ 523      $ 2,880        412.7     450.7

Effective income tax rate

     3.6     13.4     64.3     273.2     379.8

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011.      Our provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate both increased from 2011 to 2012, as a result of the release of the valuation allowance in 2011, increased non-deductible stock-based compensation expense in 2012 and the expiration of the federal research and development tax credit at the end of 2011. The provision for income tax also increased as a result of the growth in net income before provision for income taxes in 2012. As of December 31, 2012, we had fully utilized all available federal net operating loss and research and development tax credits.

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010.      For periods prior to 2011, we had established a full valuation allowance on our net deferred income tax assets. This valuation allowance was released in 2011. Our provision for income taxes increased due to the increase in pre-tax income and as a result of our release of the valuation allowance on our deferred income tax assets.

 

65


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for the eight quarters ended December 31, 2012, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of total revenues. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of our consolidated results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our quarterly results of operations will vary in the future. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    Jun. 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

               

Revenues

               

License

  $ 7,266      $ 9,574      $ 10,286      $ 17,288      $ 17,456      $ 20,239      $ 22,112      $ 30,076   

Maintenance and services

    3,310        4,095        4,677        5,864        7,229        8,877        10,014        11,730   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    10,576        13,669        14,963        23,152        24,685        29,116        32,126        41,806   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

               

License

    6        94        37        76        56        93        21        135   

Maintenance and services

    464        633        763        940        1,615        2,406        2,788        3,247   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues (1)

    470        727        800        1,016        1,671        2,499        2,809        3,382   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    10,106        12,942        14,163        22,136        23,014        26,617        29,317        38,424   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

               

Sales and marketing (1)

    5,036        6,268        7,495        11,564        10,577        12,983        15,565        23,197   

Research and development (1)

    3,681        4,374        4,969        5,363        6,725        7,493        8,488        10,343   

General and administrative (1)

    1,350        1,447        1,832        2,050        2,915        3,340        4,278        6,936   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    10,067        12,089        14,296        18,977        20,217        23,816        28,331        40,476   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    39        853        (133     3,159        2,797        2,801        986        (2,052

Other income (expense), net

    (5            (12     1        (11     (16     (22     (5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    34        853        (145     3,160        2,786        2,785        964        (2,057

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    28        42        16        437        1,729        1,726        597        (1,172
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 6      $ 811      $ (161   $ 2,723      $ 1,057      $ 1,059      $ 367      $ (885
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    Jun. 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

  $ 5      $ 6      $ 5      $ 6      $ 15      $ 23      $ 28      $ 40   

Sales and marketing

    102        151        151        161        265        318        350        450   

Research and development

    121        169        166        172        426        488        531        654   

General and administrative

    42        56        58        77        245        276        288        362   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 270      $ 382      $ 380      $ 416      $ 951      $ 1,105      $ 1,197      $ 1,506   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    Jun. 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 
    (as a percentage of total revenues)  

Revenues

               

License

    68.7     70.0     68.7     74.7     70.7     69.5     68.8     71.9

Maintenance and services

    31.3        30.0        31.3        25.3        29.3        30.5        31.2        28.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

               

License

    0.1        0.7        0.2        0.3        0.2        0.3        0.1        0.3   

Maintenance and services

    4.3        4.6        5.1        4.1        6.6        8.3        8.6        7.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    4.4        5.3        5.3        4.4        6.8        8.6        8.7        8.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    95.6        94.7        94.7        95.6        93.2        91.4        91.3        91.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

               

Sales and marketing

    47.6        45.9        50.1        49.9        42.8        44.6        48.4        55.5   

Research and development

    34.8        32.0        33.2        23.2        27.2        25.7        26.4        24.7   

General and administrative

    12.8        10.6        12.3        8.9        11.9        11.5        13.4        16.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    95.2        88.5        95.6        82.0        81.9        81.8        88.2        96.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    0.4        6.2        (0.9     13.6        11.3        9.6        3.1        (4.9

Other income (expense), net

    (0.1            (0.1                          (0.1       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    0.3        6.2        (1.0     13.6        11.3        9.6        3.0        (4.9

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    0.3        0.3        0.1        1.8        7.0        6.0        1.9        (2.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

        5.9     (1.1 )%      11.8     4.3     3.6     1.1     (2.1 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    Jun. 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 
Other Financial Data:   (in thousands)  

Non-GAAP operating income (1)

  $ 309      $ 1,235      $ 247      $ 3,575      $ 3,748      $ 3,906      $ 2,183      $ 1,168   

Non-GAAP net income (2)

    274        1,183        209        3,126        1,885        2,025        1,423        1,521   

Free cash flow (3)

    (1,346     1,356        1,493        6,450        2,849        1,888        5,117        (2,651

 

(1) Non-GAAP operating income is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as operating income (loss) excluding stock-based compensation expense and, in the quarter ended December 31, 2012, the cash and stock-based expense associated with our funding of the Tableau Foundation. For more information about non-GAAP operating income, see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Results.”
(2) Non-GAAP net income is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss) excluding stock-based compensation expense and, in the quarter ended December 31, 2012, the cash and stock-based expense associated with our funding of the Tableau Foundation, each net of tax. For more information about non-GAAP net income, see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Results.”
(3) Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment. For more information about free cash flow, see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Results.”

 

67


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the reconciliation of operating income (loss) to non-GAAP operating income (loss):

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    Jun. 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 
    (in thousands)  

Operating income (loss)

  $ 39      $ 853      $ (133   $ 3,159      $ 2,797      $ 2,801      $ 986      $ (2,052

Excluding:

               

Stock-based compensation expense

    270        382        380        416        951        1,105        1,197        1,506   

Funding of the Tableau Foundation

                                                     1,714   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating income

  $     309      $ 1,235      $     247      $ 3,575      $ 3,748      $ 3,906      $ 2,183      $ 1,168   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table reflects the reconciliation of net income (loss) to non-GAAP net income:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    Jun. 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 
    (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

  $ 6      $ 811      $ (161   $ 2,723      $ 1,057      $ 1,059      $ 367      $ (885

Excluding:

               

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

    268        372        370        403        828        966        1,056        1,334   

Funding of the Tableau Foundation, net of tax

                                                     1,072   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income

  $     274      $ 1,183      $     209      $ 3,126      $ 1,885      $ 2,025      $ 1,423      $ 1,521   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table reflects the reconciliation of net cash provided by (used in) operating activities to free cash flow:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    Jun. 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 
    (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (216   $ 3,220      $ 2,352      $ 7,527      $ 4,448      $ 3,525      $ 7,342      $ (1,076

Excluding: Purchases of property and equipment

    1,130        1,864        859        1,077        1,599        1,637        2,225        1,575   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

  $ (1,346   $ 1,356      $ 1,493      $ 6,450      $ 2,849      $ 1,888      $ 5,117      $ (2,651
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Seasonality and Quarterly Trends

Seasonality .     Our quarterly results reflect seasonality in the sale of our products and services. Historically, we believe a pattern of increased license sales in the fourth fiscal quarter as a result of seasonal buying patterns has positively impacted total revenues in that period, which has resulted in low or negative sequential revenue growth in the first quarter as compared to the prior quarter. For example, our total revenues in the first quarter of 2012 were flat when compared to total revenues for the fourth quarter of 2011. We expect this seasonality to continue in 2013 and beyond. Such

 

68


Table of Contents

seasonality could result in a decrease in quarterly revenues from the fourth quarter of a fiscal year to the first quarter of the subsequent fiscal year. Our gross margins and operating income (losses) have also been affected by these historical trends because the majority of our expenses are relatively fixed in the short term. In addition, sales and marketing expenses typically increase towards the end of the year with respect to year-end commissions and to the timing of our U.S. Tableau Customer Conference, which was held in the fourth quarter of 2011 and 2012 and is scheduled to be held in the third quarter of 2013.

We may have backlog consisting of product license orders that have not yet been fulfilled or invoiced, or maintenance and service orders that have not yet been performed. Historically, our backlog has varied from quarter to quarter and has been immaterial to our total revenues.

Quarterly revenues .     Our quarterly revenues increased sequentially quarter over quarter for all periods presented above, reflecting increased demand for our products and services from new and existing customers. We cannot assure you that this pattern of sequential revenue growth will continue. As noted above, the seasonality of our business may by itself result in first quarter total revenues being less than total revenues for the prior quarter. In addition, the placement of large customer orders can significantly impact our quarterly revenues, resulting in low sequential revenue growth or a sequential decrease in quarterly revenues. As a result, we believe that comparisons of revenues for a given quarter to revenues for the corresponding quarter in the prior fiscal year are generally more meaningful than comparisons of revenues for sequential quarters.

Quarterly cost of revenues .     Our quarterly cost of revenues increased sequentially quarter over quarter for all periods presented above, primarily due to the increased cost of providing maintenance and services to our expanding customer base.

Quarterly operating expenses .     Total operating expenses have increased sequentially quarter over quarter for all periods presented above, primarily due to the continued addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business. This addition of headcount has generally contributed to quarterly sequential increases in operating expenses.

Sales and marketing expenses generally increased sequentially quarter over quarter for the periods presented above, primarily due to increases in headcount-related expenses from continued hiring to support sales growth, increased marketing programs and increased commissions in alignment with sales growth. Sales and marketing expenses are typically higher during the second half of each year as the result of year-end sales commission and our U.S. Tableau Customer Conference, which was held in the fourth quarter of 2011 and 2012 and is scheduled to be held in the third quarter of 2013.

Research and development expenses increased sequentially quarter over quarter for all periods presented above, primarily due to increases in headcount-related expenses from continued hiring to develop and enhance our products.

General and administrative expenses increased sequentially quarter over quarter for all periods presented above, primarily due to increases in headcount-related expenses, as well as increased consulting and professional services fees related to accounting, legal and recruiting activities to support growth in our business, and additional costs incurred in preparation for our initial public offering. General and administrative expenses for the fourth quarter of 2012 include $1.7 million of expense for the funding of the Tableau Foundation.

 

69


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through cash flows generated by operations and to a lesser extent the sale of preferred stock. We have not sold shares of our preferred stock since 2008. As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $39.3 million, net accounts receivable of $30.8 million and $24.2 million of working capital.

The following tables show our cash and cash equivalents and our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the stated periods:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 30,223       $ 39,302   

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 10,376      $ 12,883      $ 14,239   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,169     (4,930     (7,036

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     332        (341     1,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,539      $ 7,612      $ 9,079   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

As of December 31, 2012, our cash and cash equivalents were held for working capital purposes, a majority of which was held in cash deposits and money market funds. We intend to increase our capital expenditures to support the growth in our business and operations. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts, the continued expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced software and services offerings, and the continued market acceptance of our products.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $14.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, as a result of net income of $1.6 million, which included depreciation, stock-based compensation expense and other non-cash charges of $9.2 million, and a net change of $3.3 million in our working capital. The increase in our working capital was primarily attributable to a $15.4 million increase in deferred revenue and a $8.2 million increase in accrued liabilities, partially offset by a $17.6 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in deferred revenue was primarily due to increased maintenance agreement sales. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to increased license and maintenance agreement sales. The increase in accrued liabilities was due to the growth in our business and increased headcount.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $12.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, as a result of net income of $3.4 million, which included depreciation, stock-based compensation expense and other non-cash charges of $3.9 million, and a net increase of $5.6 million in our working capital. The increase in our working capital was primarily attributable to a $10.5 million increase in deferred revenue and a $5.3 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by a $9.4 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in deferred revenue was primarily due

 

70


Table of Contents

to increased maintenance agreement sales. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to increased license and maintenance agreement sales. The increase in accrued liabilities was due to the growth in our business and increased headcount.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $10.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, as a result of net income of $2.7 million, which included depreciation, stock-based compensation expense and other non-cash charges of $1.6 million, and a net increase of $6.0 million in our working capital. The net increase in our working capital was primarily attributable to a $3.8 million increase in deferred revenue and a $3.3 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in deferred revenue and accounts receivable was primarily due to increased sales. The increase in accrued liabilities was primarily due to the growth in our business and increased headcount.

Investing Activities

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, cash outflows from our investing activities were $2.2 million, $4.9 million and $7.0 million, respectively. The cash used was primarily attributable to capital expenditures to support the growth of our business, including hardware and software and office equipment and leasehold improvements.

Financing Activities

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, cash inflows (outflows) from our financing activities were $0.3 million, $(0.3) million and $1.9 million, respectively. The cash provided primarily was attributable to proceeds from the exercise of stock options. For 2011, cash outflows were attributable to cash paid to repurchase shares of our common stock and payments on capital lease obligations.

Commitments

Our principal commitments primarily consist of obligations under leases for office space. As of December 31, 2012, the future non-cancelable minimum lease payments under these obligations were as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 8,469       $ 3,261       $ 4,550       $ 658       $   

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the

 

71


Table of Contents

reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of the matters that are inherently uncertain.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenues primarily in the form of software license fees and related maintenance and services fees. License fees include perpetual and term license fees. Maintenance and services primarily consist of fees for maintenance services (including support and unspecified upgrades and enhancements when and if they are available), training and professional services that are not essential to functionality of our software.

We recognize revenues when all of the following conditions are met:

 

  Ÿ  

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

  Ÿ  

the software or services have been delivered to the customer;

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and

 

  Ÿ  

the collection of the related fees is probable.

We use click-through end user license agreements, signed agreements and purchase orders as evidence of an arrangement. We deliver all of our software electronically. Electronic delivery occurs when we provide the customer with access to the software and license key via a secure portal. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable at the outset of the arrangement. We typically offer payment terms due 30 days from delivery of software. We assess collectability based on a number of factors such as collection history and creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine that collectability is not probable, revenues are deferred until collectability becomes probable, generally upon receipt of cash.

Substantially all of our software licenses are perpetual licenses sold in multiple-element arrangements that include maintenance and may also include professional services and training.

Vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of the fair value is not available for these perpetual software licenses as they are never sold without maintenance. VSOE of the fair value generally exists for all undelivered elements and any services are not essential to the functionality of the delivered software. We account for delivered software licenses under the residual method.

Maintenance agreements consist of fees for providing software updates on a when and if available basis and technical support for software products for an initial term, typically one year. We have established VSOE of the fair value of maintenance on perpetual licenses based on stated substantive renewal rates or the price when sold on a standalone basis. Stated renewal rates are considered to be substantive if they are at least 15% of the actual price charged for the software

 

72


Table of Contents

license. VSOE of the fair value for standalone sales is considered to have been established when a substantial majority of individual sales transactions within the previous 12-month period falls within a reasonably narrow range, which we have defined to be plus or minus 15% of the median sales price of actual standalone sales transactions.

License arrangements may include professional services and training. In determining whether professional services and training revenues should be accounted for separately from license revenues, we evaluate:

 

  Ÿ  

whether such services are considered essential to the functionality of the software using factors such as the nature of the software products;

 

  Ÿ  

whether they are ready for use by the customer upon receipt;

 

  Ÿ  

the nature of the services, which typically do not involve significant customization to or development of the underlying software code;

 

  Ÿ  

the availability of services from other vendors;

 

  Ÿ  

whether the timing of payments for license revenues is coincident with performance of services; and

 

  Ÿ  

whether milestones or acceptance criteria exist that affect the realizability of the software license fee.

Revenues related to training are billed on a fixed fee basis and accordingly recognized as training services are delivered. Payments received in advance of services performed are deferred and recognized when the related services are performed.

To date, professional services have not been considered essential to the functionality of the software. The VSOE of the fair value of our professional services and training is based on the price for these same services when they are sold separately. Revenues related to professional services and training are billed on a time and materials basis and, accordingly, are recognized as the services or training are performed.

When software is licensed for a specified term, fees for support and maintenance are generally bundled with the license fee over the entire term of the contract. In these cases, we do not have VSOE of the fair value for maintenance. Revenues related to term license fees are recognized ratably over the contract term beginning on the date the customer has access to the software license key and continuing through the end of the contract term.

We do not offer refunds and therefore have not recorded any sales return allowance for any of the periods presented. Upon a periodic review of outstanding accounts receivable, amounts that are deemed to be uncollectible are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts.

We account for taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities on a net basis and exclude them from revenues.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions, including employee, consultant, and non-employee director stock option awards, is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on fair value. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized using a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally four

 

73


Table of Contents

years. All of our stock-based awards have been for Class B common stock. We expect that all stock-based awards made after the date of our initial public offering will be for Class A common stock. All references to common stock in this “Stock-Based Compensation” section are to our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, as applicable.

Key assumptions.     Our Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Fair value of our common stock —Because our stock was not publicly traded prior to our initial public offering, we estimated the fair value of our common stock, as discussed in “Common stock valuations” below. Upon the completion of our initial public offering, our common stock will be valued by reference to the publicly-traded price of our Class A common stock.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected volatility —As we do not have a significant trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected term —The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted, we have based our actual experience adjusted for expected employee exercise activity.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-free interest rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

  Ÿ  

Dividend yield —We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2010    2011    2012

Expected volatility

   50.3%    52.1%    49.0%

Expected term (in years)

   5    5    5

Risk-free interest rate

   1.79%    1.55%    0.69%

Dividend yield

   None    None    None

 

74


Table of Contents

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, the amount of stock option expense we recognize in our consolidated statements of operations includes an estimate of stock option forfeitures. We estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements.

Common stock valuations .    The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a

price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we used in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

  Ÿ  

contemporaneous valuations performed by independent third-party specialists;

 

  Ÿ  

the rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

actual operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

  Ÿ  

risk inherent to the development of our products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

trends and developments in our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

  Ÿ  

likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company given prevailing market conditions; and

 

  Ÿ  

U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions.

In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business generally using the income approach and the market comparable approach valuation methods. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate such as cash earnings, cost savings, tax deductions, and the proceeds from disposition of assets. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly traded companies in our industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows.

The market comparable approach estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. We selected other enterprise software public companies for the purposes of this approach based on their operational area of business intelligence software and similarity of business model, being primarily license-based rather

 

75


Table of Contents

than software-as-a-service. Our peer group companies have been consistent from the beginning of 2012, other than the addition of a business intelligence enterprise software company that went public earlier in the year, which we added in the fourth quarter of 2012. While we believe that this group of comparable companies was appropriate, investors may not view this group of companies as similar enough to us. Therefore, had a different set of peer companies been used, a different valuation may have resulted. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple was determined based on the subject company’s operating results to the value of the subject company. In our valuations, the multiple of the comparable companies was determined using a ratio of the market value of invested capital less cash to each of the trailing 12 month’s total revenues and forecasted future total revenues. Each of these revenue multiples was weighted equally. As some of the comparable companies were significantly larger and had different rates of revenue growth and profitability than us, we generally selected multiples that were above the mean of these selected companies to make adjustment for our historical and expected higher rates of revenue growth.

In some cases, we also considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation determined pursuant to one of the methods described above or a straight-line calculation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

Once we determined an equity value, we utilized the option-pricing method, or OPM, to allocate the equity value to each of our classes of stock. OPM values each equity class by creating a series of call options on our equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences, participation rights, and strike prices of derivatives. This method is generally preferred when future outcomes are difficult to predict and dissolution or liquidation is not imminent. The estimated value based on the income and market approach is then discounted by a non-marketability factor, or DLOM, due to the fact that stockholders of private companies do not have access to trading markets similar to those enjoyed by stockholders of public companies, which impacts liquidity.

In connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, we re-evaluated our estimate of fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes as a result of our rapidly improving financial performance and prospects, our evolving belief that an initial public offering was increasingly viable and the generally improving conditions in the capital markets in the fourth quarter of 2012. As a result of our re-evaluation, we determined that, solely for financial reporting purposes, the fair value of our common stock was higher than the fair market values determined in good faith by our board of directors for each of the option grant dates from February through September 2012. In our re-evaluation for financial reporting purposes, we re-assessed certain assumptions that were used in our contemporaneous valuations. As a result, we retroactively adjusted the fair value per common share as of each such grant date during 2012 based on the progress of our business at each relevant date.

We granted the following stock option awards between January 1, 2012 and the date of this prospectus:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of Shares
Subject to Options
Granted
     Common Stock
Fair Value Per
Common Share for
Financial Reporting
Purposes
     Exercise Price      Intrinsic Value Per
Underlying
Common Share
 

February 29, 2012

     3,000,440       $ 7.65       $ 7.17       $ 0.48   

May 23, 2012

     373,750         8.15         7.19         0.96   

September 5, 2012

     600,650         8.47         7.47         1.00   

December 4, 2012

     732,950         9.30         9.30           

December 10, 2012

     2,911,250         9.30         9.30           

February 28, 2013

     534,450         14.95         14.95           

March 15, 2013

     80,000         14.98         14.98           

 

76


Table of Contents

Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of                     was approximately $         million, of which approximately $         million related to vested options and approximately $         million related to unvested options.

We believe we applied a reasonable valuation method to determine the stock option exercise prices on the respective stock option grant dates. A combination of factors led to changes in the fair value of our common stock. Certain of the significant factors considered by our board of directors to determine the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of calculating stock-based compensation costs during this period included:

February 2012 .     On February 29, 2012, we granted stock options with an exercise price of $7.17 per share. During this period, the U.S. economy and overall financial markets continued to recover. We continued to experience revenue growth as our products gained more market awareness and market share. In the first quarter of 2012, we added a new member to our board of directors and a General Counsel to our management team. Our board of directors considered the financial performance and market conditions in determining the fair value of our common stock, concurrent with a contemporaneous third-party valuation of our common stock as of January 31, 2012 that was prepared using a combination of the market and income approach, each weighted at 50%. The market approach took into consideration the peer group revenue multiples. The mean peer group blended revenue multiple was 3.1x in February 2012. The blended revenue multiple selected was 5.5x which, taking into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, was above the upper quartile peer group revenue multiples. The income approach also took into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, and then discounted it to a present value using a discount rate that reflected our then-current cost of capital. The discount rate applied to our cash flows was 14%. Our enterprise value was determined using the market and income approach. Our common stock price derived from this valuation reflected a DLOM of 25%. Our board of directors determined that no significant value-generating events had taken place between the January 31, 2012 valuation and the February 29, 2012 grant date. In connection with our preparation of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, for financial reporting purposes, we subsequently revised the valuation analysis of our common stock by reducing the DLOM from 25% to 20% and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $7.65 per share.

May 2012 .     On May 23, 2012, we granted stock options with an exercise price of $7.19 per share. During this period, we continued to see growth in the U.S. economy and improvement in the financial markets. We continued to experience revenue growth as our products gained more market awareness, generating $24.7 million in total revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $23.2 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2011. Our board of directors considered our recent performance and market conditions to help determine the value of our common stock and considered a contemporaneous third-party valuation of our common stock as of April 30, 2012 that was prepared using a combination of the market and income approaches, each weighted at 50%. The mean peer group blended revenue multiple increased slightly from 3.1x in February 2012 to 3.5x in May 2012. The blended revenue multiple selected was 5.3x which, taking into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, was above the upper quartile peer group revenue multiples. The income approach also took into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, and then discounted it to a present value using a discount rate that reflected our then-current cost of capital. The discount rate applied to our cash flows was 14%. The enterprise value was determined using the market and income approach. Our common stock price derived from this valuation reflected a DLOM of 25%. Our board of directors determined that no significant value-generating events had taken place between the April 30, 2012 valuation and the May 23, 2012 grant date. In connection with our preparation of the financial statements for the year

 

77


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2012, for financial reporting purposes, we subsequently revised the valuation analysis of our common stock by reducing the DLOM from 25% to 15% and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $8.15 per share.

September 2012 .     On September 5, 2012, we granted stock options with an exercise price of $7.47 per share. In the third quarter of 2012, we added a new independent member to our board of directors. Between May 2012 and September 2012, we continued to experience revenue growth as our products gained more market awareness even though the financial markets started to show some weakness. We generated $29.1 million in total revenues for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 as compared to $24.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012. Our board of directors considered our recent performance and market conditions to help determine the value of our common stock and considered a contemporaneous third-party valuation of our common stock as of August 15, 2012 that was prepared using a combination of the market and income approach, each weighted at 50%. The mean peer group blended revenue multiple decreased slightly at 3.2x in September 2012 from 3.5x in May 2012. There was no increase in the aggregate valuations of the peer group companies during this period. The blended revenue multiple selected was 4.3x which, taking into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, was above the upper quartile peer group revenue multiples. The income approach also took into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, and then discounted it to a present value using an appropriate discount rate that reflected our then current cost of capital. The discount rate applied to our cash flows was 17%. The enterprise value was determined using the market and income approach. Our common stock price derived from this valuation reflected a DLOM of 25%. In September 2012, we granted stock options with an exercise price of $7.47 per share. Our board of directors determined that no significant value-generating events had taken place between the August 15, 2012 valuation and the September 5, 2012 grant date. In connection with our preparation of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, for financial reporting purposes, we subsequently revised the valuation analysis of our common stock by reducing the DLOM from 25% to 15% and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $8.47 per share.

December 2012 .     On December 4, 2012 and December 10, 2012, we granted stock options with an exercise price of $9.30 per share. In the fourth quarter of 2012, we added a new independent member to our board of directors. In addition, we began discussions with investment banks in preparation for a potential initial public offering of our Class A common stock. Our board of directors considered our recent financial performance, market conditions, changes in our business and the increased probability of an initial public offering in determining the fair value of our common stock. In addition, the board of directors considered a contemporaneous third-party valuation of our common stock as of November 15, 2012 that was prepared using a combination of the market and income approach, each weighted at 50%. The mean peer group blended revenue multiple increased from 3.2x in September 2012 to 3.6x in December 2012; however, the third quartile peer group blended revenue multiple decreased from 4.0x in September 2012 to 3.5x in December 2012. The blended revenue multiple selected was 4.2x which, taking into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, was above the upper quartile peer group revenue multiples. The income approach also took into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, and then discounted it to a present value using a discount rate that reflected our then-current cost of capital. The discount rate applied to our cash flows was 16%. The enterprise value was determined using the market and income approach. Our common stock price derived from this valuation reflected a DLOM of 10%. The DLOM was reduced from prior periods due to the factors listed above moving towards a potential initial public offering. Our board of directors determined that no significant value-generating events had taken place between the November 15, 2012 valuation and the December 4, 2012 and December 10, 2012 grant dates.

 

78


Table of Contents

On December 31, 2012, we donated 150,000 shares of Class B common stock to fund the Tableau Foundation, a donor-advised charitable fund, pursuant to board of directors’ approval obtained on December 4, 2012. For financial reporting purposes, we considered our recent financial performance, generally improving overall market conditions in the capital markets, changes in our business and the increased probability of an initial public offering in determining the fair value of our common stock on December 31, 2012. Based on this evaluation, we determined that value-generating events had taken place between our December 10, 2012 stock option grant date and December 31, 2012, including our better than expected operating results and particularly strong revenue generation during that period. Consequently, continuing to apply the DLOM of 10% we utilized in connection with our grants made earlier that month and described above, we determined the fair value of our common stock to be $10.76 and recorded a corresponding stock-based expense of $1.6 million as of December 31, 2012. This value approximated the straight-line growth in our enterprise value from December 2012 to February 2013.

February 2013. On February 28, 2013, we granted stock options with an exercise price of $14.95 per share. We continued to make progress toward an initial public offering with the initial submission of our registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in February 2013. In addition, our total revenues continued to grow in line with our expectations and we were named a business intelligence and analytics leader for the first time in a market research report by a third party research and advisory firm. During the period between this grant and our last option grant in December 2012, the U.S. economy continued to grow and capital markets continued to improve. Our board of directors considered our recent financial performance, market conditions and the increased probability of an initial public offering in determining the fair value of our common stock and considered a contemporaneous third-party valuation of our common stock as of February 22, 2013 that was prepared using a combination of the market and income approach, each weighted at 50%. The mean peer group blended revenue multiple was increased from 3.6x in December 2012 to 3.7x at February 2013. The blended revenue multiple selected was 4.6x which, taking into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, was above the upper quartile peer group revenue multiples. The income approach also took into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, and then discounted it to a present value using a discount rate that reflected our then-current cost of capital. The discount rate applied to our cash flows was 13%. The enterprise value was determined using the market and income approach. Our common stock price derived from this valuation reflected a DLOM of 5%. The DLOM was reduced from prior periods due to the increased probability of an initial public offering. Our board of directors determined that no significant value-generating events had taken place between the February 22, 2013 valuation and the February 28, 2013 grant date.

March 2013. On March 15, 2013, we granted stock options with an exercise price of $14.98 per share. Our board of directors considered our recent financial performance and market conditions in determining the fair value of our common stock and considered a contemporaneous third-party valuation of our common stock as of March 13, 2013 that was prepared using a combination of the market and income approach, each weighted at 50%. The mean peer group blended revenue multiple increased from 3.7x at February 2013 to 3.8x at March 2013. The blended revenue multiple selected was 4.6x which, taking into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, was above the upper quartile peer group revenue multiples. The income approach also took into consideration the forecast of our expected future financial performance, and then discounted it to a present value using a discount rate that reflected our then-current cost of capital. The discount rate applied to our cash flows was 13%. The enterprise value was determined using the market and income approach. Our common stock price derived from this valuation reflected a DLOM of 5%. Our board of directors determined that no significant value-generating events had taken place between the March 13, 2013 valuation and the March 15, 2013 grant date.

 

79


Table of Contents

The future stock-based compensation expense related to the stock options we granted in February and March 2013 described above was estimated to be approximately $3.8 million in the aggregate. This amount, less options forfeited, will be recognized over the four-year service period.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method in accordance with authoritative guidance for income taxes. Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, net operating loss carryforwards, and credit carryforwards if it is more likely than not that the tax benefits will be realized. We considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If we determine we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, we record a valuation allowance on such net deferred tax assets with an offset to expense in the period such determination is made.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and in numerous foreign jurisdictions. While we believe the positions we have taken are appropriate, we record reserves for taxes to address potential exposures involving tax positions that we believe could be challenged by taxing authorities. We record a benefit on a tax position when we determine that it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained, we measure the tax position at the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized when it is effectively settled. We review the tax reserves as circumstances warrant and adjust the reserves as events occur that affect our potential liability for additional taxes. We follow the applicable guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition with respect to tax positions. We reflect interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities as a component of income tax expense.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

We are exposed to financial market risks, primarily changes in interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents of $39.3 million as of December 31, 2012. We hold our cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in cash deposits and money market funds. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce future interest income.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. All of our revenues are generated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the

 

80


Table of Contents

United States and to a lesser extent in Europe and Asia. Our results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. Currently, the portion of our results of operations and cash flows denominated in foreign currency is immaterial and therefore, the effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. To date, we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging strategies. As our international operations grow, we plan to generate revenues in foreign currencies and we will continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the last three fiscal years. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

We have reviewed recent accounting pronouncements and concluded that they are either not applicable to our business or that no material effect is expected on the consolidated financial statements as a result of their future adoption.

As an “emerging growth company,” the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dated for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.

 

81


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our mission is to help people see and understand data.

Our software products put the power of data into the hands of everyday people, allowing a broad population of business users to engage with their data, ask questions, solve problems and create value.

Based on innovative core technologies originally developed at Stanford University, our products dramatically reduce the complexity, inflexibility and expense associated with traditional business intelligence applications. We aim to make our products easy to use, ubiquitous and as deeply-rooted in the workplace as spreadsheets are today.

Our software is designed for anyone with data and questions. We are democratizing the use of business analytics software by allowing people to access information, perform analysis and share results without assistance from technical specialists. By putting powerful, self-service analytical technology directly into the hands of people who make decisions with data, we seek to accelerate the pace of informed and intelligent decision making. This enables our customers to create better workplaces, with happier employees who are empowered to more fully express their ingenuity and creativity.

Our products are used by people of diverse skill levels across all kinds of organizations, including Fortune 500 corporations, small and medium-sized businesses, government agencies, universities, research institutions and non-profits. Organizations employ our products in a broad range of use cases such as increasing sales, streamlining operations, improving customer service, managing investments, assessing quality and safety, studying and treating diseases, completing academic research, addressing environmental problems and improving education. Our products are flexible and capable enough to help a single user on a laptop analyze data from a simple spreadsheet, or to enable thousands of users across an enterprise to execute complex queries against massive databases.

Underpinning our innovative products is a set of technology advances that spans the domains of sophisticated computer graphics, human-computer interaction and high performance database systems. These technology innovations include VizQL and our Hybrid Data Architecture:

 

  Ÿ  

VizQL Our breakthrough visual query language, VizQL, translates drag-and-drop actions into data queries and then expresses that information visually. VizQL unifies the formerly disparate tasks of query and visualization and allows users to transform questions into pictures without the need for software scripts, chart wizards or dialogue boxes that inhibit speed and flexibility. This capability is designed to enable a more intuitive, creative and engaging experience for our users. VizQL can deliver dramatic gains in people’s ability to see and understand data, and we believe it represents a foundational advancement in the field of analytics.

 

  Ÿ  

Hybrid Data Architecture —Our Hybrid Data Architecture combines the power and flexibility of our Live Query and In-Memory Data Engines. Our Live Query Engine allows users to instantaneously connect to large volumes of data in its existing format and location, reducing the need for time-consuming data transformation processes that only technical specialists can perform. In addition, this capability allows customers to leverage investments in their existing data platforms and to capitalize on the capabilities of high performance databases. Our In-Memory Data Engine enables users to import large amounts of data into our own in-memory database. Using advanced algorithms and data compression techniques, our in-memory technology facilitates quick query responses on up to hundreds of millions of rows of data. Our Hybrid Data Architecture enables these data engines to work in harmony, allowing users the flexibility to access and analyze data from diverse sources and locations, while optimizing speed and performance for each source.

 

82


Table of Contents

Our distribution strategy is based on a “land and expand” business model and is designed to capitalize on the ease of use, low up-front cost and collaborative capabilities of our software. Our products tend to be adopted at a grassroots level within organizations, often beginning with a free trial, and then spread across departments, divisions and geographies via word-of-mouth and the discovery of new use cases. Over time, many of our customers find that the use of our products expands to a broad cross-section of their organizations and that our deployments and use cases become significantly more strategic in nature. Accordingly, we have developed enterprise-class product and service capabilities that allow us to both complement and supplant core, legacy business intelligence deployments.

As of December 31, 2012, we had more than 10,000 customers across a broad array of company sizes and industries and located in over 100 countries. Some of our largest customers include Deere & Company, affiliates of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, the Federal Aviation Administration, Sears Holdings Corporation and affiliates of Verizon Communications Inc. In addition, we have cultivated strong relationships with technology partners to help us extend the reach of our products. These partners include both traditional database vendors such as International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation and Teradata Corporation and emerging database vendors such as Cloudera Inc., Google Inc., Greenplum (a division of EMC Corporation) and Vertica (a division of Hewlett-Packard Company).

We have achieved significant growth in recent periods. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, our total revenues were $34.2 million, $62.4 million and $127.7 million, respectively, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 93% from 2010 to 2012. We also generated net income of $2.7 million, $3.4 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and have generated positive cash from operations on an annual basis in each of those fiscal years. We believe our land and expand business model provides financial visibility as aggregate revenues from subsequent sales of products and maintenance services to our customers have typically been multiples of the revenues we realized from those customers’ initial purchases.

Industry Background

We believe that organizations increasingly regard their data as a critical strategic resource. The remarkable growth in the volume, diversity and accessibility of digital information creates the potential for people to make more informed, timely and intelligent decisions. And, in today’s increasingly competitive environment, we believe that the value of rapid and more informed decision-making continues to grow.

According to International Data Corporation, or IDC, the amount of digital information created, replicated and consumed worldwide will grow exponentially from 0.8 trillion gigabytes in 2010 to 40 trillion gigabytes in 2020, as data from interactive applications and websites, enterprise software and connected devices multiplies. Many organizations are expected to experience a doubling in the volume of data across their enterprises approximately every 24 months, according to IDC, and are investing heavily to scale their data storage and management platforms to accommodate this growth.* These growing volumes of data are also increasingly diverse in terms of their source, format and location. Today, organizations create and manage data across a broad range of platforms, from traditional relational databases, to an array of emerging data platforms such as EMC Greenplum, Teradata Aster and Cloudera, to applications such as salesforce.com, NetSuite and Google Analytics, to cloud computing platforms such as Amazon Web Services and Microsoft Azure.

As a consequence of the increasing richness and volume of data, more and more people are demanding access to information in order to gain insight, solve problems and monitor the performance

 

* See note 1 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”

 

83


Table of Contents

of their organizations. The growth of cloud computing technologies and the proliferation of connected devices such as tablets and smartphones are enabling users to access information anytime and anyplace. We believe that these trends are accelerating the demand for analytical technology, as more information and engagement provokes more questions and fuels demand for more analysis, answers and value. At the same time, advances in user experience driven by consumer technology companies such as Amazon, Apple, Facebook and Google have raised user expectations regarding intuitive, flexible and convenient access to information.

These factors have created a backdrop of growing data resources, increased user appetite for information and rising expectations for accessibility and ease of use. As a result, many organizations are seeking technology that will allow their people to easily access the right information, answer questions, gain insight and share their findings. These organizations are seeking to empower their employees and to unleash their creativity and problem-solving abilities.

Traditional Approaches

People within organizations have traditionally accessed data via static reports from enterprise applications and business intelligence platforms maintained by IT departments. These systems, predominantly designed and built in the 1990’s, have largely failed to fulfill the promise of empowering people to make rapid and informed decisions with their data. The following characteristics have limited the proliferation and effectiveness of these systems:

 

  Ÿ  

Heavy —Traditional business intelligence systems have complicated, multi-layered architectures that reflect their heritage in prior eras of enterprise computing. In many cases, these systems have evolved from code written decades ago, are encumbered by support for legacy requirements and incorporate bolt-on features from numerous product acquisitions. In addition, these systems often require organizations to make significant investments in high-end hardware and storage components.

 

  Ÿ  

Complex —Traditional business intelligence platforms have complex user interfaces that require time-consuming, multi-step processes to perform routine tasks such as connecting to data sources or creating dashboards and graphs. Users often need to develop programming skills and sophisticated knowledge to utilize these systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Inflexible —Traditional business intelligence systems require companies to define, structure and populate underlying data models prior to enabling users to perform analyses. Once established, these rigid data constructs are difficult and time-consuming to adjust, limiting users’ abilities to perform ad hoc analysis and seek dynamic, real-time perspectives on their data.

 

  Ÿ  

Expensive —Most business intelligence software projects are costly and require large budgets. These projects typically require substantial initial spending on software licenses and systems alone. Further, these systems typically require investments in customization, professional services, specialized staffing, training and support, which often significantly exceed the initial license costs.

The weight, complexity, inflexibility and expense of traditional business intelligence systems introduce a number of problems for companies seeking to adopt these tools:

 

  Ÿ  

Dependence —Business users must rely on specialized resources to operate, modify and maintain these systems. The divide between users seeking insight and technical specialists lacking business context creates inefficiencies and frustrations.

 

  Ÿ  

Delay —The slow pace of change inhibits the utility and value of business intelligence as users find that rapidly changing business conditions outpace the ability to adapt existing reports, data models and analytical approaches.

 

84


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Limited adoption —Because most business users lack the time, skills and financial resources necessary to address the limitations of these systems, their use has largely been confined to a narrow population of power users with technical expertise and training, and to a narrow population of companies.

Faced with these challenges, many knowledge workers today rely on spreadsheets as their primary analytical tool. While spreadsheets are widely available and easier to use than traditional business intelligence platforms, they have a number of limitations. Spreadsheets are not generally designed to facilitate direct and dynamic data access, making the process of importing and updating data manual, cumbersome and error prone. In addition, spreadsheets are not designed to accommodate very large data sets and offer limited interactive visual capabilities, thereby reducing performance and limiting analytical scope and insight. Spreadsheets are often widely shared and edited by various parties, resulting in difficulties maintaining version control and the accuracy of information. Finally, spreadsheets lack sophisticated workflow auditing and data security features, which can result in data leakage and compliance problems.

Opportunity

The market for traditional business analytics software is large and well established, with IDC estimating an aggregate spending of $35.1 billion in 2012 in this worldwide market sector. IDC also estimates that the worldwide spending on business intelligence tools alone, a subset of the overall business analytics software market, was $12.9 billion in 2012.* In addition, organizations also spend billions of dollars on hardware, support and services to implement and maintain traditional business intelligence systems. According to Gartner, Inc., organizations are expected to spend $81.0 billion on business analytics and related services in 2014.**

According to an August 2012 Forrester Research, Inc., or Forrester, report, Forrester estimated that there will be 615 million information workers globally in 2013 and it predicts that number to grow to 865 million by 2016.*** Additionally, a Forrester survey of information workers conducted in the fourth quarter of 2012 indicated that only 17% of respondents use a data dashboard or business intelligence tools as part of their job.**** Accordingly, we believe a significant percentage of information workers are not accessing business intelligence software, and they instead use alternative approaches to meet their analytical needs.

We believe the limitations of traditional approaches coupled with the demand for business analytics has presented an opportunity to pioneer a new class of business analytics software that addresses, complements and expands the business intelligence market and enhances office productivity tools such as spreadsheets, and that is specifically designed to enable a broad population of users to gain insight from their data.

Our Solution

Product Design Principles

We have pioneered a fundamentally new approach to business analytics. Our software products, Tableau Desktop, Tableau Server and Tableau Public, embody a set of design principles that reflect our values as a company and our mission to help people see and understand data:

 

  Ÿ  

Simple —Our software is designed to allow everyday business users to answer questions with ease. We have pioneered a number of core technologies that make our products intuitive and

 

* See note 2 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”
** See note 5 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”
*** See note 3 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”
**** See note 4 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”

 

85


Table of Contents
 

easy to use. For example, our proprietary VizQL language unifies data query and visualization, significantly simplifying the analytical process. VizQL and our other innovations allow our users to utilize drag-and-drop gestures to execute queries, seamlessly shift graphical perspectives on their data and easily answer new questions as their thinking progresses. The simplicity of our products allows users to establish functional proficiency quickly and speeds the adoption of our technology.

 

  Ÿ  

Fast —Our software is designed to access and process large volumes of data rapidly and to enable responsive and agile analysis, allowing users to answer questions with data “at the speed of thought.” We believe that improvements in speed can increase user engagement with data and enhance the range, quality and timeliness of insights that are developed.

 

  Ÿ  

Powerful —Our fundamental goal is to allow our users to ask and answer questions with their data. The power to accomplish that goal arises from our ability to marry ease of use with advanced analytical capabilities in a manner that allows our customers to generate useful perspectives on their data. For example, our products allow users to create integrated visualizations combining data from a number of disparate sources with only a few clicks. Traditionally, integrating data sources in this manner has required complex and time-consuming data preparation. Our products also incorporate advanced features such as predictive analysis that can meet the needs of many advanced users of business analytics products.

 

  Ÿ  

Beautiful —Impactful and engaging visualization lies at the heart of our software. The powerful graphical capabilities in our software allow people to display their data in a broad variety of visualization formats, and experiment with alternate formats seamlessly to find the best way to answer their questions and reveal the stories within their data. We have incorporated key elements from the fields of visual perception, psychology and graphic design into our products that empower our users to generate content that is effective and beautiful by default. Beautiful and high quality design allows everyday people to engage in broad, creative thinking and encourages them to share content.

 

  Ÿ  

Ubiquitous —We seek to make our software accessible to users wherever and whenever they need information and insight. Our software is designed so that users throughout organizations can explore their data and publish findings in a way that can be accessed on a broad range of platforms and devices, including tablets and smartphones. With a focus on bringing powerful analytics to more people and increasing exposure for our products, we launched Tableau Public in 2010, a free cloud-based service that allows people to publish interactive visualizations and dashboards on the Web.

Product Benefits

When combined with our technology innovations, these product design principles have resulted in products that provide the following benefits for our customers:

 

  Ÿ  

Liberation —The simplicity and ease of use of our software gives people the power to access, analyze and share data without the assistance of technical specialists. This self-service capability democratizes access to data, expands the potential user population within organizations and reduces training and support costs. We believe that providing the freedom for people to more powerfully and conveniently answer questions empowers employees and drives value for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Speed —Our software is designed to enable people to derive value from their data at an accelerated pace. Due to our focus on ease of use and ease of deployment, our users can quickly gain proficiency in our software and generate results rapidly, without the complication, time investment and frustration often associated with traditional business intelligence products.

 

86


Table of Contents
 

In addition, because our software is able to connect directly to a broad range of data sources, our users can perform work without having to undertake complex and time-consuming data movement and transformation. Many of our customers have reported that they are able to achieve their desired results with our software more than ten times faster than they can with their existing systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Discovery —We believe that the human mind is better able to process information, discern trends and identify patterns when presented with information in a visual format. By fundamentally integrating data analysis and visualization, our software allows people to create powerful visualizations and dashboards that can lead to new discoveries. Our software is designed to seamlessly blend, filter and drill down on information, without the distraction of dialogue boxes, wizards and scripts, allowing users to rapidly and iteratively develop greater insight from their data.

 

  Ÿ  

Communication and sharing —We facilitate more effective communication by empowering people to express themselves creatively and tell better stories with data. The collaborative features of our software are designed to foster more sharing of data and to improve the dissemination of information across and among enterprises. Our focus on designing our products for ubiquity allows users to publish results in a single format that can be consumed anywhere, enabling customers to interact with data readily and conveniently. We believe that our software enables our customers to share more insights and have richer conversations about their information.

 

  Ÿ  

Enterprise grade —Our products provide a secure, highly available, enterprise-class platform designed to scale to tens of thousands of users, across desktop, Web and mobile clients, and meet the needs of the largest organizations globally. We have built products that can be installed in minutes without specialized skills and readily integrate with enterprise data, management and security infrastructure. Our products provide enterprise-level security that has passed the stringent requirements of customers in the national defense, financial services and healthcare sectors. We believe our products uniquely blend the benefits of self-service and ease of use with enterprise readiness.

 

  Ÿ  

Value —Our products are designed to provide an attractive return on investment to our customers. Our self-service product capabilities dramatically reduce IT resources, professional services and support costs typically associated with traditional or competing business intelligence vendors. Our software also has low minimum hardware requirements, which can reduce related capital costs. In addition, our pricing and land and expand business model allow customers to deploy our software without having to make significant upfront economic commitments.

Growth Strategy

Our mission to help people see and understand data presents a broad and momentous market opportunity. We intend to continue to invest in a number of growth initiatives to allow us to pursue our mission aggressively. Our strategies for growth include:

 

  Ÿ  

Expand our customer base —We believe the market for analytics and business intelligence software is considerably underserved and, as a result, we have the opportunity to substantially expand our present base of over 11,000 customer accounts. We are expanding our online and offline marketing efforts to increase our brand awareness. We are also making significant investments in growing both our direct sales teams and indirect sales channels.

 

  Ÿ  

Further penetrate our existing customer base —Leveraging our land and expand business model, we intend to continue to increase adoption of our products within and across our existing customers, as they expand the number of users and develop new use cases for our

 

87


Table of Contents
 

products. A Forrester survey of information workers conducted in the fourth quarter of 2012 indicated that 59% of information workers are currently using spreadsheets for work. * We believe this presents an opportunity to extend the reach of our products within our customers. Our sales and marketing strategy and focus on customer success help our customers identify and pursue new use cases within their organizations. As this expansion occurs, we believe that our products will also increasingly supplant incumbent legacy platforms to become the standard platform for analytics and business intelligence for our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Grow internationally —With approximately 17% of our total revenues generated outside the United States and Canada in 2012, we believe there is significant opportunity to grow our international business. Our products currently support eight languages, and we are aggressively expanding our direct sales force and indirect sales channels outside the United States. In addition to our presence in Australia, Canada, England and France, we have recently expanded our international operations to include Germany, Ireland, Japan and Singapore, and we intend to invest in further expanding our footprint in these and other regions.

 

  Ÿ  

Relentlessly innovate and advance our products —We have sought to rapidly improve the capabilities of our products over time and intend to continue to invest in product innovation and leadership. Building on our foundational technology innovations, including VizQL, we have released eight major versions of our software to date, rapidly expanding and improving our feature set and capabilities. Our most recent release, Tableau 8.0, added many new features including Web and mobile authoring, statistical forecasting, free form dashboards, integration with applications like salesforce.com and Google Analytics, and APIs. We plan to continue to invest in research and development, including hiring top technical talent, focusing on core technology innovation and maintaining an agile organization that supports rapid release cycles. In particular, we intend to focus on further developing our cloud and mobile capabilities, expanding our advanced analytical and statistical functionality and continuing to expand the range of visualization formats and data sources and platforms we can address.

 

  Ÿ  

Extend our distribution channels and partner ecosystem —We plan to continue investing in distribution channels, technology partners and OEM relationships to help us enter and grow in new markets while complementing our direct sales efforts. We are actively growing our indirect channels, particularly in international markets. Our most important technology partnerships are with market-leading database vendors, such as IBM, Microsoft, Oracle and Teradata, and emerging database vendors, such as Cloudera, EMC Greenplum, HP Vertica and Google, with which we have collaborated to develop high performance and optimized connectivity to a broad group of popular data stores. We intend to continue to invest in technology partnerships that enable us to build and promote complementary capabilities that benefit our customers. We have also recently introduced APIs to further empower our developer and OEM partner ecosystem to create applications that embed Tableau functionality.

 

  Ÿ  

Foster our passionate user community —We benefit from a vibrant and engaged user community. We are investing in initiatives to further expand and energize this group, both online, through our online community site and through events such as our annual customer conferences, including our U.S. Tableau Customer Conference which has grown from approximately 180 attendees in 2008 to more than 2,000 attendees in 2012. In addition, Tableau Public, which we launched as a free cloud-based service, has a community of engaged users from media, government, non-profit and other organizations, who are passionate about sharing public data online. We intend to expand these efforts and to seek other means to evangelize our mission and facilitate sharing of best practices and success stories.

 

*   See note 4 in the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”

 

88


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Treasure and cultivate our exceptional culture —We believe our culture is a core ingredient of our success. Our employees share a passion for our mission, and our mission stands at the top of a list of eight core cultural values that govern our approach to our business. Our other core values include: Teamwork; Product leadership; Using our own products; Respect; Honesty; Simplicity; and Commitment to delighting customers. Our values permeate our organization and drive our identity as a company. For example, we strive to paint virtually all aspects of our business with a brush of simplicity, including product user interfaces, pricing models, business processes and marketing strategies. Our culture is consistently cited in employee surveys as a key reason for their satisfaction with Tableau and we have been publicly recognized as one of the best workplaces in the State of Washington.

Products

Our products help people see and understand data. They offer the power and flexibility required to serve a broad range of use cases, from answering questions with small spreadsheets to completing enterprise business intelligence projects involving massive volumes of data. We currently offer three products: Tableau Desktop, a self-service, powerful analytics product for anyone with data, Tableau Server, a business intelligence platform for organizations, and Tableau Public, a free cloud-based platform for analyzing and sharing public data.

Tableau Desktop

Tableau Desktop helps knowledge workers make sense of the many kinds of data they encounter every day. The defining capability of Tableau Desktop is the interactive experience it provides for exploring and analyzing data. By fundamentally integrating data analysis and visualization, our products provide a visual window into data trapped in spreadsheets and databases, fostering greater engagement with data and allowing people to better answer questions, develop insights and solve problems. The result is a self-service analytics environment that empowers people to access and analyze data independently and at a rapid pace.

Tableau Desktop’s key capabilities include:

 

  Ÿ  

Visual analytics —Tableau Desktop empowers people to ask sophisticated questions by composing drag-and-drop pictures of their data. Tableau Desktop’s easy-to-use interface is built on VizQL, which is capable of describing thousands of easily understood visual presentations of data including tables, maps, time series, dashboards and tables of graphs. The combination of a sophisticated language with a simple user interface means users can explore many different perspectives of their data. We believe being able to quickly view data from different perspectives inspires creative thinking and helps people find the right view to answer a question.

 

  Ÿ  

Analytical depth —An important aspect of Tableau Desktop is its ability to marry powerful visualization with deep analytics. Users can filter and sort their data, create sophisticated calculations, drill into underlying information, define sets and cohorts, perform statistical analysis and derive correlations between diverse data sets with agility and relative ease. For example, with a few clicks, users can generate sophisticated forecasting models. This combination of simplicity and usefulness, of ease of use and analytical depth, is what makes it possible for Tableau Desktop to empower a whole new group of people to become data analysts.

 

  Ÿ  

Data access —Tableau Desktop lets people access and query a large number of common data sources, from traditional database systems like Oracle and SQL Server, to innovative new data stores like SAP HANA and Teradata Aster, to Web applications like salesforce.com and Google Analytics, to spreadsheets and files, to newly emerging data sources like Hadoop and NoSQL

 

89


Table of Contents
 

databases. Users can connect to these data sources with a few clicks, without any scripting or programming.

 

  Ÿ  

Live query —Tableau Desktop translates users’ interactions into live queries. As people use the drag-and-drop interface to examine information, they are automatically generating sophisticated queries against their database. Tableau Desktop can generate queries in a range of query languages including Structured Query Language, or SQL, Multidimensional Expressions, or MDX, and Salesforce Object Query Language, or SOQL. Each query is optimized for the target platform and its unique performance and analytical characteristics. This live query approach allows customers to leverage their investments in database infrastructure and enables them to take advantage of query-optimized databases.

 

  Ÿ  

In-memory query —Tableau Desktop contains an in-memory data engine that can be used for rapid analysis. Many business users have data that is not stored in a database, and many databases are not set-up to support interactive and analytical queries. In these cases, users can import the data into Tableau Desktop’s in-memory data engine. This data engine is designed to support analytical queries on hundreds of millions of rows of data with responses rendered in seconds.

 

  Ÿ  

Data integration —Many questions require combining data from multiple sources. Tableau Desktop provides a number of ways for people to combine data without requiring a typical data loading and transformation project. A Tableau workbook can connect to many different data sources, with each source independently leveraging either a live query or in-memory approach. Users can then combine the data in single dashboard, visualization, filter or calculation using our Data Blending functionality. This approach can greatly extend the scope and depth of questions a person can answer.

 

  Ÿ  

Sharing and presentation —Tableau Desktop allows users to author and distribute visualizations and dashboards with the ease expected of everyday office tools like spreadsheets. Content created in Tableau Desktop can be embedded in documents and presentations, or the workbooks can be distributed for viewing by people who have Tableau Desktop or Tableau Reader, a free product to view and interact with visualizations built in Tableau Desktop. Alternately, users can publish their workbooks to Tableau Server enabling others in the organization to access them using a web browser.

Tableau Server

Tableau Server is a powerful business intelligence platform with enterprise-class data management, scalability and security. The collaborative features of Tableau Server are designed to foster more sharing of data to improve the dissemination of information across an organization and promote improved decision-making.

Tableau Server’s key capabilities include:

 

  Ÿ  

Shared content —Tableau Server provides an easy-to-navigate repository of shared visualizations and dashboards within an organization. After users of Tableau Desktop create and publish their work to Tableau Server, any other user with appropriate security credentials can view and interact with it using a Web browser or mobile application. These viewers can also edit the work and republish it back to the server. The ability to publish dashboards and easily share impactful visual analysis increases awareness of business data and promotes improved decision-making. In addition, allowing others to interact with an analysis gives them deeper understanding of the information which leads to an improved grasp on the problem and hence greater confidence in the solution.

 

90


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Shared data —Just as Tableau Server is a platform for shared analysis, it is also a platform for shared data. Organizations can use Tableau Server to centrally manage enterprise data sources and metadata enabling knowledge sharing, efficiency, data consistency and security. Business users or IT professionals can create rich data models, containing calculations, hierarchies, field aliases, sets and groups of interest, and publish them to Tableau Server to be shared across an organization. Others can use these models as a starting point while extending them to meet their own specific analytical needs. While centralized data models are not a pre-requisite for analysis in Tableau, they provide flexibility and increased productivity while maintaining control and security of data.

 

  Ÿ  

Universal access —We have designed Tableau Server to enable seamless sharing of content across desktop, mobile and Web clients. Once users author and publish analytical content to the server, people across an organization can consume it on different browsers and devices. Further, Tableau Server automatically detects the access device being used and adapts the content to take advantage of the device’s capabilities including native touch experience, form factor and security. Tableau Server allows users to actively subscribe to content for automatic delivery on their devices or pull content on demand.

 

  Ÿ  

Integration —Tableau Server offers APIs that help developers, customers and partners embed and control our software from portals, websites and other enterprise applications. Our APIs can also be used to construct in-memory databases, upload content and add users to the server programmatically. In addition to APIs, we also offer command line utilities to automate management tasks, and data upload tools to move data rapidly into Tableau Server.

 

  Ÿ  

Scalability —Tableau Server’s distributed multi-tier architecture allows it to scale to tens of thousands of users, across desktop, Web and mobile clients, meeting the needs of some of the largest organizations globally.

 

  Ÿ  

Security —Tableau Server provides a robust security model that encompasses authentication, data and network security. Tableau Server is also built on a multi-tenant architecture that allows administrators to logically partition a single system across user populations, providing for separation of content.

 

  Ÿ  

Administration —We believe the ease of administering a system is tremendously important to its adoption. While Tableau Server’s management interface is designed to be simple enough for a line-of-business user, we also provide APIs to allow administrators to automate routine management processes. After the initial setup, many of our customers have reported that they spend little time on Tableau Server administration.

Tableau Public

Tableau Public is a free cloud-based offering that is available for anyone to use with public data. This offering allows users of diverse backgrounds, from bloggers and journalists to researchers to government workers, to easily visualize public data on their websites. People who visit these websites can interact with the visualizations and share them via social media.

Using Tableau Public, data can be transformed into interactive graphs, dashboards and maps for the world to see on the Web. For example, a blogger focused on economic issues may want to blog about changes in the U.S. unemployment rate. Using Tableau Public, the blogger can quickly build an interactive visualization using data from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics and embed it in his blog. Every time the blog is viewed, Tableau Public serves up the data as a dynamic visualization.

Since its launch in 2010, Tableau Public has been used by thousands of people to make public data easy to see and understand. People have used the product to visualize and share data about government budgets, school performance, economic policy, sports statistics and box office trends.

 

91


Table of Contents

Visualizations from Tableau Public have been embedded in numerous websites including the Wall Street Journal, the Guardian, Huffington Post, La Nacion, New Scientist, Gizmodo, City of Eugene (Oregon), the Washington Post, the Irish Times and the Arkansas Department of Education. For organizations that want to publish visualization to the public Web, but protect the underlying data assets among other benefits, we offer a subscription service, Tableau Public Premium.

Tableau Public enables us to test new product features and engage in user research as well as generate greater awareness of Tableau and increase community engagement.

In addition to offering most of the features of Tableau Desktop and Tableau Server, Tableau Public offers the following capabilities:

 

  Ÿ  

Web scale —Tableau Public meets the massive performance requirements of serving dynamic content on top tier websites including media channels, social media and other consumer internet services. Through a combination of proprietary software and optimized hardware we have designed a highly scalable, multi-tenant, online infrastructure that is based at a secure third party Web hosting facility. Since its launch, our Tableau Public service has served approximately 100 million views worldwide.

 

  Ÿ  

Social reach —Anyone viewing or interacting with a Tableau Public visualization can share it on Facebook or Twitter. The ease of social sharing has facilitated greater conversations around data on Tableau Public.

Technology

Our powerful and easy-to-use products are built on a foundation of proprietary technologies. Key among these are VizQL, our Live Query Engine and In-Memory Data Engine, which work together in harmony to create our Hybrid Data Architecture.

Visual Query Language (VizQL) for Databases

At the heart of Tableau‘s products is our proprietary and breakthrough technology called VizQL. VizQL is a visual query language for data that simultaneously describes how to query data and how to present it visually. VizQL can deliver dramatic gains in people’s ability to see and understand data and we believe is unique in several important aspects:

 

  Ÿ  

Extensibility and flexibility —VizQL is a computer language for describing pictures of data, including tables, graphs, charts, maps, time series and tables of visualizations. VizQL unifies these different visual representations into a single framework. Conventional component architectures that underlie reporting packages and charting wizards contain a fixed number of computer procedures, one for each type of picture. VizQL, in contrast, is a language for creating pictures. Each type of picture is a different statement in the language. The extensibility and flexibility of VizQL makes it possible to create a virtually unlimited number of visualizations.

 

  Ÿ  

Transforms database records to graphical representations —VizQL statements define the mapping from records returned from a database to graphical marks on a screen. Some fields in the record control the geometric properties of the mark, including position, size and orientation while other fields control visual attributes like color, transparency and shape.

 

  Ÿ  

Declarative language —VizQL is a declarative language like other database languages, including SQL. The advantage of a declarative language is that the user describes what picture should be created, not how to make it. The user need not be aware of underlying implementation as query, analysis and rendering operations run behind the scenes. The result is a portable and more scalable system.

 

92


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Defines and controls queries —VizQL procedures define both the resulting picture and the database query. Our Live Query Engine generates efficient queries for external databases of many types from many vendors. VizQL also controls execution of our optimized In-Memory Data Engine to perform calculations in real time.

 

  Ÿ  

Optimized —VizQL’s interpreter is optimized for interactive use, enabling visualization and drawing of large data sets. VizQL is specifically designed to take advantage of modern computer graphics hardware, such as the fast rendering chips developed for gaming that are standard on personal computers.

The initial development of VizQL began at Stanford University in 1999. Stanford University has granted us an exclusive license to commercialize the software and related patents resulting from that research. The software and related patents generally relate to three subject areas: (1) architecture for creating table-based visualizations from relational databases; (2) graphical user interface for creating specification for table-based visualizations; and (3) an environment for rapid development of interactive visualizations. Our license from Stanford University is exclusive in all fields, worldwide and sublicensable. The license agreement provides for Tableau to own all improvements to and derivative works of the software that it develops. The license agreement does not expire and can be terminated by Stanford University only if Tableau breaches the agreement and does not remedy the breach within thirty days after receiving written notice of the alleged breach from Stanford University. We have invested substantial research and development in VizQL since obtaining these rights. We have also obtained additional patents related to our core VizQL technology.

Live Query Engine

We have developed a Live Query Engine that interprets abstract queries generated by VizQL into syntax understandable by popular database systems. For instance, our Live Query Engine can compile VizQL statements into optimized SQL and MDX syntax understandable by database systems made by Microsoft, Oracle, IBM, EMC, SAP, Teradata and many other database vendors. As a result, our technology provides customers with a way to increase the accessibility, usability and performance of their databases. It also gives them a uniform user interface for interacting with databases of diverse vendors, formats and sizes.

It is common for traditional business intelligence products to import data from the organization’s database systems. In contrast, Tableau’s Live Query Engine enables people to query databases without having to first import the data into our products. Queries generated by our Live Query Engine are interpreted and run by the database, with only the results of each query rendered. This approach offers many advantages for customers:

 

  Ÿ  

Data consistency —Copying data can cause people to work with out-of-date information. Further, each copy of the data may represent information at different times leading to inconsistency. With our Live Query Engine, customers do not need to create additional copies of their data.

 

  Ÿ  

Avoids data movement —Moving and loading data is often time consuming and expensive. With Live Query Engine, our customers do not need to move data in order to use our products.

 

  Ÿ  

Scalability —Many database vendors provide massively parallel implementations of databases that provide scalable data access to large data sets. These systems can scale in various ways including scaling the number of tables in the database, the number of records in each table, the number of columns in each record, the number of users and the number of active queries. These systems also provide powerful computation capabilities for very large data volumes. Our Live Query Engine allows businesses to leverage their investment in scalable data infrastructure.

 

93


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Security —Transferring data out of a database causes customers to lose the security and permissions models associated with that data. Using our Live Query Engine, customers can leverage the security and permissions models specified in their database systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Flexibility —The database industry consists of multiple vendors with competitively differentiated products. Our Live Query Engine enables our customers to choose the appropriate technology for their business.

We focus on ensuring our software is compatible with popular database platforms and that our live query technology works with the most recent releases of those platforms. Our Live Query Engine is compatible with 29 data sources, including those from the top five database vendors in the world.

We have also pioneered connectors to emerging “Big Data” and cloud technologies. We connect to open-source Hadoop databases, proprietary MapReduce technologies and cloud data warehouses like Google BigQuery. We also connect to column stores, databases designed to process unstructured data, and Web applications such as salesforce.com and Google Analytics. We believe the size of the data that our customers analyze continues to grow. We will continue to develop our live query technology with the goal of empowering our users to have complete access to any data stored anywhere.

In-Memory Data Engine

We have also developed a fast In-Memory Data Engine that allows people to analyze large amounts of data independently of database systems. This option is valuable to our customers as it enables them to overcome the following challenges:

 

  Ÿ  

Lack of databases —Much of the world’s data is not stored in databases. For instance, data is commonly stored in text files, spreadsheets, logs or other formats.

 

  Ÿ  

Limited performance —In addition, much of the world’s data is stored in databases that are too slow for interactive analysis or reporting.

For these situations, we have developed an In-Memory Data Engine, with the following unique combination of attributes that enable fast calculations:

 

  Ÿ  

Column-based storage —Our In-Memory Data Engine is based on a column-oriented format which is able to reduce input/output on analytical workloads. It employs a simple disk based representation of data that leverages the operating systems’ management of virtual memory.

 

  Ÿ  

Compressed data representation —Our technology utilizes compression aimed to keep the memory footprint as small as possible.

 

  Ÿ  

Optimization for in-memory analytics —Our In-Memory Data Engine is optimized for analyzing data in random access memory, or RAM. For example, leveraging RAM-based indices our technology is more efficient than those using disk-based indices.

 

  Ÿ  

Architecture aware algorithms —Our technology is designed to achieve high-throughput on modern processors. Key algorithms, such as grouping and aggregation, are designed to be cache and multi-core aware and adaptive to different hardware characteristics.

By importing data into our In-Memory Data engine, our customers can get many of the benefits of a fast database without the complication, cost and delay of a new investment in databases systems. Our In-Memory Data Engine is designed to be used on commodity hardware such as personal computers, laptops and servers that are common in companies today.

 

94


Table of Contents

Hybrid Data Architecture

We have designed our Live Query Engine and In-Memory Data Engine to work in harmony. This hybrid approach gives customers flexibility and power. For instance, customers can use our In-Memory Data Engine to import a sample of data from a large database, and then after designing an initial visualization that answers a question, run the visualization against the entire database using the live query option. As another example of the hybrid approach, customers can integrate live data with in-memory data in a single visualization or dashboard. Both of these examples can be achieved by business users without any programming or scripting.

Customers

Our software is designed for anyone with data and questions. Our customers range from the largest corporations in the world to sole proprietors. Tableau’s ease of installation and maintenance provides the flexibility to be deployed by individuals, departments or as an enterprise-wide system. We provide our products to organizations in various industries, including business services, energy and telecommunications, financial services, Internet, life sciences and healthcare, manufacturing and technology, media and entertainment, public sector and education, and retail, consumer and distribution.

We have grown our customer accounts from approximately 5,300 as of December 31, 2010 to approximately 11,000 as of December 31, 2012 located in more than 100 countries. We define a customer account as a purchaser of our products. Customer accounts are typically organizations. In some cases, organizations will have multiple groups purchasing our software, which we count as discrete customer accounts. As of December 31, 2012, we had more than 10,000 customers. When we calculate the number of customers, we consolidate customer accounts that are affiliated with the same parent organization. No customer represented more than 5% of our total revenues in 2010, 2011 or 2012.

Representative Customers

The following table provides a representative list of some of our largest customers during 2011 and 2012 by industry category:

 

Business Services

 

Energy/Telecommunications

 

Financial Services

Deloitte Consulting

HAVI Group, LP

Huegin

Lend Lease

Syncapse

 

AREVA

InterOil

T-Mobile USA

Verizon

XO Communications

 

Associated Banc-Corp

Irish Life

Rabobank

RBC Wealth Management

RenaissanceRe

Internet

 

Life Sciences/Healthcare

 

Manufacturing/Technology

AOL

Pandora

Zillow

Zulily

 

GlaxoSmithKline

Harvard Pilgrim Healthcare

Seattle Children’s Hospital

U.C. Irvine Medical Center

UnitedHealth Group

 

Citrix

Deere & Company

DuPont

Lafarge

SpaceX

Media/Entertainment

 

Public Sector/Education

 

Retail/Consumer/Distribution

Activision Blizzard

BBC Worldwide

Big Fish Games

Discovery Communications

Rosetta Stone

 

Aspire Public Schools

Cornell University

Duke University

Federal Aviation Administration

U.S. Army

 

American Airlines

NIKE

Norfolk Southern

Sears Holdings Corporation

SUPERVALU

 

95


Table of Contents

Customer Case Studies

The following case studies are a few examples of how some of our largest customers have selected, deployed and benefited from our software.

Deloitte

Deloitte Consulting LLP sought a way to incorporate faster analytics and visualization into its Strategy & Operations practice. Their objective was to enable Deloitte professionals to provide their clients, including C-level decision makers, better insights into their businesses. Our software was selected in 2012 based on several pilots and significant adoption by individual consultants within the organization.

As of December 2012, Tableau Desktop was deployed for use by 3,000 Deloitte consultants. These consultants use our software to more rapidly and more efficiently analyze many types of data, including customer, finance, workforce, risk and supply chain data. Deloitte has informed us that the resulting analysis and visualizations that are incorporated in client deliverables help its clients make critical business decisions and that other groups within Deloitte continue to enhance their analytics practices with our products.

Norfolk Southern

The supply chain consulting team at Norfolk Southern Corporation, a leading North American transportation provider, needed a faster way to respond to ad hoc analysis requests from both internal and external clients. With over ten terabytes of data from internal systems, radio-frequency identification data and third-party information, the Norfolk Southern team required a solution that would let them easily access and analyze data from diverse data stores. Norfolk Southern stated that Tableau Desktop was selected in December 2008 for its visualization capabilities, easy dashboard creation and flexibility to connect to data sources live or using in-memory extracts.

Norfolk Southern uses our software to analyze data for a wide range of business needs. Example use cases include determining the best transportation mode to move automobiles among distribution centers and optimizing use of specialty railcars to maximize capacity. Norfolk Southern reports that with the use of our software, the time per day required for the team to assess utilization of railcars dropped from an average of two hours to a few minutes, resulting in a total time savings of approximately 95 hours per week.

The initial Tableau dashboards created by Norfolk Southern’s supply chain consulting team led to new requests from its marketing, ecommerce, operations, research, transportation, mechanical and automotive teams, and by December 31, 2012, six other departments were using the software. In May 2011, in response to expanding demand, Norfolk Southern implemented Tableau Server. Norfolk Southern stated that, as of December 31, 2012, it supported browser-based and mobile access to our software for more than 500 people throughout the company.

Irish Life

Irish Life, Ireland’s largest provider of pensions and life assurance, sought a business intelligence platform that would make it easy for everyone in the organization to work with data, reducing the reliance on its IT business intelligence team and increasing the ability of individuals to answer their own questions with data. After evaluating alternative business intelligence options, the IT department selected our software as its enterprise-wide business intelligence and data discovery platform. Irish Life has stated that some of the key factors in the decision to adopt our solution included our products’ ease of use for business users, compatibility with existing data infrastructure and flexibility to connect live to data stores or utilize in-memory data extracts.

 

96


Table of Contents

Irish Life initially installed Tableau Server in August 2011 and by the end of October 2011, use of Tableau dashboards had spread to the executive team. By the end of December 2011, dashboards were in use by all general managers across Irish Life’s core business units. Irish Life reported that this trend continued through December 31, 2012, when business users were building dashboards and reports that in turn were utilized by approximately 300 people.

Irish Life has reported that our products have enabled it to transition to a more data-centric organization, enabling easier analysis of trends and patterns and substantial time savings. For example, Irish Life’s customer service team was able to eliminate a weekly task that required several days of work and replace it with a single Tableau dashboard that updates in minutes.

Hanesbrands

Hanesbrands, Inc., a global consumer goods company, required a solution that would let them make better use of data in day-to-day and strategic business decisions. Hanesbrands’ business intelligence and analytics team implemented Tableau Server and Tableau Desktop in August 2011. Today, in addition to dashboards being used by the executive team, over 1,000 people at the company access Tableau dashboards. Additionally, the software is used within Hanesbrands’ marketing, sales, retail, finance, supply chain, shipping, category management and research departments.

According to Hanesbrands, the impact of rapidly visualizing and interacting with data has been significant. For example, Hanesbrands uses our software to visualize their demand forecasts to achieve closer alignment of inventory to sales. In one instance, they were able to reduce finished goods inventory for certain products by more than 10% by using our software in their planning process. Hanesbrands also reports that using Tableau software, they can generate their data visualizations and dashboards in approximately 1/20th of the time required by their traditional business intelligence systems and that they are producing new insights that were not previously possible.

Seattle Children’s Hospital

Seattle Children’s Hospital, recognized by U.S. News and World Report as one of the top ten children’s hospitals in the United States, sought a business intelligence solution that would enable individuals throughout the organization to analyze and visualize data. The director of knowledge management and the head of surgical services had heard of Tableau and downloaded Tableau Desktop on a free trial basis. Based on their positive impressions from the trial, the two attended a Tableau Customer Conference in August 2010. Upon their return, our products were selected and deployed as the enterprise-wide business intelligence standard in October 2010. Tableau’s visualization and interactive capabilities, breadth of data connectors and ease of use were top contributors to Seattle Children’s Hospital’s selection.

Today, people in Seattle Children’s Hospital’s supply chain, nursing, operations and surgical services organizations are using our software to solve business needs and improve patient care. Data analysts, business managers and financial analysts as well as clinicians, doctors and researchers at Seattle Children’s Hospital use our software. According to Seattle Children’s Hospital, as a result of their use of our software, analytics projects that had not previously been addressed due to the lack of bandwidth within the IT department are now moving forward and the hospital has realized millions of dollars in supply chain savings due to timely, more detailed insight.

Cornell University

The college deans at Cornell University needed better insight into key performance indicators, or KPIs. In 2007, the KPI team selected Tableau Desktop and Server because of its ease of use and compelling visual analytics. Cornell’s KPI team estimates that our software has allowed them to

 

97


Table of Contents

produce approximately ten times the KPI views of its previous business intelligence tool in about half the time and with approximately half the staff.

Use of our software has expanded significantly since then. Today, our software is used in administrative and academic departments across Cornell. According to Cornell, over 1,300 people, including deans, vice presidents, academic chairs, college officers, directors, administrators and data scientists, use Tableau Server to view dashboards and interactive reports. For example, 200 alumni officers access Tableau Server from their office or mobile platform to support outreach strategies and fundraising; and 300 graduate school staff, administrative assistants, faculty and deans access Tableau Server to obtain graduate student admissions, enrollment and degree information.

Support and Services

Our products are designed for our customers able to deploy and use them on their own. However, we offer several programs to enable our customers to maximize their experience and success with our products.

Maintenance and Support

Our maintenance and support services provide access to new releases of our software in addition to technical support services. Our technical support team also fields “how-to” inquiries from customers related to specific product functionality.

We offer multiple levels of technical support services to our customers from our offices in Seattle, Washington; Kirkland, Washington; and Richmond, United Kingdom. We offer our highest support level, including a dedicated phone number, to address critical issues, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, year-round. In addition, we offer a variety of support tools on our website including a knowledge base, product documentation guides, release notes and drivers. We have also developed an extensive online support community, which includes forums and user groups that is intended to enable our customers to learn and to connect with each other.

Training

In order to enable our customers to be self-reliant, we offer free online training to customers on our website, including hundreds of hours of training videos, sample visualizations and best practice articles.

We also provide a variety of fee-based product training options ranging from instructor-led courses in a traditional classroom setting to online courses. These training courses are designed to deepen understanding of specific aspects of our products and range from a single day to a week in length.

Professional Services

We have also invested in a professional services organization to help our customers maximize their benefits from using our products. Our professional services are generally intended to accelerate the analytics process rather than focus on installation and configuration of our software, as we believe most of our customers are able to deploy our products without assistance. These services are delivered either in person or remotely, and we tailor our services engagements to a customer’s specific needs.

 

98


Table of Contents

Tableau Community

We have built a strong and growing community of users and partners that help us evangelize our mission. The purpose of our community is to give customer and prospects opportunities to connect and share their experiences and ideas, and to allow them to provide valuable feedback on our products that helps us prioritize product enhancements.

Our online community currently offers:

 

  Ÿ  

knowledge bases, forums and repositories that help users learn about topics of interest, ask questions and share insights;

 

  Ÿ  

groups, a mechanism that allows users to connect based on geographical location or industry affiliation;

 

  Ÿ  

ideas, an avenue to share product suggestions;

 

  Ÿ  

Viz Talk, designed to let users share and discuss interesting data visualizations;

 

  Ÿ  

blogs; and

 

  Ÿ  

news.

We also organize events to engage with our customers and foster our user community. Our seminal event is our annual U.S. Tableau Customer Conference, which has grown rapidly in the last several years, from approximately 180 attendees in 2008 to over 2,000 attendees in 2012. At this event, our customers have the opportunity to network and connect, learn best practices, attend training sessions, and present their questions and suggestions directly to our software developers, executives and other employees. Based on the positive feedback and demand for this conference, we expanded this offering internationally with our 2011 and 2012 Tableau European Customer Conferences. We also intend to begin hosting conferences in other regions around the world. Finally, many of our customers form local user groups that meet periodically to discuss and share experiences using our products.

Culture and Employees

Our culture is fundamental to our success and we embrace and cultivate it with pride. Eight core values define our culture and govern our approach to business. These consist of dedication to our mission, building great products, using our products, teamwork, respect, honesty, simplicity and commitment to delighting our customers.

Our values permeate our organization and drive our identity as a company. For example, we strive to paint virtually all aspects of our business with a brush of simplicity, from product user interfaces to pricing models to internal business processes to marketing strategies. We view our employees as partners in creating a great work environment, and we take a long term approach to their recruitment and development. As a result of our careful hiring choices, we believe our company is populated by smart, respectful people grounded in humility. We have been publicly recognized as one of the best workplaces in the State of Washington.

Our company desires to make an impact on our community, and in December 2012 we established the Tableau Foundation, a donor-advised charitable fund. The focus of the Tableau Foundation will be to encourage the use of facts and analytical reasoning to solve the world’s problems. It is also an avenue to support specific employee causes.

As of December 31, 2012, we employed 749 people globally. We also engage temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

99


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing teams collaborate to create market awareness and demand, to build a robust sales pipeline and to ensure customer success that drives revenue growth.

Sales

Our sales efforts are built on a land and expand sales model that is designed to capitalize on the ease of use, low up-front cost and collaborative capabilities of our software. To facilitate rapid adoption of our products, we provide fully functional free trial versions of our products on our website and have created a simple pricing model with no minimum purchase requirements. After an initial trial or purchase, which is often made to target a specific business need at a grassroots level within an organization, the use of our products often spreads across departments, divisions and geographies, via word-of-mouth, discovery of new use cases and our sales efforts.

Our direct sales approach includes inside sales teams and field sales teams. Our inside sales team, based in regional sales hubs, qualifies and manages accounts throughout the world in a manner in which we can seed new sales at a low cost and expand these accounts over time. Our direct field sales team covers North America; Europe, Middle East and Africa; the Asia Pacific region; and Latin America, and is mainly responsible for lead qualification and account management for large enterprises. All our direct sales teams partner with technical sales representatives who provide pre-sales technical support. We also have a dedicated customer success team responsible for driving renewals of existing contracts.

We also sell our products through indirect sales channels including technology vendors, resellers and OEM and independent software vendor, or ISV, partners. These channels provide additional sales coverage, solution-based selling, services and training throughout the world. Our channel program is led by a dedicated sales team and provides training, certification and sales resources to our partners. As of December 31, 2012, less than 10% of our sales team focused on indirect sales channels. We plan to continue to invest in our partner programs to help us enter and grow in new markets while complementing our direct sales efforts.

Our sales organization also includes professional services and training teams that work with customers of all sizes to support implementations and increase adoption. These efforts include in-person and phone-based engagements, webinars, in-person training and free on-demand training.

Marketing

Our marketing efforts focus on establishing our brand, generating awareness, creating leads and cultivating the Tableau community. The marketing team consists primarily of product marketing, programs, field events, channel marketing, corporate communications and website teams. We leverage both online and offline marketing channels such as events and trade shows, seminars and webinars, third-party analyst reports, whitepapers, case studies, blogs, search engines and email marketing. A central focus for the marketing team is to drive free product trials and encourage use of our free online training, an integral part of our customer acquisition process. Our marketing team is responsible for the logistics of hosting various events, including our annual customer conferences and regional events, as well as providing Web-based community tools and supporting customer-driven user groups.

We believe the simplest way to showcase our products is by using them in live or recorded demonstrations. Our marketing team also promotes Tableau Public to generate awareness. By democratizing access to public data and facilitating sharing of insights online, Tableau Public has rapidly increased community engagement and extended the reach our products. Interest in this service has grown quickly and is demonstrated by the approximately 100 million cumulative Tableau Public page views to date.

 

100


Table of Contents

Strategic Relationships

We view our partners as an extension of our team, playing an integral role in our development and growth. Our partner programs include technology partnerships, reseller arrangements, and OEM and ISV relationships. In addition, we also work closely with system integrators, consulting firms and training partners.

Technology Vendors

Our most important technology partnerships are with data platform vendors. We collaborate with these vendors to build high performance connectivity to their data sources. We have 29 optimized data platform connectors to popular data platforms from vendors such as Cloudera, Inc., International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation, salesforce.com, inc., SAP AG and Teradata Corporation. In addition, some of our technology partners, such as Teradata Corporation, are resellers of our products.

Resellers/VARs

Most of our indirect sales are through resellers. In certain international markets we rely more heavily on resellers than we do in the United States. Our reseller program is designed to support business growth, help generate new opportunities, optimize customer experience and care, increase profitability and close deals more quickly. We partner with value-added resellers, or VARs, who provide vertical expertise and technical advice in addition to reselling or bundling our software. We qualify our partners carefully to help ensure that each has the necessary capabilities and technical expertise to allow us to deliver even greater value to our customers.

OEMs

We believe that software applications made by other companies can benefit from the analytical capabilities that our products can provide, and we continue to develop relationships with OEM partners that embed our software into their applications. Currently, we have over 30 OEM relationships. These consist of both traditional OEMs that provide a customized version of our products for their applications as well as SaaS-based OEMs that deliver analytics as a service.

Our latest product release, Tableau 8.0, introduced API support, which includes a JavaScript API that enables third-party applications to control the Tableau application and a Data Extract API that allows partners and customers to load data into our products programmatically. We believe these APIs will make it easier to integrate our products with third party products and further advance our partner relationships.

Research and Development

We invest substantial resources in research and development to drive core technology innovation and to bring new products to market. Our research and development organization, with employees located in Seattle, Washington, Kirkland, Washington, Menlo Park, California and Austin, Texas, is primarily responsible for design, development, testing and certification of our products and core technologies. Our mission-driven culture empowers our employees to take ownership and personal pride in building our products. We work hard to create an environment that satisfies our talents and intellectual curiosities while promoting the development of broadly impactful and transformative technologies.

We have historically targeted major product releases on an annual cycle. Since our founding, we have developed eight major versions of our products. In addition, we also provide maintenance releases with bug fixes and incremental functionality, generally on a monthly basis. For example, in the maintenance releases that followed Tableau 7.0, we introduced features such as new data connectors,

 

101


Table of Contents

internationalization (languages) and support for the Android OS. Our release cycles enable us to be responsive to customers by delivering new functionality on a frequent basis. We establish priorities for our organization by collaborating closely with our customers, community and employees. We use our products across all business functions at Tableau, from customer support to finance to sales and marketing to human resources, and every employee is encouraged to test and provide feedback.

Our founders conducted the original research that led to the development of VizQL at Stanford University. We actively invest in an internally focused research effort and collaborate with the research and academic community to keep current with cutting edge technologies and help us to stay at the forefront of innovation.

We are focused on hiring the top technical talent in the industry, top engineering programs and research institutions. Our talented engineers and computer scientists are focused on finding simple and elegant solutions to complex problems in information visualization, data analytics, user experience and distributed system design. Over one third of our research and development employees have advanced technical degrees.

Competition

Our current primary competitors generally fall into three categories:

 

  Ÿ  

large software companies, including suppliers of traditional business intelligence solutions that provide one or more capabilities that are competitive with our products, such as IBM, Microsoft Corporation, Oracle Corporation and SAP AG;

 

  Ÿ  

spreadsheet software providers, such as Microsoft Corporation; and

 

  Ÿ  

new and emerging business analytics software companies, such as Qlik Technologies Inc. and TIBCO Spotfire (a subsidiary of TIBCO Software Inc.).

In addition, we may compete with open source initiatives and custom development efforts. We expect competition to increase as other established and emerging companies enter the business analytics market, as customer requirements evolve and as new products and technologies are introduced. We expect this to be particularly true with respect to our cloud-based initiatives as we and our competitors seek to provide business analytics products based on a SaaS platform. This is a relatively new and evolving area of business analytics solutions, and we anticipate competition to increase based on customer demand for these types of products.

Many of our competitors, particularly the large software companies named above, have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution or other resources and greater name recognition than we do. In addition, many of our competitors have strong relationships with current and potential customers and extensive knowledge of the business analytics industry. As a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than us. Moreover, many of these competitors are bundling their analytics products into larger deals or maintenance renewals, often at significant discounts. Increased competition may lead to price cuts or the introduction of products available for free or a nominal price, fewer customer orders, reduced gross margins, longer sales cycles and loss of market share. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, and our business, results of operations and financial condition will be harmed if we fail to meet these competitive pressures.

Intellectual Property

We rely on federal, state, common law and international rights, as well as contractual restrictions, to protect our intellectual property. We control access to our proprietary technology by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and

 

102


Table of Contents

confidentiality agreements with third parties, such as service providers, vendors, individuals and entities that may be exploring a business relationship with us.

In addition to these contractual arrangements, we also rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks and domain names to protect our intellectual property. We pursue the registration of our copyrights, trademarks, service marks and domain names in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States.

As of December 31, 2012, we had nine issued U.S. patents directed to our technology. We also had eight pending patent applications in the United States.

We own registered trademarks for Tableau, Tableau Software, VizQL, Show Me! and Data In. Brilliance Out. in the United States, which have various expiration dates unless renewed through customary processes. We also own trademark registrations for Tableau, Tableau Software, VizQL, and Show Me! In Canada; Tableau Software and Show Me! in China and Japan; and Tableau Software, VizQL and Show Me! in the European Union. Such registered trademarks will expire unless renewed at various times in the future.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or obtain and use our technology to develop applications with the same functionality as our applications. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property rights is difficult.

We expect that software and other applications in our industry may be subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of applications in different industry segments overlaps. Any of these third parties might make a claim of infringement against us at any time.

Facilities

Our principal executive offices are located in Seattle, Washington, and we also have offices located in Kirkland, Washington; Menlo Park, California; Austin, Texas; Richmond, United Kingdom; Singapore; Tokyo, Japan; and Dublin, Ireland. We believe that our properties are generally suitable to meet our needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, to the extent we require additional space in the future, we believe that it would be readily available on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that in the opinion of our management, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

103


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Other Executive Management and Directors

Our executive officers, other executive management and directors and their respective ages and positions as of December 31, 2012, are as follows:

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Christian Chabot

   40    Chief Executive Officer, Co-founder and Chairman of the Board

Christopher Stolte

   40    Chief Development Officer, Co-founder and Director

Thomas Walker

   44    Chief Financial Officer

Elissa Fink

   48    Chief Marketing Officer

Kelly Wright

   42    Executive Vice President, Sales

Keenan Conder

   49    Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Other Executive Management

     

Patrick Hanrahan

   57    Chief Scientist, Co-founder and Director

Andrew Beers

   41    Vice President, Product Development

Daniel Jewett

   50    Vice President, Product Management

Jay Peir

   39    Vice President, Corporate Development

Brian Smith

   44    Vice President, Technical Operations

Brett Thompson

   41    Vice President, Human Resources

Non-Employee Directors

     

Forest Baskett (3)

   69    Director

Elliott Jurgensen, Jr. (2) (3)

   68    Director

John McAdam (1)(2)

   61    Director

Scott Sandell (1)(3)(4)

   48    Director

Brooke Seawell (2)

   65    Director

 

(1) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of the audit committee.
(3) Member of the compensation committee.
(4) Lead independent director.

Executive Officers

Christian Chabot is one of our co-founders and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors since our inception in 2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Chabot served as an Associate Partner at Softbank Venture Capital, a venture capital firm. Prior to Softbank, Mr. Chabot was the President and co-founder of BeeLine LLC, a visualization software company. He holds an M.B.A. from Stanford University, an M.Sc from the University of Sussex and a B.S. from Stanford University. Mr. Chabot was chosen to serve on our board of directors because he is a co-founder, a significant stockholder and our Chief Executive Officer.

Christopher Stolte is one of our co-founders and has served as a member of our board of directors since our inception in 2003. Dr. Stolte has served as our Chief Development Officer since May 2010, and prior to that served as our Vice President of Engineering. Prior to joining us, Dr. Stolte was the Chief Technology Officer and co-founder of BeeLine LLC. Dr. Stolte holds a Ph.D. in Computer Science from Stanford University and a B.S. from Simon Fraser University. Dr. Stolte was chosen to serve on our board of directors because he is a co-founder, a significant stockholder and, as our Chief Development Officer has a deep understanding of our products and technology.

 

104


Table of Contents

Thomas Walker has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2008, and prior to that served as our Vice President, Finance and Operations. Prior to joining us, Mr. Walker served as Vice President, Finance and Administration at Beacon Fire and Safety LP, which was subsequently acquired by Cintas Corporation. Mr. Walker has over 20 years of experience in software and publishing, including roles in corporate finance at Time Warner Inc. and IDG Books Worldwide, Inc., which was subsequently acquired by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Mr. Walker holds an M.B.A. from CUNY Baruch College and a B.S. from Arizona State University.

Elissa Fink has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since August 2011, and prior to that served as our Vice President of Marketing from August 2007 to August 2011. Prior to joining us, Ms. Fink served as Executive Vice President at IXI Corporation, which was subsequently acquired by Equifax Inc. She holds an M.B.A. in Marketing and Decision Systems from the University of Southern California and a B.A. from Santa Clara University.

Kelly Wright has served as our Executive Vice President, Sales since November 2010 and prior to that served as our Vice President of Sales and various other sales leadership positions since joining us in 2005. Prior to joining us, Ms. Wright served as Vice President of Sales at AtHoc, Inc. She holds an M.B.A. from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a B.A. from Stanford University.

Keenan Conder has served as our Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since January 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Conder served as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Isilon Systems, Inc., a data storage company, which was subsequently acquired by EMC Corporation, from 2007 to 2012. Mr. Conder previously served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Expedia, Inc., an online travel company. Mr. Conder received his J.D. from Wake Forest University and holds a B.A. from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

Other Executive Management

Patrick Hanrahan has served as our Chief Scientist and as a member of our board of directors since our inception in 2003. Dr. Hanrahan is also currently the CANON Professor of Computer Science and Electrical Engineering at Stanford University, where he teaches computer graphics and is researching visualization, image synthesis, and graphics systems and architectures. Dr. Hanrahan is a part-time employee of Tableau, with approximately 20% of his professional time currently dedicated to Tableau. Prior to joining us, Dr. Hanrahan served as senior scientist at Pixar Animation Studios. Prior to joining Stanford, Dr. Hanrahan was an Associate Professor at Princeton University. Dr. Hanrahan holds a Ph.D. in Biophysics and a B.S. from the University of Wisconsin—Madison. Dr. Hanrahan was chosen to serve on our board of directors because he is a co-founder, a significant stockholder and, as our Chief Scientist, has a deep understanding of our products and technology.

Andrew Beers has served as our Vice President of Product Development since 2010, and various other leadership positions since joining us in 2004. From 1997 through 2004, he served in a variety of engineering and leadership roles including Director of Engineering at Align Technology, the makers of the Invisalign medical device. He received an M.S. in Computer Science from Stanford University and a B.S. from The State University of New York at Buffalo.

Daniel Jewett has served as our Vice President of Product Management since July 2007. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Jewett was Vice President of Query, Reporting & Analysis Tools at Hyperion Solutions Corporation. From 1992 to 2003, Mr. Jewett held a number of senior positions at Brio Technology, including Vice President of Business Intelligence Products, and Vice President of Product Management. Mr. Jewett received an M.B.A. from California State University, Long Beach and a B.S. from California State University, Sacramento.

 

105


Table of Contents

Jay Peir has served as our Vice President, Corporate Development since November 2011. From 2003 to November 2011, Mr. Peir held a number of key leadership roles at SunPower Corporation, a solar energy company, including Vice President, Corporate Development, Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Peir holds an M.B.A., an M.S. and a B.S. from Stanford University.

Brian Smith has served as our Vice President, Technical Operations since October 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Smith was a partner at Digiting, Inc., a software company, from December 2009 to October 2010. From January 2009 to December 2009, Mr. Smith engaged in technical research. From February 1998 to January 2009, Mr. Smith held a number of key leadership roles at Expedia, Inc., including Vice President of Information Technology, General Manager of eCommerce Systems and Director of Platform Engineering. Mr. Smith received an M.B.A. and a B.A. from the University of Washington.

Brett Thompson has served as our Vice President, Human Resources since October 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Thompson held several positions as a senior human resources executive at both public and private companies, including serving as a consultant and later Vice President at Classmates.com from December 1999 until it was acquired by United Online, Inc. in November 2004, and Senior Vice President, Human Resources at United Online, Inc. from November 2004 until joining us in October 2011. He holds a B.S. from Utah State University.

Board of Directors

Forest Baskett has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2008. Dr. Baskett has been a General Partner with New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, a venture capital firm, since 2004, where he focuses on information and energy technology investments. Dr. Baskett joined NEA in 1999. From 1986 to 1999, Dr. Baskett served as Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President, Research and Development of Silicon Graphics Inc., or SGI. Prior to joining SGI, he founded and directed the Western Research Laboratory of Digital Equipment Corporation from 1982 to 1986, and was a professor of Computer Science and Electrical Engineering at Stanford University from 1971 to 1982. Dr. Baskett also serves on the boards of Fusion-io, Inc., Audience, Inc. and various private technology companies. Dr. Baskett holds a Ph.D. in Computer Science from the University of Texas at Austin and a B.A. from Rice University. He is also a member of the National Academy of Engineering. Dr. Baskett was chosen to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience with a wide range of technology companies and the venture capital industry.

Elliott Jurgensen, Jr. has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2012. Mr. Jurgensen retired from KPMG LLP, an international public accounting firm, in January 2003 after 32 years, including 23 years as an audit partner. During his public accounting career at KPMG, he held a number of leadership positions, including Managing Partner of the Bellevue, Washington office from 1982 to 1991 and Managing Partner of the Seattle, Washington office from 1993 to 2002. Mr. Jurgensen currently serves on the boards of BSquare Corporation and a private company. Mr. Jurgensen previously served on the boards of McCormick & Schmick’s Seafood Restaurants, Inc. from July 2004 until the company was sold in December 2011 and Isilon Systems, Inc., from April 2006 until the company was sold in December 2010. Mr. Jurgensen has a B.S. from California State University, San Jose. Mr. Jurgensen was chosen to serve on our board of directors due to his substantial financial expertise that includes extensive knowledge of the complex financial and operational issues facing publicly-traded companies and a deep understanding of accounting principles and financial reporting rules and regulations. He also brings professional service expertise, technology industry experience, experience as a public company board member, and sales and marketing experience at KPMG.

 

106


Table of Contents

John McAdam has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2012. Mr. McAdam has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of F5 Networks, Inc., a provider of application delivery networking technology, since July 2000. Prior to joining F5 Networks, Mr. McAdam served as General Manager of the Web server sales business at IBM from September 1999 to July 2000. From January 1995 until August 1999, Mr. McAdam served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Sequent Computer Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of high-end open systems, which was sold to IBM in September 1999. Mr. McAdam holds a B.S. from the University of Glasgow, Scotland. Mr. McAdam was chosen to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the technology industry, in particular his experience managing F5 Networks through a period of high growth.

Scott Sandell has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2004. Mr. Sandell is a General Partner at NEA and head of the firm’s technology investing practice. Mr. Sandell also leads NEA’s investing activities in China. Prior to joining NEA in 1996, Mr. Sandell worked as a product manager for Windows 95 at Microsoft Corporation. Mr. Sandell started his career at the Boston Consulting Group and later joined C-ATS Software, Inc. Mr. Sandell currently serves on the boards of Fusion-io, Inc., Spreadtrum Communications, Inc. and Workday, Inc., in addition to various private companies. He previously served on the boards of NetIQ Corporation, WebExCommunications, Inc. and Data Domain, Inc.. Mr. Sandell is a member of the board of directors of the National Venture Capital Association. Mr. Sandell holds an M.B.A. from Stanford University and an A.B. from Dartmouth College. Mr. Sandell was chosen to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience with a wide range of technology companies and the venture capital industry.

Brooke Seawell has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2011. Mr. Seawell has been a Venture Partner with NEA since January 2005. Prior to joining NEA, Mr. Seawell was a Partner with Technology Crossover Ventures, a venture capital firm, from February 2000 to December 2004. Mr. Seawell also served as Executive Vice President of NetDynamics Inc., an application server software company that was acquired by Sun Microsystems, Inc., from 1997 to 1998, and Senior Vice President, Finance and Operations and Chief Financial Officer of Synopsys, an electronic design automation software company, from 1991 to 1997. Mr. Seawell previously served as Vice President, Finance and Production and Chief Financial Officer of Weitek Corporation, a fabless semiconductor company, from 1983 to 1991, and co-founder and Chief Financial Officer of Southwall Technologies, Inc., a complex thin film coatings company, from 1979 to 1983. Mr. Seawell currently serves on the boards of NVIDIA Corporation, Informatica Corporation, Glu Mobile Inc. and various private technology companies. Mr. Seawell also previously served on the Management Board of the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Seawell holds an M.B.A. from Stanford University and a B.A. from Stanford University. Mr. Seawell was chosen to serve on our board of directors due to his more than 30 years of experience in technology finance and operations, including having served as the chief financial officer of two public companies, his experience in the venture capital industry and his experience as a director of high technology companies.

Each of our officers serves at the discretion of our board of directors. Each of our directors holds office until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Composition

Certain members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to the provisions of our voting agreement, as amended. Under the voting agreement, our stockholders that are party to the voting agreement agreed to vote their shares to elect to our board of directors (1) two directors designated by New Enterprise Associates (Dr. Baskett and Mr. Sandell); (2) the person serving as Chief Executive Officer (Mr. Chabot); (3) two individuals designated by the holders of a majority in interest of the shares

 

107


Table of Contents

held by our three founders (Dr. Stolte and Dr. Hanrahan); and (4) one individual designated by all other members of our board of directors (Mr. Seawell). The voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors. There is no contractual arrangement by which Mr. Jurgensen or Mr. McAdam were elected to our board of directors.

Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be filed upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

the Class I directors will be Messrs. Jurgensen, McAdam and Seawell, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

 

  Ÿ  

the Class II directors will be Drs. Baskett and Hanrahan and Mr. Sandell, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015; and

 

  Ÿ  

the Class III directors will be Mr. Chabot and Dr. Stolte, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Generally, under the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within one year of the completion of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Our board of directors has determined that, other than Mr. Chabot and Drs. Stolte and Hanrahan, by virtue of their positions as Chief Executive Officer, Chief Development Officer and Chief Scientist, respectively, none of our directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the NYSE. Accordingly, a majority of our directors are independent, as required under applicable NYSE rules. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Lead Independent Director

Our board of directors has appointed Mr. Sandell to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Sandell presides over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serves as a liaison between our Chairman and the independent directors and performs such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

 

108


Table of Contents

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Seawell, Jurgensen and McAdam, each of whom satisfies the independence requirements under the NYSE listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is Mr. Seawell. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Seawell and Jurgensen is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee has the requisite financial expertise required under the applicable requirements of the NYSE. In arriving at this determination, the board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector. The primary functions of this committee include:

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and pre-approving the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm and deciding whether to retain their services;

 

  Ÿ  

monitoring the rotation of partners on our engagement team of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports and discussing the statements and reports with our independent registered public accounting firm and management, including a review of disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”;

 

  Ÿ  

considering and approving or disapproving of all related party transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing, with our independent registered public accounting firm and management, significant issues that may arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, as well as matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;

 

  Ÿ  

conducting an annual assessment of the performance of the audit committee and its members, and the adequacy of its charter; and

 

  Ÿ  

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Mr. Jurgensen, Dr. Baskett and Mr. Sandell, each of whom our board of directors has determined to be independent under the NYSE listing standards and the rules and regulations of the SEC, a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The chair of our compensation committee is Mr. Jurgensen. The functions of this committee include:

 

  Ÿ  

determining the compensation and other terms of employment of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers and reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to such compensation;

 

109


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending to the full board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating, adopting and administering the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modification or termination of existing plans and programs;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing with management our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and recommending to the full board of directors its inclusion in our periodic reports to be filed with the SEC; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and the adequacy of its charter.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. McAdam and Sandell, each of whom our board of directors has determined to be independent under the NYSE listing standards. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Mr. McAdam. The functions of this committee include:

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing periodically and evaluating director performance on our board of directors and its applicable committees, and recommending to our board of directors and management areas for improvement;

 

  Ÿ  

interviewing, evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors any amendments to our corporate governance policies; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and assessing, at least annually, the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the adequacy of its charter.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.tableausoftware.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference into this prospectus the information on or accessible through our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee is currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We do not currently provide any cash compensation to our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors. Although we do not have a written policy, we generally reimburse our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings. We did not provide any cash

 

110


Table of Contents

compensation to our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2012. Although we granted options to certain of our non-employee directors as reflected in the table below, we do not have any established policy with regard to the equity-based compensation of our directors. In addition, in March 2013, we granted to each of Dr. Baskett and Mr. Sandell an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $14.98 per share. All options we have granted to our non-employee directors have a term of four years and vest in 48 monthly installments commencing with the director’s appointment to the board of directors; however, if the director’s service with us ends due to a change in control, then any unvested options will become vested and exercisable upon such termination.

The following table sets forth information regarding non-cash compensation earned by or paid to our non-employee directors during 2012:

 

Name

   Option
Awards (1)
     Shares Issuable Upon Exercise  of
Options Outstanding
as of December 31, 2012
 

Forest Baskett

   $ —           —     

Elliott Jurgensen, Jr. (2)

     238,730         60,000   

John McAdam (3)

     236,096         60,000   

Scott Sandell

     —           —     

Brooke Seawell (4)

     171,589         60,000   

 

(1) The amounts reported do not reflect the amounts actually received by our non-employee directors. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted to our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, as computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our non-employee directors who have received options will only realize compensation with regard to these options to the extent the trading price of our Class A common stock is greater than the exercise price of such options.
(2) In connection with Mr. Jurgensen joining the board of directors in September 2012, we awarded Mr. Jurgensen an option to purchase 60,000 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $7.47 per share.
(3) In connection with Mr. McAdam joining the board of directors in December 2012, we awarded Mr. McAdam an option to purchase 60,000 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $9.30 per share.
(4) In connection with Mr. Seawell joining the board of directors in November 2011, we awarded Mr. Seawell an option to purchase 60,000 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $6.04 per share.

 

111


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2012 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to or earned by the executive officers listed below during the year ended December 31, 2012. As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act, which require compensation disclosure for our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer. Throughout this prospectus, these three officers are referred to as our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($) (1)
    Option
Awards
($) (2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (3)
    All Other
Compensation
($) (4)
    Total
($)
 

Christian Chabot

    2012        300,000        —          2,169,347        —          33,034        2,502,381   

Chief Executive Officer

             

Christopher Stolte

    2012        300,000        —          2,169,347        —          18,343        2,487,690   

Chief Development Officer

             

Thomas Walker

    2012        275,000        47,500        1,322,935        27,500        35,506        1,708,441   

Chief Financial Officer

             

 

(1) The amount reported in the “Bonus” column for Mr. Walker represents a discretionary bonus for performance in 2012.
(2) Amounts reported in this column do not reflect the amounts actually received by our named executive officers. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted to the named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, as computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our named executive officers will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our Class A common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options.
(3) The amount reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column represents a bonus paid to Mr. Walker under our incentive bonus plan for non-sales employees for company-wide performance in 2012. Participants in the bonus plan were entitled to a target bonus of up to 10% of their respective 2012 base salaries. The actual amount of the incentive bonus was determined by our board of directors following the end of the calendar year based on achievement of the corporate goal related to 2012 bookings, and for 2012, bonuses will be paid at 100% of target. Mr. Chabot and Mr. Stolte are not participants in the bonus plan.
(4) Amounts in this column include personal household expense reimbursements (which amounted to $25,000 for Mr. Walker), personal and spousal expenses related to a company-sponsored retreat, and tax reimbursements related to that retreat.

 

112


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2012

The following table provides information regarding each unexercised stock option to purchase our Class B common stock held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012.

 

    Option Awards  

Name

  Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

Christian Chabot

    1/1/2012        146,623        493,189 (1)(3)       7.17        2/28/2022   

Christopher Stolte

    1/1/2012        146,623        493,189 (1)(3)       7.17        2/28/2022   

Thomas Walker

    10/11/2005        75,000        —   (2)       0.18        4/19/2016   
    5/1/2006        22,500        —   (2)       0.18        4/19/2016   
    2/7/2007        100,000        —   (1)       0.18        2/6/2017   
    9/1/2007        100,000        —   (1)       0.24        11/6/2017   
    1/1/2009        73,437        1,563 (1)       1.31        2/24/2019   
    1/1/2010        40,468        15,032 (1)(3)       1.50        2/23/2020   
    8/4/2010        5,833        4,167 (1)(3)       1.75        8/3/2020   
    1/1/2011        21,562        23,438 (1)(3)       5.92        3/29/2021   
    1/1/2012        22,916        77,084 (1)(3)       7.17        2/28/2022   
    12/7/2012        —          250,000 (1)(3)       9.30        12/9/2022   

 

(1) The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four year period, with 1/48th of the shares vesting each month following the vesting commencement date, subject to continued service with us through each vesting date.
(2) The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the options vest on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and thereafter 1/48th of the shares vest each month, subject to continued service with us through each vesting date.
(3) Option is subject to accelerated vesting upon a qualifying termination of the executive’s employment with us following a change in control, as described under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Executive Offer Letters and Arrangements

The initial terms and conditions of employment for each of our named executive officers are set forth in written offer letters. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into revised employment offer letters with each of our named executive officers setting forth the terms and conditions of such executive’s employment with us, the terms of which are described below. In addition, we will enter into change in control severance agreements with each of our executive officers, the terms of which were approved by our board of directors. Each of our executive officers has also executed our standard form of confidential information and invention assignment agreement. Any potential payments and benefits due upon a termination of employment or a change in control of us are further described below under the heading “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments and Benefits Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Christian Chabot

We entered into an initial offer letter with Christian Chabot, our Chief Executive Officer, dated August 20, 2004, which sets forth the initial terms and conditions of his employment with us. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a new offer letter with Mr. Chabot, which will replace and supersede Mr. Chabot’s prior offer letter. Pursuant to the new offer letter, Mr. Chabot’s base salary will be $300,000 per year. Mr. Chabot is also eligible for reimbursement of certain personal household expenses, up to a maximum of $25,000 per year, under a separate perquisite policy for our named executive officers. Mr. Chabot is currently not eligible to receive an annual target bonus.

Mr. Chabot’s employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause. However,

 

113


Table of Contents

Mr. Chabot will be entitled to potential payments and benefits upon a termination of employment following a change in control of us under the terms of his change in control severance agreement, which will be entered into prior to the completion of this offering.

Christopher Stolte

We entered into an initial offer letter with Christopher Stolte, our Chief Development Officer, dated August 20, 2004, which sets forth the initial terms and conditions of his employment with us. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a new offer letter with Dr. Stolte, which will replace and supersede Dr. Stolte’s prior offer letter. Pursuant to the new offer letter, Dr. Stolte’s base salary will be $300,000 per year. Dr. Stolte is also eligible for reimbursement of certain personal household expenses, up to a maximum of $25,000 per year, under a separate perquisite policy for our named executive officers. Dr. Stolte is currently not eligible to receive an annual target bonus. Dr. Stolte’s employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause. However, Dr. Stolte will be entitled to potential payments and benefits upon a termination of employment following a change in control of us under the terms of his change in control severance agreement, which will be entered into prior to the completion of this offering.

Thomas Walker

We entered into an initial offer letter with Thomas Walker, our Chief Financial Officer, on September 25, 2004, which sets forth the initial terms and conditions of his employment with us. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a new offer letter with Mr. Walker, which will replace and supersede Mr. Walker’s prior offer letter. Pursuant to the new offer letter, Mr. Walker’s base salary will be $275,000 per year and he will continue to be eligible to participate in our incentive bonus plan for non-sales employees, under which full time employees are entitled to a target bonus of up to 10% of their base salaries tied to achievement of company performance goals. In addition, for 2013 Mr. Walker will be eligible to receive a discretionary bonus of up to $100,000 if certain sales growth targets are achieved, and where the actual amount of the bonus will be determined based on the achievement of subjective performance criteria. Mr. Walker is also eligible for reimbursement of certain personal household expenses, up to a maximum of $25,000 per year, under a separate perquisite policy for our named executive officers. Mr. Walker’s employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause. However, Mr. Walker will be entitled to potential payments and benefits upon a termination of employment following a change in control of us under the terms of his change in control severance agreement, which will be entered into prior to the completion of this offering.

Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control

In February 2013, our board of directors approved a form of change in control severance agreement to be entered into with each of our executive officers and certain other employees. The change in control severance agreements with each executive officer provides that if such officer is terminated for any reason other than cause, death or disability within 12 months after a change in control, or the officer voluntarily resigns for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, such officer would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:

 

  Ÿ  

a lump sum payment equal to 6 months of such officer’s then-current base salary (12 months in the case of Messrs. Chabot and Walker and Dr. Stolte);

 

  Ÿ  

reimbursement of COBRA premiums for such officer and his or her eligible dependents, if any, at the level in effect immediately prior to such officer’s termination of employment, for a period of up to 6 months (or up to 12 months in the case of Messrs. Chabot and Walker and Dr. Stolte); and

 

  Ÿ  

100% acceleration of vesting of all then-unvested equity awards held by such officer.

 

114


Table of Contents

Payment of any severance benefits is conditioned on the executive officer’s timely execution of a general release of claims in our favor.

Employee Benefit Plans

The principal features of our equity incentive plans and our 401(k) plan are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which, other than the 401(k) plan, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2004 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2004 Plan, in August 2004. Our 2004 Plan was amended and restated most recently in December 2012. Our 2004 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock awards and stock appreciation rights to our employees, directors and consultants.

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2013 Plan, will become effective in connection with this offering. As a result, we will not grant any additional options under our 2004 Plan following that date, and our 2004 Plan will be terminated. However, any outstanding options granted under our 2004 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2004 Plan and stock option agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted under our 2004 Plan have terms similar to those described below with respect to options to be granted under our 2013 Plan.

Authorized shares .     The maximum number of shares of our Class B common stock that may be issued under our 2004 Plan is 26,473,282. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2004 Plan is 26,473,282.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2004 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or are settled in cash do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2004 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2004 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under our 2004 Plan.

Plan administration .     Our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors administers our 2004 Plan and the stock awards granted under it. Subject to the terms of our 2004 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine and amend the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2004 Plan.

The board of directors has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2004 Plan. The board of directors has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

 

115


Table of Contents

Corporate transactions .     Our 2004 Plan provides that in the event of a specified corporate transaction, as defined under our 2004 Plan, each outstanding stock award may be assumed or continued or an equivalent stock award may be substituted by a successor corporation and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us in respect of Class B common stock issued pursuant to prior stock awards may be assigned to the successor corporation. If the successor corporation does not agree to assume or continue the stock award or to substitute an equivalent stock award, such stock awards will become fully vested and exercisable prior to the corporate transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights will lapse. Any awards that have not been assumed, continued, substituted, or exercised prior to the corporate transaction will terminate at the closing of the transaction.

Transferability .     A participant may not transfer stock awards under our 2004 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our 2004 Plan.

Plan amendment or termination .     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2004 Plan, provided that such action is approved by our stockholders to the extent stockholder approval is necessary and that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Unless sooner terminated, our 2004 Plan will terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date our 2004 Plan was adopted by the Board. No stock awards may be granted under our 2004 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2013 Plan in February 2013, and our stockholders approved our 2013 Plan in March 2013. Our 2013 Plan is the successor to and continuation of our 2004 Plan. As of date of this prospectus, no further grants will be made under our 2004 Plan. Our 2013 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to our employees and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, performance cash awards, and other forms of equity compensation to our employees, directors, and consultants.

Authorized shares .     The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under our 2013 Plan is equal to (1) the number of shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our 2004 Plan at the time our 2013 Plan became effective and (2) the maximum number of shares subject to stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2004 Plan that may be returned to our 2004 Plan, such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock award prior to vesting. Additionally, the number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year for a period of up to ten years, beginning on January 1, 2014 and ending on and including January 1, 2023, by 5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2013 Plan is 100,000,000.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2013 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2013 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2013 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under our 2013 Plan.

Plan administration .     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2013 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our

 

116


Table of Contents

officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of our 2013 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2013 Plan.

The board of directors has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2013 Plan. The board of directors has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Section 162(m) limits .     At such time as necessary for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may be granted stock awards that are intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code covering more than 750,000 shares of our Class A common stock under our 2013 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 750,000 shares of our Class A common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $750,000 under our 2013 Plan. These limitations are intended to give us the flexibility to grant compensation that will not be subject to the $1,000,000 annual limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Performance awards .     We believe our 2013 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals by selecting from one or more of the following performance criteria: (1) profit before tax; (2) billings; (3) revenue; (4) net revenue; (5) earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, and net earnings); (6) operating income; (7) operating margin; (8) operating profit; (9) controllable operating profit, or net operating profit; (10) net profit; (11) gross margin; (12) operating expenses or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue; (13) net income; (14) earnings per share; (15) total stockholder return; (16) market share; (17) return on assets or net assets; (18) our stock price; (19) growth in stockholder value relative to a pre-determined index; (20) return on equity; (21) return on invested capital; (22) cash flow (including free cash flow or operating cash flows); (23) cash conversion cycle; (24) economic value added; (25) individual confidential business objectives; (26) contract awards or backlog; (27) overhead or other expense reduction; (28) credit rating; (29) strategic plan development and implementation; (30) succession plan development and implementation; (31) improvement in workforce diversity; (32) customer indicators; (33) new product invention or innovation; (34) attainment of research and development milestones; (35) improvements in productivity; and (36) bookings.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless otherwise specified by our board of directors (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the

 

117


Table of Contents

performance goals at the time the performance goals are established, our compensation committee will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of the performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to GAAP; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under GAAP; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by our company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under GAAP; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under GAAP; and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item.

Corporate transactions .     Our 2013 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, as defined under our 2013 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines. The administrator may (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation; (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation; (3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction; (4) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us; or (5) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, if any, determined by the board of directors. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Transferability .     A participant may not transfer stock awards under our 2013 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our 2013 Plan.

Plan amendment or termination .     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2013 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No awards may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2013 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under our 2013 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, in February 2013, and our stockholders approved our ESPP in March 2013. Our ESPP includes both a component that is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code and a component that is not intended to so qualify. The purpose of the non-423 component of our ESPP is to authorize the grant of purchase rights that do not meet the requirements of an employee stock purchase plan to achieve tax, regulatory or other objectives.

The first offering period under our ESPP will begin and end upon a date to be approved by our board of directors or the compensation committee.

Authorized shares .     The maximum aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under our ESPP is 2,000,000 shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our

 

118


Table of Contents

Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP will increase automatically each year for a period of up to ten years, beginning on January 1, 2014 and continuing through and including January 1, 2023, by the lesser of (1) 1% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; (2) 4,000,000 shares of Class A common stock; or (3) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors. The stock purchasable under the ESPP will be shares of authorized but unissued or reaquired Class A common stock, including shares repurchased by us in the open market. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will be available for grant under our ESPP.

Plan administration .    Our board of directors will administer our ESPP. Our board of directors may delegate authority to administer our ESPP to our compensation committee. The administrator may approve offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our Class A common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under our ESPP including determining which of our designated affiliates will be eligible to participate in the 423 component of our ESPP and which of our designated affiliates will be eligible to participate in the non-423 component of our ESPP.

Eligibility .     Our employees, including executive officers, may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (1) customary employment for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (2) continuous employment for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee (a) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our Class A common stock; or (b) holds rights to purchase stock under our ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

Purchase rights and purchase price .     Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock through payroll deductions or other methods with up to 15% of their earnings. The purchase price of the shares will be not less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase.

Transferability .     A participant may not transfer purchase rights under our ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

Corporate transactions .     In the event of a specified corporate transaction, such as a merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress may be shortened and a new exercise date will be set, so that the participants’ purchase rights can be exercised and terminate immediately thereafter.

Plan amendment or termination .     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, at any time and for any reason. Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding purchase rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the ESPP will not be materially impaired except (1) with the participant’s consent; (2) to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or regulations; or (3) to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing or regulatory treatment.

 

119


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. We have the ability to make discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan but have not done so to date. Employees’ pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. However, Delaware law prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and other agents and to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees. These agreements provide for the indemnification of such persons for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were serving in such capacity. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors, officers and employees. Furthermore, we have obtained director and officer liability insurance to cover liabilities our directors and officers may incur in connection with their services to us and expect to increase the level upon completion of this offering.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative

 

120


Table of Contents

litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

121


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2010 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

  Ÿ  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

  Ÿ  

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Tender Offer

On September 15, 2010, we entered into a Tender Offer Agreement with New Enterprise Associates 11, Limited Partnership and Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P., pursuant to which we agreed to waive our right of first refusal in connection with a tender offer they proposed to launch. These entities subsequently launched a tender offer to purchase up to an aggregate of 5,926,679 shares of our Class B common stock from certain of our stockholders at a price of $5.9055 per share pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, to which we were not a party. Certain of our executive officers, including Messrs. Chabot and Walker, Dr. Stolte and Mmes. Fink and Wright, sold shares in the tender offer. An aggregate of 5,424,933 shares were tendered pursuant to the tender offer, of which New Enterprise Associates 11, Limited Partnership purchased 2,407,666 shares for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $14.2 million and Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P., together with one of its affiliates, purchased 3,017,267 shares for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $17.8 million. Each of these purchasers, together with its affiliated entities, is a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class B common stock. In addition, certain of our directors are affiliated with New Enterprise Associates 11, Limited Partnership.

Investor Rights Agreement

In July 2012, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement with the holders of our outstanding preferred stock and certain holders of our outstanding Class B common stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. As of December 31, 2012, the holders of 23,138,175 shares of our Class B common stock, including 17,416,317 shares of the Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following the completion of this offering. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” In addition, this agreement gives the stockholders that are parties thereto the right to participate in new issuances of equity securities by us, subject to certain exceptions. This right to participate in new issuances of equity securities will terminate by its terms upon the completion of our initial public offering.

Conversion Agreements

We have entered into conversion agreements with each of our founders, Christian Chabot, Christopher Stolte and Patrick Hanrahan, pursuant to which each founder has agreed to effect conversion of his shares of Class B common stock into Class A common stock, effective automatically upon the termination of such founder’s continuous service for any reason whatsoever, subject only to approval of our board of directors. In the conversion agreements, continuous service is defined to mean that the founder’s service with us, whether as an employee, a member of our board of directors or a consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A mere change in capacity from employee and member of our board of directors to that of a consultant would not result in a termination of continuous service as long as there is no interruption in service to us.

 

122


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $100,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest, must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into after presentation, consideration and approval by our board of directors.

 

123


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2012, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

  Ÿ  

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

each of the selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class B common stock shown that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act. Unless otherwise indicated, based on the information supplied to us by or on behalf of the selling stockholders, no selling stockholder is a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer.

Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the completion of this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 51,733,454 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2012. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership following the completion of this offering on                     shares of our Class A common stock and                     shares of our Class B common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional                     shares of Class A common stock and the sale of              shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders).

Common stock subject to stock options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012 is deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member but is not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

 

124


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Tableau Software, Inc., 837 North 34th Street, Suite 200, Seattle, Washington 98103.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
        Shares Beneficially Owned
Following this Offering
    Class A     Class B     % of
Total
Voting
Power†
    Number
of Shares
Being
Sold
  Class A   Class B   % of
Total
Voting
Power†

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares      %     Shares     %         Shares       %       Shares       %      

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                      

Christian Chabot (1)

                   7,984,611        15.38        15.38               

Christopher Stolte (2)

                   8,052,486        15.51        15.51               

Thomas Walker (3)

                   747,670        1.43        1.43               

Forest Baskett (4)

                   19,551,278        37.80        37.80               

Patrick Hanrahan

                   9,538,278        18.44        18.44               

Elliott Jurgensen, Jr. (5)

                   6,250        *        *               

John McAdam (5)

                   2,500        *        *               

Scott Sandell (4)

                   19,551,278        37.80        37.80               

Brooke Seawell (5)

                   18,750        *        *               

Other 5% Stockholders:

                      

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (4)

                   19,587,448        37.86        37.86               

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners (6)

                   3,314,192        6.41        6.41               

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (7) :

                   46,987,632        87.82        87.82               

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding common stock.
Represents the voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except under limited circumstances described in “Description of Capital Stock—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights.”
(1) Includes 186,611 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012.
(2) Includes 186,611 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012.
(3) Consists of 261,026 shares held by the Thomas and Katherine Walker Living Trust, for which Mr. Walker holds voting and dispositive power. Includes 486,644 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012.
(4) Consists of (i) 19,551,278 shares held by New Enterprise Associates 11, Limited Partnership (NEA 11) and (ii) 36,170 shares held by NEA Ventures 2004, L.P. (Ven 2004). The shares directly held by NEA 11 are indirectly beneficially owned by NEA Partners 11, Limited Partnership (NEA Partners 11), the sole general partner of NEA 11, NEA 11 GP, LLC (NEA 11 LLC), the sole general partner of NEA Partners 11, and each of the individual Managers of NEA 11, LLC, who are M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett (a member of our board of directors), Ryan D. Drant, Krishna “Kittu” Kolluri and Scott D. Sandell (a member of our board of directors). The shares directly held by Ven 2004 are indirectly beneficially owned by J. Daniel Moore, the general partner of Ven 2004. The principal business address for each of these entities is c/o New Enterprise Associates, Inc., 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, MD 21093.
(5) Represents shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012.
(6) Includes (i) 3,254,868 shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. (Meritech Partners) and (ii) 59,324 shares held by Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. (“Meritech Affiliates”). Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. (Meritech Management), a managing member of Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C. (Meritech Associates), the general partner of Meritech Partners and Meritech Affiliates, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Meritech Partners and Meritech Affiliates. The managing members of Meritech Management are Paul S. Madera, Michael B. Gordon, Robert D. Ward and George H. Bischof. The address for each of these entities is 245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350, Palo Alto, California 94301.
(7) Consists of (i) 45,214,457 shares held by the current directors and executive officers and (ii) 1,773,175 shares issuable pursuant to stock options held by such persons that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012.

 

125


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. The descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 835,000,000 shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

  Ÿ  

750,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

75,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding 51,733,454 shares of Class B common stock, which assumes the conversion of all 17,416,317 outstanding shares preferred stock into 17,416,317 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our outstanding capital stock was held by approximately 90 stockholders of record as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, we also had outstanding options to acquire 15,398,221 shares of Class B common stock held by employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our 2004 Plan and having a weighted-average exercise price of $4.92 per share.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have identical rights, provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders, holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share of Class B common stock. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except that there will be a separate vote of our Class A common stock in order for us to, directly or indirectly, effect an asset transfer, acquisition or liquidation event (each as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) pursuant to which the Class A common stock would not receive equivalent consideration (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) to the Class B common stock, and there will be a separate vote of our Class B common stock in order for us to, directly or indirectly, take action in the following circumstances:

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to amend, alter or repeal any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws that modifies the voting, conversion or other powers, preferences or other special rights or privileges or restrictions of the Class B common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

if we reclassify any outstanding shares of Class A common stock into shares having rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B common stock or the right to more than one vote for each share thereof; or

 

126


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

if we effect an asset transfer, acquisition or liquidation event (each as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) pursuant to which the Class B common stock would not receive equivalent consideration (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) to the Class A common stock.

Upon the completion of this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. In addition, we may not issue any shares of Class B common stock, unless that issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock.

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Economic Rights

Except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation, those described below.

Dividends and Distributions

Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, out of any of our assets legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors. Any dividends paid to the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of common stock treated adversely, voting separately as a class. We shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of Class A common stock or Class B common stock payable in our securities unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of common stock; provided, however, that (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A common stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A common stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class B common stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B common stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B common stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B common stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire shares Class B common stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B common stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A common stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A common stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A common stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to any series of preferred stock that may then be outstanding, our remaining

 

127


Table of Contents

assets legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, then the outstanding shares of all common stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including, without limitation, certain transfers for tax and estate planning purposes.

Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2012, there were 17,416,317 shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will convert into 17,416,317 shares of our Class B common stock.

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance, subject to the approval rights of the Class B common stock described above. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement that provides that holders of our convertible preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain registration rights, as set forth below. This investor rights agreement was originally entered into in August 2004 and was amended and restated in August 2008 in connection with our preferred stock financing, in October 2010 in connection with a tender offer of our common stock and in July 2012 in connection with the reclassification of our common stock pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

 

128


Table of Contents

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire upon the earlier of five years following the completion of this offering, or when all Investors, considered with their affiliates, can sell all of their shares in a 91-day period under Rule 144.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 23,138,175 shares of Class B common stock, including 17,416,317 shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock as of December 31, 2012 and without giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning on the earlier of the third anniversary of the date of the agreement or six months following the completion of this offering, the holders of a majority of these shares may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration must cover at least twenty-five percent of the registrable securities then outstanding, or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of the underwriting discounts and commissions, would equal or exceed $10.0 million.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 23,138,175 shares of Class B common stock, including 17,416,317 shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock as of December 31, 2012 and without giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders, were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8 or related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 23,138,175 shares of Class B common stock, including 17,416,317 shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock as of December 31, 2012 and without giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Any holder of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which, before payment of the underwriting discounts and commissions, equals or exceeds $1.0 million. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to Be Effective Upon the Completion of this Offering

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our

 

129


Table of Contents

directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by written consent. A special meeting of stockholders may be called by the majority of our whole board of directors, chair of the board of directors or our chief executive officer.

As described above in “—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a two-class common stock structure, which provides our founders, current investors, executives and employees with significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

As described above in “Management—Classified Board,” in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors, and that our directors may be removed only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that vacancies occurring on our board of directors and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of our board of directors, even though less than a quorum. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws, and require a supermajority stockholder vote to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our

 

130


Table of Contents

control or management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

  Ÿ  

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  Ÿ  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

131


Table of Contents

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Listing

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DATA ”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A and Class B common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

132


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our capital stock. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly following the completion of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2012, upon the completion of this offering,                    shares of Class A common stock and                    shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, no exercise of outstanding options or our outstanding warrant and the conversion of the shares sold by the selling stockholders in this offering into shares of Class A common stock. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

The remaining shares of our Class B common stock outstanding following the completion of this offering are restricted securities as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and are subject to lock-up agreements with us as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, described in greater detail below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (1) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (2) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding following the completion of this offering, which will equal                     shares assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                     additional shares of Class A common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the                     during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits re-sales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including

 

133


Table of Contents

the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under the section titled “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our stockholders and optionholders, have agreed with the underwriters that, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares of common stock, any options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their sole discretion, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in such agreement.

Employees can only sell vested shares. Employees who do not hold vested shares, including shares subject to options, upon expiration of these selling restrictions will not be able to sell shares until they vest.

Registration Rights

On the date beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the holders of approximately 23,138,175 shares of our Class B common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Equity Incentive Plans

As soon as practicable after the date of this prospectus, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans and agreements. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our equity compensation plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

134


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes and does not deal with state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address U.S. federal tax consequences other than income taxes. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such pass-through entities or entities that are treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of their places of organization or formation). Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

The following discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Persons considering the purchase of our Class A common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our Class A common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences or any U.S. federal non-income tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of Class A common stock that is not a U.S. Holder. A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. If you are an individual, you may be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Also, partnerships, or other entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of their place of organization or formation) and entities that are treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of their place of

 

135


Table of Contents

organization or formation) are not addressed by this discussion and are, therefore, not considered to be Non-U.S. Holders for the purposes of this discussion.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below, distributions, if any, made on our Class A common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates, unless a specific treaty exemption applies. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments.

To the extent distributions on our Class A common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce your adjusted basis in our Class A common stock as a non-taxable return of capital, but not below zero, and then any excess will be treated as gain and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of Class A common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period.

 

136


Table of Contents

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, unless a specific treaty exemption applies, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (b) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, or such reduced rate as is specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). With respect to (c) above, in general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if interests in U.S. real estate comprised (by fair market value) at least half of our assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation, however, there can be no assurance that we will not become a U.S. real property holding corporation in the future. Even if we are treated as a U.S. real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our Class A common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than five percent of our Class A common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period and (2) our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we or certain financial middlemen must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our Class A common stock including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., except that information reporting and such requirements may be avoided if the holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing Non-U.S. Holder status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of common stock under the backup withholding rules can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

137


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our Class A common stock.

These withholding requirements are expected to be phased in for payments of dividends made on or after January 1, 2014 and for payments of gross proceeds from a U.S. sale or other disposition of Class A common stock on or after January 1, 2017.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS.

 

138


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase, and we will agree to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

  

Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement will provide that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional              shares from                  to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Paid by Us

 

    

No Exercise

    

Full Exercise

 

Per Share

   $                            $                          

Total

   $                $            

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

    

No Exercise

    

Full Exercise

 

Per Share

   $                            $                          

Total

   $                        $                      

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities

 

139


Table of Contents

dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We, our directors and executive officers, and the holders of substantially all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock and options and warrant to purchase shares of our capital stock have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares of capital stock, any options or warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our capital stock. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their sole discretion, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in such agreement.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DATA”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase shares in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the

 

140


Table of Contents

market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the                     , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered by them.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

We and the selling stockholders will agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to our assets, securities and instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Notice to Non-U.S. Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a)        to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

141


Table of Contents

(b)        to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c)        to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d)        in any other circumstances that do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Non-U.S. Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a)        it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b)        it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Non-U.S. Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (a) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong); or (b) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder; or (c) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Non-U.S. Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (a) to an

 

142


Table of Contents

institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA; (b) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Non-U.S. Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

143


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California, will pass upon the validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. The underwriters are being represented by Fenwick & West LLP, Seattle, Washington and Mountain View, California, in connection with the offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our Class A common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.tableausoftware.com. Following the completion of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

144


Table of Contents

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Tableau Software, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tableau Software, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

February 12, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,     Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity 
December 31,
2012
 
   2011     2012    
                 (unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except share and
per share amounts)
 

Assets

      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 30,223      $ 39,302     

Accounts receivable, net

     13,357        30,752     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,096        3,861     

Deferred income taxes

     764        2,246     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     45,440        76,161     

Property and equipment, net

     5,564        10,346     

Deferred income taxes

     17        66     

Deposits and other noncurrent assets

     256        419     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 51,277      $ 86,992     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

      

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable

   $ 1,442      $ 2,176     

Accrued liabilities

     2,093        4,471     

Accrued compensation and employee related benefits

     6,632        13,170     

Income taxes payable

     180        129     

Deferred revenue

     17,912        31,984     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     28,259        51,930     

Deferred income taxes

     1,062        1,456     

Deferred revenue

     1,073        2,423     

Other long-term liabilities

     1,129        1,312     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     31,523        57,121     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

      

Convertible preferred stock

      

Series B convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share—authorized 7,000,000; issued and outstanding, 6,585,153 shares as of December 31, 2011 and 2012; (aggregate liquidation preference of $15,080) pro forma: zero shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 (unaudited)

     15,007        15,007      $   

Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share—authorized, 10,831,164; issued and outstanding, 10,831,164 shares as of December 31, 2011 and 2012; (aggregate liquidation preference of $5,091) pro forma: zero shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 (unaudited)

     5,024        5,024          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     20,031        20,031          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

      

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share—authorized, 65,000,000 and 75,000,000 shares as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively; issued and outstanding, 33,084,849 and 34,317,137 shares as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively; pro forma 51,733,454 shares issued and outstanding (unaudited)

     4        4        6   

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share—authorized, zero and 75,000,000 shares as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding, as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively; pro forma no shares issued and outstanding (unaudited)

                     

Additional paid-in capital

     2,904        11,424        31,453   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

            (1     (1

Accumulated deficit

     (3,185     (1,587     (1,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (277     9,840      $ 29,871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 51,277      $ 86,992     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011     2012  
    

(In thousands, except

per share amounts)

 

Revenues

       

License

   $ 24,223       $ 44,414      $ 89,883   

Maintenance and services

     9,938         17,946        37,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     34,161         62,360        127,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

       

License

     67         213        305   

Maintenance and services

     1,271         2,800        10,056   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     1,338         3,013        10,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     32,823         59,347        117,372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Sales and marketing

     16,440         30,363        62,322   

Research and development

     9,734         18,387        33,049   

General and administrative

     3,809         6,679        17,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,983         55,429        112,840   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     2,840         3,918        4,532   

Other income (expense), net

             (16     (54
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

     2,840         3,902        4,478   

Provision for income taxes

     102         523        2,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,738       $ 3,379      $ 1,598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

   $ 0.03       $ 0.04      $ 0.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.03       $ 0.04      $ 0.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

     32,163         33,008        33,744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     37,833         39,431        39,499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

       

Basic

        $ 0.03   
       

 

 

 

Diluted

        $ 0.03   
       

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per share (unaudited):

       

Basic

          51,160   
       

 

 

 

Diluted

          56,915   
       

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 2,738       $ 3,379       $ 1,598   

Other comprehensive loss:

        

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

                     (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 2,738       $ 3,379       $ 1,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount                          
    (in thousands, except share information)  

Balances at December 31, 2009

    17,416,317      $ 20,031        31,872,485      $ 3      $ 701      $   —      $ (9,302   $ (8,598

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                  1,039,896               247                      247   

Common stock issued in connection with early exercise of stock options

                  67,500               12                      12   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                638                      638   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

                                73                      73   

Net income

                               2,738        2,738   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

    17,416,317        20,031        32,979,881        3        1,671               (6,564     (4,890
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                  155,968        1        84                      85   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                1,448                      1,448   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

                                9                      9   

Repurchase of common stock

                  (51,000            (308              (308

Net income

                                              3,379        3,379   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

    17,416,317        20,031        33,084,849        4        2,904               (3,185     (277
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                  1,082,288               606                      606   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                4,759                      4,759   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

                                1,541                      1,541   

Donation of common shares

                  150,000               1,614                      1,614   

Other comprehensive loss

                                       (1            (1

Net income

                                         1,598        1,598   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

    17,416,317      $ 20,031        34,317,137      $ 4      $ 11,424      $ (1   $ (1,587   $ 9,840   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 2,738      $ 3,379      $ 1,598   

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided

by operating activities

      

Depreciation expense

     1,017        2,096        3,847   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (18     114        172   

Stock-based compensation expense

     638        1,448        4,759   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     (73     (9     (1,541

Deferred taxes

     73        290        404   

Donation of common stock to foundation

                   1,614   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

      

Accounts receivable

     (1,064     (9,420     (17,567

Prepaid expenses, deposits and other assets

     (8     (973     (2,657

Deferred revenue

     3,764        10,514        15,421   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     3,309        5,264        8,240   

Income taxes payable

            180        (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     10,376        12,883        14,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (2,169     (4,930     (7,036
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,169     (4,930     (7,036
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Payment on capital lease obligations

            (127       

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     259        85        606   

Payments to repurchase common stock

            (308       

Deferred initial public offering costs

                   (271

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     73        9        1,541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     332        (341     1,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     8,539        7,612        9,079   

Cash and cash equivalents

      

Beginning of year

     14,072        22,611        30,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 22,611      $ 30,223      $ 39,302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental information

      

Fixed asset accruals

   $ 230      $ 709      $ 2,302   

Assets acquired through capital lease

     127                 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

     7        60        3,111   

Deferred initial public offering cost accruals

                   66   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Description of Business

Tableau Software, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries are headquartered in Seattle, Washington. Our software products put the power of data into the hands of everyday people, allowing a broad population of business users to engage with their data, ask questions, solve problems and create value. Based on innovative core technologies originally developed at Stanford University, our products dramatically reduce the complexity, inflexibility and expense associated with traditional business intelligence applications. We currently make three key products, Tableau Desktop, a self-service, powerful analytics product for anyone with data, Tableau Server, a business intelligence platform for organizations, and Tableau Public, a free cloud-based platform for analyzing and sharing public data.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Accounting Principles

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include depreciable lives for fixed assets, stock-based compensation, income taxes, accrued liabilities and collectability of accounts receivable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign Currency Translation

For the three years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries is the respective local currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated at the exchange rate in effect at each period-end. Income statement amounts are translated at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments arising from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders’ equity.

Segments

We follow the authoritative literature that established annual and interim reporting standards for enterprise’s operating segments and related disclosures about its products and services, geographic regions and major customers.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

We operate our business as one operating segment. Our chief operating decision makers (“CODM”) are our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who review financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenues primarily in the form of software license fees and related maintenance and services fees. License fees include perpetual and term license fees. Maintenance and services primarily consist of fees for maintenance services (including support and unspecified upgrades and enhancements when and if they are available), training and professional services that are not essential to functionality of the software.

We recognize revenues when all of the following conditions are met:

 

  Ÿ  

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

  Ÿ  

the software or services have been delivered to the customer;

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and

 

  Ÿ  

the collection of the related fees is probable.

We use click-through end user license agreements, signed agreements and purchase orders as evidence of an arrangement. We deliver all of our software electronically. Electronic delivery occurs when we provide the customer with access to the software via a secure portal. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable at the outset of the arrangement. Our typical terms of payment are due 30 days from delivery. We assess collectability based on a number of factors such as collection history and creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine that collectability is not probable, revenue is deferred until collectability becomes probable, generally upon receipt of cash.

Substantially all of our software licenses are sold in multiple-element arrangements that include maintenance and may include professional services and training.

Vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of the fair value is not available for software licenses as they are never sold without maintenance. VSOE of the fair value generally exists for all undelivered elements and any services that are not essential to the functionality of the delivered software. We account for delivered software licenses under the residual method.

Maintenance agreements consist of fees for providing software updates on a when and if available basis and technical support for software products (“post-contract support” or “PCS”) for an initial term, generally one year. We have established VSOE of the fair value for maintenance on perpetual licenses based on stated substantive renewal rates or the price when sold on a standalone basis. Stated renewal rates are considered to be substantive if they are at least 15% of the actual price charged for the software license. VSOE of the fair value for standalone sales is considered to have been established when a substantial majority of individual sales transactions within the previous 12 month period fall within a reasonably narrow range, which we have defined to be plus or minus 15% of the median sales price of actual standalone sales transactions.

License arrangements may include professional services and training. In determining whether professional services and training revenues should be accounted for separately from license revenues, we evaluate whether such services are considered essential to the functionality of the software using factors such as the nature of the software products; whether they are ready for use by the customer upon receipt; the nature of the services, which typically do not involve significant customization to or

 

F-9


Table of Contents

development of the underlying software code; the availability of services from other vendors; whether the timing of payments for license revenues is coincident with performance of services; and whether milestones or acceptance criteria exist that affect the realizability of the software license fee. Revenues related to training are recognized as training services are delivered. Payments received in advance of services performed are deferred and recognized when the related services are performed.

To date, professional services have not been considered essential to the functionality of the software. The VSOE of fair value of our professional services and training is based on the price for these same services when they are sold separately. Revenues related to professional services are billed on a time and materials basis and, accordingly, are recognized as the services are performed.

When software is licensed for a specified term, fees for support and maintenance are generally bundled with the license fee over the entire term of the contract. In these cases, we do not have VSOE of the fair value for support and maintenance. Revenues related to term license fees are recognized ratably over the contract term beginning on the date the customer has access to the software license key and continuing through the end of the contract term.

We do not offer refunds and therefore have not recorded any sales return allowance for any of the periods presented. Upon a periodic review of outstanding accounts receivable, amounts that are deemed to be uncollectible are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts.

We account for taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities on a net basis and exclude them from revenues.

Risks and Uncertainties

Inherent in our business are various risks and uncertainties, including our limited operating history and development of advanced technologies in a rapidly changing industry. These risks include our ability to manage our rapid growth and our ability to attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers, as well as other risks and uncertainties. In the event that we do not successfully implement our business plan, certain assets may not be recoverable, certain liabilities may not be paid and investments in our capital stock may not be recoverable. Our success depends upon the acceptance of our technology, development of sales and distribution channels, and our ability to generate significant revenues from the use of its technology.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value. We maintain cash and cash equivalent balances which may exceed the insured limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts billed currently due from customers. Our accounts receivable are subject to collection risk. Our gross accounts receivable is reduced for this risk by an allowance for doubtful accounts. This allowance is for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. It is an estimate and is regularly evaluated for adequacy by taking into consideration a combination of factors. We look at factors such as past collection experience, credit quality of the customer, age of the receivable balance, and current economic conditions. These factors are reviewed to determine whether an allowance for doubtful accounts should be recorded to reduce the receivable balance to the amount believed to be collectible.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Activity related to our allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ 39      $ 21      $ 135   

Bad debt expense

     15        133        321   

Accounts written off

     (33     (19     (149
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 21      $ 135      $ 307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets generally ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the remaining lease term. When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations. Maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense in the period incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate the recoverability of long-lived assets in accordance with authoritative guidance on accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Such impairment is recognized in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds their fair value. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned exceeds the fair value of the assets, then the second step of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value. No impairment of long-lived assets occurred in the years presented.

Fair Value

We establish fair value of our assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and using a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements approximate the fair value for cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities, due to their short-term nature.

Software Development Costs

Software development costs associated with the development of new products, enhancements of existing products and quality assurance activities consists of employee, consulting and other external personnel costs. The costs incurred internally from the research and development of computer software products are charged to expense until technological feasibility has been established for the product. Once technological feasibility is established, all software costs are capitalized until the product is available for release to customers. Judgment is required in determining when technological feasibility of a product is established. To date, we have determined that technological feasibility of software products is reached shortly before the products are released. Costs incurred after establishment of technological feasibility have not been material, and therefore, we have expensed all research and development costs as they were incurred. Research and development expenses primarily consist of

 

F-11


Table of Contents

personnel related costs attributable to our research and development personnel and allocated overhead.

Intangible Asset Costs

Costs related to filing and pursuing patent and trademark applications are expensed as incurred, as recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain. These intangible asset-related legal costs are reported as a component of general and administrative expenses.

Advertising Expenses

We have expensed all advertising costs as incurred and classify these costs as sales and marketing expenses. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were $1.2 million, $1.7 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and other fees and costs relating to the initial public offering, are capitalized and included in deposits and other noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The deferred offering costs will be offset against our initial public offering proceeds upon the closing of our initial public offering. There were $0.3 million of capitalized deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2012 and no similar costs at December 31, 2011.

Income Taxes

Our deferred tax assets are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

We determine whether our uncertain tax positions are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We extend credit to customers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and generally collateral is not required. As of December 31, 2011, no individual customer accounted for 10% or more of total accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2012, one customer accounted for 10% of total accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, no individual customer represented 10% or more of our total revenues.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation by calculating the fair value of each employee and non-employee option at the date of grant by applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model utilizes the estimated value of our underlying common stock at the measurement date, the expected or contractual term of the option, the expected volatility of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and expected dividend yield of our common stock. Measurement of stock-based

 

F-12


Table of Contents

compensation is subject to periodic adjustment as the underlying equity instruments vest. We recognize compensation expense for only the portion of options expected to vest. Therefore, management applied an estimated forfeiture rate that was derived from historical employee termination behavior. If the actual number of forfeitures differs from the estimates, adjustments to stock-based compensation expense may be required in future periods. Stock-based compensation expense related to nonemployees was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

Fair Value Measurements

We categorize assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets based upon the level of judgment associated with inputs used to measure their fair value. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2—Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3—Inputs are unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions and valuation techniques used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. The inputs require significant management judgment or estimation.

Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

Immediately prior to the closing of a qualifying initial public offering, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of Class B common stock. The December 31, 2012 unaudited pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity has been prepared assuming the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock into 17,416,317 shares of our Class B common stock.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

We have reviewed recent accounting pronouncements and concluded that they are either not applicable to our business or that no material effect is expected on the consolidated financial statements as a result of the future adoption.

As an “emerging growth company”, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Note 3. Balance Sheet Detail

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     Useful Life      2011     2012  
     (in months)      (in thousands)        

Computer equipment and software

     36–60       $ 7,605      $ 14,642   

Furniture and fixtures

     36         870        1,578   

Leasehold improvements

     5–65         1,169        2,053   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        9,644        18,273   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

        (4,080     (7,927
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 5,564      $ 10,346   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was approximately $1.0 million, $2.1 million and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Accrued compensation and other employee related benefits consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2011      2012  

Accrued commissions

   $ 3,548       $ 6,609   

Accrued bonuses

     1,627         3,443   

Accrued vacation

     1,100         2,220   

Other accrued compensation and employee related benefits

     357         898   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,632       $ 13,170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 4. Income Taxes

The components of our income before the provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  

United States

   $ 2,825       $ 3,749       $ 4,055   

International

     15         153         423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,840       $ 3,902       $ 4,478   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  

United States

   $ 89       $ 497       $ 2,797   

International

     13         26         83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 102       $ 523       $ 2,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The provision for current and deferred income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Current

        

Federal

   $       $       $ 3,403   

State

     89         200         480   

Foreign

     13         42         134   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current provision

        102            242         4,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred

        

Federal

             343         (954

State

             (46      (132

Foreign

             (16      (51
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred provision (benefit)

             281         (1,137
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 102       $ 523       $ 2,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 is 64% compared to 13.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase of 51% was due to the increase in non-deductible stock compensation expense and the expiration of the research and development (“R&D”) tax credit in 2011. We released the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets in 2011. Our provision for income taxes differs from amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Income tax provision at statutory rate

   $ 955       $ 1,366         1,567   

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     61         70         141   

Impact of foreign income taxes

             (22      (52

Research and development and other credits

     (452      (553      (32

Incentive stock options

     183         499         1,209   

Utilization and release of valuation allowance

     (825      (950        

Other, net

        180            113         47   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 102       $ 523       $ 2,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that gave rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred income tax assets

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 18      $   

Credit carryforwards

     558          

Accrued compensation

     983        2,617   

Deferred revenue

     132        1,055   

Other

     50        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax assets

     1,741        3,696   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     1,639        2,125   

Prepaid assets

     383        715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     2,022        2,840   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

   $ (281   $ 856   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The above schedule includes short-term and long-term deferred income tax assets and liabilities. In our consolidated balance sheets, we presented all current deferred tax assets and liabilities within the same tax jurisdiction as a single amount, and we presented in the same method for the long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities.

The table below summarizes changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance (in thousands):

 

     Beginning
Balance
    Additions     Reductions      Ending
Balance
 

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance

         

Year ended December 31, 2010

   $ (2,324   $ (358   $ 1,732       $ (950

Year ended December 31, 2011

     (950     (651     1,601           

Year ended December 31, 2012

                             

At December 31, 2012, we had fully utilized all federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and R&D tax credits both for income tax and financial reporting purposes. The federal R&D tax credit expired on December 31, 2011, and therefore we did not have the benefit of credits generated in 2012. On January 2, 2013, the U.S. federal government renewed the R&D credit, which will result in $0.7 million of R&D credits that were generated in 2012 being available to offset tax liabilities. This benefit will be recorded for financial statement purposes in 2013.

We determined our deferred income tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when we expect the differences to reverse. In addition, we record deferred tax assets for net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryovers. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized. Prior to 2011, we provided a valuation allowance against our U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets based on additional evidence regarding the Company’s past earnings, scheduling of deferred income tax liabilities and projected future taxable income from operating activities. In the quarter ended December 31, 2011, we determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred income tax assets would be realized. Accordingly, we released our entire valuation allowance of $1.0 million resulting in a benefit to deferred income tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations in 2011.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011 and 2012, the unrecognized tax benefits from NOLs that relate to the past exercise of employee stock options totaled $2.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The benefit recorded to additional paid-in capital was $0.1 million, $0.0 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and in numerous foreign jurisdictions. The statute of limitations for adjustments to our historic tax obligations will vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Furthermore, net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to adjustment after the expiration of the statute of limitations of the year such net operating losses and tax credits originated. In general, the tax years for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, that remain open for examination are for 2005 and forward due to its operating loss carryforwards.

We have not provided for income tax on the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to the extent they are considered permanently re-invested outside the U.S. As of December 31, 2012, the cumulative amount of earnings upon which U.S. income taxes have not been provided for is approximately $0.1 million. We have reserves for taxes to address potential exposures involving tax positions that we believe could be challenged by taxing authorities even though we believe the positions we have taken are appropriate. We believe our tax reserves are adequate to cover potential liabilities. We review the tax reserves as circumstances warrant and adjust the reserves as events occur that affect our potential liability for additional taxes. It is often difficult to predict the final outcome or timing of resolution of any particular tax matter. Various events, some of which cannot be predicted, such as clarification of tax law by administrative or judicial means, may occur and would require us to increase or decrease our reserves and effective income tax rate.

The total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $0.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2012. These amounts represent the gross amount of exposure in individual jurisdictions and do not reflect any additional benefits expected to be realized if such positions were not sustained. To the extent that any uncertain tax positions are resolved in our favor, it may have a positive impact on our effective income tax rate. We do not expect any material decrease on our unrecognized tax position within the next twelve months. The table below shows the gross changes in our unrecognized tax position.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 182       $ 264       $ 448   

Gross increases related to current period tax positions

     82         184           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 264       $ 448       $ 448   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We recognize interest and, if applicable, penalties for any uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. No penalties and interest were recognized or accrued for at December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Note 5. Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2012, we had the following convertible preferred stock outstanding:

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Amount
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Issuance
Price Per
Share
 
     (in thousands, except for share amounts)  

Series A Preferred

     10,831,164         10,831,164       $ 5,024       $ 5,091       $   0.47   

Series B Preferred

     7,000,000         6,585,153         15,007         15,080       $ 2.29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     17,831,164         17,416,317       $ 20,031       $ 20,171      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Significant terms of Series A and B convertible preferred stock were as follows:

Voting

Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to vote on all matters and is entitled to that number of votes equal to the number of votes that would be accorded to the number of shares of Class B common stock into which such holder’s preferred stock could be converted.

Dividends

The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends prior to and in preference to any dividends to common stockholders, at a rate of $0.1374 and $0.0282 per share per annum on each outstanding share of Series B and Series A preferred stock, respectively, as and when declared by the board of directors. The dividend price per share is subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassification. To date, we have not declared or paid dividends.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, including a merger, acquisition in which our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the transaction represents less than 50% of the outstanding shares of the surviving entity, a transaction or a series of transactions in which more than 50% of our voting power is transferred or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, the holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of assets to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $2.29 for each share of Series B preferred stock and $0.47 for each share of Series A preferred stock held by them plus any declared but unpaid dividends. If our assets are insufficient to permit this payment, then the assets would be distributed ratably among the preferred stockholders. After this distribution, all assets would be ratably distributed to the common stockholders.

The preferred stock agreements contain a provision that, in the event of a change in the control of the Company, would give the holders of the convertible preferred stock the right to receive a cash distribution equal to the liquidation preference on the convertible preferred stock. Due to these redemption characteristics, the convertible preferred stock has been presented as convertible preferred stock within the mezzanine section in the consolidated balance sheets.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into such number of shares of Class B common stock as is determined by dividing its stated value by the conversion price

 

F-18


Table of Contents

at the time of conversion. The conversion price is equal to the original issue price as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization, mergers, dilutive issuances and other transactions having a similar effect. All shares of preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of Class B common stock upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred stock or the closing of a public offering if the public offering price is not less than $4.57 per share and results in aggregate proceeds of at least $35 million. Each series of preferred stock currently converts on a 1:1 basis.

Redemption

The convertible preferred stock is not redeemable by us or at the option of the preferred stockholder.

Note 6. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

In December 2012, we amended our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to authorize 75,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 75,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share. Prior to December 2012, we had authorized 65,000,000 shares of Class B common stock. Each holder of the Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and each holder of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share. At its discretion, the board of directors may declare dividends on shares of common stock, subject to the prior rights of our preferred stockholders. Upon liquidation or dissolution, holders of common stock will receive distributions only after preferred stock preferences have been satisfied.

We have reserved 26,473,282 shares of Class B common stock for the exercise of options.

Treasury Stock

In December 2011, we exercised our right of first refusal and repurchased 51,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $308,000, which has been charged to additional paid-in capital. The shares were immediately retired.

Donation to Tableau Foundation

In December 2012, our board of directors approved the establishment of the Tableau Foundation, a donor-advised charitable fund, which included the donation of 150,000 shares of Class B common stock. We recorded a charge of $1.6 million for the value of the donated shares to general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 based on the value of our stock at that date.

Note 7. Stock-Based Compensation

Our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) authorizes the granting of options to purchase shares of Class B common stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards to our employees, nonemployees, consultants, officers and directors. In December 2012, we modified the Plan to increase the number of shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance thereunder to 26,473,282. Options granted under the plan may be incentive or nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The term of each option is stated in the option agreement, but shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant. The board of directors determines the period over which options become vested. Currently, the vesting period for our options is typically 4 years.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense was included in the consolidated statements of operations as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 18       $ 22       $ 106   

Sales and marketing

     256         565         1,383   

Research and development

     262         628         2,099   

General and administrative

     102         233         1,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 638       $ 1,448       $ 4,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of the option activity under our stock option plan during 2012 is presented below:

 

           Options Outstanding  
     Shares
Available for
Grant
    Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
                        (in thousands)  

Balances at December 31, 2011

     140,039        9,005,112      $ 1.63      
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Additional shares authorized

     14,243,282          

Options granted

     (7,619,040     7,619,040        8.21      

Options exercised

            (1,082,288     0.56      

Options canceled

     13,671        (13,671     2.65      

Options forfeited

     129,972        (129,972     6.28      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Balances at December 31, 2012

     6,907,924        15,398,221      $ 4.92       $ 67,432   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2012

       14,456,664      $ 4.70       $ 66,447   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

       7,131,804      $ 1.61       $ 54,582   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The stock options are exercisable at a price equal to the market value of the underlying shares of common stock on the date of the grant as determined by our board of directors. The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted in 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $0.94, $2.74 and $3.93, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $5.2 million, $0.8 million and $6.9 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2012, there is $24.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested awards that is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over the weighted-average remaining service period of approximately 3.27 years.

Valuation Assumptions

All stock-based payments to employees are measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally the four year vesting period of the award). We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes

 

F-20


Table of Contents

option-valuation model. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the fair value was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Risk-free interest rates

     1.79     1.55     0.69

Expected term

     5 years        5 years        5 years   

Expected dividends

     None        None        None   

Expected volatility

     50.3     52.1     49.0

The weighted-average, risk-free interest rate is based on the rate for a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with a term that approximates the expected life of the option grant at the date closest to the option grant date.

The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on actual experience adjusted for expected employee exercise behavior.

There is no active external or internal market for our common shares. Thus, it was not possible to estimate the expected volatility of our share price when estimating the fair value of the options granted. Accordingly, we base our volatility on an estimate of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available.

We have not paid and do not expect to pay dividends.

The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates are revised. We consider many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including the types of awards, employee class and historical experience. Forfeitures were estimated at the time of grant and revised if necessary in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differed from those estimates. Actual results, and future changes in estimates, may differ substantially from our current estimates. We use the straight-line attribution method for recognizing stock-based compensation expense.

Common Stock Warrant

We have a warrant outstanding, that was fully vested when issued in 2008, to purchase 54,167 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.60 per share. This warrant expires in November 2013.

Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Lease Commitments

We conduct our operations in leased facilities under leases expiring at various dates through 2016. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the defined lease periods. Total rent expense under operating leases was approximately $0.9 million, $1.3 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending       

2013

   $ 3,261   

2014

     2,962   

2015

     1,588   

2016

     460   

2017

     198   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 8,469   
  

 

 

 

Our significant lease agreements relate to the global corporate headquarters located in Seattle, Washington, and an additional office located in Kirkland, Washington. Our lease agreement for our global corporate headquarters has a term of six years and expires in the second quarter of 2015.

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to certain routine legal proceedings, as well as demands and claims that arise in the normal course of our business. We make a provision for a liability relating to legal matters when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions are reviewed and adjusted to reflect the impacts of negotiations, estimated settlements, legal rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter. In our opinion, resolution of any pending claims (either individually or in the aggregate) is not expected to have a material adverse impact on our consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

Note 9. Retirement Plan

We offer a salary deferral 401(k) plan for our U.S. employees. The plan allows employees to contribute a percentage of their pretax earnings annually, subject to limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. The plan also allows us to make a matching contribution, subject to certain limitations. To date, we have made no contributions to the plan.

Note 10. Segments and Information about Revenues by Geographic Area

An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses whose separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by our CODM, or decision making group, to perform resource allocations and performance assessments.

Our CODMs are our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Our CODMs review financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources.

Based on the evaluation of our financial information, management believes that we operate in one reportable segment.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The following table presents our revenues by geographic region of end users who purchased products or services for the periods presented below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

United States and Canada

   $ 29,157       $ 52,268       $ 106,177   

International

     5,004         10,092         21,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 34,161       $ 62,360       $ 127,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Substantially all of our long-lived assets were located in the United States as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

Note 11. Net Income Per Share

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Holders of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.0282 and $0.1374 per share, payable prior and in preference to any dividends on any other shares of our stock. Holders of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in our losses. We consider our preferred stock to be participating securities and, in accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to preferred stock and the related number of outstanding shares of preferred stock have been excluded from the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share. The computation of diluted net income per share does not assume conversion or exercise of potentially dilutive securities that would have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings. We utilize the if-converted method to compute diluted net income per common share when the if-converted method is more dilutive than the two-class method.

Under the two-class method, net income attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less current period Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock non-cumulative dividends, between common stock and Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock. In computing diluted net income attributable to common stockholders, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities. Basic net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options using the treasury stock method.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Basic net income attributable to common share calculation:

        

Net income

   $ 2,738       $ 3,379       $ 1,598   

Less: Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     1,210         1,210         1,210   

Less: Allocation of net income to participating preferred shares—basic

     537         749         132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders—basic

   $ 991       $ 1,420       $ 256   

Weighted average shares used to compute basic net income per share

     32,163         33,008         33,744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

   $ 0.03       $ 0.04       $ 0.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted net income attributable to common share calculation:

        

Net income

   $ 2,738       $ 3,379       $ 1,598   

Less: Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     1,210         1,210         1,210   

Less: Allocation of net income to participating preferred shares—diluted

     482         664         119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders – diluted

   $ 1,046       $ 1,505       $ 269   

Weighted average shares used to compute basic net income per share

     32,163         33,008         33,744   

Effect of potentially dilutive securities:

        

Stock options

     5,626         6,392         5,724   

Warrants

     44         31         31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute diluted net income per share

     37,833         39,431         39,499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

   $ 0.03       $ 0.04       $ 0.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following shares subject to outstanding options and convertible preferred shares were excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented as their effect would have been antidilutive:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2011     2012  
    (in thousands)  

Shares subject to outstanding common stock options

    161               3,642   

Convertible preferred shares

    17,416        17,416        17,416   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    17,577        17,416        21,058   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Note 12. Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the fair value of our financial assets using the fair value hierarchy:

 

     December 31, 2011  

Description

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
            (in thousands)  

Money market funds

   $           5,000                       $ 5,000   

 

     December 31, 2012  

Description

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Money market funds

   $           12,015                       $ 12,015   

Note 13. Pro Forma Net Income Per Share (unaudited)

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock into common stock, as though the conversion had taken place on January 1, 2012.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Net income used to compute net income per share

   $ 1,598   
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted shares:

  

Weighted average shares used to compute net income per share attributable to common stockholders

     33,744   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock to common stock

     17,416   
  

 

 

 

Weighted average pro forma shares used to compute basic pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders

     51,160   

Dilutive effect of stock based awards

     5,724   

Dilutive effect of warrants

     31   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma diluted shares used to compute diluted pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders

     56,915   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

  

Basic

   $ 0.03   
  

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.03   
  

 

 

 

Note 14. Subsequent Events

We evaluated events occurring between the end of the most recent year end and February 12, 2013, the date the financial statements were issued.

The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (2012 Taxpayer Relief Act) was signed into law on January 2, 2013. This tax packages includes, among many other items, an extension and renewal of the R&D tax credit from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2013. We earned approximately $0.7 million of R&D tax credits for the year of 2012, and such tax benefit will be recognized in 2013, the reporting period which the 2012 Taxpayer Relief Act was enacted.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

 

 

                                  Shares

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.      Morgan Stanley   
Credit Suisse      J.P. Morgan   
UBS Investment Bank      BMO Capital Markets   

JMP Securities

 

 

Through and including                 , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee. Except as otherwise noted, all the expenses below will be paid by us.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 20,460   

FINRA filing fee

     23,000   

NYSE initial listing fee

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

     $    *        
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was our director, officer, employee or agent, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interest. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us, our officers, our directors and the selling stockholders against liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2010:

(a) From January 1, 2010 to date, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 11,098,440 shares of Class B common stock to employees, consultants and directors pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan having exercise prices ranging from $1.50 to $14.98 per share.

(b) From January 1, 2010 to date, we have issued and sold to our employees an aggregate of 3,024,163 shares of Class B common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $7.47 per share, for an aggregate amount of approximately $1,946,065.

(c) In December 2012, we issued 150,000 shares of Class B Common Stock to the Tableau Foundation, a donor-advised charitable fund.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Item 15(a) and (b) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sale of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701 or (2) Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

The offer and issuance of the securities described in Item 15(c) was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipient of the securities in the transaction acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)      Exhibits.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tableau Software, Inc., as amended and as currently in effect.
3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tableau Software, Inc., to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Tableau Software, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Tableau Software, Inc., to be effective upon the completion of this offering.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

4.1*    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
4.2    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and among Tableau Software, Inc. and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated July 27, 2012.
5.1*    Form of Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Tableau Software, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.2    Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3    Tableau Software, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
10.4    Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5    Tableau Software, Inc. 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
10.6    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Tableau Software, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.7*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Christian Chabot, dated April      , 2013.
10.8*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Christopher Stolte, dated April      , 2013.
10.9*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Thomas Walker, dated April      , 2013.
10.10*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Kelly Wright, dated February 10, 2005.
10.11*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Elissa Fink, dated June 13, 2007.
10.12*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Keenan Conder, dated December 16, 2011.
10.13    Form of Conversion Agreement entered into between Tableau Software, Inc. and each of Christian Chabot, Christopher Stolte and Patrick Hanrahan.
10.14†    Software License Agreement between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Tableau Software LLC, dated January 14, 2003.
10.15    Amendment No. 1 to Software License Agreement between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Tableau Software LLC, dated June 8, 2004.
10.16    Sublease Agreement between Cutter & Buck Inc. and Tableau Software, Inc., dated April 19, 2012.
10.17    Office Lease Agreement between Michael R. Mastro and Tableau Software, Inc., dated February 19, 2009.
10.18    First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between Michael R. Mastro and Tableau Software, Inc., dated April 3, 2009.
10.19    Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between BBK Lake View, LLC and Tableau Software, Inc., dated March 24, 2011.
10.20    Third Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between BBK Lake View, LLC and Tableau Software, Inc., dated August 22, 2012.
10.21    Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

21.1    List of subsidiaries.
23.1*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the registration statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(b) Financial statement schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, we have duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Seattle, State of Washington, on the 2nd day of April, 2013.

 

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Christian Chabot

 

Christian Chabot

 

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Christian Chabot, Thomas Walker and Keenan Conder, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their, his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Christian Chabot

Christian Chabot

   Chief Executive Officer, Co-founder and Chairman of the Board ( principal executive officer )    April 2, 2013

/s/ Thomas E. Walker, Jr.

Thomas E. Walker, Jr.

   Chief Financial Officer ( principal financial and accounting officer )    April 2, 2013

/s/ Patrick Hanrahan

Patrick Hanrahan

   Chief Scientist, Co-founder and Director    April 2, 2013

/s/ Christopher Stolte

Christopher Stolte

  

Chief Development Officer,

Co-founder and Director

   April 2, 2013

/s/ Forest Baskett

Forest Baskett

  

Director

   April 2, 2013

/s/ Scott Sandell

Scott Sandell

  

Director

   April 2, 2013

/s/ Brooke Seawell

Brooke Seawell

  

Director

   April 2, 2013

/s/ Elliott Jurgensen, Jr.

Elliott Jurgensen, Jr.

  

Director

   April 2, 2013

/s/ John McAdam

John McAdam

  

Director

   April 2, 2013

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tableau Software, Inc., as amended and as currently in effect.
3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tableau Software, Inc., to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Tableau Software, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Tableau Software, Inc., to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
4.1*    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
4.2    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and among Tableau Software, Inc. and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated July 27, 2012.
5.1*    Form of Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Tableau Software, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.2    Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3    Tableau Software, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
10.4    Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5    Tableau Software, Inc. 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.
10.6    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Tableau Software, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.7*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Christian Chabot, dated April      , 2013.
10.8*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Christopher Stolte, dated April      , 2013.
10.9*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Thomas Walker, dated April      , 2013.
10.10*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Kelly Wright, dated February 10, 2005.
10.11*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Elissa Fink, dated June 13, 2007.
10.12*    Offer Letter between Tableau Software, Inc. and Keenan Conder, dated December 16, 2011.
10.13    Form of Conversion Agreement entered into between Tableau Software, Inc. and each of Christian Chabot, Christopher Stolte and Patrick Hanrahan.
10.14†    Software License Agreement between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Tableau Software LLC, dated January 14, 2003.
10.15    Amendment No. 1 to Software License Agreement between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Tableau Software LLC, dated June 8, 2004.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.16    Sublease Agreement between Cutter & Buck Inc. and Tableau Software, Inc., dated April 19, 2012.
10.17    Office Lease Agreement between Michael R. Mastro and Tableau Software, Inc., dated February 19, 2009.
10.18    First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between Michael R. Mastro and Tableau Software, Inc., dated April 3, 2009.
10.19    Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between BBK Lake View, LLC and Tableau Software, Inc., dated March 24, 2011.
10.20    Third Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between BBK Lake View, LLC and Tableau Software, Inc., dated August 22, 2012.
10.21    Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement.
21.1    List of subsidiaries.
23.1*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this registration statement).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the registration statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

Christian Chabot hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this company is Tableau Software, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 19, 2004.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Tableau Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this company is T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC . (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of this Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801, and the name of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue three classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Class A Common Stock ”, “ Class B Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is one hundred forty-seven million eight hundred thirty-one thousand one hundred sixty-four (147,831,164) shares, divided as follows: (i) sixty-five million (65,000,000) shares of Class A Common Stock, par value one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001) per share, (ii) sixty-five million (65,000,000) shares of Class B Common Stock, par value one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001) per share (the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are referred to together as the “ Common Stock ”); and (iii) seventeen million eight hundred thirty-one thousand one hundred sixty-four (17,831,164) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock, par value one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001) per share.


B. Ten million eight hundred thirty-one thousand one hundred sixty-four (10,831,164) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock .” Seven million (7,000,000) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock .” The “ Series Preferred ” when used herein shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock.

Upon the acceptance of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation for filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”), each share of Common Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, without any further action by any stockholder, be reclassified as, and shall become, one share of Class B Common Stock. Any stock certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of the Company’s Common Stock shall from and after the Effective Time be deemed to represent the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof.

C. The number of authorized shares of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

1. D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

(a) Holders of Series Preferred, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of six percent (6%) of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative.

(b) The “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be forty-seven cents ($0.47) and the “ Original Issue Price ” of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be two dollars and twenty-nine cents ($2.29) (each as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

 

2


(c) So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Series Preferred shall have been paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements that permit the Company to repurchase such shares at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) upon termination of services to the Company;

(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares; or

(iii) distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Sections 3 and 4.

(d) In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(e) The provisions of Sections 1(c) and 1(d) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by the Board.

(f) Section 506 of the California General Corporation Law (“ CGCL ”) shall not apply with respect to repurchases of shares of Common Stock upon termination of employment or service as a consultant or director.

2. V OTING R IGHTS .

(a) General Rights. Each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Class B Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Class B Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Class B Common Stock.

(b) Separate Vote of Series Preferred . For so long as at least four million three hundred thousand (4,300,000) shares of Series Preferred (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or other similar event affecting the Series Preferred after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether directly or indirectly by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

 

3


(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of any series of Series Preferred so as to affect any series of Series Preferred adversely and in a manner different from any future series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Series Preferred shall not be deemed to be affected in a manner different from any future series of Preferred Stock due to the proportional differences in the amounts of respective issue prices, liquidation preferences and redemption prices that arise out of the differences in the original issue prices for each series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) Any increase in the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock;

(iii) Any authorization, designation or issuance, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series B Preferred Stock in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new class or series;

(iv) Any redemption or repurchase with respect to Common Stock (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(c)(i) and (ii) and Section 1(e) hereof);

(v) Any agreement by the Company or its stockholders regarding an Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4), Acquisition (as defined in Section 4) or Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 3);

(vi) Any action that results in the payment or declaration of a dividend on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (other than dividends described in Section 5(f) hereof);

(vii) Any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding capital stock of the Company;

(viii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Company’s Board; or

(ix) Any borrowing, loan or guarantee by the Company in excess of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000).

 

4


(c) Election of Board of Directors.

(i) For so long as at least four million three hundred thousand (4,300,000) shares of Series Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(ii) The holders of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to elect three (3) members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iii) The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class (with the Series Preferred voting on an as-if-converted basis), shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iv) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Restated Certificate, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board of Directors’ action to fill such vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders in which all members of such class or series are present and voted. Any director may be removed during his or her term of office without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.

(v) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the Company is subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL. During such time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for

 

5


directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(vi) During such time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, one or more directors may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for that director as provided above; provided, however , that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

3. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

(a) Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock, subject to the right of any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, or the consideration received in such transaction, for each share of Series Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series Preferred equal to the applicable Original Issue Price, plus any and all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series Preferred. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in the Acquisition or Asset Transfer (as such terms are defined in Section 4 below)) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in the Acquisition or Asset Transfer), if any, shall be distributed to the holders of the Common Stock as provided in Section IV.E.4.

 

6


4. A SSET T RANSFER OR A CQUISITION R IGHTS .

(a) In the event that the Company is a party to an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (as hereinafter defined), then each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series Preferred then held, out of the proceeds of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3(a) above.

(b) For the purposes of this Section 4: (i) “ Acquisition ” shall mean (A) any acquisition of the Company by means of any transaction or series of transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) in which the capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions represents less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include (x) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “ Asset Transfer ” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(c) In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made.

5. C ONVERSION R IGHTS .

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Class B Common Stock (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock. The number of shares of Class B Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the “ Series Preferred Conversion Rate ” then in effect (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted.

(b) Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series Preferred (the “ Series Preferred Conversion Rate ”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable “ Series Preferred Conversion Price ,” calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

 

7


(c) Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for each series of Series Preferred shall initially be the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Series Preferred (the “ Series Preferred Conversion Price ”). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 5(a) shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Class B Common Stock (at the Class B Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Class B Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock on such date.

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time after the date that the first share of Series B Preferred Stock is issued (the “ Original Issue Date ”) the Company effects a subdivision (by stock split, combination or otherwise) of the outstanding Class B Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of the Preferred Stock, the Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of the Preferred Stock, the Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company pays to holders of Class B Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of any class of Common Stock without a corresponding dividend or other distribution to holders of Preferred Stock, the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

 

8


(i) The Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine the holders of Common Stock that are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Class B Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

 

9


(h) Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than a then effective Series Preferred Conversion Price (a “ Qualifying Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case, such then existing Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying such Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Outstanding Common (as defined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock that the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing Series Preferred Conversion Price, and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the “ Outstanding Common ” shall mean the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date (without giving effect to any adjustments to the Series Preferred Conversion Price as a result of such issuance), and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all rights, options and convertible securities not described in clauses (A) and (B) outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii) No adjustment shall be made to any Series Preferred Conversion Price in an amount less than one cent ($0.01) per share. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding sentence shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to such Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(iii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “ Aggregate Consideration ”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of

 

10


Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration that covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iv) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “ Convertible Securities ;” provided, however, that Class B Common Stock shall not be “Convertible Securities”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than a Series Preferred Conversion Price, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(C) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

 

11


(D) No further adjustment of a Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, such Series Preferred Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred.

(v) For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Series Preferred required under this Section 5(h), “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

(A) shares of Class B Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred and shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon conversion of Class B Common Stock;

(B) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) issued or to be issued after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase, stock bonus or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board, which approval shall include the approval of at least one director elected by the holders of the Series Preferred;

(C) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the Effective Time, and stock issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the Effective Time;

(D) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to acquisitions, joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, technology transfer or development arrangements, or other strategic transactions approved by the Board;

 

12


(E) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement, consulting arrangement, debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution or any other arrangement with a provider of goods or services approved by the Board;

(F) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions;

(G) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Qualified IPO (as defined below); and

(H) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any transaction approved by the Board, which approval shall include the approval of at least one director elected by the holders of the Series Preferred.

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “ Effective Price ” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, determinable.

(vi) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “ First Dilutive Issuance ”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “ Subsequent Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance each affected Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the respective Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(i) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of any Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, if the Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense,

 

13


shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) each Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least ten (10) days prior to the record date specified therein (or such shorter period approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(k) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price, (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock for the account of the Company in which (i) the per share price is at least four dollars and fifty-seven cents ($4.57) (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof), and (ii) the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least thirty-five million dollars ($35,000,000) (a “ Qualified IPO ”). Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

 

14


(ii) Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 5(k)(i) above, the outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Series Preferred, the holders of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(l) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Class B Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Class B Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Class B Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

(m) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Class B Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(n) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal

 

15


business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(o) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Class B Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Class B Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

6. R EDEMPTION .

The Series Preferred is not redeemable.

7. N O R EISSUANCE OF S ERIES P REFERRED .

No shares or shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

E. Except as provided above, the rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:

1. D EFINITIONS .

For purposes of this Article IV.E, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Equivalent Consideration ” shall mean, with respect to the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock, the same consideration paid or otherwise distributed in respect of the Class B Common Stock or the Class A Common Stock, respectively; provided, however , that in the event that consideration is paid in capital stock or other securities of another entity, such securities need not be identical with respect to voting rights in order to be Equivalent Consideration. For the avoidance of doubt, compensation pursuant to any employment, consulting, severance or other compensatory arrangement to be paid to or received by a person who is also a holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock does not constitute consideration in respect of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

(b) “ Family Member ” shall mean with respect to any Qualified Stockholder who is a natural person, the spouse, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings (in each case whether by blood relation or adoption) of such Qualified Stockholder.

 

16


(c) “ Founder ” means the following individuals: Christian Chabot, Pat Hanrahan and Chris Stolte and any Permitted Transferee of such Founder.

(d) “ IPO ” means the Company’s first firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock.

(e) “ Permitted Entity ” shall mean, with respect to a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person, any corporation, partnership or limited liability company in which such Qualified Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, with sufficient Voting Control in the in the corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Qualified Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to all shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be.

(f) “ Permitted Transfer ” shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock:

(i) by a Qualified Stockholder that is a natural person, to the trustee of a Permitted Trust of such Qualified Stockholder;

(ii) by a Permitted Trust of a Qualified Stockholder, to the Qualified Stockholder or the trustee of any other Permitted Trust of such Qualified Stockholder;

(iii) by a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person to any Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder; or

(iv) by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person to the Qualified Stockholder or any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder.

(g) “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.

(h) “ Permitted Trust ” shall mean a bona fide trust for the benefit of a Qualified Stockholder or Family Members of the Qualified Stockholder, if such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Qualified Stockholder, a trust under the terms of which such Qualified Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and/or a reversionary interest, in each case so long as the Qualified Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust.

 

17


(i) “ Qualified Stockholder ” shall mean (i) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock immediately prior to the IPO; (ii) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Company after the IPO (including, without limitation, upon conversion of the Series Preferred or upon exercise of options or warrants); and (iii) a Permitted Transferee.

(j) “ Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control (as defined below) over such share by proxy or otherwise; provided , however , that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” within the meaning of this Article IV:

(1) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Company at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;

(2) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (A) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Company, (B) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (C) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner; or

(3) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however , that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a “Transfer” unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a “Permitted Transfer”.

A “Transfer” shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by (i) an entity that is a Permitted Entity, if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Entity, (ii) the trustee of a Permitted Trust, if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such trust to no longer be a Permitted Trust, or (iii) an entity that is a Qualified Stockholder, if there occurs a Transfer on a

 

18


cumulative basis, from and after the Effective Time, of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the Effective Time, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity. “Parent” of an entity shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

(k) “ Voting Control ” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

2. R IGHTS RELATING TO D IVIDENDS , S UBDIVISIONS AND C OMBINATIONS .

(a) Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board. Any dividends paid to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of Common Stock treated adversely, voting separately as a class.

(b) The Company shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock payable in securities of the Company unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of Common Stock; provided, however , that (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire shares Class A Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class B Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B Common Stock or rights to acquire shares Class B Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date.

(c) If the Company in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, then the outstanding shares of all Common Stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

 

19


3. V OTING R IGHTS .

(a) Class A Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share thereof held.

(b) Class B Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each share thereof held.

(c) Class A Common Stock Protective Provisions . Following the IPO, so long as any shares of Class A Common Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without the approval by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Class A Common Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, directly or indirectly, effect an Asset Transfer, Acquisition or Liquidation Event pursuant to which the Class A Common Stock would not receive Equivalent Consideration to the Class B Common Stock.

(d) Class B Common Stock Protective Provisions . Following the IPO, so long as any shares of Class B Common Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without the approval by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Class B Common Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, directly or indirectly, or whether by amendment, or through merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that modifies the voting, conversion or other powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges, or restrictions of the Class B Common Stock;

(ii) reclassify any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company into shares having rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B Common Stock or the right to more than one (1) vote for each share thereof; or

(iii) effect an Asset Transfer, Acquisition or Liquidation Event pursuant to which the Class B Common Stock would not receive Equivalent Consideration to the Class A Common Stock.

(e) General . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate series or classes.

4. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

In the event of a Liquidation Event, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to series of Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Common Stock.

 

20


5. O PTIONAL C ONVERSION .

(a) Optional Conversion of the Class B Common Stock .

(i) At the option of the holder thereof, each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible, at any time or from time to time following the closing of the IPO, into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock as provided herein; provided, however , that such conversion shall require the advance approval of the Board.

(ii) Each holder of Class B Common Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Class A Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Class B Common Stock being converted. Thereupon, provided the Board has approved such conversion, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock on such date. If a conversion election under this Section 5(a)(ii) is made in connection with an underwritten offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of the holder tendering shares of Class B Common Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the holders making such elections who are entitled to receive Class A Common Stock upon conversion of their Class B Common Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such shares of Class B Common Stock until immediately after to the closing of such sale of the Company’s securities in the offering.

6. A UTOMATIC C ONVERSION .

(a) Automatic Conversion of the Class B Common Stock . At any time following the closing of the IPO, each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon a Transfer, other than a Permitted Transfer, of such share of Class B Common Stock. Such conversion shall occur automatically without the need for any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion

 

21


unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Class B Common Stock are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Class B Common Stock, the holders of Class B Common Stock so converted shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class A Common Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Class B Common Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred.

(b) Conversion Upon Death . At any time following the closing of the IPO, each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a natural person, other than a Founder, shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death of such stockholder. At any time following the closing of the IPO, each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Founder or a Permitted Transferee of such Founder shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock nine (9) months after the date of the death of such Founder.

7. R EDEMPTION .

The Common Stock is not redeemable.

8. R ESERVATION OF S TOCK I SSUABLE U PON C ONVERSION .

The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Class B Common Stock, as applicable, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such numbers of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

V.

A. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, no director of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

 

22


B. The Company is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the CGCL) for breach of duty to the Company and its stockholders through bylaw provisions or through agreements with the agents, or through stockholder resolutions, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL, subject, at any time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, to the limits on such excess indemnification set forth in Section 204 of the CGCL.

C. The Company may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or any predecessor of the Company or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Company or any predecessor to the Company.

D. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

B. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

23


* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

 

24


T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC . has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer on July 31, 2012.

 

T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .
/s/ Christian Chabot
Christian Chabot
President and Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

The undersigned hereby certifies that:

1. The original name of this corporation is Tableau Software, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 19, 2004.

2. He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

3. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), acting in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”), adopted resolutions approving the amendment of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date, as follows:

Article IV.A. is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Company is authorized to issue three classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Class A Common Stock ”, “ Class B Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is one hundred sixty-seven million eight hundred thirty-one thousand one hundred sixty-four (167,831,164) shares, divided as follows: (i) seventy-five million (75,000,000) shares of Class A Common Stock, par value one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001) per share, (ii) seventy-five million (75,000,000) shares of Class B Common Stock, par value one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001) per share (the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are referred to together as the “ Common Stock ”); and (iii) seventeen million eight hundred thirty-one thousand one hundred sixty-four (17,831,164) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock, par value one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001) per share.”

4. Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution by the Board, this Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their approval, and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 and 242 of the DGCL.


The Company has caused this Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer on December 10, 2012.

 

By:  

/s/ Christian Chabot

  Christian Chabot
  Chief Executive Officer

C ERTIFICATE OF A MENDMENT

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

C HRISTIAN C HABOT hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this corporation is Tableau Software, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 19, 2004.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Tableau Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this company is T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC . (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801, and the name of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue three classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Class A Common Stock ”, “ Class B Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 835,000,000 shares, divided as follows: (i) 750,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (ii) 75,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share and (iii) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all of any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase

 

1


or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

C. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

D. Except as provided above, the rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Equivalent Consideration ” shall mean, with respect to the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock, the same consideration paid or otherwise distributed in respect of the Class B Common Stock or the Class A Common Stock, respectively; provided, however , that in the event that consideration is paid in capital stock or other securities of another entity, such securities need not be identical with respect to voting rights in order to be Equivalent Consideration. For the avoidance of doubt, compensation pursuant to any employment, consulting, severance or other compensatory arrangement to be paid to or received by a person who is also a holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock does not constitute consideration in respect of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

(b) Family Member ” shall mean with respect to any Qualified Stockholder who is a natural person, the spouse, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings (in each case whether by blood relation or adoption) of such Qualified Stockholder.

(c) Founder ” means the following individuals: Christian Chabot, Patrick Hanrahan and Christopher Stolte and any Permitted Transferee of any of the foregoing persons.

(d) IPO ” means the Company’s first firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock.

(e) Permitted Entity ” shall mean, with respect to a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person, any corporation, partnership or limited liability company in which such Qualified Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, with sufficient Voting Control in the in the corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Qualified Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to all shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be.

 

2


(f) Permitted Transfer ” shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock:

(i) by a Qualified Stockholder that is a natural person, to the trustee of a Permitted Trust of such Qualified Stockholder;

(ii) by a Permitted Trust of a Qualified Stockholder, to the Qualified Stockholder or the trustee of any other Permitted Trust of such Qualified Stockholder;

(iii) by a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person to any Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder; or

(iv) by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder that is not a natural person to the Qualified Stockholder or any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder.

(g) Permitted Transferee ” shall mean a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.

(h) Permitted Trust ” shall mean a bona fide trust for the benefit of a Qualified Stockholder or Family Members of the Qualified Stockholder, if such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Qualified Stockholder, a trust under the terms of which such Qualified Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and/or a reversionary interest, in each case so long as the Qualified Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust.

(i) Qualified Stockholder ” shall mean (i) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock immediately prior to the IPO; (ii) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Company after the IPO (including, without limitation, upon conversion of the Series Preferred or upon exercise of options or warrants); and (iii) a Permitted Transferee.

(j) Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control (as defined below) over such share by proxy or otherwise; provided , however , that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” within the meaning of this Article IV:

(1) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Company at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;

(2) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (A) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Company, (B) either has a term not

 

3


exceeding one year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (C) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner; or

(3) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however , that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a “Transfer” unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a “Permitted Transfer”.

A “Transfer” shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by (i) an entity that is a Permitted Entity, if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Entity, (ii) the trustee of a Permitted Trust, if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such trust to no longer be a Permitted Trust, or (iii) an entity that is a Qualified Stockholder, if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the Effective Time, of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the Effective Time, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity. “Parent” of an entity shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

(k) Voting Control ” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

2. Rights relating to Dividends, Subdivisions and Combinations .

(a) Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board. Any dividends paid to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of Common Stock treated adversely, voting separately as a class.

(b) The Company shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock payable in securities of the Company unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of Common Stock; provided, however , that (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire shares Class A Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class B Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B Common Stock or rights to acquire shares Class B Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A

 

4


Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date.

(c) If the Company in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, then the outstanding shares of all Common Stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

3. Voting Rights .

(a) Class A Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

(b) Class B Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to 10 votes for each share thereof held.

(c) Class A Common Stock Protective Provisions . So long as any shares of Class A Common Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without the approval by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Class A Common Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, directly or indirectly, effect an Asset Transfer, Acquisition or Liquidation Event pursuant to which the Class A Common Stock would not receive Equivalent Consideration to the Class B Common Stock.

(d) Class B Common Stock Protective Provisions . So long as any shares of Class B Common Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without the approval by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Class B Common Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, directly or indirectly, or whether by amendment, or through merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that modifies the voting, conversion or other powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges, or restrictions of the Class B Common Stock;

(ii) reclassify any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company into shares having rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B Common Stock or the right to more than one vote for each share thereof; or

(iii) effect an Asset Transfer, Acquisition or Liquidation Event pursuant to which the Class B Common Stock would not receive Equivalent Consideration to the Class A Common Stock.

(e) General . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate series or classes.

4. Liquidation Rights . In the event of a Liquidation Event, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to series of Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Common Stock.

 

5


5. Optional Conversion .

(a) Optional Conversion of the Class B Common Stock .

(i) At the option of the holder thereof, each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible at any time into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock as provided herein.

(ii) Each holder of Class B Common Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Class A Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Class B Common Stock being converted. Thereupon the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock on such date. If a conversion election under this Section 5(a)(ii) is made in connection with an underwritten offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of the holder tendering shares of Class B Common Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the holders making such elections who are entitled to receive Class A Common Stock upon conversion of their Class B Common Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such shares of Class B Common Stock until immediately after to the closing of such sale of the Company’s securities in the offering.

6. Automatic Conversion .

(a) Automatic Conversion of the Class B Common Stock . Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon a Transfer, other than a Permitted Transfer, of such share of Class B Common Stock. Such conversion shall occur automatically without the need for any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Class B Common Stock are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Class B Common Stock, the holders of Class B Common Stock so converted shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class A Common Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Class B Common Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred.

 

6


(b) Conversion Upon Death . Each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a natural person, other than a Founder or a Permitted Transferee of such Founder, shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death of such stockholder. Each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Founder or a Permitted Transferee of such Founder shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock nine months after the date of the death of such Founder.

7. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

8. Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Class B Common Stock, as applicable, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such numbers of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. Board of Directors.

1. Generally. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

2. Election.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the IPO, and for so long as permitted by applicable law, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the IPO, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

(b) At any time that applicable law prohibits a classified board as described in Section A.2.a. of this Article V, all directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

7


(c) No stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such stockholder is entitled unless required by applicable law at the time of such election. During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

3. Removal of Directors. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, removal shall be as provided in Section 141(k) of the DGCL.

4. Vacancies. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

B. Stockholder Actions. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws or by written consent or electronic transmission of stockholders in accordance with the Bylaws prior to the closing of the IPO and, following the closing of the IPO, no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

C. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the

 

8


Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this amended and restated certificate of incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

D. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Section VI.D.

VII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this amended and restated certificate of incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this amended and restated certificate of incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Company required by law or by this amended and restated certificate of incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of

 

9


at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, and VII.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of this corporation.

 

10


T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC . has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer on                     , 2013.

 

Tableau Software, Inc.

 

Christian Chabot
President and Chief Executive Officer

A MENDED AND R ESTATED C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1   

Section 1. Registered Office

     1   

Section 2. Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II CORPORATE SEAL

     1   

Section 3. Corporate Seal

     1   

ARTICLE III STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1   

Section 4. Place of Meetings

     1   

Section 5. Annual Meeting

     2   

Section 6. Special Meetings

     4   

Section 7. Notice of Meetings

     4   

Section 8. Quorum

     5   

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings

     5   

Section 10. Voting Rights

     6   

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock

     6   

Section 12. List of Stockholders

     6   

Section 13. Action Without Meeting

     6   

Section 14. Organization

     8   

ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS

     8   

Section 15. Number and Term of Office

     8   

Section 16. Powers

     8   

Section 17. Term of Directors

     9   

Section 18. Vacancies

     9   

Section 19. Resignation

     10   

Section 20. Removal

     10   

Section 21. Meetings

     10   

Section 22. Quorum and Voting

     11   

Section 23. Action Without Meeting

     12   

Section 24. Fees and Compensation

     12   

Section 25. Committees

     12   

Section 26. Organization

     13   

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     13   

Section 27. Officers Designated

     13   

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers

     14   

 

1


Section 29. Delegation of Authority

     15   

Section 30. Resignations

     15   

Section 31. Removal

     15   

ARTICLE VI EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     15   

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments

     15   

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation

     16   

ARTICLE VII SHARES OF STOCK

     16   

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates

     16   

Section 35. Lost Certificates

     16   

Section 36. Transfers

     17   

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates

     17   

Section 38. Registered Stockholders

     18   

ARTICLE VIII OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     18   

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities

     18   

ARTICLE IX DIVIDENDS

     19   

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends

     19   

Section 41. Dividend Reserve

     19   

ARTICLE X FISCAL YEAR

     19   

Section 42. Fiscal Year

     19   

ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION

     19   

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     19   

ARTICLE XII NOTICES

     22   

Section 44. Notices

     22   

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS

     24   

Section 45. Amendments

     24   

ARTICLE XIV TRANSFERABILITY

     24   

Section 46. Transferability

     24   

ARTICLE XV LOANS TO OFFICERS

     27   

Section 47. Loans to Officers

     27   

ARTICLE XVI MISCELLANEOUS

     27   

Section 48. Annual Report

     27   

 

2


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

 

1


Section 5. Annual Meeting.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case

 

2


pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

 

3


(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than twenty percent (20%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if

 

4


applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

5


Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting .

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

6


(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

7


Section 14. Organization .

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office .

Except as may be provided otherwise in the Certificate of Incorporation, the authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

8


Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

 

9


(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

10


(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of the directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

11


Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees .

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

12


(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

 

13


Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer and President. The Chief Executive Officer or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless a Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. The Chief Executive Officer or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer (if any) and the President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office(s) and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may, if directed by the Board, assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Secretary and Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer or, if there is no Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Financial Officer or, if there is no Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office

 

14


and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the President of the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time. The President or the Chief Executive Officer may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

15


Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the powers, designations, preferences, and rights, and the limitations or restrictions of the shares authorized to be issued or shall, except as otherwise required by law, set forth on the face or back a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section or otherwise required by law or with respect to this section a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

 

16


Section 36. Transfers .

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

17


(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

18


ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Employees and other Agents . The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law.

 

19


The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the

 

20


corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

 

21


(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

 

22


(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

 

23


ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE XIV

TRANSFERABILITY

Section 46. Transferability. No stockholder shall Transfer any of the shares of stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, except by a Transfer that meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw. The term “Transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by request, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including, but not limited to, transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, of any of the shares of stock of the corporation.

(a) Board Approval. Any Transfer of securities of the corporation must be approved in advance in writing by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may elect not to consent to a Transfer that would be inconsistent with any valid corporate purpose determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion including (without limitation) any Transfer of securities: (i) to individuals, companies or any other forms of entity identified by the Company as potential competitors or considered by the Board to be unfriendly to the corporation; (ii) to non-U.S. individuals, companies or other entities; (iii) if such Transfer increases the risk of the corporation having a class of security held of record by five hundred (500) or more persons, as described in Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and Rule 12g5-1 promulgated thereunder, or otherwise requiring the corporation to register any class of securities under the 1934 Act; (iv) if such Transfer would result in the loss of any federal or state securities law exemption relied upon by the corporation in connection with the initial issuance of securities; (v) if such Transfer is facilitated in any manner by any public posting, message board, trading portal, internet site, or similar method of communication, including without limitation any trading portal or internet site intended to facilitate secondary transfers of securities; (vi) if such Transfer is to be effected in a brokered transaction; or (vii) if such Transfer represents a Transfer of less than all of the securities of the Company then held by the stockholder and its affiliates or is to be made to more than a single transferee.

(b) Right of First Refusal; Procedure; Administrative Fee.

(1) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise Transfer any of his, her or its shares of stock, then such stockholder (the “Proposed Transferor”) shall first give written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) thereof to the Secretary of the corporation. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer.

 

24


(2) For thirty (30) days following receipt of the Transfer Notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (or less than all) of the shares specified in the Transfer Notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other Transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(3) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(4) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the Proposed Transferor as specified in the Transfer Notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the Proposed Transferor and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives the Transfer Notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice.

(5) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the Transfer Notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall, within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives the Transfer Notice, give written notice (the “Approval Notice”) to the Proposed Transferor of the decision of the Board of Directors of the corporation as to whether the proposed Transfer is approved. If the Board of Directors of the corporation has approved the proposed Transfer, the Proposed Transferor may, within sixty (60) days after the Proposed Transferor receives the Approval Notice, pay to the corporation a non-refundable administrative fee of five thousand dollars ($5,000) and, after such fee has been paid, transfer the shares specified in the Transfer Notice that were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in the Transfer Notice. All shares so sold by the Proposed Transferor shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said Transfer.

(c) Exempt Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of Section 46(b):

(1) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such Transfer.

 

25


(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent Transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.

(4) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such Transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(6) A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.

(7) A Transfer by a stockholder that is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further Transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

(d) Waiver. The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any Transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the Proposed Transferor). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(e) No Effect to Transfers in Violation of Bylaws. Any sale or other Transfer, or purported sale or Transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(f) Termination. The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) On March 30, 2021; or

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

26


(g) Legend. The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation issued after the date these Amended and Restated Bylaws are adopted shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing bylaw remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CORPORATION AND THE PAYMENT OF A FEE TO THE CORPORATION AND ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 48. Annual Report.

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accounts or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than one hundred (100) stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

 

27


(b) If and so long as there are fewer than one hundred (100) holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

28

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

ARTICLE I

  OFFICES      1   

Section 1.

 

Registered Office

     1   

Section 2.

 

Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II

  CORPORATE SEAL      1   

Section 3.

 

Corporate Seal

     1   

ARTICLE III

  STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      1   

Section 4.

 

Place of Meetings

     1   

Section 5.

 

Annual Meetings

     1   

Section 6.

 

Special Meetings

     5   

Section 7.

 

Notice Of Meetings

     5   

Section 8.

 

Quorum

     6   

Section 9.

 

Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings

     6   

Section 10.

 

Voting Rights

     6   

Section 11.

 

Joint Owners Of Stock

     7   

Section 12.

 

List Of Stockholders

     7   

Section 13.

 

Action Without Meeting

     7   

Section 14.

 

Organization

     8   

ARTICLE IV

  DIRECTORS      9   

Section 15.

 

Number And Term Of Office

     9   

Section 16.

 

Powers

     9   

Section 17.

 

Board of Directors

     9   

Section 18.

 

Vacancies

     10   

Section 19.

 

Resignation

     10   

Section 21.

 

Meetings

     11   

Section 22.

 

Quorum And Voting

     12   

Section 23.

 

Action Without Meeting

     12   

Section 24.

 

Fees And Compensation

     12   

Section 25.

 

Committees

     12   

Section 26.

 

Lead Independent Director

     13   

Section 27.

 

Organization

     14   

ARTICLE V

  OFFICERS      14   

Section 28.

 

Officers Designated

     14   

Section 29.

 

Tenure And Duties Of Officers

     14   

Section 30.

 

Delegation Of Authority

     16   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         PAGE  

Section 31.

 

Resignations

     16   

Section 32.

 

Removal

     16   

ARTICLE VI

  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION      16   

Section 33.

 

Execution Of Corporate Instruments

     16   

Section 34.

 

Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation

     16   

ARTICLE VII

  SHARES OF STOCK      16   

Section 35.

 

Form And Execution Of Certificates

     16   

Section 36.

 

Lost Certificates

     17   

Section 37.

 

Transfers

     17   

Section 38.

 

Fixing Record Dates

     17   

Section 39.

 

Registered Stockholders

     18   

ARTICLE VIII

  OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION      18   

Section 40.

 

Execution Of Other Securities

     18   

ARTICLE IX

  DIVIDENDS      19   

Section 41.

 

Declaration Of Dividends

     19   

Section 42.

 

Dividend Reserve

     19   

ARTICLE X

  FISCAL YEAR      19   

Section 43.

 

Fiscal Year

     19   

ARTICLE XI

  INDEMNIFICATION      19   

Section 44.

 

Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     19   

ARTICLE XII

  NOTICES      22   

Section 45.

 

Notices

     22   

ARTICLE XIII

  AMENDMENTS      23   

Section 46.

       23   

ARTICLE XIV

  LOANS TO OFFICERS      23   

Section 47.

 

Loans To Officers

     23   

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section 5. Annual Meeting.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the

 

1


corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(1) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(2) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(3) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the

 

2


120 th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(4) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12-month, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial: (w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation, (x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation, (y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or (z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation, which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not

 

3


later than five business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “Expiring Class” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii).

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(1) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

(2) “affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

 

4


Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption). At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”), stockholders holding 5% or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders only as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is

 

5


given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of voting power of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by statute, by applicable stock exchange rules or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute, by applicable stock exchange rules or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of the holder of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall

 

6


have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting.

(a) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(b) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

7


(c) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consent to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original in writing.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such action by written consent or by electronic transmission may be taken following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the corporation to the public (the “Initial Public Offering”).

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to

 

8


questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Board of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, Section 17(a) of these Bylaws shall not apply and all directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting.

(c) No stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such stockholder is entitled, unless, at the time of the election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such

 

9


stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(1) Any holder or holders of an aggregate of 5% or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(2) The Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL. The term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

In order to be valid, a written request to call a special meeting pursuant to Section 18(b)(i), shall be in writing, shall specify the nominees that such stockholder (or stockholders) proposes to nominate at the special meeting and shall be addressed to the attention of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Vice President or Secretary of the corporation.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of

 

10


delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is not subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, and subject to any limitations imposed by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, Section 20(a) above shall no longer apply and removal shall be as provided in Section 141(k) of the DGCL.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail,

 

11


postage prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 44 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which

 

12


may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Lead Independent Director. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairman is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“Lead Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director will: with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, establish the agenda for regular Board meetings and serve as chairman of Board of Directors meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions

 

13


of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Section 27. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 28. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 29. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief

 

14


Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

15


Section 30. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 31. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 32. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY

THE CORPORATION

Section 33. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do. Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 34. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 35. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the

 

16


Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 36. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 37. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) Prior to the Initial Public Offering, in order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The

 

17


Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within 10 days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within 10 days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 39. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 40. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 35), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

18


ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 41. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 42. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 43. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under paragraph (d) of this Section 44.

(b) Employees and other Agents . The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,

 

19


whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 44 or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 44, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this sentence shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Section 44 shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 44 to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 44 or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

20


(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 44 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 44 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 44.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Section 44 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Section 44 in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Section 44 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 44 that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 44 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 44, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 44 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

21


(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or

 

22


held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 46. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 44(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

23

Exhibit 4.2

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

July 27, 2012


TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of July 27, 2012, by and among T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the investors listed on E XHIBIT  A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “ Investors ” and each individually as an “ Investor .”

R ECITALS

A. The Investors are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Preferred Stock ”) as well as shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock.

B. T he Investors are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of October 22, 2010, by and among the Company and the Investors (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

C. T he parties to such Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement.

D. T he Company and the Investors desire to enter into this Agreement in order to grant registration, information rights and other rights to the Investors as set forth below.

A GREEMENT

The parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Common Stock” means, unless otherwise specified, the Company’s Class A Common Stock and the Company’s Class B Common Stock (each as defined in the Company’s current Certificate of Incorporation).

(b) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(d) “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

 

1.


(e) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Class A Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(f) “ Purchase Agreement means that certain Tender Offer Agreement by and among the Company and certain Investors dated as of September 15, 2010.

(g) “Qualified IPO” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof;

(h) “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(i) “Registrable Securities” means: (a) the Class A Common Stock issued upon conversion of (1) the Class B Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares, (2) the Secondary Shares and (3) any Class B Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the securities described in (1) and (2) above; and (b) any Class A Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the Shares and the Secondary Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned or (iii) held by a Holder (together with its affiliates) if, as reflected on the Company’s list of stockholders, such Holder (together with its affiliates) holds less than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (treating all shares of Preferred Stock on an as converted basis), the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period.

(j) “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(k) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(l) “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(m) “Secondary Shares” shall mean the shares of Class B Common Stock purchased by the Investors pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

(n) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.


(o) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(p) “Shares” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on E XHIBIT  A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(q) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, including any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder shall not make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, or (D) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder; provided, however, that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

3.


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least twenty five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would equal or exceed ten million dollars ($10,000,000), then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in

 

4.


interest of the Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders). Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) prior to the earlier of (A) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering;

(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and provided further that, in the case of a public offering other than the Initial Offering, the Initiating Holders were permitted to register such shares as requested to be registered pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof without reduction by the underwriter thereof;

(iv) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for a public offering, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement within ninety (90) days;

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2, a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than twice in any twelve (12) month period;

(vi) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

 

5.


2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.2), but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to Section 2.2 shall be excluded from the underwriting under any circumstances; and provided, further , that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

 

6.


2.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than one million dollars ($1,000,000);

(iii) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement;

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , however , that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than twice in any twelve (12) month period;

(v) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4; or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

 

7.


(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one requested registration pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, as applicable, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then the Holders shall not forfeit their rights pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 to a demand registration.

2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to thirty (30) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. The Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

 

8.


(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

 

9.


2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if, due to the operation of subsection 2.2(b), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and

 

10.


any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss,

 

11.


claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, affiliate, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired member, of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of such Holder or one or more of his or her family members, or (c) acquires at least two percent (2%) of all Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations); provided, however, that (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder (i) rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders or (ii) any other registration rights on parity with or senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder, other than the right to a Special Registration Statement.

2.11 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement.

(a) Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those disposed of in the registration and those acquired by the Holder in the registration or thereafter in open market transactions) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that:

 

12.


(i) such agreement shall apply only to the Company’s Initial Offering; and

(ii) all officers and directors of the Company and each other holder of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities enter into similar agreements.

(b) Except for waivers concerning up to fifty thousand (50,000) shares of Common Stock, or options and warrants exercisable for Common Stock, (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations), if the Company waives or terminates any standoff or lockup restrictions imposed on any holder of securities of the Company, then such waiver or termination shall be granted to all Holders subject to standoff or lockup restrictions pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially held by such holder and the Holders. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that all holders of capital stock of the Company agree to be bound by terms substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 2.11.

2.12 Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.13 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the SEC; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

13.


2.14 Termination of Registration Rights. The rights and obligations of each Investor contained in this Section 2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the date five (5) years following the closing of a Qualified IPO; or (ii) when all Investors (considered with their affiliates) can sell all of their Shares in a ninety-one (91) day period under Rule 144.

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b) So long as an Investor (with its affiliates), other than Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. (together, with its affiliates, “ Meritech ”), shall own not less than five million (5,000,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like), and, with respect to Meritech, for so long as Meritech shall own not less than one million two hundred fifty thousand (1,250,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like) (each a “ Major Investor ”), as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, the Company will furnish each Major Investor an audited balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and an audited statement of income and an audited statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Company’s Board of Directors.

(c) The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(d) The Company will furnish each Major Investor: (i) at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto); and (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within twenty (20) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date, including a comparison to plan figures for such period, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted thereon), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

 

14.


3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information that the Board of Directors determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.3 Confidentiality of Records. Each Investor agrees to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor pursuant to Section 3.1 and 3.2 hereof that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, subsidiary, parent or affiliate of such Investor for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the Company as long as such partner, subsidiary, parent or affiliate is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; or (v) as required by applicable law; provided, however, that any Investor may provide financial information to its partners or members as required by any partnership agreement or limited liability operating agreement.

3.4 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery, (i) all Class B Common Stock issuable from time to time upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock and (ii) all Class A Common Stock issuable from time to time upon the conversion of the Class B Common Stock (including Class B Common Stock described in clause (i)).

3.5 Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, which approval shall include the approval of at least one director elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the company, and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest monthly over the remaining three (3) years. With respect to any shares of stock purchased by any such person, the Company’s repurchase option shall provide that upon such person’s termination of employment or service with the Company, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee shall have the option to purchase at cost any unvested shares of stock held by such person.

3.6 Director and Officer Insurance. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, as soon as practicable following the date of this Agreement, the Company will obtain and maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance with terms and policy limits satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

 

15.


3.7 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or Board of Directors.

3.8 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

3.9 Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act. The Company shall provide prompt notice to New Enterprise Associates 11, Limited Partnership (“ NEA ”) following any “determination date” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(c)(1)) on which the Company becomes a United States real property holding corporation. In addition, upon a written request by NEA, the Company shall provide NEA with a written statement informing NEA whether NEA’s interest in the Company constitutes a United States real property interest. The Company’s determination shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(1) or any successor regulation, and the Company shall provide timely notice to the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with and to the extent required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2) or any successor regulation, that such statement has been made. The Company’s written statement to NEA shall be delivered to NEA within ten (10) days of NEA’s written request therefor. The Company’s obligation to furnish such written statement shall continue notwithstanding the fact that a class of the Company’s stock may be regularly traded on an established securities market or the fact that there is no preferred stock then outstanding.

3.10 Visitation Rights. The Company shall allow one representative designated by Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P. to attend all meetings and executive sessions of the Company’s Board of Directors in a nonvoting capacity, and in connection therewith, the Company shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials, financial or otherwise, that the Company provides to its Board of Directors; provided, however , that the Company reserves the right to exclude such representative from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes upon advice of counsel that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential information or for other similar reasons. The decision of the Board with respect to the privileged or confidential nature of such information shall be final and binding.

3.11 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a Qualified IPO or (ii) upon an “ Asset Transfer ” or “ Acquisition ”, each as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof (a “ Change of Control ”).

SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Major Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.6 hereof. Each Major Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of

 

16.


such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “ Equity Securities ” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Major Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Major Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. If not all of the Major Investors elect to purchase their pro rata shares of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Major Investors who do so elect and shall offer such Major Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares on a pro rata basis. The Major Investors shall have five (5) days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. If the Major Investors fail to exercise in full the rights of first refusal, the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Major Investor’s rights were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Major Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within ninety (90) days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Major Investors in the manner provided above.

4.4 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a Qualified IPO of the Company, (ii) the date the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 5.5 hereof, the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 may be amended, or any provision waived with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Major Investors, or as permitted by Section 5.5.

4.5 Transfer of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Major Investor under this Section 4 may be transferred to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9.

4.6 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

 

17.


(a) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) issued or to be issued after the Original Issue Date (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase, stock bonus or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors, which approval shall include the approval of at least one director elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock;

(b) stock issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and stock issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement, so long as the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 were complied with, waived, or were inapplicable pursuant to any provision of this Section 4.7 with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such rights or agreements;

(c) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, technology transfer or development arrangements, or other strategic transactions approved by the Board of Directors;

(d) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a bona fide merger, consolidation, acquisition or other similar business combination;

(e) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction by the Company;

(f) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement, consulting agreement, debt financing from a bank or similar financial or lending institution or any other arrangement with a provider of goods and services approved by the Board of Directors;

(g) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to a Qualified IPO;

(h) any Equity Securities which, with the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors, are not offered to any existing security holders of the Company; or

(i) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any transaction approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, which approval shall include the approval of at least one director elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the City and County of San Francisco, California.

 

18.


5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however , that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided, the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities.

(c) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

19.


5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue Equity Securities in accordance with Sections 4.6(c) or (f) of this Agreement, any purchaser of such Equity Securities may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “ Investor ,” a “ Holder ” and a party hereunder.

5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

5.14 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

20.


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:     INVESTORS:
T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .     M ERITECH C APITAL P ARTNERS III L.P.
By:  

/s/ Christian Chabot

    By:   Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.
 

Christian Chabot

President and Chief Executive Officer

     

its General Partner

 

      By:   Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C.
        a managing member
      By:  

/s/ George Bischof

        George Bischof, a managing member
      Address:   245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350
        Palo Alto, CA 94301
      M ERITECH C APITAL A FFILIATES III L.P.
      By:   Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.
        its General Partner
      By:   Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C.
        a managing member
      By:  

/s/ George Bischof

        George Bischof, a managing member
      Address:   245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350
        Palo Alto, CA 94301

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
N EW E NTERPRISE A SSOCIATES 11,
L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP
By:   NEA Partners 11, Limited Partnership
By:   NEA 11 GP, LLC
By:  

/s/ Louis A. Citron

Name:   Louis A. Citron
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
Address:   c/o New Enterprise Associates
  1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600
  Timonium, MD 21093
NEA V ENTURES 2004, L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP
By:  

/s/ Louis A. Citron

Name:   Louis A. Citron
Title:   Vice-President
Address:   c/o New Enterprise Associates
  1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600
  Timonium, MD 21093

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT A

S CHEDULE OF I NVESTORS

Meritech Capital Partners III L.P.

Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P.

245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350

Palo Alto, CA 94301

New Enterprise Associates 11, Limited Partnership

NEA Ventures 2004, Limited Partnership

2855 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attn: Scott Sandell

GC&H Investments, LLC

101 California Street, 5 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attn: Jim Kindler

Andrew and Catherine Gray

P&E Ventures VIII

c/o Fish & Richardson P.C.

500 Arguello Street, Suite 500

Redwood City, CA 94063

Attn: Paul DeStefano

Exhibit 10.1

T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .

2004 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED : A UGUST  20, 2004

A PPROVED B Y S TOCKHOLDERS : A UGUST  20, 2004

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A UGUST  19, 2008

A MENDMENT APPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : A UGUST  19, 2008

A MENDMENT AND R ESTATEMENT A DOPTED BY B OARD OF D IRECTORS : M ARCH  30, 2011

A MENDMENT AND R ESTATEMENT A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : A PRIL  5, 2011

A MENDMENT AND R ESTATEMENT A DOPTED BY B OARD OF D IRECTORS : F EBRUARY  29, 2012

A MENDMENT AND R ESTATEMENT A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : F EBRUARY  29, 2012

A MENDMENT AND R ESTATEMENT A DOPTED BY B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ULY  27, 2012

A MENDMENT AND R ESTATEMENT A DOPTED BY B OARD OF D IRECTORS : D ECEMBER  4, 2012

A MENDMENT AND R ESTATEMENT A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : D ECEMBER  10, 2012

T ERMINATION D ATE : M ARCH  30, 2021

1. P URPOSES .

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Available Stock Awards. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of Stock Awards may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards and (iv) Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) General Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

2. D EFINITIONS .

(a) “Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Capitalization Adjustment” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 11(a).

 

1.


(d) “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company if, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their Ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

The term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

 

2.


Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement (it being understood, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply).

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(f) “Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 3(c).

(g) “Common Stock” means the Class B Common Stock of the Company, as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time.

(h) “Company” means Tableau Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services or (ii) serving as a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate and who is compensated for such services. However, the term “Consultant” shall not include Directors who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors, and the payment of a director’s fee by the Company for services as a Director shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(j) “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant to an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of the Participant’s leave of absence or as otherwise required by law.

(k) “Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

3.


(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(l) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(m) “Disability” means the inability of a person, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of that person’s position with the Company or an Affiliate because of the sickness or injury of the person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, “Disability” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(n) Effective Date ” means the effective date of this amended and restated Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders, and (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(o) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Service solely as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company for such service or for service as a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.

(p) “Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(q) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

4.


(r) “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (A) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (B) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (D) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company, or (E) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(s) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(t) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to be, and qualifies as, an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(w) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(y) “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(z) “Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(aa) “Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

 

5.


(bb) “Plan” means this Amended and Restated Tableau Software, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

(cc) “Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock, which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(a).

(dd) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ee) Rule 405 ” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(ff) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(gg) “Stock Appreciation Right” means a right to receive the appreciation of Common Stock, which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(b).

(hh) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ii) “Stock Award” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a Restricted Stock Award and a Stock Appreciation Right.

(jj) “Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(kk) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).

(ll) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

 

6.


3. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in Section 3(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; and the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or a Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participants, (1) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (a) new Options or Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different numbers of shares of Common Stock, (b) Restricted Stock Awards, (c) cash and/or (d) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(iv) To amend the Plan or a Stock Award as provided in Section 12.

(v) To terminate or suspend the Plan as provided in Section 13.

(vi) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one (1) or more members of the Board, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If

 

7.


administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.

(d) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

4. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate twenty-six million four hundred seventy-three thousand two hundred eighty-two (26,473,282) shares of Common Stock (the “ Share Reserve ”). For clarity, the limitation in this Section 4(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 4(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 8(a).

(b) If any Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full or is settled in cash (i.e., the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company, including, but not limited to, any repurchase or forfeiture caused by the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, then the shares of Common Stock not acquired under such Stock Award shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares subject to a Stock Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are withheld for the payment of taxes or the Stock Award is exercised through a reduction of shares subject to the Stock Award ( i.e. , “net exercised”), then the number of shares that are not delivered shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. If the exercise price of any Stock Award is satisfied by tendering shares of Common Stock held by the Participant (either by actual delivery or attestation), then the number of such tendered shares shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options. Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be twenty-six million four hundred seventy-three thousand two hundred eighty-two (26,473,282) shares of Common Stock.

(c) Source of Shares. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

 

8.


5. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however, Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin off transaction) or unless such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders . A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“ Rule 701 ”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of some other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

6. O PTION P ROVISIONS .

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.

 

9.


(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such Options are Incentive Stock Options).

(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board at the time of the grant of the Option (or subsequently in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option) (1) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, (2) according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Optionholder or (3) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board. At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.

In the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (1) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code and (2) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes.

(d) Transferability. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.

(i) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order; provided, however, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(ii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect Option exercises, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Optionholder’s estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

 

10.


(e) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 6(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

(f) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days if necessary to comply with applicable state laws unless such termination is for cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

(g) Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in Section 6(a) or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements. In addition, unless otherwise provided in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(h) Disability of Optionholder. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable state laws) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

11.


(i) Death of Optionholder. In the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder’s death pursuant to Section 6(d), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable state laws) or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(j) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (the “ FLSA ”), shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, in the event of the Optionholder’s death or Disability, upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control in which the vesting of such Options accelerates, or upon the Optionholder’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Optionholder’s Option Agreement or in another applicable agreement or in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines) any such vested Options may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay for purposes of the FLSA.

(k) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(j), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(j) is not violated, the Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(l) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(j), the Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(j) is not violated, the Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option.

 

12.


(m) Right of First Refusal. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(j). Except as expressly provided in this Section 6(m) or in the Stock Award Agreement for the Option, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company. The Company will not exercise its right of first refusal until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option.

7. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Purchase Price. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board will determine the price to be paid by the Participant for each share subject to the Restricted Stock Award. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded as a stock bonus (i.e., with no cash purchase price to be paid) to the extent permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Consideration. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board will determined the consideration permissible for the payment of the purchase price of the Restricted Stock Award. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award shall be paid in one of the following ways permissible under applicable law: (i) in cash at the time of purchase; (ii) at the discretion of the Board, according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Participant; (iii) by services rendered or to be rendered to the Company; (iv) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and permissible under applicable law.

(iii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(j), shares of Common Stock acquired under a Restricted Stock Award may, but need not, be subject to forfeiture or a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

13.


(iv) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(j), in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may repurchase or otherwise reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award agreement. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(j) is not violated, the Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Restricted Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following the purchase of the restricted stock unless otherwise determined by the Board or provided in the Restricted Stock Award agreement.

(v) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

(b) Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical, but each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Calculation of Appreciation. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of share of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) an amount (the “strike price”) that will be determined by the Board at the time of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Right as it deems appropriate; provided, however, that a Stock Appreciation Right that could be settled in shares of Common Stock shall be subject to the provision of Section 10(j).

(iii) Non-Exempt Employees. No Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the FLSA, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the provisions of the Worker

 

14.


Economic Opportunity Act, in the event of the Participant’s death or Disability, upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control in which the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right accelerates, or upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or in another applicable agreement or in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines) any such vested Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of a Stock Appreciation Right will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay for purposes of the FLSA.

(iv) Exercise. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(v) Payment . The appreciation distribution in respect of a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, or any combination of the two, as the Board deems appropriate.

(c) Transferability. A Stock Appreciation Right shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Stock Appreciation Right to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request.

(i) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Stock Appreciation Right may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order.

(ii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect Stock Appreciation Right exercises, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Participant, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of a Stock Appreciation Right with the right to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate shall be entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

(d) Termination of Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, any unvested Stock Appreciation Rights shall be forfeited and any vested Stock Appreciation Rights shall be automatically redeemed.

 

15.


8. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising a Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

9. U SE OF P ROCEEDS FROM S TOCK .

Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

10. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

 

16.


(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award, or the issuance of Common Stock thereunder, pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of a Stock Award Agreement.

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

 

17.


(g) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.

(h) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

(i) Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f) . If at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year: (i) the aggregate of the number of persons who hold outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan or otherwise (such persons, “ Holders of Options ”) equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the Company’s assets exceed $10 million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 12h-1(f) ”), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Holder of Options, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Holder of Options (collectively, the “ Permitted Transferees ”); provided, however , the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Holder of Options to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further , that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Holder of Options prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall

 

18.


deliver to Holders of Options (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided, however , that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Holder of Options’ agreement to maintain its confidentiality.

(j) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company shall not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

11. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN S TOCK .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . If any change is made in, or other event occurs with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating distribution, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised) (each a “ Capitalization Adjustment ”), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 4(b) and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.)

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s repurchase option) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase option or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is still in Continuous Service.

 

19.


(c) Corporate Transaction.

(i) This Section 11(c)(i) shall apply to Stock Awards granted on or before November 3, 2010 (“Prior Awards”). In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume or continue any or all Prior Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Prior Awards outstanding under the Plan (it being understood that similar stock awards include, but are not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders or the Company, as the case may be, pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Prior Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or such successor’s parent company), if any, in connection with such Corporate Transaction. In the event that any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue any or all such outstanding Prior Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Prior Awards, then with respect to Prior Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, the vesting of such Prior Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Prior Awards may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), the Prior Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such effective time, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Prior Awards held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) lapse. With respect to any other Prior Awards outstanding under the Plan that have not been assumed, continued or substituted, the vesting of such Prior Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Prior Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated, unless otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of such Prior Award, and such Prior Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction.

(ii) The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards (other than Prior Awards) in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board shall take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards (other than Prior Awards), contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(1) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase options held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

 

20.


(3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(4) arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase options held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(5) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(6) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

The Board need not take the same action with respect to all Stock Awards or with respect to all Participants.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award held by any Participant whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of a Change in Control may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after such event as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

12. A MENDMENT OF THE P LAN AND S TOCK A WARDS .

(a) Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of applicable law.

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Board, in its sole discretion, may submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

 

21.


(c) Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under it into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law.

(d) No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.

(e) Amendment of Stock Awards. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, except with respect to amendments that disqualify or impair the status of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 422 of the Code, the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

13. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

14. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

This amended and restated Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

15. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

22.

Exhibit 10.2

T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .

2004 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Stock Option Agreement, Tableau Software, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates that “Early Exercise” of your option is permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

 

1.


4. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) In the Company’s sole discretion at the time your option is exercised and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery of already-owned shares of Common Stock either that you have held for the period required to avoid a charge to the Company’s reported earnings (generally six (6) months) or that you did not acquire, directly or indirectly from the Company, that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

5. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

6. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

7. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in Section 6, your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

 

2.


(b) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(c) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;

(d) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(e) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or your permanent and total disability, as defined in Section 22(e) of the Code. (The definition of disability in Section 22(e) of the Code is different from the definition of the Disability under the Plan). The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

8. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

 

3.


(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of time specified by the managing underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “Lock Up Period”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 8(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

9. T RANSFERABILITY . Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option.

10. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the Listing Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Listing Date shall mean the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or on the National Market System of the Nasdaq Stock Market (or any successor to that entity).

11. R IGHT OF R EPURCHASE . To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

12. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

 

4.


13. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid variable award accounting). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

14. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

15. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

5.


OPTIONEE     TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.
           
Signature     By

 

Print Name

   

 

Title

Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

Date Received

   

 

6.


T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2004 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Tableau Software, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:

    

Date of Grant:

    

Vesting Commencement Date:

    

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

    

Exercise Price (Per Share):

    

Total Exercise Price:

    

Expiration Date:

    

 

Type of Grant (check one):    ¨ Incentive Stock Option 1    ¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    ¨ Same as Vesting Schedule    ¨ Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:    [ 1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date.
   1/48 th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the next three years. ]
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement):
   ¨ By cash or check
   ¨ Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
   ¨ By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER A GREEMENTS :

    
    

 

T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .     O PTIONHOLDER :
By:          

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:  

 

      Date:                                                                                                             
Date:  

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Stock Option Agreement, 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

1 If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option


A TTACHMENT I

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT


A TTACHMENT II

2004 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

Exhibit 10.3

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD : F EBRUARY  28, 2013

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M ARCH  8, 2013

E FFECTIVE D ATE : [                          ]

 

1.

G ENERAL .

(a)        Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan.

(i)           The Plan is the successor to and continuation of the Tableau Software, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Prior Plan ”). From and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the Effective Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan. All Awards granted on or after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the Effective Date are subject to the terms of this Plan.

(ii)          Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the Effective Date ceased to be available under the Prior Plan at such time. Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Class B common stock of the Company then available for future grants under the Prior Plan (the “ Prior Plan’s Available Reserve ”) was added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and became immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards under this Plan, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(iii)         From and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the Effective Date, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the total number of shares of Class B common stock and Class A common stock subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (A) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement, (B) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or repurchased at the original issuance price, or (C) are otherwise reacquired or are withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award (the “ Returning Shares ”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such shares become Returning Shares (up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a)), and become available for issuance pursuant to Stock Awards granted hereunder.

(b)        Eligible Award Recipients.     Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(c)        Available Awards.       The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options; (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options; (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights; (iv) Restricted Stock Awards; (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards; (vi) Performance Stock Awards; (vii) Performance Cash Awards; and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(d)        Purpose.     This Plan, through the granting of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

1.


2.

A DMINISTRATION .

(a)        Administration by Board.     The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b)        Powers of Board.   The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)          To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii)         To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii)        To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv)        To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued).

(v)         To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under his or her then-outstanding Award without his or her written consent except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi)        To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or making the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan exempt from or compliant with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or exempt from or compliant with the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan (including subsection (viii) below) or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii)       To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3 of Exchange Act or any successor rule.

 

2.


(viii)       To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more outstanding Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion. A Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and the Participant consents in writing. However, a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights. In addition, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code, (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code, (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code, or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

(ix)         Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan and/or Award Agreements.

(x)           To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate (A) to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or (B) allow Awards to qualify for special tax treatment in a foreign jurisdiction; provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction.

(xi)          To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefore of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash award and/or (6) award of other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c)        Delegation to Committee.

(i)          General.     The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Committee may, at any time, abolish the subcommittee and/or revest in the Committee any powers delegated to the subcommittee. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii)        Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance.     The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

3.


(d)        Delegation to an Officer.     The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards; and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided for in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value (as defined below).

(e)        Effect of Board’s Decision.   All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.

S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a)        Share Reserve .

(i)          Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments and the “evergreen” provision in Section 3(a)(ii), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards from and after the Effective Date will not exceed 26,473,282 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”). The Share Reserve includes (A) the                          shares that represented the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve on the Effective Date, and (B) the Returning Shares, if any, in an amount not to exceed                          shares (if and when the Returning Shares ever become available for grant under this Plan).

(ii)         The Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1 st of each year, for ten years, commencing on January 1 of the year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 st of the preceding calendar year. The Board may act prior to January 1 st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a smaller number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(iii)        For clarity, the Share Reserve is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under to the Plan. As a single share may be subject to grant more than once ( e.g. , if a share subject to a Stock Award is forfeited, it may be made subject to grant again as provided in Section 3(b) below), the Share Reserve is not a limit on the number of Stock Awards that can be granted.

(iv)         Shares may be issued under the terms of this Plan in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c), NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

4.


(b)        Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve .  If a Stock Award or any portion of a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by the Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that are available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued under a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c)        Incentive Stock Option Limit.     Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued on the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d)        Section 162(m) Limitations.     Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company is subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations will apply.

(i)           A maximum of 750,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date any such Stock Award is granted may be granted under the Plan as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code to any one Participant during any calendar year. Grants in excess of the foregoing annual limit of any additional Options, SARs or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date any such Stock Award is granted will not satisfy the requirements for such “qualified performance-based compensation” unless such additional Stock Awards are separately approved by the Company’s stockholders in a manner that complies with the applicable requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(ii)          A maximum of 750,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

(iii)         A maximum of $750,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year.

If a Performance Stock Award is in the form of an Option, it will count only against the Performance Stock Award limit. If a Performance Stock Award could (but is not required to) be paid out in cash, it will count only against the Performance Stock Award limit.

(e)        Source of Shares.     The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.

E LIGIBILITY .

(a)        Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards .    Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any

 

5.


“parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), or (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from or comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b)        Ten Percent Stockholders .  A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

 

5.

P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a)        Term.   Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b)        Exercise Price.     Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c)        Purchase Price for Options.   The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i)          by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii)         pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

6.


(iii)       by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv)        if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v)         in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d)        Exercise and Payment of a SAR.   To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR (with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date), over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e)        Transferability of Options and SARs.   The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i)        Restrictions on Transfer .  An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii)       Domestic Relations Orders .   Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii)      Beneficiary Designation .    Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other

 

7.


consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f)         Vesting Generally.   The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g)        Termination of Continuous Service.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h)        Extension of Termination Date.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, if the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of three (3) months (that need not be consecutive) after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s applicable Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i)         Disability of Participant.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

 

8.


(j)         Death of Participant.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the applicable Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (for a reason other than death), then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death, and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(k)        Termination for Cause.     Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate upon the date on which the event giving rise to the termination for Cause first occurred, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date on which the event giving rise to the termination for Cause first occurred (or, if required by law, the date of termination of Continuous Service). If a Participant’s Continuous Service is suspended pending an investigation of the existence of Cause, all of the Participant’s rights under the Option or SAR will also be suspended during the investigation period.

(l)         Non-Exempt Employees.   If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least 6 months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the U.S. Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the non-exempt Employee’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the non-exempt Employee’s applicable Award Agreement, in another agreement between the non-exempt Employee and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than 6 months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt Employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the U.S. Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt Employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from such employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this paragraph will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

 

6.

P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS O THER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a)        Restricted Stock Awards.     Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse, or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not

 

9.


be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)          Consideration .  A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii)         Vesting .  Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii)        Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service .      If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv)         Transferability .  Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v)          Dividends.      A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b)        Restricted Stock Unit Awards.     Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)          Consideration.   At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii)         Vesting.   At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii)        Payment .  A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

10.


(iv)        Additional Restrictions.   At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v)         Dividend Equivalents.   Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi)        Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c)        Performance Awards.

(i)         Performance Stock Awards.   A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, vest or exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii)         Performance Cash Awards.   A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d)(iii) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii)        Board Discretion.   The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period.

(iv)        Section 162(m) Compliance.   Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the

 

11.


earlier of (A) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (B) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify in writing the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of any completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(d)        Other Stock Awards .    Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof ( e.g. , options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

7.

C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a)        Availability of Shares.   The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Stock Awards.

(b)        Securities Law Compliance.   The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c)        No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes.   The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

 

8.

M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a)        Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock.   Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

 

12.


(b)        Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards.   Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records ( e.g. , Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms ( e.g. , exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement.

(c)        Stockholder Rights.   No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d)        No Employment or Other Service Rights.   Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, including, but not limited to, Cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e)        Change in Time Commitment .  In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f)        Incentive Stock Option Limitations.   To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g)        Investment Assurances.   The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together

 

13.


with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award, and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (i) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise of a Stock Award or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (ii) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h)        Withholding Obligations.   Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such other amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant, including proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(i)         Electronic Delivery .  Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto), or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j)         Deferrals.   To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code (to the extent applicable to a Participant). Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k)        Compliance with Section 409A.   Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a

 

14.


Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six (6) months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six (6) month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l)        Clawback/Recovery.   All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including, but not limited to, a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or an Affiliate.

 

9.

A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a)        Capitalization Adjustments .  In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a); (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c); (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Section 3(d); and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b)        Dissolution or Liquidation .    Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c)        Corporate Transaction.   The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board will take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i)         arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

 

15.


(ii)         arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii)        accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board will determine (or, if the Board will not determine such a date, to the date that is 5 days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv)         arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v)          cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi)         cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

In the absence of any affirmative determination by the Board at the time of a Corporate Transaction, each outstanding Stock Award will be assumed or an equivalent Stock Award will be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”), unless the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume the Stock Award or to substitute an equivalent Stock Award, in which case such Stock Award will terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

(d)        Change in Control.   A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

10.

T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Awards may be granted after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

16.


11.

E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN ; T IMING OF F IRST G RANT OR E XERCISE .

The Plan came into existence on the Adoption Date. However, no Award may be granted under the Plan prior to the IPO Date. In addition, no Stock Award may be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, may be granted) and no Performance Cash Award may be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the Adoption Date.

 

12.

C HOICE OF L AW .

The laws of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13.       D EFINITIONS .   As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)         Affiliate ”  means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b)         Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c)         Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d)         Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)         Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f)         Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g)         Cause ” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or any Affiliate or deliberate violation of a policy of the Company or any Affiliate; (ii) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company or any Affiliate; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a

 

17.


result of his or her relationship with the Company or any Affiliate; or (iv) Participant’s willful breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company or any Affiliate. The determination as to whether a Participant is being terminated for Cause will be made in good faith by the Company and will be final and binding on the Participant. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company, any Affiliate or such Participant for any other purpose.

(h)         Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)         any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii)        there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii)       there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv)        individuals who, on the Adoption Date, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

18.


Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

If required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder). The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

(i)         Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(j)         Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(k)        Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

(l)         Company ” means Tableau Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(m)       Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(n)        Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. If the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. In addition, if

 

19.


required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder). A leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(o)         Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)         a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii)        a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii)       a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv)       a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

To the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will an event be deemed a Corporate Transaction if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(p)         Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(q)         Director ” means a member of the Board.

(r)         Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(C)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(s)         Effective Date ” means the IPO Date.

(t)         Employee ” means any person providing services as an employee of the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(u)         Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

20.


(v)         Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w)         Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company, or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(x)         Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)         If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii)        Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii)       In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(y)         Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and that qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(z)         IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriters(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering (the “ IPO ”).

(aa)       Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

21.


(bb)       Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(cc)        Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(dd)       Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ee)        Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff)        “ Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(gg)       Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(hh)       Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ii)        Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code

(jj)        Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership ” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(kk)       Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(ll)         Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(mm)    Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (1) profit before tax; (2) billings; (3) revenue; (4) net revenue; (5) earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, and net earnings); (6) operating income; (7) operating margin; (8) operating profit; (9) controllable operating profit, or net operating profit; (10) net profit; (11) gross margin; (12) operating expenses or operating

 

22.


expenses as a percentage of revenue; (13) net income; (14) earnings per share; (15) total stockholder return; (16) market share; (17) return on assets or net assets; (18) the Company’s stock price; (19) growth in stockholder value relative to a pre-determined index; (20) return on equity; (21) return on invested capital; (22) cash flow (including free cash flow or operating cash flows); (23) cash conversion cycle; (24) economic value added; (25) individual confidential business objectives; (26) contract awards or backlog; (27) overhead or other expense reduction; (28) credit rating; (29) strategic plan development and implementation; (30) succession plan development and implementation; (31) improvement in workforce diversity; (32) customer indicators; (33) new product invention or innovation; (34) attainment of research and development milestones; (35) improvements in productivity; and (36) bookings.

(nn)       Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(oo)        “ Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(pp)       Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(qq)       Plan ” means this Tableau Software, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(rr)        Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

 

23.


(ss)       Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(tt)        Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(uu)       Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(vv)       Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ww)      Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(xx)       Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(yy)       Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award, or any Other Stock Award.

(zz)       Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(aaa)     Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(bbb)    Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

24.

Exhibit 10.4

T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .

2013 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Tableau Software, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1.        V ESTING .    Subject to the provisions contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2.        N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE .    The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3.        E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES .     If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4.        E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”).   If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a)         a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

 

1.


(b)         any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c)         you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d)         if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5.      M ETHOD OF P AYMENT .    You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a)         Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b)         Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c)         If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

 

2.


6.      W HOLE S HARES .     You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7.      S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE .    In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

8.      T ERM .   You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

 (a)         immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

 (b)         three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

  (c)         twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

 (d)         eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

 (e)         the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

  (f)         the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

3.


If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9.      E XERCISE .

(a)         You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b)         By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c)         If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

10.    T RANSFERABILITY .   Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a)        Certain Trusts.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b)        Domestic Relations Orders.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter

 

4.


into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c)        Beneficiary Designation.      Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11.    O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT .      Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

12.    W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a)         At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b)         If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code,

 

5.


covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

    (c)         You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

13.        T AX C ONSEQUENCES .  You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

14.        N OTICES .     Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

15.        G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT .   Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

16.        O THER D OCUMENTS .      You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the

 

6.


Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

17.        E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS .    The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

18.        V OTING R IGHTS .    You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

19.        S EVERABILITY .  If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

20.        M ISCELLANEOUS .

    (a)         The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

     (b)         You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

    (c)         You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

    (d)         This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

    (e)         All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

7.


*        *        *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

8.


T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2013 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Tableau Software, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

  

 

  

Date of Grant:

  

 

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

 

  

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

  

 

  

Exercise Price (Per Share):

  

 

  

Total Exercise Price:

  

 

  

Expiration Date:

  

 

  

 

Type of Grant:

  

¨

  

Incentive Stock Option 1

 

¨

  

Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule:

  

¨

  

Same as Vesting Schedule

 

¨

  

Early Exercise Permitted

Vesting Schedule:

  

[One-fourth (1/4 th ) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date.]

Payment:

  

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

  

x

  

  By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

  

x

  

  Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded

  

x

  

  By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

 

 

1 If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

9.


By accepting this option, Optionholder consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .

By:

 

 

  Signature

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

O PTIONHOLDER :

 

  Signature
Date:  

 

 
 

 

A TTACHMENTS :  Option Agreement, 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

10.


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT

 


A TTACHMENT II

2013 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

Exhibit 10.5

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

2013 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS :  F EBRUARY  28, 2013

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS :  M ARCH  8, 2013

 

1.

G ENERAL ; P URPOSE .

(a)         The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain Designated Companies may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees.

(b)         The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company, its Related Corporations and Affiliates.

(c)         This Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. It is the intention of the Company to have the 423 Component qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of Purchase Rights under the Non-423 Component that does not qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan; such Purchase Rights will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures or subplans adopted by the Board designed to achieve tax, regulatory or other objectives for Eligible Employees, the Company, its Related Corporations and Affiliates. Except as otherwise provided herein or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component. In addition, under the 423 Component of the Plan, the Company may make separate Offerings which vary in terms (although not inconsistent with the provisions in the Plan and not inconsistent with the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan) and the Company will designate which Designated Company is participating in each separate Offering.

(d)         If a Participant transfers employment from the Company or any Designated 423 Corporation participating in the 423 Component to a Designated Non-423 Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component, he or she will immediately cease to participate in the 423 Component; however, any Contributions made for the Purchase Period in which such transfer occurs will be transferred to the Non-423 Component, and such Participant will immediately join the then current Offering under the Non-423 Component upon the same terms and conditions in effect for his or her participation in the Plan, except for such modifications as may be required by applicable law. A Participant who transfers employment from a Designated Non-423 Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component to the Company or any Designated 423 Corporation participating in the 423 Component will remain a Participant in the Non-423 Component until the earlier of (i) the end of the current Offering Period under the Non-423 Component, or (ii) the Offering Date of the first Offering in which he or she participates following such transfer. If a Participant transfers employment to either a Related Corporation or an Affiliate that is not a Designated Company, he or she shall immediately cease to participate in the on-going Offering and his or her accumulated, unused Contributions will be returned as soon as possible.

 

2.

A DMINISTRATION .

(a)         The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

1


(b)         The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)         To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii)        To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated 423 Corporations and Designated Non-423 Corporations and which Affiliates will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated Non-423 Corporations and also to designate which Designated Companies will participate in each separate Offering (to the extent the Company makes separate Offerings).

(iii)       To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv)       To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v)        To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi)       To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii)      Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company, its Related Corporations and Affiliates and to carry out the intent that the 423 Component be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(viii)     To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, but consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures and subplans, which, for purposes of the Non-423 Component, may be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code, regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, which may vary according to local requirements.

(c)         The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d)         All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

2


3.

S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a)         Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares that are automatically added on January 1 of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first January 1 following the IPO Date, and ending on (and including) January 1, 2023, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, and (ii) 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1 increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b)         If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c)         The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4.

G RANT OF P URCHASE R IGHTS ; O FFERING .

(a)         The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering on Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and with respect to the 423 Component will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b)         If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan; and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c)         The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

 

3


5.

E LIGIBILITY .

(a)         Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may (unless prohibited by law) provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b)         The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on or after the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i)         the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii)        the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of the original Offering; and

(iii)       the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c)         No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation (unless otherwise required by law). For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d)         As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds US$25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e)         Officers of the Company and any Designated Company, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may (unless prohibited by law) provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

 

4


6.

P URCHASE R IGHTS ; P URCHASE P RICE .

(a)         On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee will be granted a Purchase Right under the applicable Offering to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board but in either case not exceeding 15%, of such Employee’s eligible earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such other date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b)         The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c)         In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d)         The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i)         an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii)        an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

7.

P ARTICIPATION ; W ITHDRAWAL ; T ERMINATION .

(a)         An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party or otherwise segregated. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If required under applicable law or if specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash or check or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date, in the manner directed by the Company.

 

5


(b)         During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but the Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in future Offerings.

(c)         Unless otherwise required by applicable law, Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee of a Designated Company for any reason or for no reason or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d)         During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(e)         The Company has no obligation to pay interest on Contributions, unless otherwise required by applicable law.

 

8.

E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

(a)         On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b)         If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest (unless otherwise required by applicable law). If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one whole share of Common Stock, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest (unless otherwise required by applicable law).

(c)         No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable laws. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 27 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest (unless otherwise required under applicable local law).

 

6


9.

C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. or foreign federal, state or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless doing so would be an unreasonable cost to the Company compared to the potential benefit to Eligible Employees which the Company will determine at its discretion. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

10.

D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

(a)         The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b)         If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

11.

A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a)         On a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a); (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a); (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights; and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b)         On a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights; or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

7


12.

A MENDMENT , T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a)         The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements.

(b)         The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c)         Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain special tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

13.

C ODE S ECTION  409A; T AX Q UALIFICATION .

(a)         Purchase Rights granted under the 423 Component are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(ii). Purchase Rights granted under the Non-423 Component to U.S. taxpayers are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Subject to Section 13(b) hereof, Purchase Rights granted to U.S. taxpayers under the Non-423 Component will be subject to such terms and conditions that will permit such Purchase Rights to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral exception available under Section 409A of the Code, including the requirement that the shares subject to a Purchase Right be delivered within the short-term deferral period. Subject to Section 13(b) hereof, in the case of a Participant who would otherwise be subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent the Board determines that a Purchase Right or the exercise, payment, settlement or deferral thereof is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Purchase Right will be granted, exercised, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the Purchase Right that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Board with respect thereto.

(b)         Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid

 

8


adverse tax treatment ( e.g. , under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, including Section 13(a) hereof. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.

 

14.

E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan will become effective on the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

15.

M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

(a)         Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b)         A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c)         The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation or an Affiliate to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d)         The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(e)         If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

 

16.

D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)         423 Component ” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for Employee Stock Purchase Plans may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(b)         Affiliate ” means any entity, other than a Related Corporation, and whether now or hereafter existing, (i) which, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with the Company, or (ii) in which the Company has a significant equity interest.

(c)         Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

9


(d)         Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(e)         Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(f)          Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g)         Committee ” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board.

(h)         Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

(i)          Company ” means Tableau Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j)          Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(k)         Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)         the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii)        the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii)       the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv)       the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

To the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will an event be deemed a Corporate Transaction if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

 

10


(l)          Designated Non-423 Corporation ” means any Related Corporation or Affiliate selected by the Board as eligible to participate in the Non-423 Component.

(m)        Designated Company means a Designated Non-423 Corporation or Designated 423 Corporation.

(n)         Designated 423 Corporation ” means any Related Corporation selected by the Board as eligible to participate in the 423 Component.

(o)         Director ” means a member of the Board.

(p)         Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(q)         Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is providing services as an employee of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(r)          Employee Stock Purchase Plan ” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(s)          Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(t)          Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)         If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii)        In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws.

(iii)       Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(u)         IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

 

11


(v)         Non-423 Component ” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for Employee Stock Purchase Plans may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(w)         Offering ” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “ Offering Document ” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(x)         Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(y)         “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(z)         Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(aa)        Plan ” means this Tableau Software, Inc. 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the 423 and Non-423 Components, as amended from time to time.

(bb)       “ Purchase Date ” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(cc)        “ Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(dd)       Purchase Right ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ee)        Related Corporation ” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(ff)         Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(gg)       Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open.

 

12

Exhibit 10.6

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

T HIS I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is effective as of                           , 2013, by and between T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                  (“ Indemnitee ”).

A. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company and its related entities.

B. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and the advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law.

C. The Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for the Company’s directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance.

D. Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity.

E. The Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited.

F. In view of the considerations set forth above, the Company desires that Indemnitee shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by the Company as set forth in this Agreement.

G. Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by one or more other entities and/or organizations, which Indemnitee and the Company intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board of Directors of the Company.

The parties agree as follows:

1. D EFINITIONS .

(a) Change in Control ” means, and will be deemed to have occurred if, on or after the date of this Agreement, (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities (as defined below), (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination


for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(b) Claim ” means, with respect to a Covered Event (as defined below), any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other and whether brought in the right of or by the Company or otherwise.

(c) References to the “ Company ” include, in addition to Tableau Software, Inc., any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which Tableau Software, Inc. (or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party, that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee will stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(d) Covered Event ” means any event or occurrence (i) related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company or (ii) related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while serving in such capacity.

(e) Expenses ” means any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, to be a witness in or to participate in, any action, suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld), actually and reasonably incurred, of any Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement.

(f) Expense Advance ” means a payment to Indemnitee pursuant to Section 3 of Expenses in advance of the settlement of or final judgment in any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation that constitutes a Claim.

(g) Independent Legal Counsel ” means an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(d) hereof, who will not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last three years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements).

 

2


(h) References to “ other enterprises ” include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, which role imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or its beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

(i) Reviewing Party ” means, subject to the provisions of Section 2(d), any person or body appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law to review the Company’s obligations hereunder and under applicable law, which may include (i) the directors who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“ Disinterested Directors ”), even if less than a quorum, (ii) a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a vote of the majority of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum, (iii), by Independent Legal Counsel, if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if such Disinterested Directors so direct or (iv) by the stockholders.

(j) Section ” refers to a section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

(k) Voting Securities ” means any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. I NDEMNIFICATION .

(a) Indemnification of Expenses. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee was or is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any Claim (whether by reason of or arising in part out of a Covered Event), including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses.

(b) Review of Indemnification Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 4(b), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be determined by a Reviewing Party selected pursuant to Section 2(d). In the event any Reviewing Party will have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which Independent Legal Counsel is the Reviewing Party) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law, (i) the Company shall have no further obligation under Section 2(a) to make any payments to Indemnitee not made prior to such determination by such Reviewing Party, and (ii) the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all Expenses theretofore paid in indemnifying Indemnitee; provided, however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law, any determination made by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law will not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expenses theretofore paid in indemnifying Indemnitee until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for any Expenses will be unsecured and no interest will be charged thereon.

 

3


(c) Indemnitee Rights on Unfavorable Determination; Binding Effect. If any Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by such Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and, subject to the provisions of Section 15, the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Absent such litigation, any determination by any Reviewing Party will be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

(d) Selection of Reviewing Party; Change in Control. If there has not been a Change in Control, any Reviewing Party will be selected by the Board of Directors and approved by the Indemnitee (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld). If the Board chooses to utilize an Independent Legal Counsel as the Reviewing Party, the Independent Legal Counsel will be chosen by the Company and approved by the Indemnitee (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld). If there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control that has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), any Reviewing Party with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnification of Expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, or under any other applicable law, if desired by Indemnitee, will be Independent Legal Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, will render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law and the Company agrees to abide by such opinion. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to pay Expenses of more than one Independent Legal Counsel in connection with all matters concerning a single Indemnitee, and such Independent Legal Counsel shall be the Independent Legal Counsel for any or all other Indemnitees unless (i) the Company otherwise determines or (ii) any Indemnitee shall provide a written statement setting forth in detail a reasonable objection to such Independent Legal Counsel representing other Indemnitees.

(e) Mandatory Payment of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement other than Section 10 hereof, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any Claim, Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

3. E XPENSE A DVANCES .

(a) Obligation to Make Expense Advances. The Company will make Expense Advances to Indemnitee upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified therefor by the Company.

(b) Form of Undertaking. Any written undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay any Expense Advances hereunder will be unsecured, and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

4


4. P ROCEDURES FOR I NDEMNIFICATION AND E XPENSE A DVANCES .

(a) Timing of Payments. All payments of Expenses (including without limitation Expense Advances) by the Company to the Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement will be made to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as practicable after written demand by Indemnitee therefor is presented to the Company, but in no event later than 30 days after such written demand by Indemnitee is presented to the Company, except in the case of Expense Advances, which will be made no later than 20 days after such written demand by Indemnitee is presented to the Company.

(b) Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified or Indemnitee’s right to receive Expense Advances under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any Claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Company will be directed to the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). In addition, Indemnitee will give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee’s power. The failure by Indemnitee to timely notify the Company of any Claim will not relieve the Company from any liability hereunder unless, and only to the extent that such failure results in forfeiture by the Company of substantial defenses, rights, or insurance coverage.

(c) Timing of Indemnification Determination. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause any determination by a Reviewing Party to be made as promptly as practicable. If the Reviewing Party shall not have made a determination within 60 days after the later of (A) receipt by the Company of written notice from Indemnitee advising the Company of the final disposition of the applicable Covered Event and (B) the selection of an Independent Counsel, if such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel, then Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however , that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed (1) an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto or (2) an additional 75 days, if the Reviewing Party will be the stockholders of the Company.

(d) No Presumptions; Burden of Proof. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere , or its equivalent, will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by this Agreement or applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of any Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under this Agreement or applicable law, shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief. In connection with any determination by any Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof will be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

 

5


(e) Notice to Insurers. If, at the time of the receipt by the Company of a notice of a Claim pursuant to Section (b) hereof, the Company has liability insurance in effect that may cover such Claim, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Claim to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Claim in accordance with the terms of such policies; provided, however , that nothing in this subsection (e) shall relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder (or allow the Company to delay in its performance of its obligations hereunder) to provide indemnification for or make any Expense Advances with respect to the Expenses of any Claim, between the time that it so notifies its insurers and the time that its insurers actually pay any such amounts payable as a result of any such Claim to the Company.

(f) Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any Expense Advances with respect to the Expenses of any Claim, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Claim with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Claim; provided, however , that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s separate counsel in any such Claim at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Claim, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel will be Expenses for which Indemnitee may receive indemnification or Expense Advances hereunder. The Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Claim which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such Claim. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement; provided that Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee.

5. A DDITIONAL I NDEMNIFICATION R IGHTS ; N ONEXCLUSIVITY .

(a) Scope. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change after the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, statute or rule that expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded by such change. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule that narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement, will have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder except as set forth in Section 10(a) hereof.

 

6


(b) Nonexclusivity. The indemnification and the payment of Expense Advances provided by this Agreement will be in addition to any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, any other agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the Delaware General Corporation Law, or otherwise. The indemnification and the payment of Expense Advances provided under this Agreement will continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though subsequent thereto Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity.

(c) Company Obligations Primary . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more other entities and/or organizations (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees that (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) it will be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and will be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors and (iii) it irrevocably waives relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company will affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors will have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms hereof.

6. N O D UPLICATION OF P AYMENTS . Subject to Section 5(c) above,the Company will not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable under this Agreement.

7. P ARTIAL I NDEMNIFICATION . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses incurred in connection with any Claim, but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

8. M UTUAL A CKNOWLEDGMENT . Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

9. L IABILITY I NSURANCE . The Company shall obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement liability insurance applicable to directors, officers or fiduciaries in an amount determined by the Company’s board of directors; provided, however , that nothing in this Section 9 shall relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder (or allow the Company to delay in its performance of its obligations hereunder) to provide indemnification for or make any Expense Advances with respect to the

 

7


Expenses of any Claim. To the extent the Company maintains liability insurance applicable to directors, officers or fiduciaries, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policies in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are provided to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company’s officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee of any expiration, lapse, non-renewal or denial of coverage under any such policy.

10. E XCEPTIONS .

(a) Excluded Action or Omissions. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses resulting from acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under this Agreement or applicable law; provided, however , that notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this subsection (a) regarding the Company’s obligation to provide indemnification, Indemnitee will be entitled under Section 3 to receive Expense Advances hereunder with respect to any such Claim unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Claim will have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has engaged in acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under this Agreement or applicable law.

(b) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. The Company will not indemnify or make Expense Advances to Indemnitee with respect to Claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, counterclaim or cross claim, except (i) with respect to actions or proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other agreement or insurance policy or under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Covered Events, (ii) in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved the initiation or bringing of such Claim, or (iii) as otherwise required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (relating to indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; and insurance), regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(c) Lack of Good Faith. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any action in which the Indemnitee has been finally adjudged by a court having jurisdiction in the matter (i) to have acted in bad faith; (ii) to not have acted in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company; or (iii) with respect to criminal actions or proceedings, to have had reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(d) Claims Under Section 16(b). The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute; provided, however , that notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this subsection (d) regarding the Company’s obligation to provide indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive Expense Advances hereunder with respect to any such Claim unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Claim will have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has violated said statute.

(e) Clawback Under Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee in connection with any Claim for reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company

 

8


pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement).

11. C OUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be an original, but all of which together will constitute one instrument.

12. B INDING E FFECT ; S UCCESSORS AND A SSIGNS . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect, and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement will continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary (as applicable) of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company’s request, but only with respect to Covered Events.

13. E XPENSES I NCURRED IN A CTION R ELATING TO E NFORCEMENT OR I NTERPRETATION . In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement or under any liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof or thereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action (including without limitation attorneys’ fees), regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately successful in such action, unless as a part of such action a court having jurisdiction over such action makes a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous; provided, however , that until such final judicial determination is made, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive payment of Expense Advances hereunder with respect to such action. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including without limitation costs and expenses incurred with respect to Indemnitee’s counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless as a part of such action a court having jurisdiction over such action makes a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that each of the material defenses asserted by Indemnitee in such action was made in bad faith or was frivolous; provided, however , that until such final judicial determination is made, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive payment of Expense Advances hereunder with respect to such action.

14. N OTICES . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

9


15. C ONSENT TO J URISDICTION . The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement will be commenced, prosecuted and continued only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, which will be the exclusive and only proper forum for adjudicating such a claim.

16. C HOICE OF L AW . This Agreement will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and performed entirely within Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of law principles thereof.

17. S EVERABILITY . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

18. S UBROGATION . Subject to Section 5(c) above, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. A MENDMENT AND W AIVER . No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement will be effective unless it is in writing signed by both the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed to be or will constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor will such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

20. I NTEGRATION ; E NTIRE A GREEMENT . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter contained in this Agreement.

21. H EADINGS . The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

22. N O C ONSTRUCTION AS E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT . Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities.

 

10


The parties have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first above written.

T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Agreed to and accepted by:
I NDEMNITEE :
 
Signature of Indemnitee
 
Print or Type Name of Indemnitee
Address:      
   

I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.13

CONVERSION AGREEMENT

T HIS C ONVERSION A GREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made and entered into as of                     , 2012, by and among T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and                                  (the “ Stockholder ”).

R ECITALS

A. The Stockholder is a holder of a significant number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Class B Common Stock (the Class B Common Stock ).

B. After an IPO, each share of Class B Common may convert into one share of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “ Class A Common Stock ) upon the election of the holder thereof, provided that the Board has approved such conversion (an” Optional Conversion ”).

C. The Company and the Stockholder desire to enter into an agreement setting forth the conditions under which theStockholder shall effect an Optional Conversion of all shares of Class B Common Stock then held by such Stockholder.

A GREEMENT

The parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

1. C ONVERSION . The Stockholder hereby elects to effect an Optional Conversion of all shares of Class B Common Stock, effective automatically upon the termination of the Stockholder’s Continuous Service (as defined below) for any reason whatsoever, subject only to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) approving such conversion. The Board shall consider the Stockholder’s conversion election no later than its next regularly scheduled meeting after the Stockholder’s termination of Continuous Service.

2. D EFINITIONS . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Continuous Service ” means that the Stockholder’s service with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, whether as an employee, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (a “ Director ”) or a consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Stockholder renders service to the Company or an affiliate as an employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the legal entity for which the Stockholder renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Stockholder’s service with the Company or a subsidiary, will not terminate a Stockholder’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the legal entity for which a Stockholder is rendering services ceases to qualify as a subsidiary, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Stockholder’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such entity ceases to qualify as a subsidiary. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant to the Company or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by the Board, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave.

 

1.


(b) IPO ” means a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

3. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Entire Agreement; Binding Effect . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto related to the matters set forth herein, and supersedes all prior agreements between such parties, whether written or oral, related to such subject matter. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

(b) Amendment; Waiver . Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the Company and each party against whom enforcement of such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

(c) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts among Delaware residents entered into and performed entirely within Delaware.

(d) Counterparts; Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile signatures shall be as effective as original signatures.

(e) Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such further instruments or documents or take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2.


The parties hereto have executed this C ONVERSION A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

 

C OMPANY :
T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .
By:    
  Christian Chabot
  Chief Executive Officer

S TOCKHOLDER :

 

 

C ONVERSION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.14

[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This agreement (“Agreement”) is effective as of the Fourteenth day of January, 2003 (“Effective Date”) between THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (“STANFORD”), a body having corporate powers under the laws of the State of California, and Tableau Software LLC (“TABLEAU”), a Limited Liability Corporation having a principal place of business at 200 West Evelyn Ave., Suite 200, Mountain View, CA 94041. STANFORD and TABLEAU agree as follows:

1. BACKGROUND

1.1 Certain software, known as Rivet and Polaris as described in Stanford dockets S01-092 “Architecture for Creating Table-Based Visualizations from Relational Databases”, S01-093 “Graphical User Interface for Creating Specification for Table-Based Visualizations” and S03-011 “Rivet: An environment for rapid development of interactive visualizations” from the laboratory of Pat Hanrahan (“SOFTWARE”) was developed at STANFORD. These dockets include, but are not limited to technology presented in the papers listed in Appendix C.

1.2 STANFORD wishes to grant a license to SOFTWARE in order that it become available for public use and benefit.

1.3 TABLEAU, a firm with expertise in software development and marketing, wishes to acquire a license to use, develop, and market SOFTWARE and licensed patent(s).

1.4 STANFORD dockets S01-092 and S01-093 were developed with grant support from Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory. STANFORD docket S03-011 was developed with grant support from the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency.

2. DEFINITIONS

2.1 “SOFTWARE” means those source code and binary files known as Polaris and Rivet, including any users’ guide, and any other material relating thereto which will be provided to TABLEAU pursuant to this Agreement.

2.2 “Licensed Program” means those computer programs developed by TABLEAU in the Licensed Field of Use, including manuals and related documentation, which

 

  (a) include a material portion of, or which are derived from, SOFTWARE; or


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

  (b) are covered by a valid claim of an issued, unexpired Licensed Patent directed to the SOFTWARE. A claim of an issued, unexpired Licensed Patent shall be presumed to be valid unless and until it has been held to be invalid by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be or is taken; or

 

  (b) are covered by any claim being prosecuted in a pending application directed to the SOFTWARE.

 

2.3 “Licensed Field of Use” means all fields.

 

2.4 “Licensed Territory” means worldwide.

 

2.5 “Licensed Patent” means any issued Letters Patent assigned to Stanford covering SOFTWARE, any foreign patents corresponding thereto, and/or any divisions, continuations, or reissue thereof.

 

2.6 “Exclusive” means that, subject to Article 6, STANFORD shall not grant further licenses to the Software or Licensed Patents in the Licensed Territory in the Licensed Field of Use.

 

2.7 “Acquisition means either

 

  (a) A sale or other transfer of TABLEAU’s entire business; or

 

  (b) Sale or other transfer of that part of TABLEAU’s business to which the license granted hereby relates.

 

2.8 “OEM Customer” means any customer of TABLEAU who resells, uses or leases, or intends to resell, use or lease, a Licensed Program under a trade name or trademark other than TABLEAU’s trade names or trademarks.

3. GRANT

 

3.1 STANFORD hereby grants and TABLEAU hereby accepts a license in the Licensed Field of Use to make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell, and import Licensed Program in the Licensed Territory. The Licensed Program may be distributed by TABLEAU or its OEM customers.

 

3.2 Said license is Exclusive, including the right to sublicense pursuant to Article 12, in the Licensed Field of Use commencing as of the Effective Date.

 

3.3 STANFORD shall have the right to use the Software for its own bona fide research, including sponsored research and collaborations. STANFORD shall have the right to publish any information included in Software and Licensed Patent.


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

3.4 TABLEAU agrees to:

 

  (a) Maintain the quality of SOFTWARE;

 

  (b)

Affix an appropriate notice of copyright (“ © 2002 The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University”) necessary for the protection and preservation of STANFORD’s rights in such copyrights;

 

  (c) Exercise due care in protecting SOFTWARE from unauthorized disclosure to third parties, at least to the degree TABLEAU exercises care in protecting its own proprietary information; and

 

  (d) To take appropriate action with its employees, consultants, and Sublicensees to satisfy its obligation under this Agreement with respect to maintaining the above degree of protection for SOFTWARE.

However, TABLEAU shall have no confidentiality obligations with respect to any information if the same or similar information is or becomes within the public domain through no act of TABLEAU in breach of this Agreement, is independently developed by TABLEAU, or is received unrestricted from another source who was not under an obligation of confidentiality to STANFORD.

 

3.5 STANFORD retains all rights in tangible and intangible property provided to TABLEAU, and reserves the following rights:

 

  (a) To use, copy, and modify SOFTWARE;

 

  (b) To use SOFTWARE for its own bona fide research, including sponsored research and collaborations; and

 

  (c) To publish any information included in SOFTWARE.

4. CONSIDERATION

In consideration of the rights granted herein, TABLEAU shall provide to STANFORD any enhancements made by TABLEAU to SOFTWARE. Enhancements are defined as any changes made by TABLEAU to the STANFORD SOFTWARE. TABLEAU agrees to allow STANFORD to internally use for bona fide research, copy, and modify such enhancements on a royalty-free basis, but STANFORD shall not further distribute such enhancements.


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

5. DILIGENCE

5.1 As an inducement to STANFORD to enter into this Agreement, TABLEAU agrees to use all reasonable efforts and diligence to proceed with the development, and sale of Licensed Program and to diligently develop markets for the Licensed Program. In particular, TABLEAU agrees to meet the milestones shown in Appendix A. TABLEAU shall notify STANFORD that it has completed a milestone in Appendix A within thirty days of completion. Unless TABLEAU has met these milestones, TABLEAU agrees that STANFORD may terminate this Agreement. STANFORD may terminate this Agreement if TABLEAU or a sublicensee has not sold Licensed Program for any nine (9) month period after TABLEAU’s or a sublicensee’s first commercial sale of Licensed Program.

5.2 Progress Report – TABLEAU acknowledges that diligent development of Licensed Program is of utmost importance to STANFORD. On or before January 1 of each year until TABLEAU markets a Licensed Program, TABLEAU shall make a written annual report to STANFORD covering the preceding year ending November 30, regarding the progress of TABLEAU toward commercialization of Licensed Program. Such report shall include, as a minimum, information (e.g., summary of work completed, summary of work in progress, general timeframe for product commercialization) sufficient to enable STANFORD to satisfy reporting requirements of the U.S. Government and for STANFORD to ascertain progress by TABLEAU toward meeting the diligence requirements of this Article 5.

6. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

STANFORD may distribute all of SOFTWARE, for such use or further distribution as may be reserved, required, or permitted by said U.S. Government grants or any applicable law or regulation or contractual obligation of STANFORD relating thereto, and TABLEAU agrees to take all action necessary on its part as TABLEAU of STANFORD to enable STANFORD to comply with such obligations. TABLEAU is not otherwise required by this Agreement to provide any services related to such distribution. This Agreement is subject to all of the terms and conditions of Title 35 United States Code Sections 200 through 204, including an obligation that Licensed Program sold or produced in the United States be “manufactured substantially in the United States,” and TABLEAU agrees to take all reasonable action necessary on its part as TABLEAU to enable STANFORD to satisfy its obligation thereunder, relating to SOFTWARE.


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

7. ROYALTIES

 

7.1 Issue Royalty – TABLEAU agrees to pay to STANFORD a noncreditable, nonrefundable license issue royalty according to the schedule below:

 

  (a) [*] due March 1, 2003.

 

  (b) [*] due August 1, 2004.

 

7.2 Patent Costs — TABLEAU shall be responsible for the preparation, filing and prosecution of all patent applications and maintenance of patents corresponding to the SOFTWARE after the Effective Date and all costs associated therewith. In connection therewith, STANFORD shall provide such information, execute and deliver such documents and do such other acts as TABLEAU shall reasonably request from time to time and shall be reimbursed by TABLEAU for its reasonable costs incurred in complying with such requests. STANFORD and TABLEAU agree to the terms detailed in Exhibit B and agree to have Exhibit B fully executed by the appropriate parties upon execution of this Agreement.

8. INDEMNITY AND DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

 

8.1 STANFORD MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. By way of example, but not limitation, STANFORD MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF SOFTWARE WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS, OR OTHER RIGHTS. STANFORD shall not be LIABLE for any liability or damages with respect to any claim by TABLEAU or any third party on account of, or arising from the license, or any Sublicense(s) or use of SOFTWARE.

 

8.2 Nothing in this Agreement is or shall be construed as:

 

  (a) A warranty or representation by STANFORD as to the validity or scope of any Licensed Patent;

 

  (b) A warranty or representation that anything made, used, sold, or otherwise disposed of under any license granted in this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of patents, copyrights, and other rights of third parties;

 

  (c) An obligation to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for infringement, except to the extent and in the circumstances described in Article 11;


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

  (d) Granting by implication, estoppel, or otherwise any licenses or rights under patents or other rights of STANFORD or other persons other than Software, Licensed Program, and Licensed Patent(s), regardless of whether such patents or other rights are dominant or subordinate to any Licensed Patent.

 

8.3 TABLEAU agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend STANFORD and Stanford Hospitals and Clinics, and their respective trustees, officers, employees, students, and agents against any and all claims for death, illness, personal injury, property damage, and improper business practices arising out of the manufacture, use, sale, or other disposition of SOFTWARE, Licensed Patent, or Licensed Program by TABLEAU or any sublicensee, or their customers.

 

8.4 Neither party shall be liable for any indirect, special, consequential or other damages whatsoever, whether grounded in tort (including negligence), strict liability, contract, or otherwise. STANFORD shall not have any responsibilities or liabilities whatsoever with respect to Licensed Program.

 

8.5 TABLEAU shall at all times comply, through insurance or self-insurance, with all statutory workers’ compensation and employers’ liability requirements covering any and all employees with respect to activities performed under this Agreement.

9. MARKING

Prior to the issuance of patents on the SOFTWARE, TABLEAU agrees to mark Licensed Program (or their containers or labels) made, sold, or otherwise disposed of by it under the license granted in this Agreement with the words “Patent Pending,” and following the issuance of one or more patents, with the numbers of the Licensed Patent.

10. STANFORD NAMES AND MARKS

TABLEAU agrees not to identify STANFORD in any promotional advertising or other promotional materials to be disseminated to the public or any portion thereof or to use the name of any STANFORD faculty member, employee, or student, or any trademark, service mark, trade name, or symbol of STANFORD or Stanford Hospitals and Clinics, or any that is associated with any of them, unless such use is limited to statements of fact and does not imply endorsement of TABLEAU’s products or services, or unless TABLEAU has received STANFORD’s and/or named individual’s prior written consent.


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

11. INFRINGEMENT BY OTHERS: PROTECTION OF PATENTS

 

11.1 Both TABLEAU and STANFORD shall promptly inform the other party of any suspected infringement of any Licensed Patent by a third party. STANFORD and TABLEAU each shall have the right to institute an action for infringement of the Licensed Patent against such third party in accordance with the following:

 

  (a) If STANFORD and TABLEAU agree to institute suit jointly, the suit shall be brought in both their names, the out-of-pocket costs thereof shall be borne equally, and any recovery or settlement shall be shared equally. TABLEAU and STANFORD shall agree to the manner in which they shall exercise control over such action. STANFORD may, if it so desires, also be represented by separate counsel of its own selection, the fees for which counsel shall be paid by STANFORD;

 

  (b) In the absence of agreement to institute a suit jointly, STANFORD may institute suit, and, at its option, join TABLEAU as a plaintiff. If STANFORD decides to institute suit, then it shall notify TABLEAU in writing. TABLEAU’s failure to notify STANFORD in writing, within sixty (60) days after the date of the notice, that it will join in enforcing the patent pursuant to the provisions hereof, shall be and be deemed conclusively to be TABLEAU’s assignment to STANFORD of all rights, causes of action, and damages resulting from any such alleged infringement. STANFORD shall bear the entire cost of such litigation and shall be entitled to retain the entire amount of any recovery or settlement; and

 

  (c) In the absence of agreement to institute a suit jointly and if STANFORD notifies TABLEAU that it has decided not to join in or institute a suit, as provided in (a) or (b) above, TABLEAU may institute suit. If STANFORD decides not to join in or institute a suit, then it shall notify POLARIS in writing within (60) days after the date of the notice of a potential suit by POLARIS it will join in enforcing the patent pursuant to the provisions hereof.

If, in the reasonable opinion of TABLEAU’s and STANFORD’s respective counsel, STANFORD should be a named party to any such suit for standing purposes, TABLEAU may join STANFORD as a party, provided, however, that:

 

  (i) STANFORD shall not be the first named party in any such action;


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

  (ii) The pleadings and any public statements about the action shall state that the action is being pursued by TABLEAU and that TABLEAU has the right to join STANFORD as a party; and

 

  (iii) TABLEAU shall keep STANFORD reasonably apprised of all developments in any such action.

 

  (iv) POLARIS and STANFORD agree to negotiate in good faith to compensate STANFORD, in the event of a recovery or settlement, for expenses incurred by STANFORD.

11.2 Should either STANFORD or TABLEAU commence a suit under the provisions of Section 11.1 and thereafter elect to abandon the same, it shall give timely notice to the other party who may, if it so desires, continue prosecution of such suit, provided, however, that the sharing of expenses and any recovery in such suit shall be as agreed upon between STANFORD and TABLEAU.

12. SUBLICENSING

 

12.1 TABLEAU may grant sublicenses in the Licensed Field of Use.

 

12.2 Any sublicense granted by TABLEAU under this Agreement shall be subject and subordinate to terms and conditions of this Agreement, except that sublicense terms and conditions shall reflect that any sublicensee shall not further sublicense.

 

12.3 Any such sublicense also shall expressly include the provisions of Article 8 for the benefit of STANFORD.

 

12.4 TABLEAU agrees to provide STANFORD a copy of any sublicense granted pursuant to this Article 12.

 

12.5 TABLEAU may place the SOFTWARE in escrow for the purposes of sublicensing at the expense of TABLEAU.

13. OEM CUSTOMER, SUBSIDIARY, AGENTS, DISTRIBUTORS, DEALERS, AND OTHER THIRD PARTIES

13.1 If TABLEAU sells or leases Licensed Program(s) to an OEM Customer, subsidiary, agent, distributor, dealer, or other third party that is not an end-user to the SOFTWARE, then TABLEAU will ensure such OEM Customer, subsidiary, agent, distributor, dealer, or other third party fully understands and complies with the requirements of this Agreement.


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

13.2 An OEM Customer may grant sublicenses in the Licensed Field of Use.

13.3 Any sublicense granted by OEM Customer shall be subject and subordinate to terms and conditions of this Agreement, except that sublicense terms and conditions shall reflect that any sublicensee shall not further sublicense.

13.4 Any such sublicense also shall expressly include the provisions of Article 8 for the benefit of STANFORD.

13.5 TABLEAU agrees to provide STANFORD a copy of any sublicense granted pursuant to this Article 13.

13.6 OEM Customer may place the SOFTWARE in escrow for the purposes of sublicensing, but not at the expense of STANFORD.

14. TERMINATION

14.1 This Agreement may be terminated by TABLEAU upon thirty (30) days written notice to STANFORD.

14.2 This Agreement may be terminated by STANFORD if TABLEAU

 

  (a) Is in default of any payment or reporting obligation;

 

  (b) Is not diligently developing and commercializing Licensed Program;

 

  (c) Is in breach of any provision hereof; or

 

  (d) Provides any false report;

and TABLEAU fails to remedy any such default, lack of diligence, breach, or false report within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by STANFORD. Such termination shall be without prejudice to any rights, obligations, or liabilities already accrued prior to such termination.

14.3 Surviving any termination are:

 

  (a) TABLEAU’s obligation to pay royalties accrued or accruable;

 

  (b) The provisions of Articles 8 and 9; and


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

  (c) Any cause of action or claim of TABLEAU or STANFORD, accrued or to accrue, because of any breach or default by the other party.

15. EXPORT

TABLEAU warrants that TABLEAU will not export or reexport, directly or indirectly, to any country except when such export or reexport is authorized in full compliance with the laws and regulations of the United States of America:

 

  (a) SOFTWARE or any portion thereof;

 

  (b) Any direct product (including equipment, processes, or services) produced by use of SOFTWARE; or

 

  (c) Any product of a complete plant or of a major component of a plant when such complete plant or such major component is the direct product of SOFTWARE.

16. ASSIGNMENT

16.1 TABLEAU may assign this Agreement as part of an Acquisition and upon payment by TABLEAU to STANFORD of an assignment fee according to the schedule below.

 

  (a) If TABLEAU receives less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for the Acquisition, TABLEAU shall pay to Stanford Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) due thirty (90) days after the date of Acquisition; or

 

  (b) If TABLEAU receives One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or more for the Acquisition, TABLEAU shall pay to Stanford Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) due ninety (90) days after the date of Acquisition.

TABLEAU shall give STANFORD written notice of such assignment, including the new contact information of assignee. The assignment shall not be deemed to be complete until STANFORD has received the assignment fee as specified above, in which event TABLEAU shall be released of liability hereunder. Upon such assignment of this agreement to such assignee, the term “TABLEAU” as used herein shall be in reference to assignee.

16.2 If TABLEAU assigns this Agreement as part of this Section 16, assignee agrees to use all reasonable efforts to proceed with the development, and sale of Licensed Program and to diligently develop markets for the Licensed Program. So long as assignee is diligently developing markets for the Licensed Program, assignee shall not be bound by Sections 3.4 (b), 4, 5.1, or 7.1 of this Agreement.


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

17. ARBITRATION

17.1 Any controversy arising under or related to this Agreement, and any disputed claim by either party against the other under this Agreement, excluding any dispute relating to the copyright validity or infringement arising under this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Licensing Agreement Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Upon request of either party, arbitration will be by:

 

  (a) A third party arbitrator mutually agreed upon in writing by TABLEAU and STANFORD within thirty (30) days of such arbitration request; or

 

  (b) A member of the American Arbitration Association.

Judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

17.2 The parties shall be entitled to discovery in like manner as if the arbitration were a civil suit in the California Superior Court.

17.3 Any arbitration under this article 17 hereof shall be held at STANFORD, California unless the parties hereto mutually agree in writing to another place.

18. NOTICES

All notices under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been fully given when done in writing and addressed as follows:

All general notices to TABLEAU should be sent to:

 

  

Christian Chabot

Tableau Software

C/O Mobius Venture Capital

200 West Evelyn Ave., Suite 200

Mountain View, CA 94041

  

All financial invoices to TABLEAU (i.e., accounting contact) should be e-mailed to:

Chabot_Christian@gsb.stanford.edu


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

All general notices to STANFORD should be e-mailed or mailed to:

 

  

Office of Technology Licensing

1705 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306-1106

info@otlmail.STANFORD.edu

  

All payments to STANFORD should be e-mailed or mailed to:

 

  

STANFORD University

Office of Technology Licensing

Department #44439

P.O. Box 44000

San Francisco, CA 94144-4439

  

Either party may change its address upon written notice to the other party.

19. WAIVERS

None of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of the party waiving compliance.

20. SCOPE OF THE AGREEMENT

This Agreement is the only Agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, documents, agreements, and representations.


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

21. APPLICABLE LAW

This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and applied in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in duplicate originals by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY
Signature   /s/ Katharine Ku
Name Katharine Ku
Title Director Technology Licensing
Date January 21, 2003
TABLEAU
Signature   /s/ Christian Chabot
Name Christian Chabot
Title President / Co-Founder
Date 1/21/03


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

APPENDIX A

1. TABLEAU has already provided Stanford a preliminary business plan. STANFORD agrees to treat this Business Plan as confidential information and to protect it as it would its own confidential information.

2. By 12/31/03, TABLEAU will have completed a commercializable first version of Licensed Program.

3. By 6/1/04, TABLEAU will have obtained at least 1 OEM sublicensee or have obtained purchase orders from at least two (2) end-user customers, or have been acquired.


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

APPENDIX B

CLIENT AND BILLING AGREEMENT

The Board of Trustees of the Stanford Leland Junior University (“STANFORD”); and Tableau Software LLC, an LLC Corporation of the State of Delaware, with a principal place of business at 200 West Evelyn Ave., Suite 200 Mountain View, CA 94041, (“COMPANY”); have agreed to use the law firm of Pennie & Edmonds LLC (“FIRM”) to prepare, file and prosecute all Stanford patent applications covering SOFTWARE (“Patents”).

WHEREAS, FIRM desires to perform the legal services related to obtaining and maintaining the Patents; and

WHEREAS, STANFORD remains the client of the FIRM; and

WHEREAS, COMPANY is the licensee of STANFORD’s interest in the Patents:

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the faithful performance of the covenants herein contained, IT IS AGREED:

 

1. FIRM can interact directly with COMPANY on all patent prosecution matters related to the Patents and will copy STANFORD on all such correspondence. STANFORD will be notified by FIRM prior to any substantive actions and will have final approval on proceeding with such actions.

 

2. COMPANY is responsible for the payment of all charges and fees by FIRM related to the prosecution and maintenance of the Patents. FIRM will invoice COMPANY and must copy STANFORD on all invoices. COMPANY must pay FIRM directly for all charges and must copy STANFORD on each payment.

 

3. Notices and copies of all correspondence should be sent to the following:


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

To COMPANY:

Christian Chabot

Tableau Software

C/O Mobius Venture Capital

200 West Evelyn Ave., Suite 200

Mountain View, CA 94041

To STANFORD:

Mary Watanabe

Office of Technology Licensing

Stanford University

1705 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306-1106

To Pennie and Edmonds LLC:

Andrew Gray, Esq.

Pennie and Edmonds

3300 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1203

(650) 493-4935


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:
STANFORD
By:   /s/ Katharine Ku
Name: Katharine Ku
Title: Director
Date: Jan 21, 2003
TABLEAU SOFTWARE
By:   /s/ Christian Chabot
Name: Christian Chabot
Title: President
Date: 1/21/03
PENNIE & EDMONDS
By:   /s/ Andrew Gray
Name: Andrew Gray
Title: Member
Date: 1/24/03


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

APPENDIX C

 

  (a) Multiscale Visualization Using Data Cubes Chris Stolte, Diane Tang and Pat Hanrahan Proceedings of the Eighth IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization , October 2002.

 

  (b) Query, Analysis, and Visualization of Hierarchically Structured Data using Polaris Chris Stolte, Diane Tang and Pat Hanrahan Proceedings of the Eighth ACM SIGKDD International Conference on Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining, July 2002.

 

  (c) Polaris: A System for Query, Analysis and Visualization of Multi-dimensional Relational Databases (extended paper) Chris Stolte, Diane Tang and Pat Hanrahan IEEE Transactions on Visualization and Computer Graphics, Vol. 8, No. 1 , January 2002.

 

  (d) Polaris: A System for Query, Analysis and Visualization of Multi-dimensional Relational Databases Chris Stolte and Pat Hanrahan Proceedings of the Sixth IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization , October 2000.

 

  (e) Visualizing Application Behavior on Superscalar Processors Chris Stolte, Robert Bosch, Pat Hanrahan, and Mendel Rosenblum In Proceedings of the Fifth IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization , October 1999.

 

  (f) Performance Analysis and Visualization of Parallel Systems Using SimOS and Rivet: A Case Study Robert Bosch, Chris Stolte, Gordon Stoll, Mendel Rosenblum, and Pat Hanrahan. In Proceedings of the Sixth IEEE International Symposium on High-Performance Computer Architecture , January 2000.


[*]=C ERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT , MARKED BY BRACKETS , IS FILED WITH THE S ECURITIES AND E XCHANGE C OMMISSION PURSUANT TO R ULE 406 UNDER THE S ECURITIES A CT OF 1933, AS AMENDED .

 

  (g) Rivet: A Flexible Environment for Computer Systems Visualization Robert Bosch, Chris Stolte, Diane Tang, John Gerth, Mendel Rosenblum, and Pat Hanrahan. Computer Graphics 34(1), February 2000.

Exhibit 10.15

AMENDMENT NO. 1

to the

January 14, 2003

Exclusive Software License Agreement

Covering Dockets S01-092, S01-093 and S03-011 Between

Stanford University

and

Tableau Software LLC

Effective as of June 8, 2004. This Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment”) to the Software License Agreement dated January 14, 2003 (“Agreement”) between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (“Stanford”) and Tableau Software LLC (“Tableau”), is made by and between Stanford and Tableau.

Whereas, the parties desire to clarify numerous aspects of the Agreement, including without limitation the license grants and the Tableau’s obligations with respect to sublicensees;

Now, therefore, the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Section 2.8 of the Agreement is hereby replaced in its entirety by the following:

“2.8. ‘OEM Customer’ means any third party with which TABLEAU enters into an agreement whereby TABLEAU licenses such third party to distribute, resell, or sublicense the Licensed Program (or any part thereof), on a stand-alone basis or bundled with other software or hardware, to end users, whether directly or through multiple tiers of distributors or resellers.”

 

2. Section 3.1 of the Agreement is hereby replaced in its entirety by the following:

“3.1 STANFORD hereby grants, and TABLEAU hereby accepts, a license in the Licensed Field of Use (a) to make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell, and import the Licensed Program in the Licensed Territory, (b) to reproduce, distribute, create derivative works of, publicly perform, publicly display, and digitally perform the SOFTWARE as incorporated into the Licensed Program, in the Licensed Territory, (c) to sublicense any or all of the foregoing rights to end users, and (d) to sublicense any or all the foregoing rights to OEM Customers (which may further sublicense such rights through multiple tiers of distributors or resellers).”

 

3. The following text is added to the beginning of Section 3.5: “Without limiting the licenses granted in Section 3.1,”.

 

4. The following new Section 3.6 is hereby added to the Agreement:

“3.6 TABLEAU will own all right, title, and interest in and to the Licensed Programs, including any and all intellectual property rights therein, but excluding Licensed Patents and copyrights in the SOFTWARE.


5. Section 4 of the Agreement is hereby replaced in its entirety with the following:

“4. CONSIDERATION.

In consideration of the rights granted herein, TABLEAU shall provide to STANFORD any Enhancements (in object code form) made by TABLEAU to the SOFTWARE, when such Enhancements are made generally available to TABLEAU’s licensees. “Enhancements” are defined as any changes made by TABLEAU to the SOFTWARE as embodied in the Licensed Programs that TABLEAU makes available to its licensees. TABLEAU hereby grants a royalty-free license to STANFORD to reproduce and create derivative works of the Enhancements solely for the purposes of bona fide internal research. STANFORD shall not, notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, further distribute such Enhancements or disclose any information in such Enhancements except to its internal researchers that are under an obligation not to use such Enhancements of than for bona fide research and not to disclose such Enhancements to any third parties.”

 

6. The text “all action necessary on its part as TABLEAU of STANFORD” starting on the fourth line of Section 6 is hereby replaced by: “all reasonable actions requested by STANFORD”.

 

7. The instances of the text “POLARIS” in Section 11.1(c) are hereby replaced with “TABLEAU”.

 

8. The text “within (60)” in Section 11.1(c) is hereby replaced by “within 30”.

 

9. In the second paragraph of Section 11.1(c), after the text “and STANFORD’s respective counsel” the following text is hereby added: “or pursuant to a decision by the applicable court”.

 

10. Section 12 of the Agreement is hereby replaced in its entirety by the following:

“12. SUBLICENSING

12.1 TABLEAU (and its OEM Customers) may grant sublicenses of any of the rights granted hereunder in the Licensed Field of Use.

12.2 No end user sublicense granted under this Agreement will provide that the sublicensee may further sublicense.

12.3 Any and all sublicenses granted under this Agreement will not make any representation or warranty on behalf of Stanford and will disclaim any and all liability on behalf of Stanford.

12.4 If the SOFTWARE is placed in escrow (by TABLEAU or an OEM Customer) for the purposes of sublicensing, such escrow will be (as between the parties) at the sole expense of TABLEAU (or the OEM Customer).


12.5 TABLEAU will (a) not grant any sublicensee the right to use any names or trademarks of STANFORD, as described in Section 10, and (b) contractually require its sublicensees not to violate applicable export laws, as described in Section 15.

 

11. Section 13 of the Agreement is hereby replaced in its entirety by the following:

“13. OEM CUSTOMERS

If TABLEAU sells, Leases, or sublicenses the Licensed Program(s) to an OEM Customer, TABLEAU will contractually require such OEM Customer to comply with the terms of Section 12 of this Agreement. On behalf of STANFORD, TABLEAU will (1) not make any representation or warranty to an OEM Customer and (2) disclaim any and all liability to the OEM Customer.”

 

12. Section 14.3 is hereby modified by deleting the text “and” at the end of subsection (b), replacing the period with a semicolon at the end of subsection (c), and adding the following subsections (d) and (e):

“(d) Any end user licenses to the Software (as incorporated into the Licensed Programs) granted prior to the effective date of termination; and

(e) TABLEAU’s ownership of the derivative works of the SOFTWARE developed under this Agreement, as described in Section 3.6.”

 

13. Sections 16.1(a) and (b) are hereby replaced in their entirety by the following:

“(a) If TABLEAU receives less than $1,000,000 for the Acquisition, TABLEAU shall pay to STANFORD $40,000 due 90 days after the date of Acquisition; or

(b) If TABLEAU receives $1,000,000 or more for the Acquisition, TABLEAU shall pay to STANFORD $80,000 due 90 days after the date of Acquisition.”

 

14. At the end of Section 16.1, following new paragraph is hereby added:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, TABLEAU may freely assign this Agreement in connection with any corporate restructuring or reincorporation of TABLEAU (including the conversion of TABLEAU from an LLC form into a ‘C’ corporation form or the reincorporation of TABLEAU in a different state). TABLEAU shall give STANFORD written notice of such assignment, including any new contact information.”

 

15. The text “Licensing Agreement Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association” in Section 17.1 is hereby replaced by “Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association”.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Stanford and Tableau have caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND
STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY
Signature  

/s/ Katharine Ku

Name   Katharine Ku
Title   Director Technology Licensing
Date   June 10, 2004
TABLEAU SOFTWARE LLC
Signature  

/s/ Christian Chabot

Name   Christian Chabot
Title   President
Date   6/15/2004

Exhibit 10.16

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

This Sublease Agreement (“Sublease”), dated as of April 19, 2012, is made by and between CUTTER & BUCK INC,, a Washington corporation (“Sublandlord”), and TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”).

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to that certain Office Lease dated October 21, 2009, between FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as landlord (“Landlord”), and Sublandlord as tenant (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the “Lease”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A , Landlord leased to Sublandlord approximately 44,692 rentable square feet of space in Suites 230 and 400 (collectively, the “Premises”), in the Plaza Building located at 701 North 34th Street, Seattle, WA 98103 (the “Building”).

B. Sublandlord wishes to sublease to Subtenant that portion of the Premises located in Suite 230, containing approximately 6,697 rentable square feet of space as shown by the cross-hatching on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Subleased Premises”).

C. The parties acknowledge that Landlord’s consent to this Sublease is required by the Lease, and the effectiveness of this Sublease is conditioned upon the receipt of such consent by Landlord simultaneously with the execution of this Sublease substantially in the form as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto (such, the “Landlord Consent”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Sublease, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Sublease of Subleased Premises . Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord, for the Term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, the Subleased Premises, together with the right to use, in common with others entitled thereto, the hallways, stairways and elevators necessary for access to the Subleased Premises and the lavatories nearest to the Subleased Premises.

2. Term . The term of this Sublease (“Term”) shall be for a period commencing on June 1, 2012 or as soon thereafter as Sublandlord is able to deliver possession of the Sublease Premises to Subtenant but in no event later than July 1, 2012 (the “Commencement Date”), and expiring on July 31, 2017 (the “Expiration Date”), except to the extent this Sublease is earlier terminated as described herein. Any delay in the Commencement Date shall not subject Sublandlord to liability for loss or damage resulting therefrom; provided that as Subtenant’s sole recourse Subtenant shall be entitled to one (1) day of free rent for each day that the Commencement Date is delayed, subject to the provisions of Section 25 below.

 

1.


3. Condition of Subleased Premises . On the Commencement Date, Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant possession of the Subleased Premises substantially in the same condition as the Subleased Premises is as of the date hereof, in an “as-is, where-is”, broom clean condition except that, prior to the Commencement Date, Sublandlord shall remove all of its furniture, fixtures and movable equipment from the Subleased Premises. Should Subtenant desire to make any improvements to the Subleased Premises, any such improvements shall be subject to the prior written consent of Sublandlord and Landlord in accordance with Section 8 below.

4. Base Rent, Operating Costs and Additional Rent .

(a) Base Rent . Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord rent (“Base Rent”) as follows:

 

Rental Payment Period

   Rent
psf/yr.
     Monthly
Installment
 

June 1, 2012 – May 31, 2013

   $ 45.00       $ 25,113.75   

June 1, 2013 – May 31, 2014

   $ 46.35       $ 25,867.16   

June 1, 2014 – May 31, 2015

   $ 47.74       $ 26,642.90   

June 1, 2015 – May 31, 2016

   $ 49.17       $ 27,440.96   

June 1, 2016 – July 31, 2017

   $ 50.65       $ 28,266.92   

(b) Operating Costs and Additional Rent .

(i) In addition to the Base Rent payable pursuant to Section 4.a above, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord (1) from and after January 1, 2013, for each calendar year of the Term, Subtenant’s Percentage Share (as defined below) of the amount by which Operating Costs (as defined in the Lease) payable by Sublandlord for the Premises for the then current calendar year exceeds the Base Operating Costs (as defined below) (such amount, “Subtenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Costs”), and (2) an amount equal to all Additional Rent (as defined in the Lease) attributable to the Subleased Premises during the Term of this Sublease; provided, however, Subtenant shall not be responsible for, and shall have no obligation to pay Additional Rent incurred in connection with (i) the negligent acts or omissions of Sublandlord under Section 18.2 of the Lease, or any other acts or omissions of Sublandlord for which, but for this Sublease, Sublandlord would be responsible under the Master Lease, (ii) a Transfer (as defined in the Lease) by Sublandlord under Article 8 of the Lease, and (iii) Operating Costs (as defined in the Lease) that are not included in Subtenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Costs (the Additional Rent payable by Subtenant, the “Applicable Additional Rent”).

(ii) Sublandlord shall give Subtenant written notice of Sublandlord’s estimate of the amount of Operating Costs per month payable pursuant to this Section 4.b for each calendar year of the Term following the Base Year (as defined below), promptly following the Sublandlord’s receipt of Landlord’s estimate of the Operating Costs payable under the Lease for the applicable calendar year. Such estimate may be adjusted by Sublandlord if Landlord has made such an adjustment from time to time during the calendar year, by written notice to Subtenant. From and after January 1, 2013, on or before the first day of each month during each calendar year, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Subtenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Costs one-twelfth (1/12th) of such estimated amount together with the Base Rent.

 

2.


(iii) Sublandlord shall also give Subtenant written notice of the actual amount of Operating Costs payable for each calendar year, promptly following Sublandlord’s receipt of the annual statement of such amounts from Landlord, which notice shall include a copy of Landlord’s annual statement. If on the basis of such statement Subtenant owes an amount that is less than the estimated payments for the calendar year just ended, previously paid by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall credit such excess to the next payments of Base Rent coming due or, if the term of this Sublease is about to expire, refund such excess to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after such expiration. If on the basis of such statement Subtenant owes an amount that is more than the estimated payments for the calendar year just ended previously made by Subtenant, Subtenant shall pay the deficiency to Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement from Sublandlord to Subtenant.

(iv) For partial calendar years during the term of this Sublease, the amount of Operating Costs payable by Subtenant that is applicable to that partial calendar year shall be prorated based on the ratio of the number of days of such partial calendar year falling during the term of this Sublease divided by 365. The obligations of Subtenant and Sublandlord pursuant to this Section 4.b which arise during the term of this Sublease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

(v) The amounts of any Applicable Additional Rent due from Subtenant during the Term of this Sublease shall be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord within ten (10) days of an itemized invoice from Sublandlord for such amounts.

(vi) For purposes of this Sublease and in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Sublease, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(1) Base Operating Costs ” shall mean Operating Costs payable under the Lease during the Base Year.

(2) Base Year ” shall mean the calendar year 2012.

(3) Subtenant’s Percentage Share ” shall mean 14.985%; provided that Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge that Subtenant’s Percentage Share has been obtained by dividing the rentable square footage of the Subleased Premises by the total rentable square footage of the Premises and multiplying such quotient by 100. In the event Subtenant’s Percentage Share is changed during a calendar year by reason of a change in the rentable square footage of the Subleased Premises or the Premises, Subtenant’s Percentage Share shall thereupon be adjusted to equal the result obtained by dividing the rentable square footage of the Subleased Premises by the rentable square footage of the Premises and multiplying such quotient by 100, and Subtenant’s Percentage Share shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during such calendar year at each such percentage share.

(c) Payment . Subtenant shall commence to pay Subtenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Costs from and after January 1, 2013, and to pay Base Rent, Applicable Additional Rent and all other charges hereunder on the Commencement Date, and shall continue to pay Base Rent and Subtenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Costs in monthly installments on or before the first day of every month thereafter during the Term. The monthly installments

 

3.


of Base Rent and Subtenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Costs shall be prorated on a per diem basis for the first or last month of the Term if the Commencement Date or Expiration Date is not the first day or last day of a calendar month. For purposes of this Sublease, the word “Rent.” shall mean the Base Rent, Subtenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Costs, Applicable Additional Rent, and all other charges payable to Sublandlord by Subtenant pursuant to this Sublease.

5. Security Deposit . Concurrent with Subtenant’s execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord the sum of $84,800.76 (the “Deposit”) as security for the performance by Subtenant of its obligations under this Sublease. If Subtenant is not then in default beyond any applicable cure period, the Deposit shall be returned to Subtenant upon the expiration or termination of this Sublease. If Subtenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions of this Sublease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, including, but not limited to, payment of Rent, Sublandlord may, but shall not be required to, use, apply or retain the whole or any appropriate part of the Deposit for the payment of any Rent in default or for reimbursement of any reasonable expense that Sublandlord incurs because of Subtenant’s default. If the Deposit is so applied then Subtenant shall, within ten (10) days after Sublandlord’s written request, deposit additional money with Sublandlord sufficient to restore the Deposit to its original amount.

6. Data Cabling . During the Term of this Sublease, Subtenant shall be entitled to use those portions of the existing cabling in the Subleased Premises as may be necessary for Subtenant’s use of the Subleased Premises as general office space. Subtenant shall not be responsible for removing the existing cabling upon the expiration of this Sublease.

7. Use; Access . The Subleased Premises shall be used and occupied only for general office purposes as permitted under the Lease. Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with card keys to access the Subleased Premises and Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice for the cost of any card keys supplied by Sublandlord to Subtenant for purposes of access to the Subleased Premises.

8. Alterations . Subtenant shall not make any alterations to the Subleased Premises without the prior written consent of Sublandlord and Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any alterations consented to shall he subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the Lease (including, without limitation, the provisions of Article 17 of the Lease), and shall be performed in compliance with applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord hereby consents to Subtenant completing, at Subtenant’s sole cost, the improvements within, to and servicing the Subleased Premises (the “Subtenant Improvements”) described on Exhibit C-1 attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein, in accordance with plans approved by Landlord in accordance with Section 17.2 of the Lease.

9. Maintenance . From and after the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall be responsible for all of Sublandlord’s maintenance obligations under the Lease with respect to the Subleased Premises. Subtenant acknowledges that the Building hours are from 7:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, and from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (Sundays and nationally enacted holidays excepted), and that additional after-hours HVAC services are available to Subtenant upon request and payable by Subtenant at Landlord’s then-current rates.

 

4.


10. Parking . Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord’s right to parking for the Building is limited by the terms and conditions set forth in Section 15.2 of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall sublease to Subtenant fifteen (15) of the parking spaces (“Subtenant Parking Spaces”) available to Sublandlord under the Lease at the same rates as Sublandlord pays under the Lease (currently $75.00 per stall per month, increasing to $100.00 per stall per month for the period August 1, 2012 through July 31, 2015, and at market rates for such stalls thereafter but in no event shall rates increase more frequently than annually thereafter), subject to the restrictions set forth in the Lease. Sublandlord shall not exercise its rights under the Lease to relinquish the Subtenant Parking Spaces without Subtenant’s prior written consent.

11. Assignment and Subletting . Subtenant shall not assign or sublet all or any portion of the Subleased Premises without Sublandlord’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, nor without Landlord’s prior written consent under Article 8 of the Lease, provided, however, Subtenant may make a “Permitted Transfer” (as defined in the Lease), if all conditions of Section 8.6 of the Lease are satisfied (with Subtenant substituted for “Tenant” in such definition for the purposes of this Section 11), without Sublandlord consent.

12. Incorporation of Lease . This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease and to all of the rights of Landlord thereunder. Subtenant shall comply with all applicable provisions of the Lease and shall not take any action which would constitute a breach or violation of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following sections of the Lease shall not be applicable to Subtenant: Sections 2.26, 4.4, 5.1, 5.3, Article 6, 8.4 (with respect to Sublandlord’s payment obligations resulting from its own acts or omissions), 12.3 (with respect to Sublandlord’s payment obligations resulting from its own acts or omissions), 15.2 (with respect to Sublandlord’s payment obligations resulting from its own acts or omissions), Article 24 (with respect to removal of any Alterations existing as of the Commencement Date), 30.9, 30.11 (with respect to Sublandlord’s payment obligations resulting from its own acts or omissions), 30.25, 30.26, 30.27, 30.28, Exhibit C, Exhibit D Sections 2.1 and 2.4, and Exhibit F (such, the “Excluded Provisions”). Subtenant acknowledges that Landlord may enforce the Lease provisions directly against Subtenant in the event of any such any breach or violation thereof by Subtenant. Neither Sublandlord nor Subtenant shall commit or suffer any act or omission that will result in a violation of or a default under any of the provisions of the Lease. Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that as of the date hereof and as of the Commencement Date, to Sublandlord’s best knowledge: (i) no default exists on the part of Landlord or Sublandlord under the Lease and (ii) there are no events which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice, or both, would create a default under the Lease. Sublandlord covenants that it shall promptly provide Subtenant with copies of all notices of default sent or received by Sublandlord with respect to the Master Lease.

 

5.


13. Interpretation . The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Lease except for the Excluded Provisions and those provisions of the Lease which are directly contradicted by this Sublease, in which event the terms of this Sublease shall control over the Lease, Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Lease the word “Landlord” is used, it shall also be deemed to mean the Sublandlord herein (except to the extent such references impose an obligation upon Landlord, in which case same shall not refer to Sublandlord, and wherever in the Lease the word “Tenant” is used, it shall be deemed to mean the Subtenant herein (except to the extent such provision is not incorporated herein). Without limiting the terms and provisions of this Section 13, Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease are as a subtenant only and that, Subtenant shall not enjoy or be entitled to exercise any of rights, including, but not limited to, rights which may be afforded to Sublandlord as the tenant under the Lease, including, but not limited to: (a) any right of early termination or of extension or renewal of the Lease; (b) any right of first offer or refusal under the Lease; (c) any expansion rights or options under the Lease; (d) any right of self-help or set-off under the Lease except as expressly set forth herein; or (e) any other rights or options pertaining to additional space in the Building; provided, however, in the event Sublandlord receives an abatement of rent under Section 7.6 or 13.2 of the Lease, Subtenant shall also be entitled to a proportionate abatement of rent hereunder to the extent that the abatement received by Sublandlord relates to the partial destruction of the Subleased Premises. Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary contained anywhere else in this Sublease, (i) if Sublandlord or Subtenant is obligated to indemnify the other, whether pursuant to the express terms of this Sublease or whether pursuant to the incorporation of terms from the Lease, the indemnifying party shall also be obligated to indemnify Landlord to the same extent and subject to the same limitations; (ii) if Subtenant is obligated to name Sublandlord as an additional insured or loss payee under Subtenant’s insurance policies, whether pursuant to the express terms of this Sublease or whether pursuant to the terms of the Lease that are incorporated herein, Subtenant shall also name Landlord as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, subject to the same limitations or conditions, if any, that may apply with regard to Sublandlord; and (iii) if Landlord’s consent or approval is required under the Lease in a provision of the Lease that is incorporated into this Sublease, Subtenant must obtain the consent or approval of both Sublandlord and Landlord, the granting of which by Landlord shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable Lease provision.

14. Sublandlord Liability for Landlord’s Default . Sublandlord shall have no liability to Subtenant for any default or other act of Landlord under the Lease, and Sublandlord shall not be obligated to provide any services to Subtenant or otherwise perform any obligations in connection with this Sublease except as specifically set forth herein. To the extent that Landlord fails or refuses to perform its obligations under the Lease or breaches or has breached any of its representations, warranties or covenants under the Lease, upon the written request of Subtenant, then Sublandlord agrees to use reasonable and good faith efforts to cause Landlord to perform its obligations under the Lease.

15. Indemnification . Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sublandlord from and against all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, which Sublandlord may incur or pay out (including, without limitation, to Landlord) by reason of (a) any accidents, damages or injuries to persons or property occurring in the Subleased Premises after the Commencement Date (unless the same shall have been caused by Sublandlord’s negligence or wrongful act, or a

 

6.


condition created by Sublandlord in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date), (b) any breach or default hereunder on Subtenant’s part, (c) the enforcement of Sublandlord’s rights under this Sublease or the Lease, or (d) any act, omission or negligence on the part of Subtenant and/or its officers, partners, employees, agents, customers and/or invitees, or any person claiming through or under Subtenant. Sublandlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Subtenant from and against all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, which Subtenant may incur or pay out (including, without limitation, to Landlord) by reason of (a) any accidents, damages or injuries to persons or property occurring in the Subleased Premises prior to the Commencement Date (unless the same shall have been caused by Subtenant’s negligence or wrongful act) or caused by a condition created by Sublandlord in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, (b) any breach or default hereunder on Sublandlord’s part, (c) the enforcement of Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease, or (d) any act, omission or negligence on the part of Sublandlord and/or its officers, partners, employees, agents, customers and/or invitees, or any person claiming through or under Sublandlord. This indemnity shall survive termination of this Sublease only as to claims arising out of events that occur prior to termination of this Sublease.

16. Insurance . Subtenant shall comply with the insurance requirements set forth in the Lease with respect to the Subleased Premises, including, without limitation, maintenance of insurance for the Subleased Premises in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions set forth in Article 10 and Article 11 of the Lease,

17. Waiver of Subrogation . Neither Landlord, Sublandlord nor Subtenant shall be liable to the other or to any insurance company (by way of subrogation or otherwise) insuring the other party or parties for any loss or damage to any building, structure or other tangible property, or any resulting loss of income and benefits, even though such loss or damage might have been occasioned by the negligence of such party, its agents or employees if any such loss or damage is covered by insurance benefiting the party suffering such loss or damage or was required to be covered by insurance pursuant to this Sublease or the Lease. Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall require their respective insurance companies to include a standard waiver of subrogation provision in their respective policies.

18. Notices . All notices and demands that may or are to be required or permitted are to be given by either party on the other hereunder shall be in writing. All notices and demands by Sublandlord to Subtenant shall be personally delivered or sent by a nationally recognized private carrier of overnight mail (e.g. FedEx) or by United States Certified Mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, to the parties at the addresses listed below or at such other addresses as the parties may designate by notice from time to time.

 

To Sublandlord:    Cutter & Buck Inc.     
   701 N. 34th Street, Suite 400   
   Seattle, WA 98103-3415   
   Attention: Chief Financial. Officer   

 

7.


     With a copy to:     
   Lane Powell PC   
   1420 Fifth Avenue, Suite 4100   
   Seattle, WA 98101   
   Attention: Michael E. Morgan   
To Subtenant:    Tableau Software, Inc.   
   701 N. 34th Street, Suite 230   
   Seattle, WA 98103-3415   
   Attention: General Counsel   
   With a copy to:   
   Tableau Software, Inc.   
   701 N. 34th Street, Suite 230   
   Seattle, WA 98103-3415   
   Attention: Vice President, Human Resources   

19. Attorneys’ Fees . If Sublandlord or Subtenant shall commence an action against the other arising out of or in connection with this Sublease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs of suit and reasonable attorney’s fees.

20. Entire Agreement . This Sublease, the Exhibits attached hereto and the Lease, which is incorporated herein by reference, constitute the entire agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant with respect to the Subleased Premises and may not be amended or altered except by written agreement executed by both parties.

21. Binding on Successors . Subject to the restrictions on assignment set forth in Section 11 above, this Sublease shall bind the parties’ heirs, successors, representatives and permitted assigns.

22. Brokerage Commissions . Sublandlord and Subtenant each represent to the other that they have dealt only with Washington Partners, Inc. (“Broker”), as a broker in connection with this Sublease, and that they have not dealt, directly or indirectly, in connection with the leasing of the Subleased Premises, with any other broker or person entitled to claim a commission or leasing fees. Sublandlord shall be responsible for the payment of a brokerage commission to Broker in connection with this Sublease pursuant to a separate agreement. Sublandlord and Subtenant each shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from any loss, liability, damage, or expense (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claim for a commission or leasing fee arising out of this transaction made by any unidentified broker or other person with whom such party has dealt.

23. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Sublease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

8.


24. Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence to the parties executing this Sublease.

25. Force Majeure . In the event that either party shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any covenant, agreement, work, service, or other act required under this Sublease or the Lease to be performed by such party (excluding the payment of money), and such delay or hindrance is due to causes entirely beyond its control such as riots, insurrections, martial law, civil commotion, war, fire, flood, earthquake, or other casualty or acts of God, the performance of such covenant, agreement, work, service, or other act shall be excused for the period of delay and the time period for performance shall be extended by the same number of days in the period of delay.

26. Authority . Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby represents and warrants that this Sublease has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on its behalf and constitutes such party’s valid and binding agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.

27. Right of First Offer . Subject to the provisions of Article 8 of the Lease, Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant when any additional space in the Premises becomes available for sublease (“Offer Space”), including the terms upon which Sublandlord is willing to sublease the Offer Space. Any terms not included in such notice shall be the same as set forth in this Sublease. Subtenant shall have the right (“ROFO”), subject to approval by Landlord pursuant to Article 8 of the Lease, to sublease all of such Offer Space upon the terms set forth in Sublandlord’s notice; provided, that Subtenant shall have no such right, if Subtenant is then, or at any time prior to the commencement of the sublease terms for the Offer Space, in default under this Sublease. Subtenant may exercise the ROFO by written notice to Sublandlord (“Exercise Notice”) within ten (10) days after the date of Sublandlord’s notice of availability of the Offer Space. If Sublandlord receives the Exercise Notice within such 10-day period, and the terms for subleasing the Offer Space to Subtenant are approved by Landlord pursuant to Article 8 of the Lease, Sublandlord shall deliver the Offer Space to Subtenant upon the date such space is available and shall prepare an amendment to this Sublease adding the Offer Space to the Subleased Premises as of the date of delivery upon the terms set forth in Sublandlord’s notice of availability, which amendment shall be executed by Subtenant within ten (10) days after Subtenant’s receipt of same from Sublandlord. If Sublandlord does not receive the Exercise Notice within such 10-day period, Sublandlord shall be free to sublease the Offer Space to any third-party upon any terms and conditions acceptable to Sublandlord and approved by Landlord pursuant to Article 8 of the Lease.

 

9.


28. Signage . Subtenant shall have the right to install building-standard signage at the elevator bank of the floor on which the Subleased Premises is located, subject to Landlord’s prior written approval. Such signage shall comply with the provisions of Article 21 of the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto hereby execute this Sublease as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:  

SUBTENANT:

CUTTER & BUCK INC., a Washington corporation  

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ David Hauge   By:   /s/ Thomas E. Walker, Jr.
Its:   CFO   Its:   CFO

 

10.


Sublandlord Acknowledgment:

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON

   )
   ) ss.

COUNTY OF KING

   )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that David Hauge is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (s)he signed this instrument, on oath stated that (s)he was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the CFO of Cutter & Buck Inc., the corporation that executed this instrument, to be the free and voluntary act of such corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in this instrument.

 

DATED: April 19, 2012  

/s/ Jacqueline F Keith

  Print Name:     Jacqueline F Keith
 

NOTARY PUBLIC for the State of

Washington, residing at

  Seattle, Wa 98103
  My appointment expires: January 11, 2015
 

 

 

 

11.


Subtenant Acknowledgment:

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON

   )
   ) ss.

COUNTY OF King

   )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Thomas E. Walker, Jr. is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (s)he signed this instrument, on oath stated that (s)he was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the CFO of Tableau Software, Inc., the corporation that executed this instrument, to be the free and voluntary act of such corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in this instrument.

 

DATED: 19 April 2012

  

/s/ Tiffany Dawn Ash

   Print Name:     Tiffany Dawn Ash
  

NOTARY PUBLIC for the State of

Washington, residing at

   Seattle, WA
   My appointment expires;
   1 November 2015

 

12.


EXHIBIT A

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (“ Lease ”) is entered into by and between FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and CUTTER & BUCK INC. , a Washington corporation (“ Tenant ”) (collectively the “ Parties ”) and is dated for reference purposes only as of October 21, 2009.

ARTICLE 1. BASIC LEASE TERMS

In addition to the terms defined in Article 2 and elsewhere in this Lease, the terms set forth below shall have the meanings herein specified when referred to in this Lease:

 

1.1    Rent Payment Address:   Fremont Lake Union Center LLC , c/o CB Richard Ellis, P.O. Box 94288, Seattle, WA 98124

1.2    Landlord Notice Address:

  Fremont Lake Union Center LLC, c/o Union Investment Real Estate AG, Asset Management Core Markets, Property Management USA, Caffamacherreihe 8, 20355 Hamburg, Germany, Tel: +49 40 34919-464, Fax: +49 40 34919-297; with a copy sent to Metzler Realty Advisors, Inc., 700 Fifth Avenue, 61 st Floor, Seattle, WA 98104, Tel: (206) 623-2700, Fax: (206) 623-4864

1.3    Tenant Notice Address:

  Suite 400, 701 North 34th Street, Seattle, WA 98103; facsimile number (206) 691-5501.
  With a copy to: Lane Powell PC, 1420 Fifth Avenue, Suite 4100, Seattle, WA 98101, Attn: Michael E. Morgan; facsimile number (206) 223-7107.

1.4    Premises:

  Suites 230 and 400 on the second and fourth floors of the Building, deemed to contain 44,692 square feet of Rentable Area, as outlined in Exhibit B (sec Article 2.23).

1.5    Building:

  Plaza Building, 701 North 34th Street, Seattle, WA 98103, in which the Premises are located. The Plaza Building is deemed to contain 136,111 square feet of Rentable Area.

1.6    Complex:

  Waterfront Building and Plaza Building, also known as Building 1 and Building 2 of Quadrant Lake Union Center, located in the City of Seattle, State of Washington (“ State ”), consisting of: (i) that parcel of real property on which the Premises are located, (ii) the Common Area, and (iii) any contiguous parcels owned/ground leased by Landlord, as more particularly described in Exhibit A .

 

13


1.7    Term:

  July 15, 2010 – July 31, 2017

1.8    Base Rent:

  (A) Minimum Monthly:

 

Period   Monthly Amount   Annual Rate Per RSF

July 15, 2010 – July 31, 2011

  $65,175.83   $17.50

August 1, 2011 – July 31, 2012

  $67,131.11   $18.03

August 1, 2012 – July 31, 2013

  $69,145.04   $18.57

August 1, 2013 – July 31, 2014

  $71,219.39   $19.13

August 1, 2014 – July 31, 2015

  $73,355.97   $19.70

August 1, 2015 – July 31, 2016

  $75,556.65   $20.29

August 1, 2016 – July 31, 2017

  $77,838.57   $20.90

(B) Advance Rent: None.

 

1.9    Security Deposit: None.
1.10    Permitted Use: Office (See Section 15.1)
1.11    Tenant’s Pro Rata Percentage: 32.84% (See Exhibit D )
1.12    Improvements: See Exhibit C .
1.13    CC&Rs:      Amended and Restated Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, Easements and Restrictions Applicable to Quadrant Lake Union Center with an effective date of October 31, 1996 and recorded under King County Recording No. 9802231707 as may have been amended from time to time.
1.14    Broker:               Washington Partners, Inc.
                Metzler Real Estate Advisors, Inc.
1.15    Contents:      This Lease consists of Articles 1 through 30 and the following Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:
       

Exhibit A – Legal Description of Complex

Exhibit B – Plan of the Complex and Floor Plan of the Premises

Exhibit C – Letter

Exhibit D – Expenses

Exhibit E – Rules and Regulations

Exhibit F – Guaranty of Lease

ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS

The terms defined in this Article 2 shall, for all purposes of this Lease and all agreements supplemental hereto, have the meanings herein specified unless expressly stated otherwise.

2.1 Additional Rent ” means all items specified as Additional Rent in Sections 5.2, 7.4, 8.4, 10., 17.3, 18.2, 23.5, Exhibit D , and elsewhere in this Lease.

 

14


2.2 A “ Bankruptcy Event ” is (1) a court filing by or against Tenant, of pleadings to initiate a bankruptcy petition of any kind, or the appointment of a receiver or trustee of any or all of Tenant’s assets, or (2) a receiver or trustee taking possession of any of the assets of Tenant, or if the leasehold interest herein passes to a receiver or trustee, or (3) Tenant making an assignment for the benefit of creditors or petitioning for or entering into an arrangement with creditors during the Term.

2.3 Building ” means the structure that contains the Premises.

2.4 Building Standard Work ” means the typical interior improvements constructed or to be constructed by Landlord, which are of the nature and quality required by specifications developed for the Complex by Landlord’s architect.

2.5 Capital Costs ” mean the following: (i) costs for capital improvements or replacements to the Complex of a type which do not normally recur more frequently than every five years in the normal course of operation and maintenance of facilities such as the Complex; (ii) costs incurred for the purpose of reducing other operating expenses or utility costs payable by Tenant; and/or (iii) costs of capital improvements made by Landlord that are required by Laws or Regulations. Capital Costs are includable in Operating Costs each year only to the extent of that fraction allocable to the year in question calculated by amortizing such Capital Costs over the reasonable useful life of the improvement resulting therefrom, with interest on the unamortized balance at an interest rate equal to the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus one percent (1%) at the time of the expenditure.

2.6 Commencement Date ” means July 15, 2010.

2.7 Common Areas ” include all areas and facilities outside the Premises, within the exterior boundaries of the Complex, that are provided by Landlord for the general use and convenience of Tenant and of other Complex tenants and their authorized representatives and invitees. Common Areas include corridors, stairways, elevator shafts, janitor rooms, driveways, parking areas, and landscaped areas, all as generally described or shown on Exhibit B attached hereto, Common Areas also include systems within the Premises and Complex that also serve other tenants such as plumbing, fire sprinkler or non-exclusive HVAC. Exhibit B is tentative, and Landlord reserves the right to make additions, changes and alterations to it from time to time. Regardless of the foregoing, Landlord may not unilaterally modify the Common Areas or any other area inside the Premises in any way that materially and adversely affects Tenant’s operation of its business upon the Premises.

2.8 Complex ” is that parcel of real property of which the Premises forms a part, together with the parcels in common ownership therewith, and contiguous thereto, which property is described with particularity in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof by reference, all as leased by Landlord. Landlord may remove any lot and building or buildings thereon from the Complex at its sole discretion.

2.9 Electrical Costs ” mean: (a) charges paid by Landlord for electricity; (b) costs incurred in connection with an energy management program for the Property; (c) reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with negotiating electrical contracts for the

 

15


Complex. Electrical Costs shall be adjusted as follows: (i) amounts received by Landlord as reimbursement from tenants for above standard electrical consumption shall be deducted from Electrical Costs; (ii) the cost of electricity incurred to provide overtime HVAC to specific tenants (as reasonably estimated by Landlord) shall be deducted from Electrical Costs; and (iii) if any tenants of the Complex, including Tenant, are billed directly by a utility company for the cost of electricity to their premises as a separate charge, the cost of electricity to such tenant spaces in the Complex shall be deducted from Electrical Costs.

2.10 Environmental Laws ” mean any federal, State, local or administrative agency ordinance, law, rule or regulation, order or requirement relating to Hazardous Materials, radioactive materials, medical wastes, or which deal with air or water quality, air emissions, soil or ground conditions or other environmental matters of any kind.

2.11 Hazardous Materials ” mean any substance, chemical, waste or material which is now or hereafter listed, defined or otherwise identified as “hazardous” or “toxic” under any of the Environmental Laws, including formaldehyde, urea, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum, petroleum products, crude oil, natural gas, radioactive materials, radon, asbestos, or any by-product of same.

2.12 Landlord Parties ” means Landlord’s directors, officers, members, employees, shareholders, contractors, property managers, agents, Lenders, and other lien holders, but excluding other tenants in the Complex.

2.13 Laws and Regulations ” mean all municipal ordinances and state and federal statutes, laws and regulations now or hereafter in force, including the Environmental Laws and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12101-12213 as well as any requirements of municipal, state, federal, or quasi-governmental authorities or utility providers now in force, or which may hereafter be in force, affecting the Complex, the Premises and/or Tenant’s use thereof.

2.14 Lease Year ” means any calendar year, or portion thereof, following the commencement hereof, the whole or any part of which period is included within the Term.

2.15 [Intentionally deleted.]

2.16 Lines ” mean communications, computer, audio and video, security and electrical (other than electrical wiring terminating at or connected to Building standard electrical outlets), cables, wires, lines, duct work, sensors, switching equipment, control boxes and related improvements at the Complex, Building or the Premises.

2.17 Losses ” mean Claims (defined in Section 12.3), liability, damages (to the extent reasonably foreseeable and proximately caused), penalties, fines, liabilities, losses (including property damage, diminution in value of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, Building or Complex, damages for the loss of use of any space or amenity within the Premises, Building, or Complex, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing space in the Complex, sums paid in settlement of claims and any costs and expenses associated with injury, illness or death to or of any person), suits, administrative proceedings, costs and fees, including Professional Fees and expenses.

 

16


2.18 Intentionally deleted.

2.19 Operating Costs ” mean all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Landlord in each Lease Year in connection with the maintenance, repair, replacement, management or operation of the Complex (including all areas and facilities within the exterior boundaries of the Complex) including, without limitation: (a) Electrical Costs and the charges for water, gas, steam, sewer, but excluding those charges for which Landlord is otherwise directly reimbursed by tenants; (b) the cost of periodic relamping and reballasting of lighting fixtures; (c) the total charges of any independent contractors employed in the repair, care, operation, maintenance, and cleaning of the Complex; (d) the amount paid or payable for all supplies and tools; (e) the, costs of climate control, window and exterior wall cleaning for buildings in the Complex; (f) costs of maintenance, repair and replacement of all improvements and structures in the Complex, including the Building and the Common Areas (subject to the requirements set forth herein on amortizing Capital Costs); (g) fees for legal, accounting, inspection and consulting services; (h) the cost of operating, repairing and maintaining elevators and utility and mechanical systems, including Lines; (i) the cost of guards and monitoring other protection services, if provided by Landlord; (j) the cost of supplying all services pursuant to Article 7 hereof to the extent not paid directly by individual tenants; (k) property owner’s association dues, assessments and other costs and expenses imposed upon Landlord by any Restrictions; (l) the cost of property, liability and other insurance for the Complex and any deductibles or self insurance related thereto, including earthquake and flood if Landlord elects to obtain such coverage; (m) Taxes; (n) management fees (but not in excess of four percent (4%) of gross Complex income); (o) any other costs or fees reasonably related to the use, operation or enjoyment of any part of the Complex; (p) amortized Capital Costs; (q) the repair, replacement, resurfacing and repaving of any paved areas, curbs, gutters or other surfaces or areas within the Complex, including reasonable reserves thereof; (r) the repair and replacement of any equipment or facilities located in or serving the Complex; (s) governmental fees and charges; and (t) reasonable costs incurred in the management and administration of the Complex, including wages, salaries, payroll taxes and fringe benefits and operating the Building management office, if any. Operating Costs shall include the foregoing costs and expenses relating to the Complex (and not directly related to the Building) to the extent of the prorated portion of such costs and expenses that is allocated to the Building. Operating Costs shall not include any Excluded Costs as defined in Exhibit D . If Landlord elects to create, such Operating Costs also include costs associated with the creation, operation and maintenance of a shower and related service facility in the Complex for use as part of Common Areas, including in Operating Expenses an amount equal to the fair market value of any previously income generating area devoted to such facility, but with Capital Costs related to such facility to be amortized as provided for in the definition of Capital Costs.

2.20 Premises ” means the portion of space in the Complex leased to Tenant hereunder, as depicted on Exhibit B-3 .

2.21 Release ” means the generation, discharge, disposal, release, deposit, transport, or storage of Hazardous Materials.

2.22 Rent ” means Base Rent, Additional Rent, and all other sums required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

17


2.23 Rentable Area ” as used in the Lease means the Rentable Area of the Premises and the Rentable Area of the Building set forth in Sections 1.4 and 1.5, respectively.

2.24 Restrictions ” mean any covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, Security Instruments, leases and any other matters or documents of record, including the CC&Rs, and all amendments or modifications thereto affecting the Complex. Landlord agrees not to modify the CC&Rs in any manner that would have a material adverse impact on Tenant’s use of the Premises or any of Tenant’s rights or obligations under this Lease.

2.25 Structural ” as herein used means any portion of the Premises or Complex which provides bearing support to any other integral member of the Complex such as, by limitation, the roof structure (trusses, joists, beams), posts, load bearing walls, foundations, girders, floor joists, footings, and other load bearing members constructed by Landlord.

2.26 Sublease ” means that Sublease between Tenant, or Subtenant, and Adobe Systems Incorporated, as Sublandlord, dated April, 2002, as amended by First Amendment dated October 27, 2008 and Second Amendment dated May 25, 2005, the Sublandlord’s interest in which was assigned to Landlord.

2.27 Taxes ” mean: (1) all real estate taxes and other assessments on the Building and/or Complex, as well as the real property upon which the Building and Complex are located (hereinafter the “ Property ”), including assessments for special improvement districts and building improvement districts, taxes and assessments levied in substitution or supplementation in whole or in part of any such taxes and assessments and the Property’s share of any real estate taxes and assessments under any reciprocal easement agreement, common area agreement or similar agreement as to the Property; (2) all personal property taxes for property that is owned by Landlord and used in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Property; (3) if included in the taxes for the Building or Complex, the cost or value of any Leasehold Improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, regardless of whether title to such improvements shall be in Tenant or Landlord; and (4) all costs and fees incurred in connection with seeking reductions in any tax liabilities described in (1), (2) and (3), including any costs incurred by Landlord for compliance, review and appeal of tax liabilities. Taxes do not include any income, gross receipts, business and occupation, capital levy, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance tax; provided, however, if after the date of this Lease, any new taxes or assessments are imposed that are based upon rents received from real property, Landlord shall be entitled to include such taxes or assessments as part of Taxes. If an assessment is payable in installments, Taxes for the year shall include the amount of the installment and any interest due and payable during that year. For all other real estate taxes, Taxes for that year shall, at Landlord’s election, include either the amount accrued, assessed or otherwise imposed for the year or the amount due and payable for that year, provided that Landlord’s election shall be applied consistently throughout the Term. If a change in Taxes is obtained for any year of the Term, then Taxes for that year will be retroactively adjusted and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the adjustment.

2.28 Tenant Parties ” means Tenant’s directors, officers, employees, members, partners, shareholders, invitees, agents, contractors, assigns, subtenants or occupants.

 

18


2.29 [Intentionally deleted.]

2.30 Term ” means the term of the lease as specified in Section 4.3 hereof, as it may be extended for the Renewal Term, as provided for in Section 4.4.

ARTICLE 3. PREMISES

3.1 Demising Clause . Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease. Landlord may change the shape, size, location, number and extent of the improvements to any portion of the Complex, including the Building (but not the interior of the Premises), without the consent of Tenant and without affecting Tenant’s obligations hereunder if such change does not have a material adverse impact on Tenant’s access to or parking for the Premises. Landlord reserves the area beneath and above the Building with the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, Lines, and structural elements leading through the Premises serving other parts of the Complex, so long as such items are concealed by wails, flooring or ceilings and Landlord uses reasonable efforts to minimize their effect on Tenant’s operation of its business in the Premises, which measures shall include, without limitation, scheduling any such work for weekends or nights, whenever reasonably possible, accelerating the work whenever reasonably possible, and daily clean up of the affected portions of the Premises. Such reservation in no way affects the maintenance obligations imposed herein. Tenant shall be entitled to use the Common Areas in common with other tenants of the Complex. If in the future Landlord builds a shower and locker room in the Complex that is available to all Complex tenants, Tenant shall be permitted to use such under the terms and conditions on which such is generally made available to Complex users.

3.2 Restrictions . The Parties agree that this Lease is subject and subordinate to the effect of and Tenant will comply with (a) any Restrictions; (b) the Laws and Regulations; and (c) general and special taxes not delinquent.

ARTICLE 4. TERM AND POSSESSION

4.1 Commencement Date . July 15, 2010 is the Commencement Date for this Lease.

4.2 Compliance with Laws; Possession; Landlord Delay . Landlord warrants that, to its actual knowledge, the Premises are in compliance with all Laws and Regulations in effect as of the date of this Lease. Other than the foregoing warranty, and as Tenant has been, and will be, occupying the Premises under terms of the Sublease, the Premises are accepted by Tenant in “AS IS” condition and configuration without any representations or warranties by Landlord.

4.3 Term . The base Term of this Lease shall start on the Commencement Date and shall be for the term specified in Section 1.7 hereof.

4.4 Renewal . If Tenant is not in default hereunder and has not previously been in default beyond the applicable cure period, Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease for a five (5) year (the “ Renewal Term ”), which shall begin at the end of the Section 4.3 base Term of this Lease. To exercise its renewal option Tenant must give Landlord written notice thereof not less than twelve (12) months, not more than fifteen (15) months prior to the end of the base Term of this Lease. If Tenant timely .exercises its renewal option, this Lease shall continue in

 

19


effect as written, except that Base Rent for the Renewal Term shall be adjusted as provided for in Section 5.1 (b) and there shall be no further renewal options. The renewal option is personal to the Tenant which signed the Lease and may not be exercised by an assignee, subtenant or successor except in connection with a Permitted Transfer.

4.5 Closures . Landlord has the right, but not the obligation; in its sole and absolute discretion to temporarily close the Building or access to portions thereof, including any Common Area and the Premises, if there is any act or threat of any act of terrorism, war, violence, vandalism, civil unrest, riot or other event that may pose a threat to the public safety or damage to the Building, including any advisory warning or notice from the Office of Homeland Security or any other federal, state or local governmental or enforcement agency (herein referred to as an event of “ Civil Unrest ”). Tenant agrees to comply with any notice from Landlord or any governmental agency to close the Building or portions thereof and to immediately cause all of its employees, agents, contractors and invitees to vacate the Building. Landlord will not be responsible for any loss or damage to Tenant’s business as a result, and Tenant will not be entitled to any abatement in rent or other relief of its obligations under this Lease for any period of time when Tenant may not have access to the Premises or Building due to any Civil Unrest

ARTICLE 5. RENT

5.1 Payment .

(a) As consideration for this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord all Rent specified in this Lease. Base Rent is payable in advance on the first day of each month of the Term at the Rent Payment Address or such other address specified by Landlord. Additional Rent or sums other than Rent requested by Landlord under the terms of this Lease are payable within ten days of Notice or demand unless a different time period is expressly specified in the Lease. If the Term commences on other than the first clay of the month, the Rent for the first partial month shall be prorated accordingly.

(b) If Tenant exercises its renewal option, the Base Rental rate(s) for the Renewal Term shall be equal to the fair market rate(s), including all concessions, for a five (5) year term for a comparable lease for comparable Class A space located in Fremont/South Lake Union area of the City of Seattle (collectively “ Fair Market Rent ”). Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing of Landlord’s calculation of Fair Market Rent by no later than ten (10) months prior to the end of the base Lease Term. If Tenant disagrees with such calculation, it shall advise Landlord in writing thereof within twenty (20) days thereafter. If there is a disagreement on such calculation, the parties shall promptly meet to attempt to resolve their differences. If these differences as to Fair Market Rent arc not resolved within a two (2) month period, then the parties shall submit the matter to arbitration in accordance with the terms of Section 5.1(c) so that Fair Market Rent is determined no later than two (2) months prior to the end of the base Term of this Lease.

(c) If the parties are unable to reach agreement on Fair Market Rent during the period specified in Section 5.1(b), then within ten (10) days thereafter either party may advise the other in writing of the name and address of its arbitrator. The arbitrator shall be an appraiser or commercial real estate broker with at least ten (10) years of experience with

 

20


commercial rental rates in Fremont/South Lake Union area of the City of Seattle. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice from the initiating party (the “ Instigator ”) designating its arbitrator, the other party (the “ Recipient ”) shall give notice to Instigator, specifying the name and address of the person designated by Recipient to act as arbitrator on its behalf who shall be similarly qualified. If Recipient fails to notify Instigator of the appointment of its arbitrator, within or by the time above specified, then the arbitrator appointed by Instigator shall be the arbitrator to determine the issue. The duty of the arbitrator(s) shall be to determine the Fair Market Rent. If the two (2) arbitrators are so chosen the arbitrators so chosen shall meet within ten (10) business days after the second arbitrator is appointed and, if within ten (10) business days after such first meeting the two arbitrators shall be unable to agree promptly upon a determination of Fair Market Rent, they, themselves, shall appoint a third arbitrator, who shall be a competent and impartial person with qualifications similar to those required of the first two arbitrators. If they are unable to agree upon such appointment within five (5) business days after expiration of said ten (10) day period, the third arbitrator shall be selected by the parties themselves, if they can agree thereon, within a further, period of ten (10) business days. If the parties do not so agree, then either party, on behalf of both, may request appointment of such a qualified person by the then presiding judge of King County Superior Court acting in his or her private non judicial capacity, and the other party shall not raise any question as to such judge’s full power and jurisdiction to entertain the application for and make the appointment, and the parties agree to indemnify and hold the presiding judge fully and completely harmless from and against all claims arising out of the presiding judge’s appointment of an arbitrator. The three (3) arbitrators shall decide the dispute, if it has not been previously resolved, by following the procedure set forth in this Section. Where the issue cannot be resolved by agreement between the two arbitrators selected by Landlord and Tenant or settlement between the parties during the course of arbitration, the issue shall be resolved by the three arbitrators in accordance with the following procedure. The arbitrators selected by each of the parties shall state in writing his or her determination of the Fair Market Rent supported by the reasons therefor with counterpart copies to each party. The arbitrators shall arrange for a simultaneous exchange of such proposed resolutions. The role of the third arbitrator shall be to select which of the two proposed resolutions most closely approximates his or her determination of Fair Market Rent. The third arbitrator shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the two proposed resolutions. The resolution he or she chooses as most closely approximating his or her determination shall constitute the decision of the arbitrators and be final and binding upon the parties.

(i) In the event of a failure, refusal or inability of any arbitrator to act, his or her successor shall be appointed by him, but in the case of the third arbitrator, his or her successor shall be appointed in the same manner as provided for appointment of the third arbitrator. The arbitrators shall attempt to decide the issue within ten (10) business days after the appointment of the third arbitrator. Any decision in which the arbitrator appointed by Landlord and the arbitrator appointed by Tenant concur shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fee and expenses of its respective arbitrator and both shall share equally the fee and expenses of the third arbitrator, if any, and the attorneys’ fees and expenses of counsel for the respective parties and of witnesses shall be paid by the respective party engaging such counsel or calling such witnesses.

 

21


The arbitrators shall have the right to consult experts and competent authorities with factual information or evidence pertaining to a determination of Fair Market Rent. The arbitrators shall render their decision and award in writing with counterpart copies to each party. The arbitrators shall have no power to modify the provisions of this Lease.

5.2 No Set Off . All Rent due under this Lease shall be paid without prior notice, demand, deduction, setoff, offset, counterclaim, suspension or abatement except as expressly provided in Articles 13 and 19.

5.3 Advance Rent . [Intentionally deleted].

5.4 Late Charges; Interest . Tenant acknowledges that late payment of Rent or other sums due under the Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount being extremely difficult and impractical to fix. Such costs include processing and accounting charges, late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance covering the Premises, and interest costs. If Landlord does not receive Rent or any other payment due from Tenant five (5) days after Notice from Landlord that such payment is past due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of ten percent (10%) of such Rent or other payment as a late charge; provided, however, after the first notice in any twelve (12) month period, no further notice shall be required and the late charge shall be imposed after five (5) days. The Parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant’s late payment. Accepting any late charge does not waive Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies available to Landlord. In addition to the late charge, Tenant shall pay interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum on any Rent or other sum not paid by the date due.

ARTICLE 6. SECURITY DEPOSIT

Intentionally omitted.

ARTICLE 7. SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT

7.1 Climate Control . Landlord shall provide climate control to the Premises from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (Sundays and nationally enacted holidays excepted) (the “ Climate Control Hours ”) to maintain a temperature adequate for comfortable occupancy, provided that Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply climate control service when making repairs, alterations or improvements or when prevented from so doing by strikes or any cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, so long as Landlord uses reasonable and diligent efforts to restore service and minimize any interruptions after receiving notice of any failure or interruption of service from Tenant. Any climate control furnished for periods not within the Climate Control Hours pursuant to Tenant’s request shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with rate schedules promulgated by Landlord from time to time which reflect all of Landlord’s costs related thereto. As of the date of mutual execution of this Lease, the rate for after hours service is $35 per hour. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has installed in the Building a system for the purpose of climate control. Any use of the Premises not in accordance with the design

 

22


standards or any arrangement of partitioning which interferes with the normal operation of such system may require changes or alterations in the system or ducts through which the climate control system operates. Any changes or alterations so occasioned, if such changes can be accommodated by Landlord’s equipment, shall be made by Tenant at its cost and expense but only with the written consent of Landlord first had and obtained, and in accordance with drawings and specifications and by a contractor first approved in writing by Landlord. If installation of partitions, equipment or fixtures by Tenant necessitates the re-balancing of the climate control equipment in the Premises, Landlord will perform the re-balancing at Tenant’s expense. Any charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder shall be due within ten (10) business days of receipt of an invoice from Landlord, which invoice may precede Landlord’s expenditure for the benefit of Tenant.

7.2 Elevator Service . Landlord shall provide elevator service (which may be with or without operator at Landlord’s option) provided that Tenant, its employees, and all other persons using such services shall do so at their own risk. Usage after normal business hours may require a card or other form of identification for access to the elevator.

7.3 Cleaning Public Areas . Landlord will maintain and keep clean the street level lobbies, sidewalks, truck dock, public corridors and other public portions of the Building.

7.4 Refuse Disposal . Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent the cost of any removal from the Premises and the Building of such refuse and rubbish of Tenant that is disproportionate in quantity or unusual in nature to what is being generated by other tenants in the Building.

7.5 Janitorial Service . Landlord shall provide routine cleaning and janitorial service for the Premises and in and about the Complex after hours Sunday through Thursday (holidays excepted) in accordance with standards for similar standards for like buildings in Seattle, Washington.

7.6 Interruptions . Landlord does not warrant that any of the services referred to above or any other services and/or utilities that Landlord may supply or which are supplied will be free from interruption and/or the need for maintenance and repairs or replacement. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for any interruption or failure in utility, telecommunication or other services, including the Lines, so long as Landlord uses reasonable and diligent efforts to restore service and minimize any interruptions after receiving notice of any failure or interruption of service from Tenant, nor shall such interruption or failure affect the continuation or validity of this Lease; provided, that Base Rent and Additional Rent shall abate during any period that Tenant is unable to conduct normal business operations in the Premises as a result of such an interruption that is attributable to Landlord’s negligence or breach of this Lease and continues for longer than two (2) business days, but only for the period thereafter. Tenant acknowledges that any one or more such services may be suspended or reduced by reason of unavoidable emergency repairs, by strikes or accidents, by any cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, or by orders or regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal authority. In addition, Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that Tenant’s use of any Lines will be free from, (a) any eavesdropping or wire-tapping by unauthorized parties, (b) any failure of any Lines to satisfy Tenant’s requirements, or

 

23


(c) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of Lines by or for other occupants of the Complex, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Building to conform to any requirements for the Lines or any associated equipment or any other problems associated with any Lines by any other cause. Landlord shall use reasonable, diligent and good faith efforts to minimize the impact and duration of any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections. Any such interruption or suspension of services shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or any part thereof, nor render Landlord liable to Tenant for damages by abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant of performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease except as provided above.

7.7 Alternative Telecommunications Provider . If Tenant wishes to utilize the services of a telephone or telecommunications provider whose equipment is not servicing the Building as of the date of Tenant’s execution of this Lease (“ Provider ”), no such Provider shall be permitted to install its Lines or other equipment within the Building without first securing the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall incur no expense whatsoever with respect to any aspect of Provider’s provision of its services, including without limitation, the costs of installation, removal, relocation or modification or materials and services. Prior to the commencement of any work in or about the Building by Provider, Provider must agree in writing to abide by such rules and regulations, job site rules, and such other requirements as reasonably determined by Landlord to be necessary to protect the interests of Landlord.

ARTICLE 8. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

8.1 Restriction on Transfer . Except as expressly provided in Article 8, Tenant will not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, mortgage, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein or sublet or license the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by any party other than Tenant (each a “ Transfer ”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which Landlord agrees it shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. For purposes of this Article, and except in the case of a Permitted Transfer (as defined in Section 8.6 below), if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity any transfer, assignment, encumbrance or hypothecation of fifty percent (50%) or more (individually or in the aggregate) of any stock or other ownership or beneficial interest hi such entity, if made for the purpose of circumventing the restrictions on Transfer contained in this Article 8, will be deemed a Transfer and will be subject to all of the restrictions and provisions contained in this Article. The immediately preceding sentence will not apply to public corporations, the stock of which is traded through a public exchange.

8.2 Transfer Notice . If Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, at least thirty (30) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “ Transfer Date ”), Tenant will give Notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”), stating the name, address and business of the proposed assignee, subtenant or other transferee (the “ Transferee ”) a description of the Premises, or portion thereof, to be Transferred (the “ Transfer Premises ”), the proposed Transfer Date, the relationship, if any, between Tenant and the Transferee, a current balance sheet and most recent quarterly and annual profit and loss statement and a business history of the Transferee. The Notice must be accompanied by such other information in such detail as Landlord may reasonably require concerning the character and ownership.

 

24


8.3 Landlord’s Options . Within ten (10) days of receipt of a Transfer Notice and all financial information, Landlord will notify Tenant of its election to do one of the following: (i) consent to the proposed Transfer subject to such reasonable conditions as Landlord may impose in providing such consent (which shall not entail changes to the rights or the obligations of either party under the Lease); (ii) refuse such consent, which refusal shall be on reasonable grounds; or (iii) terminate this Lease as to any portion of the Premises which is proposed to be assigned, or any portion of the Premises Which exceeds, individually or in the aggregate when combined with prior subleases, 6,700 square feet which is proposed to be sublet, and recapture that portion of the Premises for reletting by Landlord, unless Tenant elects to terminate the Transfer and retain the Premises.

8.4 Additional Conditions . A condition precedent to any Transfer will be the delivery to Landlord of evidence of insurance as required under the Lease and the correct legal name and notice address for the Transferee. Tenant (“ Transferor ”) agrees to pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, seventy-five percent (75%) of all sums and other consideration payable to and for the benefit of Tenant by the Transferee in excess of the Rent payable under the Lease for the same period and portion of the Premises. In calculating excess Rent-or other consideration which may be payable to Landlord under this paragraph, Tenant will be entitled to deduct a monthly amortization of commercially reasonable third party brokerage commissions and attorney’s fees and other amounts reasonably and actually expended by Tenant in connection with the Transfer if acceptable written evidence of such expenditures is provided to Landlord. No Transfer will release Transferor (or any prior Transferor) of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or-alter the primary liability of Transferor (or any prior Transferor) to perform all obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. Landlord may require that Transferee remit directly to Landlord on a monthly basis, all monies due Transferor by said Transferee. Consent by Landlord to one Transfer will not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer. In the event of default by Transferee, Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any other terms hereof; Landlord may proceed directly against Transferor without the necessity of exhausting remedies against Transferee or successor. If Tenant requests the consent of Landlord to a Transfer, Tenant will pay Landlord a review fee of $500.00 and shall also reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable attorney’s fees.

8.5 Recapture . By Notice to Tenant (the “ Termination Notice ”) within ten (10) days after Landlord receives the information specified in Section 8.2, Landlord may terminate this Lease in the event of a Transfer of the Lease as to the entire Premises, or terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises to be transferred, if the Transfer is for less than the entire Premises, unless Tenant elects to terminate the Transfer and retain the Premises as provided in Section 8.3 above. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as to the Transfer Premises, an amendment to this Lease shall be executed restating the description of the Premises and reducing Tenant’s obligations for Rent and other charges in proportion to the reduction in rentable area of the Premises. In the event Landlord elects to recapture Tenant may elect to terminate the transfer and retain the premises. In such event, unless the parties otherwise agree, the date, on which the termination shall take effect, shall be the date of the proposed transfer identified in Tenant’s notice. If Landlord elects a whole or partial termination hereunder, Landlord may enter into a

 

25


new lease with the intended Transferee or any other person covering the Transfer Premises on such terms as Landlord and such person may agree. In such event, Tenant shall not be entitled to any portion of the profit that Landlord may realize on account of such termination and reletting. Upon the termination of this Lease, the Parties shall have no further obligations to each other under this Lease except for matters occurring or obligations arising prior to the date of such termination.

8.6 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, provided that the net worth of the resulting or successor entity is at least equal to the greater of (i) $52,200,000 or (ii) the audited (if available) or tangible net worth of Tenant (as certified by an independent certified public accountant, if there are not audited financial statements) immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, Landlord hereby consents to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of all or part of the Premises to (a) the parent of Tenant or to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tenant, (b) to any corporation in whom or with which Tenant may be merged or consolidated, (c) any entity to whom all of Tenant’s stock is sold, or to whom substantially all of Tenant’s assets are sold, (d) the resulting entity following the conversion, merger or consolidation of Tenant into a limited liability company or limited liability partnership, provided in all of the above instances (“ Permitted Transfers ”), that (x) such entity expressly assumes all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (w) Tenant shall remain liable under this Lease, (x) Landlord is provided with evidence that insurance required of Tenant under this Lease is in effect on the transfer date, (y) the named Guarantor affirms in writing that its guaranty remains in full force and effect, unaffected by the Permitted Transfer and (z) Landlord shall receive a copy of the executed Transfer document promptly after execution.

ARTICLE 9. PROPERTY INSURANCE

9.1 Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord (i) shall maintain (a) Real Property – Special Form (All Risk) or comparable insurance covering the Building and (b) Commercial General Liability insurance, and (ii) may maintain earthquake, pollution legal liability, terrorism, boiler and machinery, and any other insurance commonly maintained by institutional owners of commercial real estate or that is required by Lender (collectively “ Landlord Insurance ”). Such insurance shall be issued in the names of Landlord and Lender, as their interests appear, shall be for the sole benefit of such parties and under their sole control, and shall provide for waiver of subrogation consistent with Section 12.2 of this Lease.

9.2 Use of Premises . No use shall be made or permitted to be made on the Premises, nor acts done, by Tenant or any of its invitees, contractors or agents which will increase the existing rate of insurance upon the Building in which the Premises are located or upon any other building or improvement in the Complex or cause the cancellation of any Landlord Insurance. Tenant or Tenant Parties shall not sell, or permit to be kept, used or sold, in or about the Premises, any article that may be prohibited by Landlord Insurance. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall comply with all requirements of any insurance company, necessary to maintain property damage and commercial general liability insurance covering the Premises, Building, or Complex.

9.3 Increase in Premiums . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent and not as part of Operating Costs, any increase in premiums on policies which may be carried by

 

26


Landlord on the Premises, the Building or the Complex., or any blanket policies which include the Building or Complex, covering damage thereto and loss of Rent caused by fire and other perils resulting from the nature of Tenant’s occupancy or any act or omission of Tenant. These payments are in addition to any insurance payments under Exhibit E .

ARTICLE 10. TENANT’S INSURANCE

At its expense, Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the Term, and provide coverage after expiration of the Term for events occurring during the Term, insurance as set forth below against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property arising from or in connection with Tenant’s operation and use of the Premises, If Tenant fails to obtain any insurance required of it under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, but is not obligated to, obtain such insurance on behalf of Tenant and bill the cost to Tenant, as Additional Rent.

(a) Special Form (all risk) insurance policy covering: (i) business personal property, leasehold improvements on a replacement cost basis, subject to a deductible no greater than $25,000; (ii) one year’s business income and extra expense from Tenant’s operations on the Premises; which policy shall include waiver of subrogation rights of insurer against Landlord consistent with Section 12.2.

(b) Commercial General Liability policy for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 annual aggregate basis. Landlord shall have the right to require an increase in such limits during the Term to reflect changes in industry standards, Endorsements satisfying the following requirements shall be affixed: (i) Landlord, Lender and, if specifically designated by Landlord in writing, Landlord’s affiliates and Landlord’s property manager, shall be named as additional insureds; (ii) Tenant’s policy shall be primary, not contributing with, and not in excess of any other applicable insurance carried by Landlord; (iii) Tenant’s policy shall extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with any alterations or improvements to or about the Premises performed by or on behalf of Tenant; and (iv) Tenant’s policy shall include contractual liability coverage.

(c) Business Auto Liability covering all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of $1,000,000 per accident.

(d) Workers’ Compensation on a statutory basis.

(e) Umbrella Liability with a $5,000,000 per occurrence/annual aggregate limit.

ARTICLE 11. INSURANCE POLICY REQUIREMENTS

All insurance policies to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall conform to the following requirements:

(a) The insurer in each case shall carry a designation in “Best’s Insurance Reports” as issued from time to time throughout the Term as follows: Policyholders’ rating of A-; financial rating of not less than VII;

 

27


(b) The insurer shall be qualified to do business in the State;

(c) Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to Landlord at commencement of the term and certificates of renewal at least five (5) business days prior to the expiration of each policy; and

(d) Each policy shall require that the insurer notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to any cancellation or expiration of such policy, or any reduction in the amounts of insurance carried.

ARTICLE 12. INDEMNIFICATION, WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND SUBROGATION

12.1 Intent and Purpose . The Parties intend that the indemnity and waiver of claims provisions of this Lease assigns the risk for a particular casualty to the party obligated to carry the insurance for such risk (which is not a limitation of the assignment of the risk), without respect to the causation (other than due to the intentional and wrongful acts of a party), but including the Parties’ negligence.

12.2 Waiver of Subrogation . The Parties release each other from any claims for damage to the Promises, Building and Complex, and to the furniture, fixtures, and other business personal property, Tenant’s improvements and alterations of either Landlord or Tenant, in or on the Premises, Building and Complex, and for loss of income, to the extent such damages or loss are actually covered and proceeds are actually paid by insurance policies maintained by the Parties or that would have been covered by insurance policies required of the Parties under this Lease.

12.3 Indemnity . Except to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful acts and subject to the waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 12.2, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against all actions, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, Losses, penalties and expenses of any kind (“ Claims ”) brought against or imposed upon Landlord or which Landlord may pay or incur by reason of injury to person or property, from whatever cause including the negligence of the Parties hereto, in any way connected with (a) the use of the Premises or Alterations, improvements or personal property therein or thereon, by Tenant or Tenant Parties; (b) any violation or alleged violation by Tenant or any Tenant Parties of any Laws and Regulations; (c) any liability under any Laws and Regulations by Tenant or any Tenant Parties; (d) any breach of the provisions of Article 16 by Tenant or any Tenant Parties; or (e) any Release of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, Building or Complex by Tenant or Tenant Parties. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord costs of cleanup, remediation, removal and restoration that are in any way related to any matter covered by the foregoing indemnity. Except to the extent caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful acts and subject to the waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 12.2, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Tenant from and against all actions, Claims brought against or imposed upon Tenant or which Tenant may pay or incur by reason of injury to persons to the extent caused by Landlord’s or Landlord Parties’ gross negligence, any violation or alleged violation by Landlord or Landlord Parties of any Laws and Regulations, or the Release of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, Building or Complex by Landlord or Landlord Parties. In the event a Claim was caused by the concurrent negligence of an indemnified party, the

 

28


indemnifying party’s indemnification obligation with respect to the indemnified party shall be limited to the extent of the negligence of the indemnifying party, and provided further that in no event shall the indemnifying party be obligated to indemnify an indemnified party for a Claim which arises out of or results from the sole negligence of the indemnified party. For the sole purpose of giving full force and effect to the indemnification obligations under this Agreement and not for the benefit of any employees of Tenant or any third parties unrelated to the parties indemnified under this Agreement, Tenant specifically and expressly waives any immunity that may be granted it under the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW. Further the indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable to or for any third party under the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act or other employee benefit acts. Tenant’s obligations under this Section survive the expiration or termination of the Lease.

 

 

/s/ JS

 
  Tenant’s Initials  

12.4 Waiver of Claims . Except as arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, the breach of any express warranties made by Landlord, Tenant releases and waives all Claims against Landlord for damages or injury from any cause arising at any time, including the negligence of the Parties, for damages to goods, wares or merchandise of Tenant or any Tenant Parties and loss of business in, upon or about the Premises or Complex and personal injury to Tenant’s agents or employees, invitees or third persons in, upon, or about the Premises or Complex. It is understood and agreed that the release set forth herein extends to all claims of every nature and kind whatsoever, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected.

12.5 References . Wherever the term Landlord, Tenant or the Parties is used in this Article, and such party is to receive the benefit of a provision of this Article, such term shall also refer also to the Party’s officers, directors, shareholders, employees, partners, agents, mortgagees and other lien holders.

ARTICLE 13. DESTRUCTION

13.1 Rights of Termination . If the Premises suffer an Uninsured Property Loss or a property loss which cannot be repaired within one hundred ninety five (195) days from the date of destruction, as determined by Landlord, Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date of the damage (the “ Loss Date ”) upon Notice to Tenant, If the Premises cannot be repaired within one hundred ninety five (195) days of the Loss Date, as determined by Landlord and stated in Landlords Notice to Tenant, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by Notice to Landlord given within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s Notice that the restoration time will exceed one hundred ninety five (195) days. Landlord’s Notice shall be given within forty five (45) days of the Loss Date or as soon thereafter as the restoration time can be determined. “ Uninsured Property Loss ” is any damage or destruction for which the insurance proceeds available to Landlord are insufficient to pay for the repair or reconstruction of the Premises.

13.2 Repairs . In the event of a casualty that may be repaired within one hundred ninety five (195) days from the Loss Date, or if the Parties do not elect to terminate this Lease under Section 13.1, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord shall promptly

 

29


undertake to make repairs to reconstitute the Premises to as near as practicable to the condition as existed prior to the Loss Date. The partial destruction shall .in no way void this Lease but Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of Base Rent and any Additional Rent following the property loss until the time the Premises are restored to the extent of Landlord’s recovery under its rent abatement insurance for the Premises. Landlord’s obligations to restore shall in no way include any construction originally performed by Tenant or subsequently undertaken by Tenant.

13.3 Repair Costs . The cost of any repairs to be made by Landlord pursuant to Section 13.2 shall be paid by Landlord using available insurance proceeds.

13.4 Waiver . Tenant hereby waives all statutory or common law rights of termination in respect to any partial destruction or property loss which Landlord is obligated to repair or may elect to repair under the terms of this Article. Further, in event of a property loss occurring during the last two years of the original term hereof or of any extension, Landlord need not undertake any repairs and may cancel this Lease unless Tenant has the right under the terms of this Lease to extend the term for an additional period of at least five (5) years and does so within thirty (30) days of the date of the property loss.

13.5 Landlord’s Election . If the Complex or Building is destroyed by more than thirty percent (30%) of the replacement cost, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, whether the Premises are damaged or not, as set forth in Section 13.1. A total destruction of the Complex terminates this Lease.

ARTICLE 14. ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of less than the full Rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest due Rent. No endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment will be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy available in this Lease, at law or in equity. Landlord may accept partial payment from Tenant without invalidation of any contractual notice required to be given herein and without invalidation of any notice required to be given by law.

ARTICLE 15. USE

15.1 Use . The Premises may be used and occupied only for general office use (hereinafter “ Permitted Use ”) and for no other use. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will disturb any other tenant in the Building or Complex, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenant or occupants of the Building or Complex, or injure or annoy them or create any unreasonable smells, noise or vibrations (taking into account the nature and tenant-mix of the Building). Tenant shall not allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain, or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Premises, Building or Complex. Tenant shall comply with all Laws and Regulations affecting the operation of Tenant’s business and the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Building attached as Exhibit F (the “ Rules and Regulations ”) and such other reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time.

 

30


15.2 Parking . Tenant shall be entitled to use and shall in all cases be charged for, one hundred thirty (130) parking stalls on levels P1 and P2 of the Complex garage at locations designated on Exhibit B-4 . Tenant will relinquish ten (10) of its currently subleased parking stalls on the earlier of (a) July 15, 2010, or (b) another tenant’s occupancy of the Relinquished Space, as defined in Section 30.25, with all of the relinquished stalls to be on Level P2 as noted on Exhibit B-4 . Thereafter, Tenant shall have the right at any time on ninety (90) days prior written notice to Landlord specifying the parking stalls to be relinquished to relinquish use of up to twenty (20) parking stalls in the locations indicated on Exhibit B-4 for a minimum period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months. If Tenant so elects to relinquish use of such parking stalls, it shall have the right to resume use of all or paid of such relinquished parking stalls after the twelve (12) month period upon ninety (90) days prior written notice specifying the relinquished stalls which it intends to use. If it elects to resume such use, it must continue such use for at least twelve (12) consecutive months. Tenant shall not be charged for any relinquished parking stalls during the period of such relinquishment. Parking rates for Tenant’s stalls shall be as follows: $75 per month per stall for the period July 15, 2010 – July 31, 2012; $100 per month per stall for the period August 1, 2012 – July 31, 2015; and at market rates for such stalls thereafter, but in no event shall rates for Tenant’s Stalls be increased more frequently than annually thereafter. As used herein “ market rates ” refers to parking rates charged for the following properties in the general Fremont area, being deemed comparable properties for parking purposes the parking rates which were in the $125 - $130 per month range at the date of the execution of this Lease: Park View Building, Waterside Building, Canal View Building, Evanston Building and Lake View Building. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations applicable to the Complex garage.

15.3 New Climate Measures; LEED .

(a) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that it is likely that new laws will be enacted dealing with energy conservation, CO2 emissions, transportation and other matters related to global climate change (“ Climate Measures ”) and that existing Climate Measures policies will be implemented through the adoption of governmental rules and regulations (such laws, rules and regulations being collectively referred to herein as “ New Climate Measures ”) which could increase the obligations of, and restrictions on, Landlord related to the Building from those which existed on the date of this Lease. Tenant covenants to comply with the requirements of New Climate Measures applicable to Tenant and to cooperate reasonably with Landlord in connection with satisfying Landlord’s compliance requirements with respect to the climate measures and to any U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design programs (“ LEED ”) measures implemented by Landlord, including, but not limited to, providing Landlord with monitoring data and reporting duties related to the Premises.

(b) Tenant acknowledges that the Building is or may become in the future certified under the LEED rating system. Landlord’s sustainability practices address whole-building operations and maintenance issues including chemical use; indoor air quality; energy efficiency; water efficiency; recycling programs; exterior maintenance programs; and systems

 

31


upgrades to meet green building energy, water, indoor air quality, and lighting performance standards. All construction and maintenance methods and procedures, material purchases, and disposal of waste must be in compliance with minimum standards and specifications, in addition to all applicable laws. Tenant shall cooperate reasonably with Landlord to comply with Landlord’s sustainability practices.

(c) Effective as of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall use proven energy and carbon reduction measures, including energy efficient bulbs in task lighting; use of lighting controls; daylighting measures to avoid overlighting interior spaces; closing shades in the Premises to avoid overheating the space; turning off lights and equipment at the end of the work day; purchasing ENERGY STAR ® qualified equipment, including but not limited to lighting, office equipment, commercial and residential .quality kitchen equipment, vending and ice machines; and purchasing products certified by the U.S. EPA’s Water Sense ® program.

ARTICLE 16. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

16.1 Tenant’s Obligations . At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall comply with and faithfully observe all Laws and Regulations in the use or occupancy of the Premises, Tenant’s obligation to comply with and observe the Laws and Regulations shall apply regardless of whether such Laws and Regulations regulate or relate to Tenant’s particular use Of the Premises or relate to the use of premises in general, and regardless of the cost thereof. A judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that any Laws and Regulations pertaining to the Premises have been violated, is conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

16.2 Condition of Premises . Tenant hereby accepts the Premises in “AS IS” condition as of the date of this Lease, subject to all applicable Laws and Regulations, Restrictions, and requirements in effect during any part of the Term regulating the Premises, and without other representation, warranty or covenant by Landlord, express or implied, as to the condition, habitability or safety of the Premises, the suitability or fitness thereof for their intended purposes. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises in such condition are in good and sanitary order, condition and repair.

16.3 Hazardous Materials . Tenant shall use and store in the Premises and Complex only ordinary and general office, dental and cleaning supplies containing Hazardous Materials in normal and customary amounts and such other Hazardous Materials as have been previously approved by Landlord in writing (which approval may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) and which are reasonably necessary for Tenant’s business. All such Hazardous Materials approved by Landlord shall be limited to quantities consistent with the approved use of the Premises and shall be used, stored and disposed of in full compliance with all Environmental Laws. All medical and dental waste shall be separately stored in accordance with the requirements of all Laws and Regulations and good industry practices and removed on a regular basis by a licensed medical waste removal contractor. Tenant shall not suffer or allow the introduction of any contaminating agent that would adversely impact the indoor air quality in the Building, and shall at its sole cost and expense, provide any venting or any other precautionary measures for the Hazardous Materials stored and used by it in the Premises, as may be required under applicable Laws and Regulations and as is otherwise consistent with standard industry practice.

 

32


16.4 Mold . Tenant shall give Landlord Notice of any evidence of Mold, water leaks or water infiltration in the Premises promptly after their discovery. To the extent that Tenant fails to give such Notice to Landlord on a timely basis or the mold is attributable to the use and occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, then, at its expense, Tenant shall investigate, clean up and remediate any Mold in the Premises that is attributable to the use and occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Parties. Investigation, clean up and remediation may be performed only after Tenant has Landlord’s written approval of a plan. If Tenant gives timely Notice of the discovery of Mold and such Mold is not attributable to the use and occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, then Landlord shall investigate, clean up and remediate any such Mold in the Premises. All clean up and remediation shall be done in compliance with any applicable Laws and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord and Lender.

16.5 Lines . Tenant shall comply with all Laws and Regulations with respect to all Lines installed by Tenant within the Premises or anywhere in the Building outside the Premises, including, without limitation, the plenums or risers of the Building. If Tenant discontinues the use of all or any part of the Lines, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days thereafter notify Landlord of such discontinued use in writing, which notice must be accompanied by a description of the current type, number, points of commencement and termination, and routes of the Lines, sufficiently detailed to allow Landlord to determine if Landlord wishes to retain the Lines. Within thirty (30) days after either (a) Landlord receives such a discontinuation notice from Tenant, or (b) the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, Landlord may elect by written notice to Tenant to either (i) retain any or all of the Lines, (ii) remove any or all of the Lines and restore the Premises or the Building, as the case may be, to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Lines or (iii) require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to remove any or all Lines installed by Tenant after the date of this Lease and restore the Premises or the Building, as the case may be, to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Lines unless lines were in place prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises under the Sublease.

ARTICLE 17. ALTERATIONS

17.1 Consent of Landlord; Ownership . Tenant shall not make or allow alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises (collectively “ Alterations ”), unless such Alterations cost less than $5,000 and do not affect Building systems, structure or exterior and otherwise comply with this Article 17, including any increasing telecommunication demands or requiring the addition or expansion of Lines dedicated to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant may not make any Alterations that affect Structural elements. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease, all Alterations shall be removed by Tenant to the extent Landlord shall inform Tenant at time of its approval thereof that the improvements will need to be removed at the end of the Term. Alterations shall become a part of the realty and belong to Landlord if such removal is not required. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to remove its trade fixtures placed upon the Premises provided that Tenant restores the Premises as indicated below.

 

33


17.2 Requirements . Landlord may condition its consent for any Alterations upon Tenant complying at its expense commercially with reasonable conditions and requirements, including preparation of all construction plans, drawings and specifications for approval by Landlord; the use of contractors and subcontractors approved by Landlord; the delivery of performance and payment bonds showing Landlord as a beneficiary; and the delivery to Landlord of duplicate originals of all marked construction drawings. In requesting Landlord’s consent, Tenant may (x) ask Landlord to provide the approval set forth in Section 17.1 and if Landlord does not so approve, in writing, it shall be deemed that Tenant must remove the Alteration unless Landlord later exercises its right under Section 17.1 or (y) condition Tenant’s willingness to do the Alteration on Landlord’s written agreement that Tenant can remove the Alteration at the end of the Lease Term. Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits for any Alterations as its sole obligation and expense, and strictly comply with the following requirements:

(a) Following approval by Landlord of Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten days’ prior Notice of commencement of work in the Premises so that Landlord may post notices of non-responsibility in or upon the Premises as provided by law; and

(b) The Alterations must use materials of at least equal quality to Leasehold Improvements at the Commencement Date, and must be performed in compliance with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulation now or hereafter in effect and in a manner such that they will not interfere with the quiet enjoyment of the other tenants in the Complex.

17.3 Liens . Tenant will keep the Premises and the Complex free from any liens arising out of any Alterations done by Tenant. If a mechanic’s or other lien is filed against the Premises, Building or Complex through Tenant, Landlord may demand that Tenant furnish a satisfactory lien release bond in such form and amount as necessary to accomplish the release of such contested lien claim under RCW 64.04.161. Such bond must be posted ten (10) business days after Notice from Landlord. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and costs in participating in any action contesting such lien or the foreclosure thereof, if Landlord elects to do so. Landlord may pay the claim prior to the enforcement thereof in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord in full, including attorneys’ fees, for any such expense, as Additional Rent, with the next due Rent payment.

ARTICLE 18. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

18.1 Landlord’s Obligations . Subject to the other provisions of this Lease imposing obligations in this respect upon Tenant, Landlord shall repair, replace and maintain the external and structural parts of the Complex that are not leased to others, janitor and equipment closets and shafts within the Premises designated by Landlord for use by it in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Complex, and all Common Areas. Landlord shall perform such repairs, replacements and maintenance with reasonable dispatch; in a good and workmanlike manner; but Landlord shall not be liable for any damages, direct, indirect or consequential, or for damages for personal discomfort, illness or inconvenience of Tenant by reason of failure of equipment, Lines, facilities or systems or reasonable delays in the performance of such repairs, replacements and maintenance. The cost for such repairs, maintenance and replacement shall be included in Operating Costs in accordance with Section 2.19 hereof except to the extent that any such repairs, replacements or maintenance costs arose from the wrongful acts or willful misconduct of Landlord.

 

34


18.2 Negligence of Tenant . If the Building, the elevators, boilers, engines, pipes or apparatus used for the purpose of climate control of the Building or operating the elevators, or if the water pipes, drainage pipes, electric lighting or other equipment, Lines, systems and/or facilities of the Building or the Complex, or the roof or the outside walls of the Building, fall into a state of disrepair or become damaged or destroyed through the negligence or misuse of Tenant, its agents, employees or anyone permitted by it to be in the Complex, or through it in any way, the cost of the necessary repairs, replacements or alterations shall be borne by Tenant who shall pay the same to Landlord as Additional Rent.

18.3 Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant shall repair and maintain the Premises (excluding any structural elements thereof), but including all interior partitions and walls, fixtures, Tenant’s Work, Alterations to the Premises and all electrical and telephone outlets and conduits, fixtures and shelving, and special mechanical and electrical equipment which equipment is not a normal part of the Premises installed by or for Tenant, excepting only reasonable wear and tear and damage which Landlord has an obligation to repair as provided in Sections 13.2 and 18.1. Prior to commencement of any repairs, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) business days’ prior Notice so that Landlord may post notices of non-responsibility in or upon the Premises as provided by law. Tenant must obtain the prior written approval from Landlord for Tenant’s contractor before the commencement of the repair. Landlord may require that Tenant use a specific contractor for repairs that affect the mechanical, heating, air conditioning, or electrical systems. Landlord may enter and view the state of repair and Tenant will repair in a good and workmanlike manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not make any repairs to the equipment, Lines, facilities or systems of the Building or Complex which are outside of the Premises or which do not exclusively serve the Premises.

18.4 Cleaning. Tenant shall maintain the appearance of the Premises consistent with the character, use and appearance of the Complex.

18.5 Common Areas . Subject to reimbursement as an Operating Cost, Landlord shall maintain the Common Area, establish and enforce reasonable rules and regulations therefor, close any of the Common Areas to whatever extent required in Landlord’s opinion to prevent a dedication of or the accrual of any rights of any person or of the public to the Common Areas, close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes, and make changes to the Common Areas including changes in the location of driveways, entrances, exits, vehicular parking spaces, parking area, the designation of areas for the exclusive use of others, the direction of the flow of traffic or construction of additional buildings thereupon, except that Landlord may not modify the Common Areas or any other area inside the Premises in any way that materially and adversely affects Tenant’s operation of its business upon the Premises for any extended period of time. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is under no obligation to provide security for the Common Areas.

18.6 Waiver . Tenant waives all rights it may have under law or at equity to make repairs or to perform any obligation of Landlord arising under this Lease at Landlord’s expense.

 

35


ARTICLE 19. CONDEMNATION

Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises, Building or parking is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”), such that Tenant cannot reasonably operate its business with in the Premises. Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Property which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building. The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within 45 days after it first receives notice of the Taking. The termination shall be effective on the date the physical taking occurs. All compensation awarded for a Taking, or sale proceeds, shall be the property of Landlord, including any award for the leasehold value. Tenant may seek a separate award for Tenant’s trade fixtures, tangible personal property, tenant improvements and relocation expenses, if specified in the award by the condemning authority and so long as such award does not reduce Landlord’s award. In the event of a non-material Taking, Landlord shall diligently restore the remainder of the Premises, Building and parking to a condition as close as reasonably possible to its condition prior to the Taking, taking into account the nature and extent of the Taking and Taking proceeds available for such restoration.

ARTICLE 20. ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Tenant shall permit Landlord and any lender with a loan secured by the Building and their agents (each a “ Lender ”) to enter the Premises at all reasonable times following .one business days’ notice by phone or in person to the onsite manager of Tenant (except in case of emergency, when no such notice shall be required) for the purpose of (a) inspecting them, (b) maintaining the Building, (c) making repairs, replacements, alterations or additions to any, portion of the Building, including the erection and maintenance of such scaffolding, canopies, fences and props as may be required, (d) posting notices of non-responsibility for alterations, additions or repairs, (e) placing upon the Building any usual or ordinary “for sale” signs and showing the space to prospective purchasers, investors and lenders, or (f) placing on the Premises “to lease” signs or marketing and showing the Premises to prospective tenants at any time Tenant is in uncured default hereunder or otherwise within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of this Lease, without any rebate of Rent and without any liability to Tenant for any loss of occupation or quiet enjoyment of the Premises thereby occasioned. In the case of entering the Premises for the purposes identified in clauses (b) and (c) above, Landlord shall give Tenant at least 24 hours prior Notice and use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize their effect on Tenant’s operation of its business in the Premises.

ARTICLE 21. SIGNS

Tenant shall be entitled to retain in place its existing building standard suite entry signage on the interior main lobby building directory and at the entrance to the Premises. Tenant shall not place on the Premises or Complex any exterior signs or advertisements nor any interior signs or advertisements that are visible from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, that subject to the terms oldie next sentence, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to Tenant’s installation of external signage comparable in size and visibility to other tenants of the

 

36


Building in location(s) approved by Landlord. All Tenant’s signage shall comply with the Landlord’s sign criteria, as such may be modified from time to time, and with the guidelines of the Quadrant Lake Union Center Owner’s Association (the “ QLUCOA ”). Landlord will cooperate with and support Tenant to get signage that is of similar size, quality and placement as other full floor users of the building. The cost of installation and maintenance of any approved signs shall be at the sole expense of Tenant. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall remove all its signs and damage caused by the installation or removal thereof and shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense.

ARTICLE 22. DEFAULT

22.1 Tenant Default . Without limiting or superseding any separate cure rights that Tenant may have under applicable law, the occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an immediate default and breach of this Lease by Tenant (except where cure periods are expressly provided):

(a) Any failure by Tenant to pay when duo the Rent or make any other required payment (cure period of three (3) days) after Notice to Tenant that such payment is past due;

(b) Tenant’s failure to observe or perform any Lease provision where such failure continues for twenty (20) days after Notice thereof to Tenant; provided, if the nature of the default is such that it cannot reasonably be cured within the twenty-day period, Tenant shall not be deemed in default if, in the twenty-day period, Tenant commences to cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the cure to completion;

(c) If at any time during the Term there is a Bankruptcy Event involving Tenant;

(d) Any attempted Transfer in violation of Article 8 or any default by Tenant under its Sublease of other space in the Building; or

(e) Any abandonment of the Premises.

22.2 Landlord Default . Subject to the terms of Article 28 Landlord shall be in default if it fails to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease for a period longer than thirty (30) days after Notice from Tenant; provided, however, that if more than thirty (30) days is required for performance, Landlord shall not be in default if it commences performance within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s Notice and thereafter completes such performance diligently and within a reasonable time.

 

37


ARTICLE 23. REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

23.1 Termination and Damages . In the event of any Tenant default, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord herein or at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving Notice of such intention to terminate. If Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord may recover from Tenant:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided. As used in Sections 23.1(a) and (b) the “worth at the time of award” is computed by including interest at twelve percent (12%) per annum; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss (computed by discounting such amount at the rate of four percent (4%) per annum;

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease.

23.2 Personal Property . In the event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, to reenter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises. Such property may be stored in a public warehouse and disposed of at the cost of and for the account of Tenant.

23.3 Recovery of Rent; Relating .

(a) In the event of the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or if Landlord elects to either reenter as provided for in this Lease or take possession of the Premises either pursuant to legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in subsection (c), below, this Lease shall continue in effect, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including Landlord’s right to recover all Rent as it becomes due and/or to relet all or part of the Premises for lease term(s), Rent on such terms as are commercially reasonable. Alterations, acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, the appointment of a receiver upon initiation of Landlord or other legal proceeding granting Landlord or its agent possession to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

(b) If Landlord elects to relet, the Rent received by Landlord from reletting shall be applied in the following order: (1) to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant; (2) to the payment of any cost of reletting, including brokerage fees; (3) to the payment of the cost of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; (4) to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and (5) any residue shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. If the portion of Rent received under clause (b) (4) is less than the Rent payable during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord when ascertained, any costs and expenses inclined by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the Rents received from such reletting.

 

38


(c) No reentry or taking possession of the Premises or any other action under this Section shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a Notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any relating without termination by Landlord because of any default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such default.

23.4 No Waiver . Efforts by Landlord to mitigate the damages caused by Tenant’s default in this Lease shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to recover damages hereunder.

23.5 Curing Defaults . If Tenant fails to repair, maintain, keep clean, or service any of the Premises or fails to perform any other Lease obligation, then after having given Tenant reasonable Notice of any failure and a reasonable opportunity to remedy the failure, which in no case shall exceed twenty (20) days, Landlord may enter upon the Premises and perform or contract for the performance of the repair, maintenance, or other Tenant obligation, and .Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent all direct and indirect costs incurred in connection therewith.

23.6 Cumulative Remedies . The various rights, options, election powers, and remedies of Landlord contained in this Article and elsewhere in this Lease are cumulative. None of them is exclusive of any others or of any legal or equitable remedy that Landlord might otherwise have in the event of breach or default, and the exercise of one right or remedy by Landlord will not in any way impair its right to any other right or remedy.

23.7 Duty to Mitigate . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, each party shall have an affirmative obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages, adverse impacts and costs (and in Landlord’s case, the costs of reletting) in the event of a default, error or delay by the other party; provided, however, in all eases Landlord shall be entitled to lease other vacant space in the Building first before reletting some or all of the Premises following a Tenant default.

ARTICLE 24. SURRENDER OF LEASE

At the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, free of rubble and debris, broom clean, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the termination of this Lease, which Alterations are to be removed in accordance with Article 17 and then Tenant shall forthwith remove the appropriate Alterations and restore the Premises to the condition required herein, entirely at its own expense. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises caused by the removal of trade fixtures or personal property that Tenant is permitted or required to remove.

ARTICLE 25. NOTICES

All notices required or permitted to be given under this Lease (“ Notice ”), shall be in writing and shall be given or made to the respective party at the address or number set forth in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 of this Lease by (1) personal service; (ii) mailing by registered or certified

 

39


mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iii) reputable courier which provides written evidence of delivery. Either Party may change its address for Notice by a Notice sent to the other. Each Notice shall be deemed given or made upon receipt or refusal to receive except that facsimile notices sent on an non-business day or after 5:00 p.m. on a business day shall not be deemed delivered until the next business day.

ARTICLE 26. SUBORDINATION

26.1 Priority of Encumbrances . This Lease shall be subordinate to any ground lease, first mortgage, or first deed of trust now or hereinafter affecting the real property of which the Premises are a part (each a “ Security Instrument ”) and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Notwithstanding such subordination, but subject to all of Landlord’s remedies for a default by Tenant and except as otherwise provided by any Lender Carve Outs (as defined in Article 26.3 below), Tenant’s rights under the Lease will be recognized. If a Lender or ground lessor gives Tenant Notice of its election to have this Lease prior to the lien of its Security Instrument, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Security Instrument, whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said Security Instrument or the date of recording thereof.

26.2 Execution of Documents . Tenant agrees that no documentation other than this Lease is required to evidence such subordination, however, within ten business (10) days after receipt of Notice by Landlord, Tenant agrees to execute any documents reasonably required to effectuate such subordination and any attornment (including non-disturbance provisions) or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any Security Instrument, as the case may be, so long as the same do not materially change the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, except insofar as any of the Lender Carve Outs apply. Failure to comply with this Article within the ten-day period set forth above shall be an immediate breach of this Lease by Tenant, without opportunity to cure, giving Landlord all rights and remedies under Article 23 hereof, as well as a right to damages caused by the loss of a loan, lease or sale which may result from such failure by Tenant.

26.3 Attornment. If a Lender or a ground lessor enforces its remedies provided by law or under the pertinent Security Instrument and succeeds to Landlord’s interest in the Premises (a “ Successor-in-Interest ”), Tenant shall, upon request of any Successor-in-Interest, automatically become the tenant of said Successor-in-Interest without change in the terms or other provisions of this Lease. The Successor-in-Interest shall not be (1) bound by any payment of Rent for more than thirty (30) days in advance; (ii) bound by any modification or amendment of this Lease to shorten the term or decrease the Base Rent or otherwise materially changes the terms of this Lease without the consent of the Lender or ground lessor; (iii) liable for any act or omission of Landlord or any previous landlord, except to the extent the same constitutes a continuing event of default after such party succeeds to Landlord’s interest; (iv) bound by any obligation of Landlord under the Lease that is not reasonably susceptible to performance by the Successor-in-Interest; (v) subject to any offset, defense, recoupment or counterclaim that Tenant may have as against Landlord or any previous landlord (other than with respect to a breach of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease that continues to exist after the Successor-in-Interest succeeds to Landlord’s interest); or (vi) liable for any deposit with the exception of prepaid rent that Tenant may have made with respect to Landlord or previous landlord that has not been transferred to the Successor-in-Interest (collectively, the “ Lender Carve Outs ”). Within ten business (10) days

 

40


after Notice of a request by Successor-in-Interest, Tenant shall deliver an executed attornment agreement in a form required by such Successor-in-Interest (including non-disturbance provisions), so long as the same do not materially change the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, except insofar as any of the Lender Carve Outs apply.

ARTICLE 27. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

27.1 Execution by Tenant . Within ten (10) business days after receipt of Notice by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord and entities designated by Landlord an estoppel certificate acknowledging that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms and unmodified (or if modified, specifying the written modification documents); (ii) to the best knowledge of Tenant, no default exists on the part of Landlord or Tenant under this Lease (or, if there are, then stating them); (iii) to the best knowledge of Tenant, there are no events which with the passage of time, or the giving of notice, or both, would create a default under this Lease (or, if there are, then stating them); (iv) no Rent m excess of one month’s Rent has been paid in advance; (v) Tenant has not sold, assigned, transferred, mortgaged or pledged this Lease or the Rent nor has it received notice of same (or, if it has, then so stating); (vi) to the best knowledge of Tenant, Tenant has no defense, setoff, recoupment or counterclaim against Landlord (or, if it has, then so stating), and (vii) such other matters as Landlord may reasonably request (so long as such other statements do not materially change the rights and/or duties of the parties). Landlord, any Lender, or any prospective purchaser of the Building or Complex may rely upon such estoppel certificate. Failure to comply with this Article within the ten-day period set forth above shall mean that Tenant is deemed to have made the representations set forth in items (i) through (vii) above.

27.2 Financing, Sale or Transfer . If Landlord desires to finance, refinance, sell, or otherwise transfer the Premises, Building or Complex, or any part thereof, Tenant agrees, within ten (10) business days of request therefor by Landlord, to deliver to Landlord and any lender, prospective buyer or transferee designated by Landlord financial statements of Tenant and any parent company as may be reasonably required by such party. All such financial statements shill be received by Landlord in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

ARTICLE 28. LENDER PROTECTION

Tenant agrees to give any Lender, by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been given Notice of the address of such Lender, either pursuant to an estoppel certificate, subordination agreement or otherwise. Tenant agrees that if Landlord fails to cure the default within the time provided for in this Lease, Lender shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure the default or, if the default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if, within the thirty (30) days, Lender has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure the default (including commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary). This Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being pursued.

 

41


ARTICLE 29. BANKRUPTCY

If at any time during the Term there is a Bankruptcy Event, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Any receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors (“ assignee ”), trustee of any kind, or Tenant as debtor-in-possession (“ debtor ”) shall either expressly assume or reject this Lease within sixty days following the assignment to the assignee or the filing of the pleading initiating the receivership or bankruptcy case. All such parties agree that they will not seek Court permission to extend such time for assumption or rejection. Failure to assume or reject in the time set forth herein shall mean that the Lease may be terminated at Landlord’s option. Rejection of the Lease shall be a default under the Lease.

(b) If the Lease is assumed by a debtor, receiver, assignee or trustee, such party shall immediately after such assumption (1) cure any default or provide adequate assurances that defaults will be promptly cured; (2) pay Landlord for actual pecuniary loss or provide adequate assurances that compensation will be made for such loss; and (3) provide adequate assurance of future performance.

(c) Where a default exists under the Lease, the party assuming the Lease may not require Landlord to provide services or supplies incidental to the Lease before its assumption by such trustee or debtor, unless Landlord is compensated under the terms of the Lease for such services and supplies provided before the assumption of such Lease.

(d) Landlord reserves all remedies available to Landlord in Article 23 or at law or in equity in respect of a Bankruptcy Event by Tenant, to the extent applicable law permits such remedies.

(e) Tenant agrees that all attorney’s fees and costs incurred by Landlord in dealing with a bankruptcy of Tenant are an actual pecuniary loss of Landlord and Tenant agrees that it shall pay all such costs and expenses in the event of any assumption or Transfer of the Lease.

ARTICLE 30. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

30.1 Captions . The captions of this Lease are for convenience only and are not a part of this Lease and do not in any way limit or amplify the terms and provisions of this Lease.

30.2 Construction . Whenever the singular is used in this Lease and when required by the context, the same shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular. Items following the terms “ include ” or “ including ” are descriptive only and not by way of limitation. All approvals to be given by a Party to the Lease are not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed unless specifically indicated to the contrary in the Lease.

30.3 Modifications . This instrument contains all the agreements, conditions and representations made between the Parties and may only be modified by a written agreement signed by all of the Parties, including that, if any, required from any Lender or ground lessor under Section 26.3 above.

 

42


30.4 Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

30.5 No Offer . The preparation and submission of a draft of this Lease by either party to the other shall not constitute an offer, nor shall either party be bound to any terms of this Lease or the entirety of the Lease itself until the Parties have fully executed a final document. Until such time as described in the previous sentence, either party is free to terminate negotiations with no obligation to the other.

30.6 Limitation of Liability . In the event of default, breach, or violation by Landlord of any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord’s liability to Tenant shall be limited to its ownership interest in the Building or the proceeds of a public sale of such interest pursuant to foreclosure of a judgment against Landlord. Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency beyond its interest in the Building.

30.7 Joint and Several Liability . Should Tenant consist of more than one person or entity, they shall be jointly and severally liable on this Lease.

30.8 Survival . All obligations of Tenant which may accrue or arise during the Term of this Lease or as a result of any act or omission of Tenant during the Term shall, to the extent they have not been fully performed, satisfied or discharged, survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

30.9 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other party that it has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, any real estate broker or salesman to act for it in connection with this Lease, except for the Brokers identified in Section 1.14. Landlord shall pay Washington Partners, Inc, (“ Tenant’s Broker ”) a fee of One Dollar ($1.00) per RSF of Premises area per year for the Term specified in Section 1.7 (prorated for partial year) which commission shall be paid upon full execution of the Lease and execution and delivery of the Guaranty. Except for the commission to Tenant’s Broker just specified, Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims by any real estate broker or salesman whom the indemnifying party authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, to act for the indemnifying party in connection with this Lease.

30.10 Non-liability of Landlord . Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Lease, the consent or approval, whether express or implied, or the act, failure to act or failure to object, by Landlord in connection with any plan, specification, drawing, proposal, request, act, omission, notice or communication by or for Tenant, shall not create any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord, and shall not constitute a representation by Landlord, with respect to the completeness, sufficiency, efficacy, propriety, quality or legality of such act.

30.11 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of litigation or arbitration between the Parties with respect to this Lease, then all costs and expenses, including all reasonable fees of appraisers, accountants, experts, consultants and attorneys (collectively “ Professional Fees ”) incurred by the prevailing party shall be paid by the other party.

 

43


30.12 Effect of Waiver . Landlord’s waiver of any breach of a Lease provision is not a waiver of such Lease provision or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition of the Lease. Landlord’s acceptance of any Rent shall not be a waiver of any breach or rights, including the right to possession, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of any existing breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent.

30.13 Holding-Over . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Term, with Landlord’s written consent, then such holding over shall be construed as a month-to-month tenancy, subject to all the conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease (as applicable to a month-to-month tenancy) as existed during the last month of the Term, except the Base Rent shall be increased to one hundred twenty five (125%) of the Base Rent then payable. Any option or right to extend, renew or expand shall not be applicable. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent after such expiration or termination shall not constitute a holdover hereunder or result in a renewal of this Lease. If Tenant holds over without Landlord’s consent such shall constitute a termination at will at two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent then payable and shall be immediately terminate upon written notice from Landlord. Tenant shall be liable for all losses or damages suffered by Landlord if Tenant holds over without Landlord’s prior written consent.

30.14 Binding Effect . The covenants and conditions of this Lease, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns the Parties.

30.15 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease.

30.16 Release of Landlord . If Landlord sells its interest in the Building or Complex, then from and after the effective date of the sale or conveyance, Landlord shall be released and discharged from any and all obligations and responsibilities under this Lease except those already accrued. If Tenant provides a Security Deposit, Landlord may transfer the Security Deposit to a purchaser of the Building and Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto.

30.17 Waiver by Tenant . The Parties have negotiated numerous provisions of this Lease, some of which are covered by statute. Whenever a provision of this Lease and a provision of any statute or other law cover the same matter, the provisions of this Lease shall control.

30.18 Non-Business Days . Whenever action must be taken (including the giving of notice or the delivery of documents) under this Agreement during a certain period of time (or by a particular date) that ends (or occurs) on a non-business day, then such period (or date) shall be extended until the immediately following business day. As used herein, “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or federal or State holiday.

30.19 Waiver of Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the Parties against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of this Lease, or any other claims.

 

44


30.20 Authorization . Each person executing this Lease on behalf of a Party represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of such Party.

30.21 Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants and agrees that, so long as this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure periods, Tenant shall have quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the Term of this Lease as to matters arising by, through or under Landlord.

30.22 Name . Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building and Complex.

30.23 Entire Agreement - Applicable Law . This Lease and the Exhibits attached hereto, and by this reference incorporated herein, set forth the entire agreement of Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises, and supersede any other agreements or understanding, oral or written, between Landlord and Tenant. This Lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington.

30.24 Execution by Landlord and Tenant; Approval of Lender . Landlord shall not be deemed to have made an offer to Tenant by furnishing Tenant with a copy of this Lease with particulars inserted. No contractual or other rights shall exist or be created between Landlord and Tenant until all parties hereto have executed this Lease and, if so indicated by Landlord, until it has been approved in writing by Landlord’s lender and fully executed copies have been delivered to Landlord and Tenant. Tenant agrees to make such changes herein as may be requested by Landlord’s lender so long as such do not increase amounts due from Tenant hereunder or otherwise materially alter its rights or obligations hereunder.

30.25 Sublease Modification . Landlord and Tenant agree that upon mutual execution of this Lease, Base Rent payable under the Sublease will be reduced by                     per month through December 31, 2009 and                     per month through July 15, 2010, prorated for partial months, and Subtenant’s Percentage Share under the Sublease shall be reduced to seventeen and 57/100ths percent (17.57%). If Subtenant’s right to occupancy of the Premises under the Sublease shall be terminated, this Lease shall terminate.

30.26 Guaranty of Lease . Landlord’s obligations under the Lease are made expressly contingent upon its receipt of a Guaranty of Lease in form attached hereto as Exhibit F , duly executed by New Wave Group, AB (Publ), a corporation organized under the laws of Sweden (“ Guarantor ”) concurrently with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease.

30.27 Right of First Opportunity . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the right of first opportunity with respect to any space in the Building that is-or becomes vacant and available for lease during the base Term, after expiration of leases currently in effect at the execution of this Lease and expiring in 2010. If any space in the Building (the “ RFO Space ”) becomes vacant and available for lease at any time during the base Term, after expiration of leases currently in effect at the execution of this Lease and expiring in 2010, then Landlord shall give Tenant notice of the availability of the RFO Space (the “ Offer Notice ”), the date on which the RFO Space will become available, and the terms, including rent which shall be equal to the then market rent (including all concessions) (the “ Market Rent ”) for the RFO Space as reasonably determined by

 

45


Landlord, on which Landlord is willing to lease the RFO Space. To exercise the right of first opportunity, Tenant must within five (5) business days after receipt of the Offer Notice give Landlord notice of Tenant’s desire to enter into negotiations with Landlord to lease such space at Market Rent and offered terms and otherwise on terms mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (the “ Negotiation Notice ”). If Tenant gives the Negotiation Notice within such five (5) business day period, then Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into good faith negotiations to lease such space at Market Rent and otherwise on terms mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant fails to give the Negotiation Notice within such space within five (5) business days after Tenant gives the Negotiation Notice, then the right of first opportunity shall immediately terminate as to the RFO Space, and Landlord shall be free to lease the RFO Space, or portions thereof, to third parties. The term “vacant and available for lease” as used in this Section shall mean that such space has been vacated by the previous tenant and is not subject to any prior options to expand, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal held by any other tenant or third party. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may elect to enter into new lease(s) with existing tenant(s) of part or all of the RFO Space and that if Landlord does so, then the portion of the RFO space occupied by such existing tenant(s) shall not be deemed vacant and available for lease, Landlord shall only be obligated to submit an Offer Notice to Tenant under this Section 30.27 or to lease RFO Space to Tenant under this Section 30.27 if: (a) Tenant is not in default under this Lease and would not be but for the passage of time or the giving of notice; (b) Tenant has not previously been in default under this Lease beyond the applicable cure period; (c) Tenant has not previously assigned this Lease or sublet any part of the Premises individually or in the aggregate, individually or in the aggregate in excess of 6,700 square feet; (d) this Lease is in full force and effect; (e) Tenant’s or Guarantor’s net worth and/or net current assets are not below the level which existed at the time this Lease was signed; and (f) Tenant is not the subject of a petition in bankruptcy, has not made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has not had a receiver appointed with respect to it or to a material portion of its assets.

30.28 Communication Device . Tenant shall have the right to install an antenna or satellite “dish” or similar device for the reception and transmission of signals of a size approved by Landlord (“ Device ”) on the roof of the Complex in a location selected by Landlord, but only for Tenant’s own use and only in accordance with the terms of this Section 30.28. The Device shall be installed, maintained, operated, repaired and removed at the end of the Term, or its earlier termination, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant shall comply with all laws, rules, regulations and ordinances relating to the installation, use, maintenance, repair or removal of the Device and shall not permit it to be operated in a manner which will interfere with other tenant’s Devices. The plans for the Device and its location shall be provided to Landlord for its review and approval at least thirty (30) days prior to its installation of the Device, and Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s directions with regard to its installation, use, maintenance, repair and removal. Tenant shall install the Device in such manner as will not reduce the coverage afforded Landlord under its roof warranty and shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s costs reasonably incurred in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, repair or removal of the Device within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt of each invoice thereafter. If Landlord so requires, Tenant shall at its sole expense provide a double membrane over the roof to be used as a walkway for Device installation, service, maintenance and removal. Tenant shall remove the Device as and when necessary for Landlord’s roof maintenance work and at the end of the Lease term or upon its earlier termination and shall repair any damage resulting from its removal. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive termination of this Lease.

 

46


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

“Tenant”      “Landlord”
CUTTER & BUCK INC., a Washington corporation     

FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC ,

A Washington limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Jen Petersson

     By:  

/s/ Dr. Martin Leinemann

Its:   CEO      Name:   Dr. Martin Leinemann
       Title:   Director of LLC
       By:  

/s/ Berit Emme

       Name:   Berit Emme
       Title:   Director of LLC

 

47


STATE OF WASHINGTON)

                                                )ss.

COUNTY OF KING             )

On this 21 day of October, 2009, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn personally appeared Jen Petersson, known to me to be the CEO of CUTTER & BUCK INC ., the corporation that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute said instrument.

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that the person appearing before me and making this acknowledgment is the person whose true signature appears on this document.

WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year in the certificate above written.

 

/s/ Nancy Pethick

Signature

Nancy Pethick

Print Name
NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of
Washington, residing at Seattle.
My commission expires 5-2-2011

 

48


Roll of Documents No. 1872/2009 HE

Hereby I,

Dr. Rolf-Hermann Henniges, Notary Public

practising Alstertor 14, D-20095 Hamburg,

certify, that the above are the true signatures, subscribed in my presence, of

 

1. Dr. Martin Leinemann,
  

and

 

2. Mrs. Berit Emme, born Winkler,

both acting on behalf of the

FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC, a Washington limited liability company.

/s/ Dr. Rolf-Hermann Henniges

 

49


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND

PARCEL A:

THOSE PORTIONS OF BLOCK 84 OF DENNY & HOYT’S SUPPLEMENTAL PLAT TO THE CITY OF SEATTLE, ACCORDING TO PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 3 OF PLATS AT PAGE(S) 3, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, AND OF THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN, INC. RIGHT OF WAY FOR ITS FORMER SUMAS BRANCH IN SECTION 18, TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, WM., IN SAID KING COUNTY, SAID PORTIONS BEING DESCRIBED, AS A WHOLE AS FOLLOWS:

COMMENCING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE NORTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE EAST LINE OF THE WEST 7.00 FEET OF SAID BLOCK 84 AND THE NORTHERLY MARGIN OF SAID BURLINGTON NORTHERN RIGHT OF WAY;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 194.84 FEET ALONG SAID NORTHERLY MARGIN;

THENCE SOUTH 06°16’09” WEST 117.67 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 69.78 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’28” WEST 31.25 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 70.75 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’28” WEST 24.72 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 50.92 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’28” WEST 121.78 FEET;

THENCE NORTH 77°28’32” WEST 172.20 FEET;

THENCE WEST 158.54 FEET TO SAID EAST LINE OF THE WEST 7.00 FEET OF BLOCK 84 AND THE EAST MARGIN OF FREMONT AVENUE NORTH;

THENCE NORTH 00°09’34” EAST 336.91 FEET ALONG SAID EAST MARGIN AND ITS NORTHERLY PROLONGATION TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING;

(ALSO KNOWN AS LOT A OF CITY OF SEATTLE LOT BOUNDARY ADJUSTMENT NO. 9700157, RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NO. 9706050452.)

PARCEL B:

THOSE PORTIONS OF BLOCK 84 AND OF LOTS 1 THROUGH 3, INCLUSIVE, IN BLOCK 85 OF DENNY & HOYT’S SUPPLEMENTAL PLAT TO THE CITY OF SEATTLE, ACCORDING TO PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 3 OF PLATS AT PAGE(S) 3, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, AND OF LOT I IN BLOCK 98 OF LAKE UNION SHORELANDS, ACCORDING TO THE OFFICIAL MAPS ON FILE IN THE OFFICE OF THE COMMISSIONER OF PUBLIC LANDS IN OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON, SAID PORTIONS BEING DESCRIBED AS A WHOLE AS FOLLOWS:

COMMENCING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE NORTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE EAST LINE OF THE WEST 7.00 FEET OF SAID BLOCK 84 AND THE NORTHERLY MARGIN OF SAID BURLINGTON NORTHERN, INC., RIGHT OF WAY FOR ITS FORMER SUMAS BRANCH IN SECTION 18, TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, W.M., IN SAID KING COUNTY;

 

50


THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 194.84 FEET ALONG SAID NORTHERLY MARGIN;

THENCE SOUTH 06°16’09” WEST 117.67 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 69.78 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’78” WEST 31.25 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 70.75 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’28” WEST 24.72 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77°28’32” EAST 50.92 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12°31’78” WEST 121.78 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

THENCE NORTH 77°28’32” WEST 172.20 FEET;

THENCE WEST 158.54 FEET TO SAID EAST LINE OF THE WEST 7.00 FEET OF BLOCK 84 AND THE EAST MARGIN OF FREMONT AVENUE NORTH;

THENCE SOUTH 00°09’34” WEST 192.81 FEET ALONG SAID EAST MARGIN AND ITS NORTHERLY PROLONGATION TO THE NORTHEASTERLY MARGIN OF THE LAKE WASHINGTON SHIP CANAL AS CONDEMNED ON NOVEMBER 25, 1898 UNDER KING COUNTY SUPERIOR COURT CAUSE NO. 21942;

THENCE SOUTH 56°49’54” EAST 452.56 FEET ALONG SAID NORTHEASTERLY MARGIN AND THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID BLOCK 98 TO THE MOST SOUTHERLY CORNER OF SAID BLOCK 98;

THENCE NORTH 63°49’55” EAST 106.00 FEET ALONG THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF SAID BLOCK 98 TO THE WEST LINE OF THE EAST 50.71 FEET OF SAID LOT 1 IN BLOCK 98, AND THE WEST MARGIN OF AURORA AVENUE NORTH;

THENCE NORTH 00°18’53” EAST 345.29 FEET ALONG SAID WEST LINE AND MARGIN;

THENCE WEST 99.03 FEET TO A POINT WHICH BEARS NORTH 77°28’32” EAST FROM THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

THENCE NORTH 77°28’32” WEST 50.86 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

(ALSO KNOWN AS LOT B OF CITY OF SEATTLE LOT BOUNDARY ADJUSTMENT NO. 9700157, RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NO. 9706050452.)

 

51


EXHIBIT B-1

PLAN OF THE COMPLEX

 

LOGO

 

52


EXHIBIT B-2

PLAN OF THE BUILDING

 

LOGO

 

53


EXHIBIT B-3

FLOOR PLAN OF THE PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

54


 

LOGO

 

55


EXHIBIT B-4

PARKING STALLS

(See attached pages)

 

56


 

LOGO

 

57


 

LOGO

 

58


EXHIBIT C

WORK LETTER

1. Improvements Allowance .

1.1 Allowance . Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance of Forty and 89/100 Dollars ($40.89) per RSF of Premises area (the “ Allowance ”). Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant for the Cost of Tenant’s Work, as hereinafter defined, up to the total of the Allowance, in accordance with the terms of this Section 1.

1.2 Cost of Tenant’s Work . As used herein the “ Cost of Tenant’s Work ” means the following out-of-pocket improvements casts incurred by Tenant in performing Tenants Work:

(a) Payments to contractors and subcontractors.

(b) Fees for building permits and inspections;

(c) Fees of Tenant’s engineers, surveyors, architects, attorneys and others providing professional or other services in connection with the construction of Tenant’s Work or the supervision thereof;

(d) Other direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with Tenant’s Work; and

(e) All costs necessary to keep the HVAC systems for the Premises in balance and fully operational and to ensure that all Premises systems are fully operational.

The Cost of Tenant’s Work does not include the cost of acquiring, delivering or installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures or equipment.

1.3 Disbursement . Landlord shall disburse directly to Tenant, the Cost of Tenant’s Work, but not in excess of the Allowance within thirty (30) days following receipt of a schedule reflecting such costs, together with paid invoices supporting such costs, and satisfaction of all of the following conditions, but in no event earlier than July 16, 2010:

(a) Receipt by Landlord of a set of “as built” drawings for Tenants Work and a copy of all warranties, in effect, with respect to Tenant’s Work;

(b) Receipt by Landlord of a certificate from Tenant’s architect that all of Tenant’s Work has been fully completed and all punch list items have been corrected;

(c) Receipt by Landlord of evidence of payment by Tenant of all other costs, including extras and change orders, if any, with respect to Tenant’s Work in excess of the Allowance;

 

59


(d) The receipt of lien releases from the general contractor and all other persons who performed work on or supplied materials for use in or have lien rights with respect to Tenant’s Work;

(e) Issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Premises by the City of Seattle, if required; and

(f) The Term of the Lease has commenced.

No payment shall be made while Tenant is in default under this Lease or the Sublease.

If, and to the extent that the full Allowance is not spent on the cost of Tenant’s Work, then so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease or the Sublease, upon Tenant’s request on or after July 16, 2010 Landlord shall apply any remaining balance of the Allowance to the Rents coming due under this Lease until the remaining balance has been exhausted, If this Lease is terminated prior to exhaustion of the remaining balance of the Allowance, all Tenant rights as to the then-remaining balance shall terminate.

 

60


EXHIBIT D

EXPENSES, TAXES AND INSURANCE COSTS

1. Definitions .

1.1 “ Excluded Costs ” are all of the following: Capital Costs (to the extent not permitted by Section 2.5); depreciation; principal or interest payments of mortgage and other debts of Landlord; the cost of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds; costs in connection with leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions, lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants; costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Complex; fines, interest and penalties incurred due to the late payment of Taxes or Expenses; or any penalties or damages that Landlord pays to tenants in the Complex under their respective leases; and excluding the following:

(i) Property management fees in excess of four percent (4%) of the Base Rent payable under the Lease;

(ii) Executive’s salaries above the grade of general manager;

(iii) Expenditures which under generally accepted accounting principles are considered capital expenditures, except to the extent of Capital Costs defined in Section 2.5 of the Lease;

(iv) Consulting fees, marketing fees, advertising and promotional expenditures;

(v) Legal, accounting and auditing fees, other than legal, accounting and auditing fees reasonably incurred in connection with the maintenance and operation of the Property or in connection with the preparation of the statements required pursuant to the Lease;

(vi) Rents payable in connection with any ground or underlying lease of all or any portion of the Property;

(vii) Penalties due to any violation of law by Landlord or other tenants;

(viii) Costs of preparing tenant space for tenant occupancy;

(ix) Costs of any utilities, services, or capital improvements relating to all or any portion of the Property which were paid directly by Tenant or any other tenant;

(x) Damages incurred by Landlord for any of its defaults under any leases or contracts relating to the Building or Complex, or breaches of law;

(xi) Premium rates paid on service or other contracts, except in an emergency; and

(xii) Landlord’s general administrative overhead.

 

61


1.2 “ Pro Rata Percent ” is a fraction the numerator of which is the Rentable Area of the Premises and the denominator of which is the Rentable Area of the Building. Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent as of the Commencement Date is specified in Section 1.11 of the Lease, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent will be recalculated as required effective at the commencement of any period to which the calculation is applicable in this Lease. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent as to certain expenses may be calculated differently to yield a higher percentage share for Tenant as to certain expenses in the event Landlord permits other tenants in the Complex to directly incur such expenses rather than have Landlord incur the expense in common for the Complex (such as, by way of illustration, wherein a tenant performs its own janitorial services). In such case Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent of the applicable expense shall be calculated as having as its denominator the Rentable Area of the Building less the Rentable Area of tenants who have incurred such expense directly. Furthermore, in the event Tenant consumes extraordinary amounts of any provided utility or other service as determined in Landlord’s good faith judgment, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent for such utility or service may, at Landlord’s election, be based on usage as opposed to Rentable Area of the Building, that is, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent of such a utility or service would be calculated as having as its denominator the total usage of such utility or service in the Complex (or Building as the case may be), and having as its numerator Tenant’s usage of such utility or service, as determined by Landlord. If Tenant, with Landlord’s consent, which Landlord may grant or withhold in its arbitrary judgment, incurs such expenses directly, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent will be calculated specially so that expenses of the same character which are incurred by Landlord for the benefit of other tenants in the Complex shall not be prorated to Tenant. If repairs are required for systems exclusively serving the Premises (whether within or outside of said Premises) and Landlord historically has not passed through such costs as Operating Cost borne by all tenants of the Building or Complex, then Tenant shall pay one hundred percent of such repair costs; provided however, if the costs are of a capital nature they shall be amortized and charged to Tenant in the same way that Capital Costs are amortized and charged under the Lease.

2. Additional Rent .

2.1 Operating Costs . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Percent of the Operating Costs for the Building or Complex, as the case may be, for any Lease Year, calculated by multiplying the Pro Rata Percent times (a) the greater of either (i) actual Operating Costs; or (ii) Operating Costs computed as if the Building or Complex were at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied and operational for the whole Lease Year. If any Lease Year of less than twelve months is included within the Term, the amount payable by Tenant for such period shall be prorated on a per diem basis (using a 360-day year).

2.2 Personal Property, Gross Receipts, Leasing Taxes . This Section is intended to deal with taxes directly attributed to Tenant or this transaction, as distinct from Taxes attributable to the Complex which are to be allocated among various tenants and others and which are included in Operating Costs. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all taxes required to be paid by Landlord, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, which are: (a) upon, measured by, or reasonably attributable to (i) the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises or (ii) if separately assessed by the tax assessor, the cost or value of any Leasehold Improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, other than Building Standard Work, regardless of

 

62


whether title to such improvements shall be in Tenant or Landlord; (b) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof to the extent such taxes are not included as Taxes and are not a gross receipts -tax or Business and Occupations tax, provided, however, if after the date of this Lease, any new taxes or assessments are imposed that are based upon rents received from Tenant and are not otherwise included in Taxes, Landlord shall be entitled to collect reimbursement for such taxes or assessments from Tenant; and (c) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

2.3 Refuse Disposal . Tenant shall pay Landlord, within ten days of being billed therefor, for the removal from the Common Area, the Complex, or the Building of any amounts of refuse or rubbish that Tenant has generated in excess of amounts typically generated by other tenants of the Complex or of typical types of waste. However, Landlord shall have no responsibility for the removal of medical or dental wastes which shall be wholly Tenant’s responsibility as detailed in the Lease.

2.4 Method of Payment . Any Additional Rent payable by Tenant under Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 hereof shall be paid as follows, unless otherwise provided: (a) During the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly in advance with its payment of Base Rent, one-twelfth of the amount of such Additional Rent as estimated by Landlord in advance, in good faith, to be due from Tenant during the Lease Year; and (b) annually, within ten business days after receipt of Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement. As soon as is reasonably possible after the expiration of each Lease Year, Landlord shall prepare in good faith and deliver to Tenant a comparative statement setting forth (1) the Operating Costs for such Lease Year, and (2) the amount of any other Additional Rent as determined in accordance with the provisions of this Section (“ Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement ”). If the aggregate amount of estimated Additional Rent payments made by Tenant in any Lease Year is less than the Additional Rent due for such year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the amount of such deficiency. Any delay in Landlord delivering the Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement shall not relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay any Additional Rent. If the aggregate amount of such Additional Rent payments made by Tenant in any Lease Year of the Term should be greater than the Additional Rent due for such year, Landlord will apply the amount of such excess to the next succeeding installments of Base Rent or such Additional Rent due hereunder; and if there is any such excess for the last year of the Term, the amount thereof will be refunded by Landlord to Tenant, within 45 days after the expiration of the Lease, to the extent Tenant is not otherwise in default under the terms of this Lease.

3. Audit Rights . Not later than 120 days of receiving Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement, Tenant may give Landlord written notice (“ Review Notice ”) that Tenant intends to review Landlord’s records of the Operating Costs for the Lease Year to which the statement applies. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of the Review Notice, Landlord shall make all pertinent records available for inspection that are reasonably necessary for Tenant to conduct its review. If any records are maintained at a location other than the management office for the Building, Tenant may either inspect the records at such other location or pay for the reasonable cost of copying and shipping the records, If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the State. No audit may be

 

63


conducted wholly or partially on a contingent fee basis. Tenant is solely responsible for all costs, expenses and fees incurred for the audit, unless the Operating Costs were overstated by more than 5% in which case Landlord shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket cost of the audit. Within ninety (90) days after the records are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord written notice (an “ Objection Notice ”) stating in reasonable detail any objection to Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement for that Lease Year. If Tenant fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice within the 90-day period or fails to provide Landlord with a Review Notice within the 120-day period described above, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved Landlord’s Operating Cost Statement and shall be barred from raising any claims regarding the Expenses for that Lease Year. The records obtained by Tenant shall be treated as confidential. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s records or to dispute any Operating Cost Statement unless Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease.

 

64


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on the Building or to any part thereof, or which is visible from the outside of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord, first had and obtained and Landlord shall have the right to remove any unapproved sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice which was affixed by Tenant without notice and at the expense of Tenant.

 

   All approved signs or lettering on doors shall be printed, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person approved by Landlord.

 

   Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

 

2. If a directory is located at the Building, it is provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

 

3. The sidewalks, passages, exits, entrances, and stairways in and around the Building shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by it for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. The passages, exits, entrances, stairways, and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its Tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Neither Tenant nor any employees or invitees of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building (except to service or inspect any Tenant-installed HVAC system or Device).

 

4. Tenant shall not be permitted to install any additional lock or locks on any door in the Building unless written consent of Landlord shall have first been obtained. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for every room.

 

5. The toilets and urinals shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no rubbish, newspapers or other substances of any kind shall be thrown into them. Waste and excessive or unusual use of water shall not be allowed. Tenant shall be responsible for any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule by Tenant or its employees or invitees.

 

6. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster (except to hang shelving, art work and other such normal uses) or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof.

 

65


7. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other Tenants or those having business therein. Tenant shall have the right to establish locked rooms or other secured areas within the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and risk so long as keys and/or other access devices to such spaces are provided to Landlord.

 

8. The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise (with the exception of a limited quantity of sample merchandise), for washing clothes, for lodging, or for any improper, objectionable, or immoral purposes.

 

9. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable or combustible fluid or material (except as otherwise Remained by the Lease) or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

 

10. Landlord will direct electricians as to the manner and location in which telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

 

11. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by Tenant.

 

12. Exterior blinds are furnished for each window by Landlord. Any additional window covering desired by Tenant shall be approved by Landlord.

 

13. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building.

 

14. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the Building.

 

15. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant’s address.

 

16. Tenant shall not permit any contractor or other person making any alterations, additions or installations within the Premises to use the hallways, lobby or corridors as storage or work areas outside of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay the expense of any additional cleaning or other maintenance required to be performed by Landlord as a result of the transportation or storage of materials or work performed with the Building by or for Tenant.

 

66


17. Tenant shall be entitled to use parking spaces as designated in the Lease, subject to such reasonable conditions and regulations as may be imposed from time to time by Landlord. Tenant agrees that vehicles of Tenant or its employees, or agents shall not park in driveways nor occupy parking spaces or other areas reserved for any use such as Visitors, Delivery, Loading, or other tenants. Landlord or its agents, shall have the right to cause or be removed any car of Tenant, its employees or agents, that may be parked in unauthorized areas, and Tenant agrees to save and hold harmless Landlord, its agents and employees from any and all claims, losses, damages and demands asserted or arising in respect to or in connection with the removal of any such vehicle. Tenant, its employees, or agents shall not park campers, trucks or cars on the Building parking areas overnight or over weekends. Tenant will from time to time, upon request of Landlord, supply Landlord with a list of license plate numbers of vehicles owned or operated by its employees and agents.

 

18. Landlord reserves the right to make reasonable modifications hereto and such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as in its reasonable judgment may be required for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises and the Building and for the preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations, so long as the some are not inconsistent with the Lease.

 

19. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling is prohibited in the Building and each Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

20. Landlord is not responsible for the violation of any rule contained herein by any other Tenant.

 

21. Landlord may waive any one or more of these rules for the benefit of any particular Tenant, but no such waiver shall be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce these rules against any or all Tenants occupying the Building.

 

22. Tenant is responsible for purchasing and installing a security system if required by Law or Regulation. The cost of purchasing and installation of any such system is the sole cost and expense of Tenant.

 

67


EXHIBIT F

GUARANTY OF LEASE

As an inducement to FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) to enter into that Lease dated                     , 2009 which covers certain premises located in the Plaza Building at 701 North 34th Street, Seattle, Washington (the “ Lease ”) with CUTTER & BUCK INC. , a Washington corporation (“ Tenant ”), the undersigned (hereinafter “ Guarantor ”), being financially interested in Tenant and benefiting from the Lease, hereby guarantees to Landlord the full and prompt payment of all sums, including, but not limited to, the rent, taxes, insurance, utility charges and any and all other sums and charges payable by the Tenant under the Lease, including during the Renewal Term, if extended, and the full and prompt performance and observance of all the covenants, terms conditions and agreements therein provided to be performed and observed by Tenant. Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees to and with Landlord that if Tenant or its successors or assigns at any time defaults in the payment of any such sum or in the performance of any of the terms, covenants, provisions or conditions contained in the Lease and such default is not cured within the applicable cure period, Guarantor will immediately pay such sum or will forthwith perform and fulfill such terms, covenants and conditions and agreements, and will immediately pay to Landlord, its successors and assigns all damages that may arise as a consequence of any default by Tenant under the Lease, including without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord. This is an absolute and unconditional guaranty of payment and performance.

The obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of Tenant, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor, regardless of whether an action is brought against Tenant and regardless of whether Tenant is joined in such action or actions. The liability of Guarantor hereunder is primary and shall not be affected or diminished by any transfer, of Tenant’s interest in the Lease.

Guarantor authorizes Landlord, without notice or demand and without affecting Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) accelerate or otherwise change the time for payments under or otherwise change the terms of, the Lease or any part thereof, by agreement with Tenant; (b) release or substitute any one or more guarantors; (c) modify or alter the liability of Tenant under the Lease; or (d) to settle or compromise any claim of Landlord against Tenant. Landlord may assign the Lease and/or this Guaranty in whole or in part, without notice and without in any manner affecting Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.

Guarantor waives any right to require Landlord to (a) proceed against Tenant; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Tenant; or (c) pursue any other remedy in Landlord’s power whatsoever. Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Tenant or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Tenant. Until all obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the Lease shall have been fully paid and performed, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation, and waives any right to enforce any remedy which Landlord now has or may hereafter have against Tenant, and waives any benefit of, and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Landlord, Except for the right to receive notice of default as set forth below, and the cure periods provided to Tenant under the Lease, Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of

 

68


nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional indebtedness and all other notices of every kind and nature to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled as a matter of law.

Any indebtedness of Tenant now or hereafter held by Guarantor is hereby subordinated to the indebtedness of Tenant to Landlord and such indebtedness of Tenant to Guarantor, if Landlord so requests, shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as a trustee for Landlord and be paid over to Landlord on account of the indebtedness of Tenant to it, but without reduction or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty. Until such time as the Lease has been paid and performed in full, Guarantor agrees not to exercise any rights any of them may now or hereafter acquire against Tenant (whether by subrogation, reimbursement, or otherwise) arising out of payments to Landlord hereunder. Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes in favor of Landlord and Tenant any claim or right to payment Guarantor may now have or hereafter have or acquire against Tenant, by subrogation or otherwise.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Guaranty, in the event Guarantor (i) sells or transfers (including without limitation a transfer resulting from a sale of stock or a merger, consolidation or reorganization) a controlling ownership interest in Tenant to a Qualified Transferee (as defined below), and provides to Landlord a substitute guaranty executed by such Qualified Transferee in substantially the same form, and with the same legal effect, as this Guaranty, or (ii) provides to Landlord a substitute for this Guaranty in the form of a letter of credit in a form, from an issuer and in an amount acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion, then in either case this Guaranty shall be deemed terminated and Guarantor shall be released from all further liability under this Guaranty and/or the Lease accruing after the date of the substitution. The term “ Qualified Transferee ” shall mean any person or entity having an audited Tangible Net Worth (as defined below) not less than 550,300,000 Swedish Krona, being the Tangible Net Worth of Guarantor as of the date hereof. The term “ Tangible Net Worth ” shall Mean the excess of total assets over total liabilities, in each case as determined in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), excluding, however, from the determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under IFRS, including goodwill, customer relations, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and franchises.

Guarantor agrees that it is not necessary for Landlord to inquire into the powers of Tenant or any officers, directors or agents acting or purporting to act on its behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder. Guarantor warrants that this Guaranty has been duly authorized by all necessary authorities.

The Guarantor agrees to assume full responsibility for keeping itself informed as to the financial condition of Tenant and all other circumstances bearing upon risk of non-payment or non-performance of the Obligations which diligent inquiry would reveal with Lender to have no duty to advise the Guarantor of any information, whether known to Landlord or otherwise, regarding the financial or other condition of Tenant.

 

69


This Guaranty shall bind the successors and assigns of Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns of Landlord. In the event that the Lease is assigned or transferred by Landlord (“ Landlord Assignment ”), this Guaranty may likewise be assigned and/or endorsed by Landlord to the assignee of the Lease (assignment of the Lease to also be deemed to be an assignment of this Guaranty), and in such event, the holder of this Guaranty may enforce this Guaranty as if such holder had been originally named as the Landlord hereunder.

This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceedings against Guarantor with respect to this Guaranty may be brought in the courts of the State of Washington sitting in King County, Washington, or in any United States District Court for the Western District of Washington, and by Guarantor’s execution and delivery of this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to each such jurisdiction and hereby irrevocably waives any and all objections which Guarantor may have as to venue in any of such courts.

Guarantor agrees to pay all costs of enforcement of this Guaranty, including Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and all costs and expenses of suit and in preparation therefor and on appeal therefrom. Any sums due hereunder which are not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate specified for delinquent payments in the lease.

This Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect and shall be unaffected by any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency of Tenant or any successor or assign of Tenant or any disaffirmance or rejection of the Lease by a trustee of Tenant or any trustee of any successor or assign of Tenant.

The Guarantor hereby waives its right to a jury trial with respect to any legal proceeding involving or enforcing this Guaranty.

Landlord agrees to provide Guarantor with a copy (if any written notice of default given by Landlord to Tenant. Any notices to be sent to Guarantor shall be given by and be effective upon personal delivery or deposit with any recognized overnight delivery services (such as Federal Express) addressed to Guarantor at the address set forth below the signature line below, or at any replacement address designated in writing received by Landlord not later than ten (10) days prior to any such notice by Landlord.

This instrument may not be changed, modified, discharged, or terminated orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by Guarantor and the Landlord.

If any provision of this Guaranty or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Guaranty and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected but rather shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law. This Guaranty shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Guaranty to be drafted.

 

70


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of this 19 day of October, 2009.

 

GUARANTOR
NEW WAVE GROUP AB (Publ), a corporation organized under the laws of Sweden
By:  

/s/ Lars Jansson

Its:   CFO
U.S. Address for Notice:

 

 

 

 

71


EXHIBIT B

 

LOGO

 

72


EXHIBIT C

LANDLORD’S CONSENT TO SUBLEASE

FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, being landlord (“Landlord”) under terms of a lease dated October 21, 2009 (the “Master Lease”) consents to the foregoing Sublease (the “Sublease”) from CUTTER & BUCK INC. , a Washington corporation, tenant under the Master Lease (“Tenant”), to TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC. , a Delaware corporation, as sublessee (“Sublessee”), subject expressly to Tenant’s and Sublessee’s written agreement to all of the following:

1. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to modify, waive or affect (i) any of the provisions, covenants or conditions in the Master Lease, (ii) any of Tenant’s obligations under the Master Lease or those of any guarantor (“Guarantor”) of Tenant’s obligations under the Master Lease, or (iii) any rights or remedies of Landlord under the Master Lease or otherwise or to enlarge or increase Landlord’s obligations or Tenant’s rights under the Master Lease or otherwise or be construed to waive any present or future breach or default on the part of Tenant or Sublessee under the Master Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby (i) consents to Sublessee installing, at Sublessee’s cost, building-standard signage at the elevator bank of the floor on which the Subleased Premises is located, and (ii) conceptually approves Sublessee installing, at Sublessee’s sole cost, the improvements within, to and servicing the Subleased Premises (the “Subtenant Improvements”) described on Exhibit C-1 attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein, subject to Sublessee first obtaining Landlord’s approval of the plans and specifications therefor and otherwise complying in full with the requirements of Article 17 of the Master Lease with respect thereto and not permitting occupancy of the Subleased Premises at a level which will exceed the designed HVAC system level for the Building or Premises.

2. Nothing contained herein shall release or discharge Tenant or Guarantor from any liability under the Master Lease, and Tenant and Guarantor shall remain primarily liable and responsible for the full performance and observance of all of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in the Master Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed and observed. Any breach or violation of any provisions of the Master Lease by Sublessee shall be deemed to be and shall constitute a default by Tenant in fulfilling such provision. Tenant shall be obligated to pay Landlord upon demand all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs resulting from disputes or lawsuits in which Landlord is involved as a consequence of disagreements between Tenant and Sublessee or the bankruptcy or insolvency of Sublessee.

3. The Sublease is subordinate to the Master Lease, and any termination of the Master Lease shall result in an automatic termination of the Sublease unless otherwise first agreed in writing by Landlord.

4. Sublessee shall have no right to enforce Tenant’s rights under the Master Lease, all of which enforcement rights are personal to Tenant.

5. Landlord’s consent shall not be construed as a consent by Landlord to any further sublease. Landlord’s consent shall be required for any amendment or modification of the Sublease. Sublessee’s interest under the Sublease may not be assigned, transferred or encumbered, nor shall the Premises, or any part thereof, be further sublet without the express prior written consent of Landlord.

 

73


6. Tenant shall be and continue to remain liable for all bills and charges incurred by or imposed under the Master Lease for services rendered and materials supplied to the Premises during the term of the Master Lease. While Tenant consents thereto, Landlord’s acceptance of a payment from Sublessee shall not be deemed an attornment by Sublessee to Landlord or to release Tenant from liability.

7. Upon the expiration or any earlier termination of the term of the Master Lease, or in case of the surrender of the Master Lease by Tenant to Landlord, except as provided in the following sentence, the Sublease and its term shall expire and come to an end as of the effective date of such expiration, termination, or surrender and Sublessee shall vacate the subleased premises on or before such date. If the Master Lease shall expire or terminate during the term of the Sublease for any reason other than condemnation or destruction by fire or other cause, or if Tenant shall surrender the Master Lease to Landlord during the term of the Sublease, Landlord, in its sole discretion (upon written notice given to Tenant and Sublessee not more than thirty (30) days after the effective date of such expiration, termination or surrender and without any additional or further agreement of any kind on the part of Sublessee), may elect to continue the Sublease with the same force and effect as if Landlord as lessor and Sublessee as lessee had entered into a lease as of such effective date for a term equal to the then unexpired term of the Sublease and containing the same terms and conditions as those contained in the Sublease. In such event, Sublessee shall attorn to Landlord and Landlord and Sublessee shall have the same rights, obligations and remedies thereunder as were had by Tenant and Sublessee thereunder prior to such effective date, respectively, except that in no event shall Landlord be (a) liable for any act or omission by Tenant, (b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Sublessee had or might have against Tenant, (c) bound by any rent or additional rent or other payment paid by Sublessee to Tenant in advance, (d) obligated to honor any right of first opportunity, right of first refusal, or expansion rights granted to Sublessee under the Sublease, or (e) bound by any amendment to the Sublease not consented to by Landlord. Upon expiration of the Sublease pursuant to the provisions of the first sentence of this Paragraph 7, in the event of the failure of Sublessee to vacate the subleased premises as therein provided, Landlord shall be entitled to all the rights and remedies available to a landlord against a tenant holding over after the expiration of a term.

8. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within five (5) business days of demand for Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the Sublease and this Consent, which sums shall bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum from due date until paid.

9. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within five (5) business days of demand for all of Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with its review of Sublessee’s proposed alterations of, and improvements to, the Subleased Premises and the monitoring of such work.

10. Sublessee shall concurrently herewith provide Landlord with a certificate evidencing that Sublessee has in place the insurance required of Tenant by the terms of the Master Lease.

 

74


Dated: 26 April, 2012.

 

LANDLORD

FREMONT LAKE UNION CENTER LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By

  UNION INVESTMENT REAL ESTATE GMBH
  By  

/s/ Illegible

  Its   Director of LLC
  By  

/s/ Illegible

  Its   Authorized Officer

Agreed and accepted this 19th day of April, 2012.

TENANT

CUTTER & BUCK INC., a Washington corporatio n

 

  By  

/s/ David Hauge

  Its   CFO

SUBLESSEE

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

  By  

/s/ Thomas E. Walker, Jr.

  Its   CFO

 

75


EXHIBIT C-1

SUBTENANT IMPROVEMENTS

All planned subtenant improvements are within, to and servicing the Subleased Premises (as defined in the Sublease), which Subleased Premises comprise a portion of Suite 230 (“Suite 230”) of the Premises containing approximately 6,697 rentable square feet of space as shown by the cross-hatching on Exhibit B attached to the Sublease. Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Sublease.

1. Run fiber to the Tenant Intermittent Distribution Frame/server closet (the “Tenant IDF Server Closet”) located in Suite 230. Run conduit and fiber from the network core located at Subtenant’s existing premises (the “Subtenant Headquarters”) in the building (the “Lakeview Building”) located at 837 North 34th Street, Seattle, Washington, through the Building to the Tenant IDF Server Closet, and connect thereto. Routing will be from tenant IDF through Building IDF, down riser to P2 Main Point of Entry. Routing from Subtenant Headquarters to Main Point of Entry to be determined and approved by Lakeview Landlord.

2. Run power to the Tenant IDF Server Closet. Run additional power to the wiring in the Tenant IDF Server Closet, and connect thereto. The Tenant IDF Server Closet currently has a single 110-volt outlet, which is not adequate for Subtenant’s network system and equipment (“Subtenant’s Network”). Subtenant to add four (4) additional 110-volt 20-amp circuits.

3. Install UPS in the Tenant IDF Server Closet. Purchase and install Uninterruptible Power Supply (“UPS”) in the Tenant IDF Server Closet to protect Subtenant’s Network from power spikes. System will not have sufficient battery backup to allow operations during a power outage, but will be upgradable if this is desired in the future and will be submitted to landlord for approval.

4. Install cooling in the Tenant IDF Server Closet. Sub-tenant has submitted load calculations (4996 btu/h) to Landlord for approval of additional cooling which will either be exhaust fan or water cooled wall mounted cooling unit with the primary requirement to keep IDF room temperature at a maximum of 75 degrees on a 7x24 basis.

5. Install network gear in the Tenant IDF Server Closet. Install Cisco 4510 switch and patch panels in the Tenant IDF Server Closet, and connect as needed with Subtenant’s Network.

6. Install cabling. Install data cables for interconnecting the network gear and patch panels referenced above and Subtenant’s Network.

7. Install horizontal wiring from the Tenant IDF Server Closet to workstations in the Subleased Premises. Install data wiring from the Tenant IDF Server Closet to each office, cubicle and conference room in the Subleased Premises. Per Subtenant standard, each cubicle will get two network jacks.

8. Replace flooring/carpet in the Subleased Premises.

9. Install furniture including new workstation components, office desks, and conference room equipment in the Subleased Premises.

 

76

Exhibit 10.17

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (“Lease”) is made and entered into this 19th day of February 2009, by and between MICHAEL R. MASTRO , a married man as his separate estate (“Landlord”) and TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

1. Nonstandard Provisions. The subsections of this Section 1 constitute the nonstandard provisions of this Lease and are referred to elsewhere herein.

 

  (a)

Premises, Building and Land. The premises consist of the Fourth (4 th ) floor (which may also be referred to as Suite 400 or the top floor of the Building) (the “Premises”) in the Lake View at Fremont Building, located at 737 North 34th Street, Seattle, King County, Washington 98103 (the “Building”), upon the real property legally described in the attached Exhibit F (the “Land”).

 

  (b) Floor Area of Premises. The agreed floor area of the Premises is 31,751 rentable square feet, as shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A to this Lease. The Building contains 104,825 rentable square feet. Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this paragraph, “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” of the Building is 30.29%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that, for purposes of Tenant’s obligation to pay Additional Rent (as defined in Section 9(b) below) during the Lease Term (as defined in Section 1(c) below), “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” of the Premises shall be deemed to contain 15,875 rentable square feet during the initial twenty-four (24) months of the Lease Term, during which period “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” of the Building shall be deemed to be 15.14%.

 

  (c) Lease Term. The Lease term (“Lease Term”) shall be for six (6) years, and shall, subject to Section 1(e) below, commence on the later of (i) the date of Substantial Completion (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached as Exhibit G) by Landlord of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached as Exhibit G), subject to Punch List Work (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached as Exhibit G), and (ii) June 1, 2009 (the “Scheduled Commencement Date”) (the actual date that the Lease Term commences in accordance with this Section 1(c) being referred to herein as the “Commencement Date”), and, subject to any extension as in this Section 1(c), shall end on May 31, 2015 (the “Expiration Date”). If Landlord fails to deliver possession of Premises to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease on the Scheduled Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage caused thereby, nor shall this Lease become void or voidable, but in such event, no Monthly Base Rent (as defined in Section 1(h) below) or Additional Rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease, and the Expiration Date shall be extended by the same number of days as the delay in delivery of possession of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Commencement Date has not occurred within ninety (90) days of the Scheduled Commencement Date (subject to events of force majeure), Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, without penalty, by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord (the “Termination Notice”), which termination shall be effective ten (10) days from receipt by Landlord of the Termination Notice (the “Termination Effective Date”). This Lease shall terminate upon the Termination Effective Date and neither party shall thereafter have any further rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided herein, and Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit (as defined in Section 1(i) below) and any prepaid Monthly Base Rent (defined in Section 1(h) below) within ten (10) days after the Termination Effective Date, unless prior to the Termination Effective Date, Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease.

 

- 1 -


  (d) Fixturization Period. Landlord shall grant Tenant access to the Premises during the four (4) week period prior to Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements (the “Fixturization Period”) during normal business hours (and subject to Tenant’s delivery of evidence of insurance satisfying the requirements of this Lease) for the purpose installing Tenant’s fixtures and equipment not included within the scope of the Tenant Improvements. All of the terms of this Lease shall be binding on and apply to Tenant during the Fixturization Period, except that Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent shall commence on the Commencement Date.

 

  (e) Holdover Assumption. In the event the construction of Tenant’s space is not complete and ready for occupancy prior to June 1, 2009, Landlord agrees to assume the holdover costs of Tenant’s current lease obligation. Said Holdover costs shall not exceed $10,086.50 per month.

 

  (f) Renewal Right. Tenant shall have the option to renew the term of this Lease for one (1) renewal period (hereafter the “Renewal Term”), having a term of one (1) to five (5) years commencing immediately following the expiration of the initial Lease Term, said Renewal Term to be upon all of the terms, conditions, covenants and provisions of this Lease. The failure of Tenant to exercise the option for the Renewal Term in the manner and within the time herein provided shall terminate the rights of Tenant with respect to such Renewal Term. Tenant’s right to exercise the option to renew the Lease Term will be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written notice exercising the option to renew the Lease Term at least one hundred eighty (180) days before the last day of the initial Lease Term; and

(ii) Tenant shall not be in material default under any provision of this Lease, after receipt of notice and expiration of any applicable cure period, at the date Tenant delivers to Landlord a notice of Tenant’s election to renew the Lease Term.

Effective the first (1st) day of the Renewal Term, the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises shall be at the then fair market rental for the Premises (reflecting the then prevailing rent structure, inducements and concessions for comparable commercial lease renewals) as agreed upon by the parties within thirty (30) days after Tenant exercises the option to renew, and, if they cannot agree within such timeframe, to be established by an evaluation of the Premises performed by a commercial real estate broker mutually agreed upon by the parties, or if they cannot agree on one (1) broker, then by a board of three (3) qualified commercial real estate brokers, one (1) selected by each of the parties and the third (3rd) broker (who shall not have provided services to or received compensation from either party during the prior two years) to be selected by the two (2) brokers chosen by the parties. If a board of brokers is utilized, the broker whose determination of fair market rent is neither the highest nor the lowest shall be binding. Each party shall pay one-half (1/2) of the fees for such brokers in connection with the foregoing fair market rent determination. The final determination of the fair market rental for the Renewal Term shall be made, in all events, no later than ninety (90) days after Tenant exercises the option to renew.

 

- 2 -


(g)   Right of First Refusal. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an ongoing Right of First Refusal (“RFR”) on Third (3 rd ) Floor of the Building (which may also be referred to as Suite 300 or the floor below the top floor of the Building). If any space on Third (3 rd ) Floor of the Building is available and Landlord has either accepted an Offer from an unaffiliated third-party to lease all or a part of such space or Landlord intends to accept the Offer, Landlord shall send a copy of the Offer to Tenant. Tenant shall then have seven (7) business days in which to notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s election to lease the RFR Space on the terms set forth in the Offer. If Tenant does not elect to exercise the RFR, then Landlord may lease the RFR space to the Offerer or if Landlord does lease the RFR Space to the Offerer, but such space later becomes vacant or otherwise available for rent then the RFR space will again be subject to Tenant’s RFR and Landlord shall re-offer the space to Tenant in accordance with this provision. If Tenant elects to exercise the RFR, Tenant will lease the RFR space from Landlord on the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer except that the term shall be coterminous with this lease.

 

  (h) Monthly Base Rent. The monthly base rent for the Premises (“Monthly Base Rent”) shall be payable by Tenant during the Lease Term as follows:

 

Square

Footage

Leased

   Months      Annual NNN Rate
Per Rentable
Square Foot
     Monthly NNN
Base Rent
 

15,875

     1 – 12       $ 27.00       $ 35,718.75   

15,875

     13 – 24       $ 27.00       $ 35,718.75   

31,751

     25 – 36       $ 27.00       $ 71,439.75   

31,751

     37 – 48       $ 28.00       $ 74,085.67   

31,751

     49 – 60       $ 29.00       $ 76,731.58   

31,751

     61 – 72       $ 30.00       $ 79,377.50   

 

* Although Landlord shall be obligated to deliver the entire Premises to Tenant in the condition required under this Lease as of the Commencement Date and Tenant shall have the right to use and occupy the same in accordance with the terms of this Lease, the square footages set forth above under “Square Footage Leased” reflect an agreement between the parties that Tenant shall be obligated to pay Monthly Base Rent only on that portion of the Premises noted above.

 

  (i) Security Deposit; Rent Paid Upon Execution of Lease. Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord a security deposit in the amount of $79,377.50 (the “Security Deposit”). Additionally, upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent for the first month of the Lease Term in which Tenant is obligated to pay Monthly Base Rent., which amount is $35,718.75

 

  (j) Permitted Use of Premises. Tenant shall use the Premises only for general office purposes and for no other purposes whatsoever without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

- 3 -


  (k) Exhibits. The following exhibits are made a part of this Lease:

 

  Exhibit A    Floor Plan of Premises
 

Exhibit B

   Rules and Regulations of Building
 

Exhibit C

   Parking Rules
 

Exhibit D

   Form of Estoppel Certificate
 

Exhibit E

   Form of Subordination, Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement
 

Exhibit F

   Legal Description
 

Exhibit G

   Tenant Work Letter

 

  (l) Notice Addresses.

 

  Landlord:    Michael R. Mastro    Tenant:    Tableau Software, Inc.
     510 Rainier Avenue S.       400 N. 34th Street, Suite 200
  .    Seattle, WA 98144       Seattle, WA 98103
     Telephone: 206-323-5393       Telephone: 206-633-3400
     Facsimile: 206-323-6980       Facsimile: 206-633-3004
     Attn: Evelyn Sellers       Attn: Tom Walker / Legal

 

2. Premises. Landlord hereby Leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby Leases from Landlord, upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Premises described in Section l (a). The rentable square feet of the Premises, as stated in Section 1(b) above, is calculated according to Building Owners and Managers Association International (“BOMA”) standards, namely, the “Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings ANSI – BOMA Z-65.1-1996”.

 

3. Term. The Lease Term shall be as stated in Section 1(c).

 

4. Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Monthly Base Rent stated in Section l(h) in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term at the notice address set forth in Section 1(l) above, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord together with the payment of Monthly Base Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses (as defined in Section 9(a)(3) below), as more particularly set forth in Section 9 below. For purposes of this Lease, the term “rent” shall mean all Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant in accordance with this Lease. Rent payable for any period of less than one calendar month shall equal 1/30 of the Monthly Base Rent for each day of such period. If any sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease are not received by the fifth (5th) day following the date such sum is due, Tenant shall pay Landlord in addition to the amount due, for the cost of collecting and handling such late payment, an amount equal to the greater of $100 or five percent (5%) of the delinquent amount. In addition, all delinquent sums payable by Tenant to Landlord and not paid within five (5) days of the due date shall, at Landlord’s option, bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum, or the highest rate of interest allowable by law, whichever is less. Interest on all delinquent amounts shall be calculated from the original due date to the date of payment. Landlord’s acceptance of less than the full amount of any payment due from Tenant shall not be deemed an accord and satisfaction or compromise of such payment unless Landlord specifically consents in writing to payment of such lesser sum as an accord and satisfaction or compromise of the amount which Landlord claims.

 

- 4 -


5. Security Deposit. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a sum equal to the amount stated in Section l(i) as security for the performance by Tenant of every covenant and condition of this Lease. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Security Deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord may maintain such sums separate and apart from Landlord’s general funds or may commingle them with Landlord’s general or other funds. Landlord is not required to pay Tenant interest on such sums, or any portion thereof. If Tenant defaults with respect to any covenant or condition of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, including but not limited to the payment of rent, Landlord may apply the whole or a part of the Security Deposit to the payment of any sum in default or any other sum which Landlord may be required to spend by reason of Tenant’s default. Tenant shall replenish any amounts spent by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 23 below within thirty (30) days following receipt of notice from Landlord. Within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed thirty (30) days) after expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination of this Lease, the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant, less those amounts that may be required by Landlord under the terms of this Lease (a) to remedy defaults on the part of Tenant in the payment of Rent or otherwise, (b) to repair damages to the Premises caused by Tenant, provided Landlord is entitled to the same under the terms of this Lease, and (c) to restore the Premises to the condition required by this Lease. If Landlord disposes of its interest in the Premises, Landlord shall deliver or credit the Security Deposit to Landlord’s successor in interest in the Premises and provided such successor assumes Landlord’s obligations hereunder, Landlord shall be relieved of further responsibility with respect to the Security Deposit.

 

6. Use. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises during the Lease Term only for the purpose stated in Section l(j) and for no other purposes without the written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not use the Premises, or commit any act therein, in violation of any applicable law, rule, regulation, ordinance or governmental decree, or which will increase the existing rate of insurance upon the Building or the Land. Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste upon the Premises, or any public or private nuisances or any other act or thing which disturbs the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building. Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus, machinery or device in or about the Premises that will cause any substantial noise or vibration perceptible outside the Premises. If any of Tenant’s office machines and equipment disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building, then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and provided Tenant has obtained Landlord’s consent thereto, provide adequate insulation or take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to eliminate such disturbance. Tenant shall observe such reasonable rules and regulations as may be adopted and published from time to time by Landlord for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises or the Building and the preservation of good order therein. A copy of the current rules and regulations for the Building are attached as Exhibit B to this Lease.

 

7. Possession. Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in broom clean condition, with all Building systems in good working order. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that as of the Commencement Date the Premises (including the Tenant Improvements) and Building comply with all applicable laws. Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, correct any breach of such warranty promptly following receipt of written notice thereof from Tenant.

 

8. Maintenance and Services Provided By Landlord. Landlord shall, at its cost and expense (but as an Operating Expense to the extent permitted in this Lease) repair and maintain the public and common areas of the Building, including without limitation the lobbies, stairs, corridors and restrooms of the Building (collectively, “Common Area”), the roof, exterior walls and structural

 

- 5 -


  portions of the Building and the improvements within the Common Areas and the Building systems, including but not limited to the Building’s standard plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”), elevator, electrical, and management systems serving the Building, in first class order, condition and repair and in accordance with all current laws, codes, and ordinances, except for damage occasioned by the act of Tenant.

Landlord shall furnish the Premises with electricity for the permitted use of the Premises as described in Section 1(j) above. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of electricity used for general office use (e.g. lighting and operation of low power usage office machines, heat, normal office air conditioning, and elevator service) (“Normal Electricity Use”) according to its Pro Rata Share as described in Section 9(a)(2) below, and to the extent not already included as Additional Rent. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all electricity use by Tenant contemplated by the provision of the Tenant Improvements hereunder (including, but not limited the Tenant Improvements described in Schedule 1 to Exhibit G) shall be considered Normal Electricity Use. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of Supplemental Electricity Use (as defined below). Landlord shall also provide lighting replacement for Common Area lighting, water for lavatory and toilet purposes, toilet room supplies, cold water for drinking and hot water (at prevailing temperatures prescribed by applicable law) for lavatory purposes, all at points of supply provided for general use of tenants in the Building through fixtures installed by Landlord or by Tenant with Landlord’s consent, window washing with reasonable frequency, and customary janitorial service on all business days. Tenant shall have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day seven (7) days per week.

Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage caused by or resulting from variation, interruption or any failure of said services due to any cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and no temporary interruption or failure of such services incident to the making of repairs, alterations or improvements or due to accident or strike or conditions or events not under Landlord’s reasonable control shall be deemed as an eviction of Tenant. For the purposes of this Section 8, the term “temporary” is defined as a period of less than five (5) business days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Tenant is prevented from using all or a portion of the Premises as a result of a failure of Landlord to provide services, access or utilities that Landlord is required to provide under this Lease, and if such failure continues for more than five (5) consecutive business days after written notice from Tenant, then the Monthly Basic Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses shall be abated entirely or reduced in proportion to the extent to which Tenant’s use is impaired, as the case may be, for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using the Premises or a portion thereof.

If Tenant uses equipment reasonably designated in writing and in advance by Landlord as high power usage equipment and outside and in excess of Normal Electricity Use (“Supplemental Electricity Use”), Landlord may at its option, and upon written notice to Tenant, install a meter to measure the amount of actual Supplemental Electricity Use and Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent the actual amount (as metered) of the Supplemental Electricity Use (provided that such electrical charges shall be based upon the actual costs of such electricity without markup or administrative fees). The Monthly Base Rent stated in Section l(h) does not include Supplemental Electricity Use (if any).

 

9. Operating Expenses.

 

  (a) Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the following respective meanings unless the context otherwise specifies or clearly requires.

 

- 6 -


  (1) “Expense Year” means each twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing January 1 of each year.

 

  (2) “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” shall have the meaning as specified in Section 1(b) above.

 

  (3) “Operating Expenses” means all reasonable and necessary expenses, based on Landlord’s reasonable business judgment and customary practices, paid or incurred by Landlord for maintaining, operating and repairing the Building (including the parking facilities), the Land, and the personal property used in conjunction therewith, to the extent not paid directly by Tenant, including but not limited to the following:

 

  A) salaries, and other compensation, including vacation, holiday, and other paid absences; and welfare, retirement, and other fringe benefits that are customarily paid to employees below the level of property managers, independent contractors or agents of Landlord engaged in the operation, repair, management, or maintenance of the Land and/or the Building;

 

  B) repairs and maintenance of the Building and Land and the cost of supplies, tools, materials, and equipment for such repairs and maintenance;

 

  C) all real property taxes and currently due installments of assessments, special or otherwise, which are imposed upon the Building and Land from and after the date of this Lease but prior to the expiration or earlier termination hereof, together with reasonable legal fees, costs, and disbursements incurred for proceedings to contest, determine, or reduce such taxes or assessments, but only to the extent such taxes or assessments are actually reduced and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such reduction is credited to Tenant.

 

  D) premiums and other charges actually incurred by Landlord for insurance on the Building and Land as Landlord deems reasonably necessary, including:

 

  (i) fire insurance, extended coverage insurance, windstorm, hail, and explosion insurance, and rental interruption insurance;

 

  (ii) public liability and property damage insurance;

 

  (iii) elevator insurance;

 

  (iv) boiler and machinery insurance; sprinkler leakage, water damage, water damage legal liability insurance; burglary, fidelity, and pilferage insurance on equipment and materials;

 

  (v) other insurance as is customarily carried by operators of comparable office buildings in the Seattle, Washington area;

 

- 7 -


  E) costs incurred for inspection, maintenance, repair, replacement and servicing, including all outside maintenance contracts necessary or proper for the maintenance and security of the Building and Land, such as janitorial and window cleaning, rubbish removal, exterminating, water treatment, elevator, electrical, plumbing, and mechanical equipment, and the cost of materials, tools, supplies, and equipment used for inspection and servicing;

 

  F) costs incurred for electricity, water, gas, fuel, or other utilities;

 

  G) payroll taxes, federal taxes, state and local unemployment taxes, and social security taxes paid for Landlord’s employees in connection with the Building;

 

  H) sales, use, and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord for use solely at the Building;

 

  I) license, permit, and inspection fees;

 

  J) accounting fees;

 

  K) legal fees, costs, and disbursements but excluding those:

 

  (i) relating to disputes with tenants,

 

  (ii) based upon Landlord’s negligence or other tortuous conduct,

 

  (iii) relating to enforcing any leases except for enforcing lease provisions for the benefit of the Building tenants generally, or

 

  (iv) relating to the defense of Landlord’s title to, or interest in, the Land;

 

  L) other costs and fees reasonably necessary to operate, repair, manage, and maintain the Property in a first-class manner and condition.

Operating Expenses shall not include: (1) depreciation on the Building; (2) costs of Tenant’s improvements; (3) real estate commissions; (4) capital items (except that Operating Expenses shall include the cost of any capital improvements made after the date of this Lease that are required under any governmental law or regulation put into effect after the date of this Lease; and, to the extent of actual savings, the cost of any capital improvements made to the Building as a labor saving device or to effect other economies in the operation or maintenance of the Building made after the date of this Lease that are required under any governmental law or regulation put into effect after the date of this Lease,; all such costs to be amortized over the useful life of such item); (5) the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any tenant (outside of such tenant’s Operating Expense payments); (6) the cost of any items for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, a tenant of the Building, or otherwise to the extent so reimbursed; (7) ground lease payments

 

- 8 -


(if any); (8) costs of items considered capital repairs, replacements, improvements and equipment under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied except as expressly included in Operating Expenses pursuant to the definition above; (9) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building or any law, code, regulation, ordinance or the like that would not have been incurred but for such violation; (10) Landlord’s general corporate overhead; (11) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (other than in the parking facility for the Building); (12) bad debt expenses and interest, principal, points and fees on debts or amortization on any ground lease, mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building (including the Land); (13) marketing costs, including leasing commissions and attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building; (14) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or occupants’ improvements made for tenants or other occupants in the Building or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants in the Building; (15) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease; (16) costs of any items (including, but not limited to, costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Building) to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or from a third party (except that any deductible amount under any insurance policy shall be included within Operating Expenses); (17) rentals and other related expenses for leasing an HVAC system, elevators, or other items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of the Building) which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital improvement not included in Operating Expenses pursuant to this Lease; (18) amortization and interest payments, except as specifically included in Operating Expenses pursuant to the terms of this Lease and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party, where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life; (19) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building, without charge; (20) electric power costs or other utility costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company; (21) costs (including in connection therewith all attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and/or payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims, litigation or arbitrations pertaining to another tenant of the Building; (22) costs incurred in connection with the original construction or any future expansion of the Building; (23) costs of correcting defects in or inadequacy of

 

- 9 -


the initial design or construction of the Building or any future expansion of the Building; (24) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 32 below) or to remove, remedy, treat or contain any Hazardous Material; (25) travel expenses of Landlord and, its employees; and (26) any income, inheritance, gift or succession taxes payable by Landlord.

 

  (b) Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent, in addition to the Monthly Base Rent and for the square footage leased as provided in Section 1(h) above, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses and any and all other sums expressly provided for hereunder. (“Additional Rent”).

 

  (1) Rent Adjustment for Estimated Operating Expenses. Landlord shall, prior to the Commencement Date and within ninety (90) days after the commencement of each Expense Year thereafter, furnish to Tenant a written statement setting forth (A) an estimate of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for such Expense Year (“Estimated Operating Expenses”), and (B) the amount of Additional Rent payable monthly during such Expense Year, which will equal one-twelfth (1/12) of the amount. If such Estimated Operating Expenses are furnished after the commencement of the Expense Year, Tenant shall also make a retroactive lump-sum payment equal to the excess of the new monthly amount over the old monthly amount multiplied by the number of months during the Expense Year for which no such adjustment was paid.

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Operating Expenses for first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term shall not exceed $8.50 per rentable square foot. Thereafter during the Lease Term, all Controllable Operating Expenses (as defined in Section 9(b)(1) below) shall not increase more than four percent (4%) in any Expense Year over the maximum amount of Controllable Operating Expenses chargeable for the immediately preceding Expense Year (i.e., the cap shall be calculated on a cumulative and compounded basis). “Controllable Operating Expenses” shall mean all Operating Expenses except real property taxes, all forms of insurance, utility expenses, costs of services provided under a union contract, payments under CC&R’s or to an owners’ association and costs associated with repairs due to casualty, vandalism or other source outside of Landlord’s reasonable control.

 

  (2) Actual Operating Costs. Within ninety (90) days after the close of each Expense Year during the term hereof, Landlord shall endeavor to deliver to Tenant a written statement (a “Statement”) setting forth the actual Operating Expenses during the preceding Expense Year (“Actual Operating Expenses”). If such costs for any Expense Year exceed the Estimated Operating Costs paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 9(b)(1) for such Expense Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such excess to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of such Statement by Tenant. If such Statement shows such costs to be less than the amount paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 9(b)(1), then the amount of such overpayment shall be credited toward the next monthly rent payable by Tenant or, if this Lease has terminated, shall be paid to Tenant concurrently with Landlord’s delivery of such Statement.

 

- 10 -


  (3) End of Term. If this Lease expires or earlier terminates on a day other than the last day of an Expense Year, then the amount of any adjustment between Estimated Operating Expenses and Actual Operating Expenses with respect to the Expense Year in which such expiration or termination occurs will be prorated on the basis which the number of days from the commencement of such Expense Year to and including such termination date bears to 365, and any amount payable (A) by Tenant to Landlord with respect to such adjustment is payable within thirty (30) days after receipt of such Statement with respect to such Expense Year, or (B) by Landlord to Tenant with respect to such adjustment shall be paid concurrently with Landlord’s delivery of such Statement.

 

  (4) Audit Right. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (“Review Period”), if Tenant disputes the amount set forth in the Statement, Tenant’s employees or an independent certified public accountant, designated by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s records (pertaining to Landlord’s calculation of the costs set forth in this Section 9) at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant and such accountant or representative shall, and each of them shall cause their respective agents and employees to, maintain all information contained in Landlord’s records in strict confidence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall only have the right to review Landlord’s records one (1) time during any twelve (12) month period. If such audit proves that the total amount of any item of costs set forth in this Section 9 were overstated by more than five percent (5%) then the actual, documented and reasonable cost of the accountant shall be paid for by Landlord. Promptly following the parties receipt of such audit results, the parties shall make such appropriate payments or reimbursements, as the case may be, to each other, as are determined to be owing pursuant to such audit.

 

10. Acceptance of Premises. The taking of possession by Tenant shall be deemed Tenant’s agreement and acknowledgment that the Premises are then in a tenantable and good condition, and that Landlord has completed all work agreed to be accomplished by Landlord at Landlord’s expense under the terms of this Lease to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, subject to any Punch List Work.

 

11. Care of Premises, Repairs and Alteration.

 

  (a) Care of Premises; Condition at Surrender; Repairs. Tenant shall take good care of the Premises. All damage or injury done to the Premises by Tenant or by any persons who may be in or upon the Premises with the consent of Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant and Tenant shall pay for all damage to the Building caused by Tenant’s misuse of Premises or the appurtenances thereto. Tenant shall, at the termination of this Lease by the expiration of time or otherwise, surrender and deliver up the Premises to Landlord in as good a condition as when received by Tenant from Landlord or as thereafter improved, reasonable use and wear, alteration previously approved by Landlord, and damage by fire or other casualty, excepted. Notwithstanding any provision set forth in this Lease to the contrary, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord of an event or circumstance which requires the action of Landlord and which if not performed will materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises and Landlord fails to provide such action within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after the receipt of such notice (but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, unless such repair

 

- 11 -


  would normally take longer (and Landlord has commenced said repair work within said thirty (30) day period)), then provided that Tenant’s performance of such repair or maintenance will not void any applicable warranties covering such repair or maintenance, Tenant may proceed to take the required action upon delivery of an additional five (5) business days notice to Landlord (which additional notice must clearly specify that Tenant is taking such required action), and if such action was required under the terms of this Lease to be taken by Landlord and was not taken or commenced by Landlord within such five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s actual reasonable costs in taking such action. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of a reasonably particularized invoice from Tenant of its costs of taking action which Tenant claims should have been taken by Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the amount set forth in such invoice.

 

  (b) Alterations. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises, or make changes to locks on doors, or add, disturb or in any way change any plumbing or wiring without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required with respect to any cosmetic alterations to the Premises which do not affect the mechanical systems or structure of the Premises or the Building and which cost less than Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) in the aggregate in any year during the Lease Term. If Tenant requests that Landlord make any special improvements to the Premises, Landlord’s agreement to do so may, among other factors, be conditioned upon Tenant’s agreement to reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred in making the special improvements to the Premises requested by Tenant. Landlord may make any alterations or improvements in the Premises that Landlord reasonably deems necessary or advisable for the preservation, or safety of the Premises. Such alterations or improvements will, if possible, be made at times convenient to Tenant and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business operations. All alterations, additions and improvements, except fixtures and equipment installed by Tenant that are removable with only minor damage to Premises, shall become the property of Landlord upon the termination of the Lease Term. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense prior to the expiration of the Lease Term, repair any damage occasioned by the removal of its equipment or fixtures from the Premises.

 

12. Tenant Improvements. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall construct and install in the Premises, the Tenant Improvements provided in, and in accordance with the terms of Exhibit G (including all scheduled thereto), attached hereto.

 

13. Parking.

 

  (a) Parking Allocated to Tenant. During the Lease Term, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to use seventy-six (76) parking/building access cards (each, a “Parking Permit”) at the rate provided in Section 13(b) for the use of parking spaces in the parking garage (the “Garage”) located in the Building. Each Parking Permit will authorize parking in the Garage for one car, twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week. Landlord shall provide reasonable visitor parking for the Building at no additional charge.

 

- 12 -


  (b) Parking Charges. The initial monthly charge for each Parking Permit is currently One Hundred Thirty Dollars ($130.00) per month, including Washington State Sales Tax. Tenant shall not be required to pay for parking during the initial twelve (12) months of the Lease Term. The said monthly parking charge will remain unchanged during the second year of the Lease Term and thereafter may increase from time to time as the market dictates. Tenant shall pay Landlord (or Landlord’s Garage operator, if so directed) in advance the monthly charge for the number of Parking Permits Tenant actually uses.

 

  (c) Garage Rules. Tenant shall observe all rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord or its agent from time to time concerning the use of the Garage (the “Parking Garage Rules”). The Parking Garage Rules currently in effect are attached as Exhibit C to this Lease. Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates the Parking Garage Rules to park in the Garage, and any violation of the Parking Garage Rules will subject that person’s car to removal from the Garage at the car owner’s risk and expense. Tenant shall supply such additional information relating to those persons authorized to use the Garage as may be reasonably requested by Landlord from time to time, including automobile license numbers related to each Parking Permit.

 

  (d) Operation. Parking spaces in the Garage are provided on an unreserved “first-come, first-served” basis. Landlord reserves the right to assign specific spaces, and to reserve spaces for visitors, small cars, handicapped persons and for other tenants, guests of tenants, or other parties. Tenant may not park in any such reserved or assigned spaces; provided, however, Tenant shall at all times have access to the number of parking spaces equal to the number of Parking Permits issued to Tenant pursuant to Section 13(a) above. Landlord also reserves the right to close all or any portion of the Garage: (1) in order to make repairs or perform maintenance services, or to alter, modify, restripe or renovate the Garage, or (2) if required by casualty, strike, condemnation, act of God, governmental law or requirement, or other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. During the Lease Term, Landlord will provide bicycle parking during the hours the Garage is open at no additional charge and in a reasonably secure area where bicycles may be locked.

 

14. Entry and Inspection. Tenant shall permit Landlord or its agents to enter into and upon Premises at all reasonable times upon no less than twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice and during normal business hours (except in the event of an emergency, in which case Landlord may enter the Premises without notice to Tenant) or as otherwise agreed by Landlord and Tenant for the purpose of inspecting the Premises or the Building or for the purpose of cleaning, repairing, altering or improving the Premises or the Building, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business operations. Nothing contained in this Section 14 shall be deemed to impose any obligation upon Landlord not expressly stated elsewhere in this Lease. When reasonably necessary for the purpose of cleaning, repairing, altering or improving the Building, Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure and without such action by Landlord being construed as an eviction of Tenant or relieving Tenant from the duty of observing and performing any of the provisions of this Lease, provided that such closure shall not materially impair Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises. Subject to the terms of this Section 14, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises for the purpose of showing the Premises to prospective tenants for a period of 180 days prior to the expiration of the Lease Term.

 

15. Damage or Destruction By Fire or Other Casualty. If the Premises are destroyed or rendered untenantable, either wholly or in part, by fire or other unavoidable casualty, Landlord shall diligently repair at its cost any injury or damage to the Building itself and the initial permanently

 

- 13 -


  affixed improvements to the Premises made by Landlord or existing in the Premises as of the date of delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant, and in the meantime the rent shall be abated in the same proportion as the untenantable portion of the Premises bears to the whole thereof. Tenant shall pay the cost of repairing or replacing all other improvements in the Premises and Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and other personal property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after the date Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as a result of damage, notify Tenant of Landlord’s estimated assessment of the period of time in which the repairs that Landlord is responsible for under this Section 15 will be completed (“Damage Repair Estimate”), which assessment shall be based upon the opinion of a contractor reasonably selected by Landlord and experienced in comparable repairs of office buildings. If the Damage Repair Estimate indicates that such repairs cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after being commenced, either Landlord or Tenant may elect, not later than thirty (30) days after delivery of the Damage Repair Estimate, to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other effective as of the date specified in such notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 15 to the contrary, a total destruction of the Building shall automatically terminate this Lease.

 

16. Insurance.

 

  (a) Landlord’s Insurance. All insurance maintained by Landlord shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under Landlord’s sole control. Landlord agrees to maintain “Special Form” property insurance insuring the Building against damage or destruction due to risk including fire, vandalism, and malicious mischief in an amount not less than eighty percent (80%) (or such greater percentage as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of any co-insurance clauses of the policy) of the replacement cost thereof, in the form and with deductibles and endorsements as selected by Landlord. If required by its lender, Landlord may also obtain earthquake, pollution, and/or flood insurance in amounts selected by Landlord. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure, and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for any damage to, any furniture, machinery, goods, inventory or supplies, or other personal property or fixtures which Tenant may keep or maintain in the Premises, or any leasehold improvements, additions or alterations within the Premises.

 

  (b) Tenant’s Insurance.

 

  (1) Property Insurance. Tenant shall procure at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and keep in effect from the date of this Lease and at all times until the end of the Lease Term, insurance on all personal property and fixtures of Tenant and all improvements, additions or alterations made by or for Tenant to the Premises on a “Special Form” basis, insuring such property for the full replacement value of such property. The policy shall include “Business Income and Extra Expense Endorsements” at 100% of Tenant’s gross revenue for a period of twelve (12) months.

 

  (2)

Liability Insurance. Tenant shall procure at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and keep in effect from the date of this Lease and at all times until the end of the Lease Term commercial general liability insurance covering bodily injury, personal and advertising injury and property damage liability occurring in or about the Premises or arising out of the use and occupancy of the Premises and the Building, and any part of either, and any areas adjacent thereto, and the

 

- 14 -


  business operated by Tenant or by any other occupant of the Premises. Such insurance shall include contractual liability coverage insuring all of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. Such coverage shall have a minimum combined single limit of liability of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000), and a minimum general aggregate limit of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000), with an “Additional Insured – Managers or Lessors of Premises Endorsement” or equivalent. All such policies shall be written to apply to all bodily injury (including death), property damage or loss (broad form), fire legal liability, products completed operations, medical payments, personal and advertising injury and other covered loss, however occasioned, occurring during the policy term, shall be endorsed to add Landlord and any party holding an interest to which this Lease may be subordinated as an additional insured. All such insurance shall provide for the severability of interests of insureds, and shall be written on an “occurrence” basis, which shall afford coverage for all claims based on acts, omissions, injury and damage, which occurred or arose (or the onset of which occurred or arose) in whole or in part during the policy period.

 

  (3) Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance. Tenant shall carry workers’ compensation insurance as required by any applicable laws, throughout the Lease Term at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall also carry employers’ liability insurance in amounts not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury by accident; One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) policy limit for bodily injury by disease; and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each employee for bodily injury by disease, throughout the Lease Term at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

  (4) General Insurance Requirements. All insurance policies required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease shall be written by companies rated A VII or better in “Best’s Insurance Guide” and authorized to do business in the State of Washington. All coverages except Workers Compensation through Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and waive all rights of subrogation by the insurance carrier against Landlord. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord on or before the Commencement Date of this Lease, and thereafter as soon as practical prior to the expiration dates of the expiring policies, a certificate of insurance issued by the insurer thereunder evidencing the coverages required by this Lease and showing that Landlord is named as additional insured on the commercial general liability policy and as additional insured/loss payee on the property insurance policy with respect to Landlord’s interest in improvements and alterations. If Tenant fails to procure the insurance required by this Lease, or to deliver such certificates, then Landlord may, at Landlord’s option and in addition to Landlord’s other remedies in the event of a default by Tenant hereunder, procure the same for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent.

 

17. Waiver of Subrogation. Whether the loss or damage occasioned to the Premises or the Building is due to the negligence of either Landlord or Tenant, their agents or employees, or any other cause, Landlord and Tenant do each herewith and hereby release and relieve the other from responsibility for, and waive their entire claim of recovery for (1) any loss or damage to the real or personal property of either party located anywhere in the Building and including the Building itself, arising out of or incident to the occurrence of any of the perils covered by the property

 

- 15 -


insurance policy specified in Section 16(a) above, or (2) loss resulting from business interruption at the Premises or loss of rental income from the Building, arising out of or incident to the occurrence of any of the perils covered by the “Business Income and Extra Expense Endorsement” specified in Section 16(b)(1) above. To the extent that such risks under (1) and (2) are in fact covered by insurance, each party shall cause its insurance carriers to consent to such waiver and to waive all rights of subrogation against the other party.

 

18. Accidents and Indemnity . Tenant shall defend and indemnify Landlord, and save it harmless from and against any and all liability, damages, costs, or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any act, omission, or negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, or the officers, contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, guests, invitees, or visitors of Tenant in or about the Premises, or, arising from any accident, injury, or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property occurring in or about the Premises, provided that the foregoing provision shall not be construed to make Tenant responsible for loss, damage, liability or expense resulting from injuries to third parties caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, or of any officer, contractor, licensee, agent, servant, employee, guest, invitee or visitor of Landlord.

Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage to persons or property sustained by Tenant, or other persons, which may be caused by the Building or the Premises, or any appurtenances thereto, being out of repair or by the bursting or leakage or any water, gas, sewer, or steam pipe, or by theft, or by any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Building, or of any other person, or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

Landlord shall defend and indemnify Tenant, and save it harmless from and against any and all liability, damages, costs, or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any act, omission, or negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, or the officers, contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, guests, invitees, or visitors of Landlord in or about the Building, or, arising from any accident, injury, or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property occurring in or about the Building, provided that the foregoing provision shall not be construed to make Landlord responsible for loss, damage, liability or expense resulting from injuries to third parties caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, or of any officer, contractor, licensee, agent, servant, employee, guest, invitee or visitor of Tenant.

 

19. Assignment and Subletting.

 

  (a) Assignment, Mortgage or Encumbrance. Except as provided below, Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, mortgage or otherwise encumber all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, and any attempt to do so without first obtaining such consent shall be voidable at the option of Landlord. Landlord shall not, however, unreasonably withhold or delay such consent, but such consent shall require that such assignee, mortgagee or encumbrancer agree to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

  (b) Sublease. Except as provided below, Tenant shall not sublease the Premises without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and which consent shall require that such sublessee agree to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Lease applicable to the subleased space.

 

- 16 -


  (c) Requirements for Request for Assignment or Sublease; Standards for Consent. Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer under Section 19(e) below, in the event Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part hereof, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least thirty (30) days in advance of the date on which Tenant desires to make such assignment or sublease, which notice shall specify: (i) the name, address and business of the proposed assignee or sublessee, (ii) the amount and location of the space affected, (iii) the proposed effective date and duration of the sublease or assignment, and (iv) current financial statements of the proposed assignee or sublessee. Each request for an assignment or subletting must be accompanied by a processing fee, equal to no less than Five Hundred Dollars ($500) plus reasonable legal fees in an amount not to exceed Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750), in order to reimburse Landlord for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with such request.

In reviewing any request for an assignment of Tenant’s interest under this Lease or a sublease of the Premises or a portion thereof, Landlord may take into consideration the credit-worthiness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, the purpose for which the proposed assignee or sublessee will use the Premises, and whether the proposed assignee or sublessee is anticipated to require parking in excess of the parking allocated to Tenant under this Lease. Use and occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof by an assignee or sublessee will be consistent with operation and maintenance of a first class office building and will not be in conflict with any other lease in the Building. Consent to one assignment, subleasing or other transfer shall not be deemed to constitute consent to any subsequent assignment, subleasing or other transfer of Tenant’s interest in this Lease. Except as otherwise expressly provided, no such assignment or sublease shall relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease regardless of whether such liability arises by or through Tenant. Assignment or subletting shall not operate as a waiver of the necessity for a written consent to any subsequent assignment or sublease, and the terms of such consent shall be binding upon any person holding by, under or through Tenant.

 

  (d) Rent from Assignee or Sublessee. In the event of any sublease or assignment to which Landlord’s consent is requested and given, Landlord and Tenant shall share on an equal basis the rent paid by Tenant’s sublessee or assignee which is in excess of the rent due under this Lease, on a per rentable square foot basis, after deducting all of Tenant’s actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with such sublease or assignment, including attorneys’ fees, commissions, improvements and leasing concessions, which costs shall be amortized over the term of the sublease or assignment. Landlord may, at its election, collect rent directly from an assignee, and, in the event of a default under the terms of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period by Tenant, from a sublessee.

 

  (e) Permitted Transfer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 19, an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate (“Affiliate”) of Tenant (i.e., an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant, or that becomes a parent, successor or affiliate of Tenant, or is a successor of Tenant by reason of merger, consolidation, public offering, reorganization, dissolution, or sale of stock, membership or partnership interests or assets) shall not require Landlord’s consent and shall be deemed a “Permitted Transfer,” provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease following the effective date thereof and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease to
  such Affiliate, (ii) such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, and (iii) such assignment or sublease does not cause Landlord to be in default under any existing lease at the Building.

 

- 17 -


  (f) Landlord’s Right to Recapture the Premises. With respect to any request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, elect to terminate this Lease with respect to, and recapture from Tenant, that portion of the Premises specified in the request for assignment or sublease, as of the proposed effective date of the assignment or sublease. In such event, the area of the Premises, as defined in this Lease, shall be decreased by the portion of the Premises specified in such request, and the Monthly Base Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building and all other amounts in this Lease based on the area of the Premises shall be reduced appropriately. Tenant shall have the right to rescind the Assignment/Sublease if Landlord elects to recapture. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 19(f), or elsewhere in this agreement, shall prevent Tenant from assigning and/or subleasing all or a portion of the Premises, including (but not limited to) that portion of the Premises specified in the request for assignment or sublease, after any exercise by Tenant of its right to rescind the Assignment and/or Sublease as provided hereunder.

 

20. Signs and Advertising. Tenant shall not inscribe any inscription or post, place, or in any manner display any sign, notice, picture, placard or poster, or any advertising matter whatsoever, anywhere in or about the Premises or the Building at places visible (either directly or indirectly as an outline or shadow on a glass pane) from anywhere outside the Premises without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide Tenant with Building standard signage at the following locations: main lobby, floor directory and suite entrance. Landlord shall allow Tenant to install one (1) sign on the Northeast or Northwest corner of the Building subject to (a) Landlord’s reasonable approval, and (b) compliance with the signage requirements of the City of Seattle/Fremont as applicable to the Building.

 

21. Liens. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free from any lien or claim of lien arising out of any work performed upon or materials furnished to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any loss, cost, or liability resulting from any such lien or claim of lien. In the event any lien or claim of lien is filed against the Building, the Land or the Premises by any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, Tenant shall, upon the request of Landlord, immediately post in favor of Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, a bond in form and amount satisfactory to Landlord and issued by a surety satisfactory to Landlord, indemnifying Landlord against all liability, costs, and expenses, including attorneys’ and collection agency fees, which Landlord may incur as a result of the lien. Provided that such bond has been furnished to Landlord, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense and after written notice to Landlord, may contest, by appropriate proceedings conducted in good faith and with due diligence, any lien, encumbrance, or charge against the Premises arising from work done or materials provided to the Premises for or on behalf of Tenant, provided such proceedings suspend the collection thereof and Landlord determines that neither the Premises, the Building nor any part thereof or interest therein is or will be in any danger of being sold, forfeited or lost.

 

- 18 -


22. Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be deemed to be an “Event of Default” by Tenant under this Lease:

 

  (a) Tenant fails to pay any installment of the rent payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder when due, or any other payment or reimbursement to Landlord required hereunder when due (including any applicable grace period), and such failure continues for a period of five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord.

 

  (b) Tenant becomes insolvent, or makes a transfer in fraud of creditors, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

  (c) Tenant files a petition in bankruptcy, or Tenant is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent in proceedings filed against Tenant and such petition is not discharged within sixty (60) days.

 

  (d) A receiver or trustee is appointed for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant and possession is not restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days.

 

  (e) Tenant abandons, deserts or vacates any substantial portion of the Premises for more than thirty (30) days while tenant is in default under this Lease, except where such abandonment or vacation is due to a constructive eviction by Landlord.

 

  (f) Tenant fails to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease (other than the foregoing in this Section 22), and does not cure such failure within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Tenant from Landlord or commence to cure if such failure cannot be cured within thirty (30) days.

 

23. Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 22 above, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever.

 

  (a) Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails so to do, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying such Premises or any part thereof, by any lawful means without being liable for prosecution or any claim of damages therefore, and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord on demand the amount of all loss and damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of such termination, whether through inability to relet the Premises on satisfactory terms or otherwise.

 

  (b) Enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying such Premises or any part thereof, by any lawful means without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefore, and relet the Premises for such terms ending before, on or after the Expiration Date, at such rentals and upon such other conditions (including concessions and prior occupancy periods) as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine, and receive the rent therefore; and Tenant agrees to pay to the Landlord on demand any deficiency that may arise by reason of such reletting. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages, as required by applicable law. If Landlord is successful in reletting the Premises at rent that is in excess of that agreed to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant each mutually agree that Tenant shall not be entitled, under any circumstances, to such excess rent, and Tenant does hereby specifically waive any claim to such excess rent.

 

- 19 -


  (c) Enter upon the Premises, by any lawful means without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefore, and do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under the terms of this Lease to cure a non-monetary default of Tenant; and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord on demand for any expenses which Landlord may reasonably incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to Tenant from such action, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

 

  (d) Whether or not Landlord retakes possession of or relets the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to recover unpaid rent and all damages caused by Tenant’s default, including attorneys’ fees. Damages shall include, without limitation: all rentals lost, all reasonable legal expenses and other related costs incurred by Landlord following Tenant’s default, all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in restoring the Premises to good order and condition, or in remodeling, renovating or otherwise preparing the Premises for reletting, all costs (including without limitation any brokerage commissions) incurred by Landlord, plus interest thereon from the date of expenditure (in the case of a reimbursement owing by Tenant to Landlord hereunder), or from the date the failure of Tenant to make such payment to Landlord became a default under Section 22(a) above (in the case of any installment of rent or other payment owing by Tenant to Landlord hereunder other than a reimbursement) until fully repaid at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum.

 

  (e) Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies herein provided or any other remedies provided by law, such remedies being cumulative and non-exclusive, nor shall pursuit of any remedy herein provided constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord hereunder or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease. No act or thing done by the Landlord or its agents during the Lease Term shall be deemed a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to terminate this Lease or accept a surrender of said Premises shall be valid unless in writing signed by Landlord. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease. Landlord’s acceptance of the payment of rent or other payments due hereunder after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall not be construed as a waiver of such default, unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default or of Landlord’s right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such default or any subsequent default.

 

24. Removal of Property. If Tenant fails to remove any of its property of any nature whatsoever from the Premises or the Building at the termination of this Lease or when Landlord has the right of re-entry, Landlord may, at its option, remove and store such property without liability for loss thereof or damage thereto, such storage to be for the account and at the expense of Tenant. If Tenant fails to pay the cost of storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Landlord, may at its option, sell, or permit to be sold, any or all of such

 

- 20 -


  property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as Landlord in its sole discretion deems proper, without notice to Tenant, and shall apply the proceeds of such sale, first to the cost and expense of such sale, including reasonable attorneys’ fees actually incurred; second, to the payment of the costs or charges for storing any such property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then be or thereafter become due Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease, and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.

 

25. Surrender of Possession. Upon termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall promptly and peacefully surrender Premises to Landlord.

 

26. Holdover. If Tenant shall, without the written consent of Landlord, hold over after the expiration of the Lease Term, such tenancy shall be for an indefinite period of time on a month-to-month tenancy, which tenancy may be terminated with thirty (30) days written notice by either party. During such tenancy the Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord an amount equal to 150% of the Monthly Base Rent most recently payable plus all Additional Rent applicable to the holdover period, and to be bound by all terms, covenants and conditions as herein specified, so far as applicable.

 

27. Subordination to Mortgage. Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subordinate to any mortgage that may hereafter be placed by Landlord upon the Land and Building and all renewals, replacements and extensions thereof; provided that the mortgagee named therein shall agree to recognize the Lease of Tenant in the event of foreclosure if Tenant is not then in default hereunder. If any mortgagee of the Land and Building wishes to have this Lease a prior lien to its mortgage, then and in such event, upon such mortgagee notifying Tenant to that effect, this Lease shall be deemed prior to the lien of such mortgage. Within ten (10) business days of presentation, Tenant shall execute any documents which any such mortgagee may reasonably require to effectuate the provisions of this Section 27 and shall execute an estoppel certificate and subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement in substantially the forms attached as Exhibit D and Exhibit E, respectively, to this Lease, as requested by Landlord from time to time.

 

28. Condemnation. If the whole of the Premises, or if such portion of the facilities in the Building as may be required for the reasonable use of the Premises, are taken by virtue of any condemnation or eminent domain proceeding, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such condemnation, or as of the date possession is taken by the condemning authority, whichever is earlier. Current rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. In case of a taking of a part of the Premises or a portion of the facilities in the Building not required for the reasonable use of the Premises, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and the rent payable shall be equitably reduced based on the proportion by which the floor area of the Premises is reduced, such rent reduction to be effective on the date of such partial taking. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant now or hereafter arising or to the same or any part thereof, provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require Tenant to assign to Landlord any award made to Tenant for the value of Tenant’s leasehold interest, for the interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business, for Tenant’s moving expenses or for the value of Tenant’s property, if any, located in the Premises.

 

29. Tax On Rents. The Monthly Base Rent stated in Section 1(h) is exclusive of any sales, business and occupation, or any other taxes based upon or measured by rents payable to Landlord hereunder. If, during the Lease Term, any such taxes become payable by Landlord to any

 

- 21 -


  governmental authority, the rent hereunder shall be deemed increased to net Landlord the same rental after payment by Landlord of any such tax as would have been payable to Landlord prior to the imposition of any such tax. The foregoing does not apply to income, inheritance, gift or succession taxes payable by Landlord.

 

30. Notices. All notices under this Lease shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by certified mail, return receipt requested or sent by reputable overnight courier service, to Landlord or Tenant at the addresses set forth in Section 1(l) above, or such addresses as may hereafter be designated by either party to the other in writing. Notices given in the manner specified shall be deemed given on the date of personal delivery (or the refusal thereof), one (1) business day following deposit with a reputable overnight courier service with directions for delivery next business morning, or three (3) days following deposit in the U.S. Mail, postage prepaid.

 

31. Costs and Attorneys’ Fees. In the event either party requires the services of an attorney in connection with enforcing the terms of this Lease, or in the event suit is brought for the recovery of any sums due under this Lease or for the breach of any covenant or condition of this Lease, or for the restitution of the Premises to Landlord or eviction of Tenant during said term or after the expiration thereof, the substantially prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and all costs incurred in connection therewith, including, without limitation, the fees of accountants, appraisers and other professionals, whether at trial, on appeal or without resort to suit.

 

32. Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall not use, generate, treat, store or dispose of Hazardous Material on the Premises or Common Areas of the Building or the Land except in accordance with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Premises or Common Area. If Tenant breaches the obligations stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Material in the Premises or Common Area caused or permitted by Tenant results in contamination of the Premises or Common Area, then Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, or losses (including without limitation diminution in value of the Premises or Common Area, damages for the loss or restriction on the use of rentable or usable space or of any adverse impact on marketing of space on the Premises or Common Area, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees) which arise during or after the Lease Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial removal or restoration work required by any federal, state or local governmental agency, political subdivision, lender or buyer because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or groundwater in or under the Premises or Common Area, diminution in value of the Premises, damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Premises or Common Area, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the building, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees, laboratory fees and expert fees related thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material in the Premises or Common Area caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Premises or Common Area, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are necessary to return the Premises or Common Area to the condition required by applicable law; provided, however, Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

- 22 -


Except as otherwise provided in this Section 32, Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and not as an Operating Expense, for removing any Hazardous Materials in the Premises, the Building or the Land. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, or losses (including without limitation damages for the loss or restriction on the use of rentable or usable space or of any adverse impact on marketing of space on the Premises, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees) which arise during or after the Lease Term as a result of such contamination, other than those caused by Tenant as noted above, which indemnification obligation shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

Landlord represents and warrants that there is no Hazardous Material in the Building or on the Land as of the date of this Lease. Landlord hereby indemnifies Tenant for any and all liability, loss or damage to person or property Tenant may suffer as a result of the presence of any Hazardous Materials in the Building or on the Land except where caused by Tenant’s breach of its obligations under the first paragraph of this Section 32. Landlord hereby warrants no asbestos-containing materials (“ACM”) exist in the Building or the Land. Landlord hereby indemnifies, and holds Tenant harmless, from any and all liability, loss, damage or cost associated with the presence or removal of ACM in the Building or the Land. Any costs associated with the removal of ACM shall be considered a capital expense paid for by the Landlord and shall not be included as an Operating Expense. This Section 32 supersedes any other provision in this Lease regarding the condition of the Premises as of the Commencement Date.

Each party will deliver to the other copies of any documents received from, or sent to, the United States Environmental Protection Agency and/or any state, county or municipal environmental or health agency concerning the Premises, the Building and/or the Land.

As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means any substance which is (i) designated, defined, classified or regulated as a hazardous substance, hazardous material, hazardous waste, pollutant or contaminant under any Environmental Law (as defined below in this Section 32), as currently in effect or as hereafter amended or enacted, (ii) a petroleum hydrocarbon, including crude oil or any fraction thereof and all petroleum products, (iii) PCBs, (iv) lead, (v) asbestos, (vi) flammable explosives, (vii) infectious materials, or (viii) radioactive materials. “Environmental Law(s)” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. Sections 9601, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. Sections 6901, et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Sections 2601, et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. 5101, et seq., the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. Sections 1251, et seq., and the Washington Model Toxics Control Act, Revised Code of Washington Chapter 70.105D, as said laws have been supplemented or amended to date, the regulations promulgated pursuant to said laws and any other federal, state or local law, statute, rule, regulation or ordinance which regulates or proscribes the use, storage, disposal, presence, clean-up, transportation or release or threatened release into the environment of Hazardous Material. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hazardous Material shall not include (A) supplies for cleaning and maintenance in commercially reasonable amounts required for use in the ordinary course of business, and (B) standard office supplies in commercially reasonable amounts, in compliance with Environmental Laws.

 

33. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) Compliance. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, in accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act (the “ADA”), responsibility for compliance with the terms and conditions of Title III of the ADA shall be allocated as between Landlord and Tenant as set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything to the

 

- 23 -


  contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that the responsibility for compliance with the ADA (including, without limitation, the removal of architectural and communications barriers and the provision of auxiliary aids and services to the extent required) following the Commencement Date shall be allocated as follows: (a) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, be responsible for compliance with the provisions of Title III of the ADA for any alterations, additions, improvements (other than the Tenant Improvements) and repairs made within the Premises at Tenant’s request, whether by Landlord or Tenant and whether at Landlord’s or Tenant’s expense; and (b) Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, be responsible for compliance with the provisions of Title III of the ADA for (1) any alterations, additions, improvements (including without limitations the Tenant Improvements) and repairs made within the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, (2) all areas of the Building which are exterior to the Premises (unless such renovations and alterations are required due to Tenant’s particular use of such areas), and (3) all of the remaining portions of the Land. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs and liabilities arising out of Landlord’s failure, or alleged failure, as the case may be, to comply with its obligations under this Section 33, which indemnification obligation shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs and liabilities arising out of Tenant’s failure, or alleged failure, as the case may be, to comply with its obligations under this Section 33, which indemnification obligation shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

Landlord and Tenant each agree that the allocation of responsibility for ADA compliance shall not require Landlord or Tenant to supervise, monitor or otherwise review the compliance activities of the other with respect to its assumed responsibilities for ADA compliance as set forth in this Section 33.

 

34. Landlord Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity.

 

35. General Provisions.

 

  (a) Section Heading. The titles to sections of this Lease are for convenience only and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part thereof.

 

  (b) Governing Law. This Lease shall be construed and governed by the laws of the State of Washington.

 

  (c) Landlord’s Consent. Whenever Landlord’s consent is required under the terms hereof, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

- 24 -


  (d) Successors. All of the covenants, agreements, terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall apply to and be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

  (e) Authority. Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other that such party has all power and authority to enter into this Lease and perform the obligations of such party hereunder, and that the person executing this Lease on behalf of such party is authorized to do so.

 

  (f) Entire Agreement. This Lease contains all covenants and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating in any manner to the rent, use and occupancy of the Premises and Tenant’s use of the Building and other matters set forth in this Lease. No prior agreements or understanding pertaining to the same shall be valid or of any force or effect and the covenants and agreements of this Lease shall not be altered, modified, or added to except in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

  (g) Invalidity of Provisions. The invalidity of all or any part of any section of this Lease will not render invalid the remainder of this Lease or the remainder of such section. If any provision of this Lease is so broad as to be unenforceable, such provision will be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

 

  (h) Brokers. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has had no dealings with any broker, finder, or similar person who is or might be entitled to a commission or other fee in connection with the execution of this Lease, except for its broker, Washington Partners, Inc. (“Tenant’s Broker”) and Landlord’s broker, the Broderick Group (“Landlord’s Broker”). Landlord shall pay the commissions due to Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker pursuant to a separate written agreements. Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any and all claims and damages and for any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) resulting from claims that may be asserted against the other party by any broker, agent or finder not disclosed herein.

 

  (i) Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Lease.

 

  (j) Real Estate Commission. Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease other than Washington Partners, Inc. (“Procuring Broker”) who has represented Tenant and Broderick Group, Inc. who represents Landlord (“Listing Broker”). Landlord agrees to pay Procuring Broker a real estate commission equal to Six Dollars and no/100 ($6.00) per rentable square foot based upon the entire Premises which equals 31,751 rentable square feet (the “Procuring Broker Commission”). Landlord agrees to pay Listing Broker a real estate commission equal to Two Dollars and 50/100 ($2.50) per rentable square foot (the “Listing Broker Commission”). One-half (50%) of the Commission shall be due upon the execution and delivery of this Lease by both parties and the remaining one-half (50%) shall be due on the Commencement Date. In the event Brokers do not receive payment of the first one-half (50%) of the Commission by the date that Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to pay the first one-half (50%) to Brokers on behalf of Landlord out of consideration that Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 1(h). If Brokers do not receive the payment of the remaining one-half (50%)

 

- 25 -


  of the commission on or prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to pay the remaining one-half (50%) of the Commission to both Brokers on behalf of Landlord and receive a credit for such payment made to Brokers against immediate future rents owed by Tenant under the Lease. Except for Brokers’ claim to the Commission in relation to this Lease which has been addressed in this Paragraph 33, 3(h), each party hereto shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party from any claims, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, by a Broker’s agent or finder for any leasing commission attributable to the Lease which may be claimed as a result of the actions of the indemnifying party.

 

  (k) Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which shall together constitute one agreement.

 

- 26 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

MICHAEL R. MASTRO ,

a married man as his separate estate

/s/ Michael R.Mastro
Michael R. Mastro
TENANT:

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Walker, Jr.
Its:   CFO

 

- 27 -


STATE OF WASHINGTON        )      
       ) ss.      
COUNTY OF KING        )      

On this 26 day of February 2009, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared MICHAEL R. MASTRO, to me known, and acknowledged to me that he signed and sealed the foregoing instrument as his free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

 

     

/s/ Donna J. Reid

  
      (Signature)   
     

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of

Washington, residing at         Auburn

My commission expires        12/17/10

 

  

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON        )      
       ) ss.      
COUNTY OF KING        )      

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Thomas E. Walker, Jr. is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he signed this instrument, on oath stated that he was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the CFO of Tableau Software, Inc, a Delaware Corporation, to be free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

 

/s/ Tiffany Dawn Ash
(Signature)

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington, residing at

My commission expires: November 01, 2011

 

 

- 28 -


EXHIBIT A

TO

LEASE AGREEMENT

Floor Plan of Premises

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

TO

LEASE AGREEMENT

Rules and Regulations

 

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside or inside of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person chosen by Landlord.

 

2. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shadow, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises. Tenant shall not place anything against or near glass partitions or doors or windows, which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

 

3. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalk, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators, or stairways of the Building. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, shopping malls, elevators, escalators and stairways are not open to the general public. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interest of the Building and its tenants; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course or its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant and no employee or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building except in accordance with the provisions of a Communications Site Lease between Landlord and Tenant.

 

4. The directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only, and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names there from.

 

5. All cleaning and janitorial services for the Building and the Premises shall be provided exclusively through Landlord, and except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be employed by Tenant or permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. People providing janitorial services shall be licensed and bonded. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Premises. Landlord shall not in any way be responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to Tenant’s property by the janitor or any other employee or any other person.

 

6. Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, as many office keys as requested by Tenant. Landlord will furnish Tenant as many card keys as requested by Tenant. For each card key Tenant will deposit to Landlord $25.00 which will be refunded when the card key is returned to Landlord. Tenant shall not make or have made additional keys, and Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new additional lock or bolt on any door of the Premises. If Tenant installs a separate security system, Tenant shall provide Landlord with card keys or passwords for emergency access. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the card keys and office keys of all doors, which have been furnished to Tenant. Landlord shall retain the deposit for each card key not returned.

 

B - 1


7. If Tenant requires telegraphic, telephonic, security system or similar services, it shall first obtain, and comply with, Landlord’s instructions for their installation.

 

8. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds the load per square foot for which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property brought into the Building. Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant, which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space therein or to any other tenant in the Building, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration. The persons employed to move such equipment in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of, or damage to, any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

9. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than those limited quantities necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment. Tenant shall not use or permit to be used in the Premises any foul or noxious gas or substance, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, nor shall Tenant bring into or keep in or about the Premises any birds or animals.

 

10. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

 

11. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air-conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air-conditioning and to comply with any governmental energy-saving rules, laws or regulations of which Tenant has actual notice, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust controls.

 

12. Landlord reserves the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.

 

13. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6 p.m. and 7 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be established from time to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and legal holidays, any person unless that person is known to the person or employee in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building in case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion by closing the doors or by other appropriate action.

 

B - 2


14. Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely shutoff all water faucets or other water apparatus, and electricity, gas or air outlets before Tenant and its employees leave the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by Landlord for noncompliance with this rule.

 

15. The Building is a no-smoking building. Tenant, its employees, agents, guests, invitees, and licensees are prohibited at all times from smoking within the Building, the Premises, the Common Area or the Land, except in designated smoking areas outside the Building and the Premises, which shall be identified by Landlord from time to time.

 

16. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expenses of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

 

17. Tenant shall not sell, or permit the sale at retail, of newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or merchandise to the general public in or on the Premises. Tenant shall not make any room-to-room solicitation of business from other tenants in the Building. Tenant shall not use the Premises for any business or activity other than that specifically provided for in Tenant’s Lease.

 

18. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, telecom equipment, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building. Tenant shall not interfere with radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere.

 

19. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screws or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof. Landlord reserves the right to direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced to the Premises. Tenant shall not cut or bore holes for wires. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule, except that Tenant shall be permitted to use nails, screws, or other hardware necessary to hang artwork, display boards and other standard office fixtures.

 

20. Canvassing, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written material, and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

21. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who is in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building.

 

22. Tenant shall store all trash and garbage within its Premises. Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material, which cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions issued from time to time by Landlord. Disposal of any large debris will be at Tenant’s expense.

 

B - 3


23. The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise held for sale to the general public, or for lodging or for manufacturing of any kind, nor shall the Premises be used for any improper or immoral or objectionable purpose.

 

24. Microwave cooking is permitted on the Premises, as is use by Tenant of Underwriters’ Laboratory approved equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that such equipment is used in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations. Tenant is not allowed to use space heaters in the Premises. All appliance outlets shall be equipped and operated by mechanical timers.

 

25. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building any hand truck except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building.

 

26. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant’s address.

 

27. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

 

28. Tenant shall take reasonable measures to protect its Premises from theft, robbery, and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry into the Premises closed.

 

29. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon appropriate application to the office of the Building by an authorized individual. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

 

30. Tenant shall not park its vehicles in any parking areas designated by Landlord as areas for parking by visitors to the Building. Tenant shall not leave vehicles in the Building parking areas overnight nor park any vehicles in the Building parking areas other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor driven or non-motor driven bicycles or four-wheeled trucks.

 

31. Landlord may waive any one or more of these rules and regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such rules and regulations in favor of Tenant of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter reasonably enforcing any such rules and regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Building.

 

32. These rules and regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of premises in the Building.

 

33. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations hereinabove stated and any additional rules and regulations that are adopted.

 

B - 4


34. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

B - 5


EXHIBIT C

TO

LEASE AGREEMENT

Parking Garage Rules

 

1. Garage hours shall be 6 A.M. to 8 P.M. or such other hours as Landlord or the Garage operator shall determine from time to time.

 

2. Landlord at Landlord’s sole expense shall install card key readers at the entrance to the parking garage. Landlord shall provide access cards to Tenant’s employees who have purchased monthly parking. Monthly parkers shall be provided 24 hour access.

 

3. Cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines painted on the floor, and only small cars may be parked in areas reserved for small cars.

 

4. All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

 

5. The speed limit is 5 miles per hour.

 

6. Spaces reserved for handicapped parking must be used only by vehicles properly designated.

 

7. Parking is prohibited in all areas not expressly designated for parking, including without limitation:

 

  (a) areas not striped for parking;

 

  1. aisles;

 

  2. where “no parking” signs are posted;

 

  3. ramps; and

 

  (b) loading zones.

 

8. Parking stickers, key-cards or any other devices or forms of identification or entry supplied by Landlord or its Garage operator shall remain the property of Landlord or the Garage operator, as applicable. Such devices must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void.

 

9. Monthly fees are payable in advance prior to the first day of each month. Failure to do so will automatically cancel parking privileges and a charge at the prevailing daily parking rate will be due. Tenant or Tenant’s designees will make no deductions or allowances from the monthly rate for days on which the Garage is not used.

 

10. Garage operators or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules.

 

11. Every parker is required to park and lock his or her own car.

 

12. Loss or theft of parking identification, key-cards or other such devices must be reported to the Garage operator immediately. Any parking devices reported lost or stolen that are found on any unauthorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution. Lost or stolen devices found by Tenant or its employees must be reported to the office of the Garage immediately.

 

C - 1


13. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicle by Tenant or Tenant’s Designees is prohibited. Parking spaces may be used only for parking automobiles or motorcycles.

 

C - 2


EXHIBIT D

TO

LEASE AGREEMENT

Form of Estoppel Certificate

Premises: Suite 400, Lake View at Fremont Building, 737 North 34th Street, Seattle, Washington 98103

Lease dated                      between MICHAEL R. MASTRO, as Landlord, and *, as Tenant.

The undersigned, the Tenant under the above Lease (the “Lease”), hereby certifies to                                          , a                     , the purchaser or proposed purchaser of the property commonly known as Lake View at Fremont Building (the “Building”), which includes the premises (the “Premises”) leased under the above-described Lease, as follows:

 

1. that the Lease is presently in full force and effect and unmodified except as indicated at the end of this certificate;

 

2. that the term of the Lease has commenced and full rental is now accruing thereunder;

 

3. that the undersigned has accepted, and is currently in possession of, the Premises and that any improvements required by the terms of the Lease to be made by Landlord have been completed to the satisfaction of the undersigned;

 

4. that, to the actual knowledge of the undersigned, no default (and no event which with the passage of time could become a default) has occurred under the Lease;

 

5. that no rent under the Lease has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date; and

 

6. that the undersigned, to its actual knowledge as of this date, has no charge, lien or claim of offset under the Lease or otherwise, against rents or other charges due or to become due thereunder, except as to the security deposits, if any, listed below:

 

Tenant Security Deposits held by Landlord

   $                        

Current Monthly Rental Payment

   $                        

Lease Expiration Date

  

Tenant’s Options to Renew

  

Dated:                     , 200        

 

TENANT:

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

D - 1


EXHIBIT E

TO

LEASE AGREEMENT

Form of Subordination, Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement

RECORDING REQUESTED BY

AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT, NOTICE

AND NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT

Grantor:

Grantee:

Legal Description:

Abbreviated:

Full:

Assessor’s Property Tax

Parcel Account Numbers:

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the              day of                     ,             , by and among (i)                     , a                      (“Tenant”), whose principal address is                     ; (ii)                     , a                      (“Lender”), whose principal address is                     ; and (iii) MICHAEL R. MASTRO, a married man as his separate estate (“Borrower”), whose principal address is 510 Rainier Avenue South, Seattle, Washington 98144.

RECITALS:

A. Lender has agreed to make a mortgage loan (the “Loan”) to Borrower in the amount of                      Dollars ($                    ) to be secured by a mortgage or deed of trust (the “Mortgage”) on the real property legally described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Property”);

B. Tenant is the present lessee under a lease-dated                         , made by Borrower as landlord (“Landlord”), demising a portion of the Premises and other property (said lease and all amendments thereto being referred to as the “Lease”);

 

E - 1


C. The Loan terms require that Tenant subordinate the Lease and its interest in the Premises in all respects to the lien of the Mortgage and that Tenant attorn to Lender; and

D. In return, Lender is agreeable to not disturbing Tenant’s possession of the portion of the Property covered by the Lease (the “Premises”), so long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration for the mutual covenants contained herein and other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENTS:

 

1. Subordination. The Lease, and the rights of Tenant in, to and under the Lease and the Premises, are hereby subjected and subordinated to the lien of the Mortgage and to any modification, reinstatement, extension, supplement, consolidation or replacement thereof as well as any advances or re-advances with interest thereon and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust on the Property which may hereafter be held by Lender.

 

2. Tenant Not to Be Disturbed. In the event it should become necessary to foreclose the Mortgage or Lender should otherwise come into possession of title to the Property, Lender will not join Tenant in summary or foreclosure proceedings unless required by law in order to obtain jurisdiction, but in such event no judgment foreclosing the Lease will be sought, and Lender will not disturb the use and occupancy of Tenant under the Lease so long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period.

 

3. Tenant to Attorn to Lender. Tenant agrees that in the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure of the Mortgage, it will attorn to the purchaser as the landlord under the Lease. The purchaser by virtue of such foreclosure shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to be bound, as substitute landlord, by the terms and conditions of the Lease until the resale or other disposition of its interest by such purchaser, except that such assumption shall not be deemed of itself an acknowledgment by such purchaser of the validity of any then existing claims of Tenant against any prior landlord (including Landlord). All rights and obligations under the Lease shall continue as though such foreclosure proceedings had not been brought, except as aforesaid. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver to any such purchaser such further assurance and other documents, including a new lease upon the same terms and conditions of the Lease, confirming the foregoing as such purchaser may reasonably request. Tenant waives the provisions (i) contained in the Lease or any other agreement relating thereto, and (ii) of any statute or rule of law now or hereafter in effect, which may give or purport to give it any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect the Lease and the obligations of Tenant thereunder by reason of any foreclosure proceeding.

 

4. Limitations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Lender nor such other purchaser shall in any event be:

 

  (a) liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including Landlord) unless such nonperformance constitutes a default under the Lease and continues during the period of the Lender’s or such other purchaser’s ownership of the Property;

 

E - 2


  (b) obligated to cure any defaults of any prior landlord (including Landlord) which occurred prior to the time that Lender or such other purchaser succeeded to the interest of such prior landlord under the Lease unless such default continues during the period of the Lender’s or such other purchaser’s ownership of the Property;

 

  (c) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant may be entitled to assert against any prior landlord (including Landlord);

 

  (d) bound by any payment of rent or additional rent by Tenant to any prior landlord (including Landlord) for more than one month in advance;

 

  (e) bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease made without the written consent of Lender or, if made following the foreclosure of the Property, such other purchaser, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;

 

  (f) liable or responsible for, or with respect to, the retention, application and/or return to Tenant of any security deposit paid to any prior landlord (including Landlord), whether or not still held by such prior landlord, unless and until Lender or such other purchaser has actually received for its own account as landlord the full amount of such security deposit; or

 

  (g) bound by any provision in the Lease which obligates Landlord to erect or complete any building or to perform any construction work or to make any improvements to the Premises or to expand or rehabilitate any existing improvements or to restore any improvements following any casualty or taking or to make a future capital contribution to Tenant.

 

5. Acknowledgment of Assignment of Lease and Rent. Tenant acknowledges that it has notice that the Lease and the rent and all other sums due thereunder have been assigned or are to be assigned to Lender as security for the Loan secured by the Mortgage. In the event that Lender notifies Tenant of a default under the Mortgage and demands that Tenant pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease to Lender, Tenant agrees that it will honor such demand and pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Lender or as otherwise required pursuant to such notice and Borrower hereby expressly authorizes Tenant to make such payments to Lender upon receipt of such notice and agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all loss, claim, damage or liability arising out of Tenant’s compliance with such notice. Tenant shall be entitled to full credit under the Lease for any rents or other sums paid to Lender in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 5 to the same extent as if such rents or other sums were paid directly to Borrower.

 

6. Limited Liability. Tenant acknowledges that in all events, the liability of Lender and any purchaser shall be limited and restricted to the value of the Property and shall in no event exceed such amount.

 

7. Lender’s Right to Notice of Default and Option to Cure. Tenant will give written notice to Lender of any default by Landlord under the Lease by mailing a copy of the same by certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows (or to such other address as may be specified from time to time by Lender to Tenant):

 

E - 3


 

   To Lender:      
      Attn.:   

 

   with copies to:      
      Attn.:   

 

Upon such notice, Lender shall be permitted and shall have the option, in its sole and absolute discretion, to cure any such default during the period of time during which the Landlord would be permitted to cure such default under the Lease.

 

8. Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement are binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed these presents the day and year first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

 

a

     

 

By:

       
 

Name:

       
 

Title:

       
  LENDER:
 

a

     

 

By:

       
 

Name:

       
 

Title:

       

The terms of the above Agreement are hereby consented, agreed to and acknowledged.

 

BORROWER:

MICHAEL R. MASTRO ,

a married man as his separate estate

     

Michael R. Mastro

 

E - 4


STATE OF WASHINGTON

   )
   ) ss.

COUNTY OF KING

   )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that                      is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that              signed this instrument, and on oath stated that              was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the                      of                     , a                     , to be free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

DATED:

 

 
       

(Signature)

 

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of

Washington, residing at

My commission expires

 

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON

   )
   ) ss.

COUNTY OF KING

   )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that                          is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that              signed this instrument, and on oath stated that              was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the                      of                     , a                     , to be free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

DATED:

 

 
       

(Signature)

 

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of

Washington, residing at

My commission expires

 

 

E - 5


STATE OF WASHINGTON    )      
   ) ss.      
COUNTY OF KING    )      

On this          day of *, 2008, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared MICHAEL R. MASTRO, to me known, and acknowledged to me that he signed and sealed the foregoing instrument as his free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

 

     (Signature)
  

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of

  

Washington, residing at

  

My commission expires

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

E - 6


EXHIBIT F

TO

LEASE AGREEMENT

Legal Description

Those portions of Block 84, Denny and Hoyt’s Supplemental Plat to the City of Seattle, according to the plat thereof recorded in Volume 3 of Plats, page 3, in King County, Washington, and of the Burlington Northern, Inc., right-of-way for its former Sumas Branch in Section 18, Township 25 North, Range 4 East, W.M., in King County, Washington, and of Lot 1, Block 98, Lake Union Shorelands, as shown on the Official Maps on file in the Office of the Commissioner of Public Lands at Olympia, Washington, said portions being described as a whole as follows:

Commencing at the intersection of the northerly prolongation of the east line of the west 7.00 feet of said Block 84 and the northerly margin of said Burlington Northern right-of-way ; thence south 77’28’32” east 194.84 feet along said northerly margin to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

thence south 06’16’09” west 117.67 feet;

thence south 77’28’32” east 69.78 feet;

thence south 12’31’28” west 31.25 feet;

thence south 77’28’32” east 70.75 feet;

thence south 12’31’28” west 24.72 feet;

thence south 77’28’32” east 50.92 feet;

thence south 12’31’28” west 121.78 feet;

thence south 77’28’32” east 50.86 feet;

thence south- 99.03 feet to the west line of the east 50.71 feet of said Lot 1 and the west margin of Aurora Avenue North;

thence north 00’18’53” east 197.69 feet along said west line and margin and its northerly prolongation to the southerly margin of said Burlington Northern right-of-way;

thence south 77’29’04” east 194.04 feet along said southerly margin to the northerly prolongation of the east margin of said Aurora Avenue North;

thence north 00’18’53” east 81.85 feet along said northerly prolongation of said east margin to said northerly margin;

thence north 77’28’32” west 486.72 feet along said northerly margin to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

(ALSO KNOWN AS Lot C, City of Seattle Lot Boundary Adjustment, Master Use Permit Application No. 9700157, recorded under Recording Number 9706050452).

 

F - 1


EXHIBIT G

TO

LEASE AGREEMENT

Tenant Work Letter

THIS TENANT WORK LETTER (“Workletter”) constitutes part of the Lease Agreement dated as of                 , 2009 (the “Lease”) between MICHAEL R. MASTRO , a married man as his separate estate (“Landlord”), and TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). The terms of this Workletter are incorporated in the Lease for all purposes. All capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning given them in the Lease.

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Workletter, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

(a) Approved Space Plan : Shall have the meaning as set forth in Paragraph 2(a)(i) below.

(b) Architect : JPC Architects, or any other architect selected by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, with respect to any Tenant Improvements which Landlord is to cause to be constructed pursuant to this Workletter.

(c) Tenant Change Request : Shall have the meaning as set forth in Paragraph 2(c)(ii) below.

(d) Landlord’s Final Working Drawings : Shall have the meaning as set forth in Paragraph 2(a)(ii) below.

(e) General Contractor : Any general contractor reasonably selected by Landlord with respect to Landlord’s TI Work (as defined in Paragraph 1(f) below). Tenant shall have no right to direct or control such General Contractor.

(f) Landlord’s TI Work : Any Tenant Improvements which Landlord is to construct or install pursuant to this Workletter or by mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant from time to time.

(g) Project Manager .             , or any other project manager designated by Landlord in its reasonable discretion from time to time to act in a supervisory, oversight, project management or other similar capacity on behalf of Landlord in connection with the design and/or construction of the Tenant Improvements.

(h) Punch List Work : Minor corrections of construction or decoration details, and minor mechanical adjustments, that are required in order to cause any applicable portion of the Tenant Improvements as constructed to conform to the Approved Space Plan in all material respects and that do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Building and the Premises. Punch List Work shall not include any damage caused to the Premises in connection with Tenant’s early access to the Premises during the Fixturization Period pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lease.

(i) Space Plan : Shall have the meaning as set forth in Paragraph 2(a)(i) below.

 

G - 1


(j) Substantial Completion Certificate : Shall have the meaning as set forth in Paragraph 3(a) below.

(k) Tenant Delay : Any of the following types of delay in the completion of construction of Landlord’s TI Work (but in each instance, only to the extent that any of the following has actually and proximately caused substantial completion of Landlord’s TI Work to be delayed):

(i) Any delay resulting from Tenant’s failure to furnish, in a timely manner, information reasonably requested by Landlord or by Landlord’s Project Manager in connection with the design or construction of Landlord’s TI Work, or from Tenant’s failure to approve in a timely manner any matters requiring approval by Tenant;

(ii) Any delay resulting from Tenant Change Requests (as defined in Paragraph 2(c)(ii) below) initiated by Tenant, including any delay resulting from the need to revise any drawings or obtain further governmental approvals as a result of any such Tenant Change Request; or

(iii) Any delay caused by Tenant (or Tenant’s contractors, agents or employees) materially interfering with the performance of Landlord’s TI Work, provided that Landlord shall have given Tenant prompt notice of such material interference.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have three (3) business days to cure such delay following written notice thereof from Landlord before any such delay shall constitute a Tenant Delay.

(l) Tenant Improvements : The improvements to or within the Building shown on the Approved Space Plan from time to time and to be constructed by Landlord pursuant to the Lease and this Workletter. The term “Tenant Improvements” does not include the improvements existing in the Building and Premises at the date of execution of the Lease.

(m) Unavoidable Delays : Delays due to acts of God, acts of public agencies, labor disputes, strikes, fires, freight embargoes, inability (despite the exercise of due diligence) to obtain supplies, materials, fuels or permits, or other causes or contingencies (excluding financial inability) beyond the reasonable control of Landlord or Tenant, as applicable.

2. Plans and Construction . Landlord and Tenant shall comply with the procedures set forth in this Paragraph 2 in preparing, delivering and approving matters relating to the Tenant Improvements.

(a) Approved Space Plan and Working Drawings for Landlord’s TI Work .

(i) Promptly following the execution of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a space plan showing the location of all partitions and doors and the layout of the Premises (the “Space Plan”). Landlord shall, within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Space Plan, provide Tenant written notice of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the same, which approval shall not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord disapproves of the Space Plan, Landlord, in its notice to Tenant, shall set forth in writing with particularity any changes necessary to bring the proposed Space Plan into a form which will be reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant shall cause the changes reasonably requested by Landlord to be made to the proposed Space Plan within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice. The Space Plan shall be deemed approved by Landlord if Landlord fails to respond to Tenant within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt thereof. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord ultimately approves, or is deemed to have approved, the Space Plan. As approved, the Space Plan shall be deemed the “Approved Space Plan.”

 

G - 2


(ii) Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) days following Landlord’s approval (or deemed approval) of the Space Plan, prepare or cause to be prepared (assuming timely delivery by Tenant of all information and decisions reasonably required to be furnished or made by Tenant in order to permit preparation of Landlord’s Final Working Drawings, and subject to Tenant Delays and Unavoidable Delays), final detailed working drawings and specifications for the Tenant Improvements constituting Landlord’s TI Work, including (as applicable) structural, fire protection, life safety, mechanical and electrical working drawings and final architectural drawings (collectively, “Landlord’s Final Working Drawings”). Landlord’s Final Working Drawings shall be based on and consistent with the Approved Space Plan in all material respects (except as otherwise mutually approved by the parties in their respective discretion). Landlord shall deliver copies of Landlord’s Final Working Drawings to Tenant for Tenant’s approval and information. Tenant shall promptly and diligently either approve the proposed Landlord’s Final Working Drawings, or set forth in writing with particularity any changes necessary to bring the aspects of such proposed plans and specifications or proposed Landlord’s Final Working Drawings into a form which will be reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this paragraph, in no event shall Tenant have the right to object to any aspect of the Landlord’s Final Working Drawings (including, but not limited to, any subsequently proposed changes therein from time to time) that is (i) materially consistent with the Approved Space Plan, (ii) necessitated by applicable law or as a condition of any governmental or other third-party approvals or consents that are required to be obtained in connection with Landlord’s TI Work, or (iii) that is required as a result of unanticipated conditions encountered in the course of construction of Landlord’s TI Work, but to the extent Tenant identifies to Landlord any concerns arising out of any such requirements or conditions described in this sentence, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate reasonably, diligently and in good faith to discuss possible changes in the nature or scope of the Tenant Improvements that might minimize or avoid the effects of such requirements or conditions. Failure of Tenant to deliver to Landlord written notice of disapproval and specification of required changes on or before any deadline reasonably specified by Landlord (which shall not be less than five (5) days after receipt thereof by Tenant) in delivering an applicable set of plans, specifications and/or drawings to Tenant shall constitute and be deemed to be approval of Landlord’s proposed plans and specifications or proposed Landlord’s Final Working Drawings, as applicable.

(b) Construction of Landlord’s TI Work . Following final approval, or deemed approval, of Landlord’s Final Working Drawings, Landlord shall apply for and use reasonable efforts to obtain the necessary permits and approvals to allow construction of all Tenant Improvements constituting Landlord’s TI Work. Upon receipt of such permits and approvals, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense (subject to Tenant’s obligations to pay for the cost of any Tenant required changes to the Approved Space Plan or Landlord’s Final Working Drawings), construct and complete the Tenant Improvements constituting Landlord’s TI Work substantially in accordance with the Approved Space Plan, subject to Unavoidable Delays and Tenant Delays (if any). Such construction shall be performed in a neat, good and workmanlike manner and shall materially conform to all applicable laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, requirements, covenants, conditions and restrictions applicable thereto in force at the time such work is completed.

(c) Changes .

(i) If Landlord determines at any time that changes in Landlord’s Final Working Drawings or in any other aspect of the Approved Space Plan relating to any item of Landlord’s TI Work are required as a result of applicable law or governmental requirements, or are required at the insistence

 

G - 3


of any other third party whose approval may be required with respect to the Tenant Improvements, or are required as a result of unanticipated conditions encountered in the course of construction, then Landlord shall promptly (A) advise Tenant of such circumstances and (B) at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, cause revised Landlord’s Final Working Drawings to be prepared by Landlord’s Architect and submitted to Tenant, for Tenant’s information.

(ii) If Tenant at any time desires any changes, alterations or additions to the Landlord’s Final Working Drawings or material changes to the Approved Space Plan with respect to any of Landlord’s TI Work, Tenant shall submit a detailed written request to Landlord specifying such changes, alterations or additions (a “Tenant Change Request”). Upon receipt of any such request, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of (A) whether the matters proposed in the Tenant Change Request are approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord), (B) Landlord’s estimate of the number of days of delay, if any, which shall be caused in Landlord’s TI Work by such Tenant Change Request if implemented (including, without limitation, delays due to the need to obtain any revised plans or drawings and any governmental approvals), and (C) Landlord’s estimate of the increase, if any, which shall occur in the cost of construction of the Landlord’s TI Work affected by such Tenant Change Request if such Tenant Change Request is implemented (including, but not limited to, any costs of compliance with laws or governmental regulations that become applicable because of the implementation of the Tenant Change Request). If Landlord approves the Tenant Change Request and Tenant notifies Landlord in writing, within five (5) business days after receipt of such notice from Landlord, of Tenant’s approval of the Tenant Change Request (including the estimated delays and cost increases, if any, described in Landlord’s notice), then Landlord shall cause such Tenant Change Request to be implemented and Tenant shall be responsible for all actual costs or cost increases resulting from or attributable to the implementation of the Tenant Change Request, and any delays resulting therefrom shall be deemed to be a Tenant Delay. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s approval of such Tenant Change Request within said five (5) business day period, then such Tenant Change Request shall be deemed to be withdrawn and shall be of no further effect.

(d) Project Management . Unless and until revoked by Landlord by written notice delivered to Tenant, Landlord hereby (i) delegates to Project Manager the authority to exercise all approval rights, supervisory rights and other rights or powers of Landlord under this Workletter with respect to the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, and (ii) requests that Tenant work with Project Manager with respect to any logistical or other coordination matters arising in the course of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including monitoring Tenant’s compliance with its obligations under this Workletter and under the Lease with respect to the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant acknowledges the foregoing delegation and request, and agrees to cooperate reasonably with Project Manager as Landlord’s representative pursuant to such delegation and request. Fees and charges of Project Manager for such services shall be at Landlord’s sole expense.

3. Substantial Completion .

(a) When Landlord receives written certification from Architect that construction of the Tenant Improvements constituting Landlord’s TI Work in the Building has been completed in accordance with the Approved Space Plan (except for Punch List Work), Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Tenant a certificate signed by both Landlord and Architect (the “Substantial Completion Certificate”) (i) certifying that the construction of the Tenant Improvements constituting Landlord’s TI Work in the Building has been substantially completed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Approved Space Plan in all material respects, subject only to completion of Punch List Work, and specifying the date of that completion, and (ii) certifying that Landlord’s TI Work complies in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations, codes,

 

G - 4


ordinances, requirements, covenants, conditions and restrictions applicable thereto at the time of such delivery. Upon receipt by Tenant of the Substantial Completion Certificate and tender of possession of the Premises by Landlord to Tenant, the Tenant Improvements constituting Landlord’s TI Work in the Building will be deemed delivered to Tenant and “Substantially Complete” for all purposes of the Lease (subject to Landlord’s continuing obligations with respect to any Punch List Work, and to any other express obligations of Landlord under the Lease or this Workletter with respect to such Tenant Improvements).

(b) Promptly following delivery of the Substantial Completion Certificate for Landlord’s TI Work in the Building, Project Manager or other representatives of Landlord shall conduct one or more “walkthroughs” of the Building with Tenant and Tenant’s representatives, to identify any items of Punch List Work that may require correction and to prepare a joint punch list reflecting any such items, following which Landlord shall diligently complete the Punch List Work reflected in such joint punch list. At any time within forty-five (45) days after delivery of such Substantial Completion Certificate, Tenant shall be entitled to submit one or more lists to Landlord supplementing such joint punch list by specifying any additional items of Punch List Work to be performed on the applicable Tenant Improvements constituting Landlord’s TI Work in the Building, and upon receipt of such list(s), Landlord shall diligently complete such additional Punch List Work.

(c) All construction, product and equipment warranties and guaranties obtained by Landlord with respect to Landlord’s TI Work shall, to the extent reasonably obtainable, include a provision that such warranties and guaranties shall also run to the benefit of Tenant, and Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in a commercially reasonable manner to assist in enforcing all such warranties and guaranties for the benefit of Tenant.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Workletter or of the Lease, if Landlord is delayed in substantially completing any of Landlord’s TI Work as a result of any Tenant Delay, and if the Lease Commencement Date is being determined under Section 1(c)(i) of the Lease, then notwithstanding any other provisions of the Lease to the contrary, the Premises shall be deemed to have been “Substantially Complete” on the date the Premises would have been “Substantially Complete” absent such Tenant Delay.

4. Landlord Warranty . Landlord warrants the Tenant Improvements against defective workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year following the Substantial Completion thereof. Landlord’s sole obligation under this warranty is to repair or replace, as necessary, any defective item of the Tenant Improvements caused by poor workmanship or materials if Tenant notifies Landlord of the defective item during such one year period of time; Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or replace any item after such timeframe. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to perform any maintenance or repairs to the extent made necessary by the modification, failure to maintain, misuse, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents, customers or contractors.

5. Payment of Costs . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Workletter or in the Lease or by mutual written agreement of Landlord and Tenant, the cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be paid by Landlord.

6. No Agency . Nothing contained in this Workletter shall make or constitute Tenant as the agent of Landlord.

7. Miscellaneous . All references in this Workletter to a number of days shall be construed to refer to calendar days, unless otherwise specified herein. If any item requiring approval is disapproved by Landlord or Tenant (as applicable) in a timely manner, the procedure for preparation of that item and approval shall be repeated.

 

G - 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Workletter as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
MICHAEL R. MASTRO ,
a married man as his separate estate
/s/ Michael R. Mastro

Michael R. Mastro

TENANT:
TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Thomas E. Walker, Jr.
Its:   CFO

 

G - 6


SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT G

 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO

 

G - 10


 

LOGO


SCHEDULE 2 TO EXHIBIT G

TIME DEADLINES

 

     Dates    Actions to be Performed
A.    On or before March 2, 2009    Final Space Plan to be completed by Tenant and delivered to Landlord
B.    On or before March 23, 2009    Tenant to deliver Final Working Drawings to Landlord

 

G - 12


SCHEDULE 3 TO EXHIBIT G

Landlord agrees to provide the following improvements to the Lakeview Building as part of the Shell and Core:

Floors : Post Tensioned Concrete floors. Parking Level loading capacity = 50 pounds per square foot live load. Office Area loading capacity = 80 pounds per square foot live load plus 20 pounds per square foot partition load typically at each floor. All common area floor finishes by Landlord. All Office Area floor slabs ready to receive standard floor prep & coverings.

Walls : Core walls to be framed and fire taped. Perimeter walls to be metal stud construction with vapor barrier and batt-type insulation. Elevator core walls to be finished by Landlord per NBBJ finish schedule. Parking garage elevator vestibule walls will be finished by Landlord.

Ceiling : Lobby and Common Areas to have fully finished ceilings, all other ceiling finishes (if desired) by tenant.

Lighting : Exit signs are furnished on the tenant side of each stairwell door and at all common egress points. In addition, lighting fixtures are furnished and installed by Landlord in all elevator lobbies, restrooms, mechanical and electrical rooms on each tenant floor.

Mechanical : Rooftop mounted VAV HVAC system including medium velocity supply duct loop is installed in the shell and core. Six (6) each electric-resistive VAV boxes are installed by Landlord for common area heating and air conditioning. Individual VAV boxes serving actual needs per tenant layout to be installed by tenant. Base building system includes 270 tons of cooling for total building (or +/- 420 sf / ton) Mechanical system sized to serve .8 watts/SF lighting and approximately 4.4 watts/SF miscellaneous equipment load in addition to building envelope load with one (1) person per 143 SF. Design temperatures are 74 degrees (F) indoor / 83 degrees (F) outdoor during summer, and 70 degrees (F) indoor / 24 degrees (F) outdoor during winter. Rooftop pad capable of supporting future 21,500 pound fluid cooler and vertical pathway for 24-hour condenser loop is provided by Landlord (loop and rooftop equipment by Tenant if required).

Electrical :

Distribution System : The electrical distribution system demand load is 1750 amps at 480Y/277 volt which includes the Core and Shell electrical loads, as well as, allowances for future tenant improvements. The project has a 2000 amp Main Distribution Switchboard which is the next standard size above the project calculated demand load.

480Y/277 Volt Design Criteria : System design includes 7 watts per square foot for floor mechanical equipment and 1 watt per square foot for tenant lighting. Each floor will be provided with a 400 amp, 3 phase, 480Y/277 Volt, 42-circuit panel for lighting and mechanical loads.

208Y/120 Volt Design Criteria : System design includes 3.5 watts per square foot for convenience power. Each electrical room (one East and one West) will be provided with a 112.5 kVA transformer feeding a 400amp distribution board which in turn feeds a 125 amp 208Y/120Volt, 42 circuit panel on each floor. In addition, the 125 amp panels are provided with feed through lugs to allow addition panels to be added in the future for additional circuits as required by future tenants.

Emergency Generator Infrastructure : Concrete pad provided for Tenant-furnished emergency electrical generator. Vertical distribution pathway to all floors provided by Landlord. The generator, sound attenuation, exhaust system, fueling station, and all electrical distribution by Tenant.

Communication Infrastructure : Dedicated spaces and pathways are included for use by Communication Providers to serve Tenant needs. Demark Room and Floor Plate Telecom rooms dedicated for use are provided by Landlord. Vertical 4” pathways are included for Provider main distribution to Tenant-initiated MDF Rooms.

Plumbing : A water, waste, and vent riser will be installed adjacent to the core to accommodate waste from future TI sinks and dishwashers.

Life Safety : Fire sprinkler riser, required distribution for open areas, pendant type heads, turned-up and installed to meet code requirements. The central fire alarm system provides conduit & wire to each floor for future TI hook-ups. Additional sprinkler distribution, heads or modification to the standard sprinkler layout, and all detectors, strobes and annunciators (over and above minimum code requirements) shall be provided by Tenant.

Multi-Tenant Corridor : On multi-tenant floors only, a multi-tenant corridor with complete building standard finishes, lighting and HVAC system will be installed by Landlord on each floor partially occupied by Tenant. Fifty percent of such cost of the demising wall and associated finishes separating the corridor from the Premises shall be allocated against the Tenant Improvement allowance.

Restrooms : Building Standard restrooms completed by Landlord.

Drinking Fountains : Building Standard drinking fountains installed by Landlord.

APPROVED PRELIMINARY PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Elevators & Stairwells : Three traction-style elevator cars, each serving floors Level C –Level 4. All cars are 3500 lb, 200 FPM capacity, one car shall be provided with protective padding for tenant move-in. All Building Standard elevator lobby finishes are installed by Landlord on multi-tenant floors. For single tenant floor(s), Landlord will provide Building Standard elevator doors, frames & control buttons. Elevator shafts include pressurization eliminating the need for fire doors at ends of elevator lobbies. Stairwells shall be painted by Landlord. Building Standard parking garage elevator vestibules completed by Landlord.

Security : Card key access is provided at all grade entries to the building, the parking garage, stairwell doors on grade, main lobby entry, 1st floor restrooms/lockers and elevators. Additional security at Tenant’s suite entries can be interfaced with the Building Management System, which cost will be paid for as part of the Tenant Improvements.

Signs: Landlord will at its own expense provide each tenant with Building standard signage at the following locations: main lobby directory, floor directory and suite entrance.

 

G - 13

Exhibit 10.18

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement (this “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of April 3, 2009, by and between MICHAEL R. MASTRO, a married man as his separate estate (“Landlord”), and TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease Agreement, dated February 19, 2009 (the “Office Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord 31,751 rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite 400 and located at 837 North 34 th Street, Seattle, Washington 98103 (the “Building”).

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.

A G R E E M E N T :

1. Defined Terms . Except as explicitly set forth in this First Amendment, each initially capitalized term when used herein shall have the same respective meaning as is set forth in the Lease.

2. Extended Lease Commencement Date . The term of the Lease, which is currently scheduled to commence on June 1, 2009, shall, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, commence on July 1, 2009 (the “Commencement Date”). The term of the Lease commencing as of July 1, 2009 (the “Commencement Date”) shall continue through an extended lease expiration date of June 30, 2015 (the “Extended Expiration Date”).

3. Notices . Effective as of the date of this First Amendment, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, all notices to be sent to Landlord shall be delivered to the following addresses:

Mastro Properties

510 Rainier Ave. South

Seattle, Washington 98144

Attention: Thomas W. Kenyon

4. No Other Modifications . Except as otherwise provided herein, all other terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unmodified by this First Amendment.

5. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in any number of original counterparts. Any such counterpart, when executed, shall constitute an original of this First Amendment, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same First Amendment.


6. Conflict . In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this First Amendment, this First Amendment shall prevail.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this First Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

“LANDLORD”

MICHAEL R. MASTRO,

a married man as his separate estate

By:   /s/ Michael R. Mastro
  Michael R. Mastro
TENANT
TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Thomas E. Walker, Jr.
Its:   CFO
By:    
Its:    


NOTARY PAGE

STATE OF Washington    )

                                 ) ss.

COUNTY OF King            )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Thomas E. Walker, Jr. is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the CFO of Tableau Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

 

  Dated: April 3, 2009    
 

/s/ Tiffany Dawn Ash

(Signature)

   
 

(Seal or stamp)

 

Title: Accounting Manager

 

Notary Public in and for the State of WA

 

My appointment expires: 11/1/11

   

STATE OF                              )

                                     ) ss.

COUNTY OF                           )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that                    is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the                    of Tableau Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

 

  Dated:                         
 

 

(Signature)

   
 

(Seal or stamp)

 

Title:                                                                          

 

Notary Public in and for the State of                 

 

My appointment expires:                             

   


STATE OF WASHINGTON    )

COUNTY OF KING    )

On 23 April 2009, before me,                    , a Notary Public, personally appeared Michael R. Mastro, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of Washington that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

  Signature /s/ Thomas W. Kenyon      (Seal)

 

Exhibit 10.19

SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of March 24, 2011, by and between BBK LAKE VIEW, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

 

A.

Landlord (as successor in interest to Michael R. Mastro, a married man as his separate estate) and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease Agreement, dated February 19, 2009, which lease has been previously amended by that certain First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2009 (collectively, the “ Lease ”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately 31,751 rentable square feet (the “ Premises ”) described as Suite No. 400 of the building located at 837 North 34 th Street, Seattle, Washington (the “ Building ”). The Building is located on the land described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

B. Tenant has requested that additional space containing approximately 16,270 rentable square feet described as Suite No. 200 on the second floor(s) of the Building shown on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Expansion Space ”) be added to the Original Premises and that the Lease be appropriately amended and Landlord is willing to do the same on the following terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1. Expansion and Effective Date.

 

  1.1

Effective as of June 1, 2011 (the “ Expansion Effective Date ”), the Original Premises is increased from approximately 31,751 rentable square feet on the 4 th floor of the Building to approximately 48,021 rentable square feet on the 2 nd and 4 th floors of the Building by the addition of the Expansion Space, and from and after the Expansion Effective Date, the Original Premises and the Expansion Space, collectively, shall be deemed the “Premises”, as defined in the Lease, and as used herein. The Term for the Expansion Space shall commence on the Expansion Effective Date and end on the Extended Expiration Date unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended hereby. The Expansion Space is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease except as expressly modified herein and except that Tenant shall not be entitled to receive, with respect to the Expansion Space, any allowances, abatements or other financial concessions previously granted with respect to the Original Premises unless such concessions are expressly provided for herein with respect to the Expansion Space.

 

  1.2

The Expansion Effective Date shall be delayed to the extent that Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Expansion Space for any reason, including but not limited to, holding over by prior occupants. Except as provided in this Section 1.2 and Section 9 below, any such delay in the Expansion Effective Date shall not subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. If the Expansion Effective Date is delayed, the


  Extended Expiration Date under the Lease shall not be similarly extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Delivery Date has not occurred on or before the Required Delivery Date (as such terms are defined below), Tenant, as its sole remedy, may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of termination on or before the earlier to occur of: (a) five (5) business days after the Required Delivery Date; and (b) the Delivery Date. In such event, this Amendment shall be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect, the parties hereto shall have no further responsibilities or obligations to each other with respect to this Amendment. The “Delivery Date” means the date that Landlord delivers the Expansion Space to Tenant, and the “Required Delivery Date” shall mean August 1, 2011. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that: (i) the determination of the Delivery Date shall take into consideration the effect of any delays caused by Tenant; and (ii) the Required Delivery Date shall be postponed by the number of days the Delivery Date is delayed due to strikes, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, terrorist acts, civil disturbances and other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

 

2. Monthly Base Rent. In addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent for the Original Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord Monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space as follows:

 

Period

   Rentable
Square
Footage
     Annual Rate Per
Square Foot
     Annual Rent      Monthly Base
Rent
 

6/1/11 – 5/31/12

     16,270       $ 21.00       $ 341,670.00       $ 28,472.50   

6/1/12 – 5/31/13

     16,270       $ 21.75       $ 353,872.56       $ 29,489.38   

6/1/13 – 5/31/14

     16,270       $ 22.50       $ 366,075.00       $ 30,506.25   

6/1/14 – 5/31/15

     16,270       $ 23.25       $ 378,277.56       $ 31,523.13   

6/1/15 – 6/30/15

     16,270       $ 24.00       $ 390,480.00       $ 32,540.00   

All such Monthly Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended hereby. Notwithstanding anything in this Amendment to the contrary, so long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease, as amended hereby, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Monthly Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Space, as originally described in this Lease, in the amount of $28,472.50 per month for the first four (4) full calendar months following the Expansion Effective Date (the “ Rent Abatement Period ”). The maximum total amount of Monthly Base Rent abated with respect to the Premises in accordance with the foregoing shall equal $113,890.00 (the “ Abated Base Rent ”). In addition, so long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease, as amended hereby, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses during the Rent Abatement Period (collectively with the Abated Base Rent, the “ Abated Rent ”). Only Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses shall be abated during the Rent Abatement Period, as more particularly described herein, and all other rent and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, as amended hereby.

 

3. Additional Security Deposit. Upon Tenant’s execution hereof, Tenant shall pay Landlord the sum of $32,540.00 which is added to and becomes part of the Security Deposit, if any, held by Landlord as provided under Section 5 of the Original Lease as security for payment of rent and the performance of the other terms and conditions of the Lease by Tenant. Accordingly, simultaneous with the execution hereof, the Security Deposit is increased from $79,377.50 to $111,917.50.

 

2


4. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share. For the period commencing with the Expansion Effective Date and ending on the Extended Expiration Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share for the Expansion Space is 14.62% of the Building. Accordingly, following the Expansion Effective Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share for the Premises is increased from 30.29% of the Building to 43.14% of the Building.

 

5. Additional Rent. For the period commencing with the Expansion Effective Date and ending on the Extended Expiration Date, except as otherwise abated pursuant to Section 2 of this Amendment, Tenant shall pay all additional rent payable under the Lease, including Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses applicable to the Expansion Space in accordance with the terms of the Lease. The cap on Controllable Operating Expenses described in Section 9(b) of the Original Lease shall also apply to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses applicable to the Expansion Space.

 

6. Improvements to Expansion Space.

 

  6.1

Condition of Expansion Space. Tenant has inspected the Expansion Space and agrees to accept the same “as is” without any agreements, representations, understandings or obligations on the part of Landlord to perform any alterations, repairs or improvements. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord has fulfilled its obligations described in Exhibit G attached to the Original Lease. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that the base Building electrical, heating, ventilation and air conditioning and plumbing systems located in the Expansion Space shall be in good working order as of the Delivery Date. Except to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or any officers, contractors, agents, employees or invitees of Tenant or by any alterations or improvements performed by or on behalf of Tenant, if such systems are not in good working order as of the Delivery Date and Tenant provides Landlord with notice of the same within thirty (30) days following the Delivery Date, Landlord shall be responsible for repairing or restoring the same at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall comply in the Expansion Space with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any governmental entity (collectively, “Laws”) with reference to the operation of Tenant’s business and to the use, condition, configuration, or occupancy of the Expansion Space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord, not Tenant, shall be responsible for complying with any Laws to the extent that such compliance requires either (i) alterations, additions, improvements, replacements or repairs in, to or upon the Base Building, or (ii) structural alterations, repairs or changes, except in the case of either (i) or (ii) above, to the extent the need to make the same results from (a) Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Premises (i.e., as opposed to Tenant’s use of the Expansion Space for general office use) or (b) any alterations, additions, or improvements performed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Expansion Space that are not of the type commonly performed by or on behalf of tenants in first class office buildings. Tenant, within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, shall provide Landlord with copies of any notices it receives with respect to a violation or alleged violation of any Laws. Tenant shall have the right at its expense to contest by appropriate legal proceedings conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the validity or application, in whole or in part, of any Laws with which Tenant is obligated to comply by the preceding sentence and, so long as such proceeding is being conducted in good faith and with due diligence and deferral of compliance does not subject Landlord to any material adverse consequences, result in unsafe conditions, nor interfere in any material respect with Landlord’s ability to manage, maintain, or operate the Building in a customary manner. Tenant may defer compliance pending the outcome of such contest. Landlord shall, upon

 

3


  request by Tenant, reasonably cooperate with any such contest (at no material expense to Landlord, unless Tenant pays such expense) and shall promptly execute and deliver to Tenant any documents, information, consents or other materials, provided that (i) the information contained therein is accurate, (ii) executing such documents, information, consents or other materials does not increase Landlord’s obligations above what such obligations would otherwise be either at law, under this Lease or otherwise, and (iii) such documents, information, consents or other materials are required or reasonably desirable to prosecute such contest. As used herein, “ Base Building ” shall include the structural portions of the Building, the public restrooms and the Building mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located.

 

  6.2 Responsibility for Improvements to Expansion Space. Except as provided in Section 6.1 above, any construction, alterations or improvements to the Expansion Space shall be performed by Tenant in accordance with the terms of Exhibit C attached hereto. In any and all events, the Expansion Effective Date shall not be postponed or delayed if the initial improvements to the Expansion Space are incomplete on the Expansion Effective Date for any reason whatsoever. Except as provided in Section 1 of this Amendment, any delay in the completion of initial improvements to the Expansion Space shall not subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.

 

7. Early Access to Expansion Space. Tenant shall be permitted to enter the Expansion Space upon the termination of the Prior Tenant Lease (e.g., to perform the Tenant Alterations and any other alterations or improvements). During such period, Tenant shall comply with all terms and provisions of the Lease, except those provisions requiring payment of Monthly Base Rent or Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses as to the Expansion Space. If Tenant takes possession of the Expansion Space prior to the Expansion Effective Date for any reason whatsoever (other than the performance of work in the Expansion Space with Landlord’s prior approval), such possession shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease and this Amendment, and Tenant shall pay Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses as applicable to the Expansion Space to Landlord on a per diem basis for each day of occupancy prior to the Expansion Effective Date.

 

8. Other Pertinent Provisions. Landlord and Tenant agree that, effective as of the date of this Amendment (unless different effective date(s) is/are specifically referenced in this Section), the Lease shall be amended in the following additional respects:

 

  8.1 Deletions. The following sentence in Section 9(a)(1) of the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is no further force and effect: “Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Operating Expenses for the first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term shall not exceed $8.50 per rentable square foot.”

 

  8.2 Insurance . Tenant’s insurance required under Section 16 of the Original Lease (“ Tenant’s Insurance ”) shall include the Expansion Space. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance, in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord and otherwise in compliance with Section 16 of the Original Lease, evidencing that Tenant’s Insurance covers the Expansion Space, upon delivery of this Amendment, executed by Tenant, to Landlord, and thereafter as necessary to assure that Landlord always has current certificates evidencing Tenant’s Insurance.

 

4


  8.3 Parking. Effective as of the Expansion Effective Date, Tenant shall have the right to use an additional thirty-three (33) unreserved parking spaces in the Garage at Landlord’s prevailing rate for such spaces, which, as of the date of this Amendment, is $130.00 per month per parking space. Except as modified herein, the use of such unreserved parking spaces shall be subject to the terms of the Lease.

 

  8.4 Option to Renew . The option to renew the term of the Lease for five (5) years beyond the Extended Expiration Date of June 30, 2015, as more fully set forth in Section 1.(f) of the Original Lease shall apply to the Premises (including the Expansion Space) leased by Tenant as of the date of Tenant’s exercise of such option to renew.

 

  8.5 Alterations . The following is hereby added to Section 11(b) of the Original Lease:

“Landlord shall have the right of written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, for all plans and specifications for the proposed alterations or improvements (the “ Alterations ”) to the Premises, construction means and methods, all appropriate permits and licenses, any contractor or subcontractor to be employed on the work of Alterations, and the time for performance of such work, and may impose rules and regulations for contractors and subcontractors performing such work. Tenant shall also supply to Landlord any documents and information reasonably requested by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s consideration of a request for approval hereunder. Tenant shall cause all Alterations to be accomplished in a first-class, good and workmanlike manner, and to comply with all applicable laws. No review or consent by Landlord of or to any proposed Alteration or additional work shall constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligations under this Section, nor constitute any warranty or representation that the same complies with all applicable laws, for which Tenant shall at all times be solely responsible. Tenant shall pay Landlord a construction supervision fee of five percent (5%) of the cost of the Alterations as Additional Rent hereunder. All such Alterations shall remain the property of Tenant until the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, at which time they shall be and become the property of Landlord; provided, however, that, subject to the terms below, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, require that Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, remove any or all Alterations made by Tenant and restore the Premises by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to their condition existing prior to the construction of any such Alterations. In any event, Tenant, not Landlord, shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove all cabling and wiring installed by or on behalf of Tenant at or servicing the Premises. All such removals and restoration shall be accomplished in a first-class and good and workmanlike manner so as not to cause any damage to the Premises or Project whatsoever. If Tenant fails to remove such Alterations or Tenant’s trade fixtures or furniture or other personal property, Landlord may keep and use them or remove any of them and cause them to be stored or sold in accordance with applicable law, at Tenant’s sole expense. In addition to and wholly apart from Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay prior to delinquency any taxes or governmental service fees, possessory interest taxes, fees or charges in lieu of any such taxes, capital levies, or other charges imposed upon, levied with respect to or assessed against its fixtures or personal property, on the value of Alterations within the Premises, and on Tenant’s interest pursuant to this Lease, or any increase in any of the foregoing based on such Alterations. To the extent that any such taxes are not separately assessed or billed to Tenant, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof as invoiced to Tenant by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as Tenant’s written request for consent for a proposed Alteration (including, without

 

5


limitation, the initial Tenant Alterations made to the Expansion Space) contains the following statement in large, bold and capped font “PURSUANT TO SECTION 11 OF THE LEASE, IF LANDLORD CONSENTS TO THE SUBJECT ALTERATION, LANDLORD SHALL NOTIFY TENANT IN WRITING WHETHER OR NOT LANDLORD WILL REQUIRE SUCH ALTERATION TO BE REMOVED AT THE EXPIRATION OR EARLIER TERMINATION OF THE LEASE.”, at the time Landlord gives its consent for any Alterations, if it so does, Tenant shall also be notified whether or not Landlord will require that such Alterations be removed upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant’s written notice strictly complies with the foregoing and if Landlord fails to notify Tenant within twenty (20) days whether Tenant shall be required to remove the subject Alterations at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, it shall be assumed that with respect to Tenant’s obligation to remove the subject Alterations, Landlord shall not require the removal of the subject Alterations.”

 

9. Contingency . This Amendment specifically is contingent upon the termination of that certain lease dated November 20, 2008 (the “ Prior Tenant Lease ”), by and between Landlord (as successor in interest to Michael R. Mastro, a married man as his separate estate), and Institute For Systems Biology, a Washington corporation (“ Prior Tenant ”) relating to the Expansion Space. Landlord currently is negotiating the terms of an agreement with Prior Tenant to terminate the Prior Tenant Lease (the “ Prior Tenant Termination Agreement ”). If Landlord fails to enter into the Prior Tenant Termination Agreement with Prior Tenant on or before the later of (i) March 31, 2011, or (ii) ten (10) days following the date this Amendment, executed by Tenant, together with all prepaid rental and security deposits required hereunder, is delivered to Landlord, then Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Amendment by providing written notice thereof to Tenant.

 

10. Existing Furniture . Tenant is in the process of purchasing certain furniture currently located in the Expansion Space (the “ Personal Property ”) and owned by Prior Tenant. Landlord (i) shall not be liable for any loss of or damage to the Personal Property, (ii) disclaims any ownership of and responsibility for the Personal Property, and (iii) makes no representation as to its nature, suitability, quality or condition. Tenant acknowledges that it is relying solely on its own investigation of the Personal Property and not on any information provided by Landlord.

 

11. Miscellaneous.

 

  11.1 This Amendment, including Exhibit A (Legal Description), Exhibit B (Outline and Location of Expansion Space) and Exhibit C (Tenant Alterations) attached hereto, sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any rent abatement, improvement allowance, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Premises, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease, unless specifically set forth in this Amendment.

 

  11.2 Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control. The capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not redefined in this Amendment.

 

6


  11.3 Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Amendment but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant.

 

  11.4 Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that Tenant has dealt with no broker other than Washington Partners, Inc. in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties, harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that Landlord has dealt with no broker other than Pacific Real Estate Partners, Inc. in connection with this Amendment. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant, harmless from all claims of any other brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Amendment.

 

  11.5 Each signatory of this Amendment represents hereby that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.” If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, an Event of Default under the Lease will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

7


  11.6 Redress for any claim against Landlord under the Lease and this Amendment shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under the Lease are not intended to and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its trustees or board of directors and officers, as the case may be, its investment manager, the general partners thereof, or any beneficiaries, stockholders, employees, or agents of Landlord or the investment manager, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into and executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BBK LAKE VIEW, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

TENANT:

 

TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Douglas Sturiale

    By:  

/s/ Thomas E. Walker, Jr.

Name:   Douglas Sturiale     Name:   Thomas E. Walker, Jr
Title:   Managing Director     Title:   CFO
Dated: 4/5/11     Dated: 25 March 2011
      By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

      Dated:  

 

 

8


LANDLORD ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA                     )

                                                          )

COUNTY OF San Francisco                     )ss:

On April 5, 2011, before me, Renee Adams, Notary Public, personally appeared Douglas Sturiale, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

/s/ Renee Adams

Notary Public

 

9


TENANT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF Washington)

                                        )         ss.

COUNTY OF King       )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Thomas E. Walker, Jr. is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he/she signed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the CFO of TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes stated therein.

Dated 25 March 2011.

 

/s/ Tiffany Ash
Name: Tiffany Ash
NOTARY PUBLIC, State of Washington
My appointment expires 1 November 2011

 

(Use this space for notarial

stamp/seal)

     

 

10


EXHIBIT A – LEGAL DESCRIPTION

attached to and made a part of the Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement

dated as of March 24, 2011 between BBK LAKE VIEW, LLC, a Delaware limited liability

company, as Landlord, and TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant

LEGAL DESCRIPTION:

THOSE PORTIONS OF BLOCK 84, DENNY AND HOYT’S SUPPLEMENTAL PLAT TO THE CITY OF SEATTLE, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT THEREOF RECORDED IN VOLUME 3 OF PLATS, PAGE 3, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, AND OF THE BURLINGTON NORTHERN, INC., RIGHT OF-WAY FOR ITS FORMER SUMAS BRANCH IN SECTION 18, TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, W.M., IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, AND OF LOT 1, BLOCK 98, LAKE UNION SHORELANDS, AS SHOWN ON THE OFFICIAL MAPS ON FILE IN THE OFFICE OF THE COMMISSIONER OF PUBLIC LANDS AT OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON, SAID PORTIONS BEING DESCRIBED AS A WHOLE AS FOLLOWS:

COMMENCING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE NORTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE EAST LINE OF THE WEST 7.00 FEET OF SAID BLOCK 84 AND THE NORTHERLY MARGIN OF SAID BURLINGTON NORTHERN RIGHT-OF-WAY;

THENCE SOUTH 77°' 28' 32" EAST 194.84 FEET ALONG SAID NORTHERLY MARGIN TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

THENCE SOUTH 06° 16' 09" WEST 117.67 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77° 28' 32" EAST 69.78 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12° 31' 28" WEST 31.25 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77° 28' 32" EAST 70.75 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12° 31' 28" WEST 24.72 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77° 28' 32" EAST 50.92 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 12° 31' 28" WEST 121.78 FEET;

THENCE SOUTH 77° 28' 32" EAST 50.86 FEET;

THENCE EAST 99.03 FEET TO THE WEST LINE OF THE EAST 50.71 FEET OF SAID LOT 1 AND THE WEST MARGIN OF AURORA AVENUE NORTH;

THENCE NORTH 00° 18' 53" EAST 197.69 FEET ALONG SAID WEST LINE AND MARGIN AND ITS NORTHERLY PROLONGATION TO THE SOUTHERLY MARGIN OF SAID BURLINGTON RIGHT-OF-WAY;

THENCE SOUTH 77° 29' 04" EAST 194.04 FEET ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY MARGIN TO THE NORTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THE EAST MARGIN OF SAID AURORA AVENUE NORTH;

THENCE NORTH 00° 18' 53" EAST 81.85 FEET ALONG SAID NORTHERLY PROLONGATION OF SAID EAST MARGIN TO SAID NORTHERLY MARGIN;

THENCE NORTH 77° 28' 32" WEST 486.72 FEET ALONG SAID NORTHERLY MARGIN TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

(ALSO KNOWN AS LOT C, CITY OF SEATTLE LOT BOUNDARY ADJUSTMENT, MASTER USE PERMIT APPLICATION NO. 9700157, RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 9706050452).

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B—OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF EXPANSION SPACE

attached to and made a part of the Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement

dated as of March 24, 2011 between BBK LAKE VIEW, LLC, a Delaware limited liability

company, as Landlord, and TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant

Exhibit B is intended only to show the general layout of the Expansion Space as of the beginning of the Expansion Effective Date. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in the Lease with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 

LOGO

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C – TENANT ALTERATIONS

attached to and made a part of the Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement

dated as of March 24, 2011 between BBK LAKE VIEW, LLC, a Delaware limited liability

company, as Landlord, and TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant

1. Tenant, following the delivery of the Expansion Space by Landlord and the full and final execution and delivery of the Amendment to which this Exhibit C is attached and all prepaid rental, the Security Deposit and insurance certificates required under the Amendment, shall have the right to perform alterations and improvements in the Premises (the “ Tenant Alterations ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant and its contractors shall not have the right to perform the Tenant Alterations in the Premises unless and until Tenant has complied with all of the terms and conditions of Section 11(b) of the Lease, as amended, including, without limitation, approval by Landlord of the final plans for the Tenant Alterations and the contractors to be retained by Tenant to perform such Tenant Alterations, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall be responsible for all elements of the design of Tenant’s plans (including, without limitation, compliance with law, functionality of design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the Premises and the placement of Tenant’s furniture, appliances and equipment), and Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans shall in no event relieve Tenant of the responsibility for such design. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be solely liable for all costs and expenses associated with or otherwise caused by Tenant’s performance and installment of the Tenant Alterations (including, without limitation, any legal compliance requirements arising outside of the Premises). Landlord’s approval of the contractors to perform the Tenant Alterations shall not be unreasonably withheld. The parties agree that Landlord’s approval of the general contractor to perform the Tenant Alterations shall not be considered to be unreasonably withheld if any such general contractor (a) does not maintain insurance as required pursuant to the terms of the Lease, (b) does not have the ability to be bonded for the work in an amount of no less than one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the total estimated cost of the Tenant Alterations, or (c) is not licensed as a contractor in the state/municipality in which the Premises is located. Tenant acknowledges the foregoing is not intended to be an exclusive list of the reasons why Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent to a general contractor.

2. Provided Tenant is not in default, Landlord agrees to contribute the sum of $195,240.00 (representing an amount equal to $12.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space) (the “ Allowance ”) toward the cost of performing the Tenant Alterations in preparation of Tenant’s occupancy of the Expansion Space and, subject to compliance with all of the terms of this Exhibit with respect to the Tenant Alterations, for alterations to the Original Premises. The Allowance may only be used for the cost of preparing design and construction documents and mechanical and electrical plans for the Tenant Alterations and for hard costs in connection with the Tenant Alterations. The Allowance, less a ten percent (10%) retainage (which retainage shall be payable as part of the final draw), shall be paid to Tenant in periodic disbursements within thirty (30) days after receipt of the following documentation: (a) an application for payment and sworn statement of contractor substantially in the form of AIA Document G-702 covering all work for which disbursement is to be made to a date specified therein; (b) a certification from an AIA architect substantially in the form of the Architect’s Certificate for Payment which is located on AIA Document G702, Application and Certificate of Payment; (c) contractor’s, subcontractor’s and material supplier’s waivers of liens which shall cover all Tenant Alterations for which disbursement is being requested and all other statements and forms required for compliance with the mechanics’ lien laws of the state in which the Premises is located, together with all such invoices, contracts, or other supporting data as Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee may reasonably require; (d) a cost breakdown for each trade or subcontractor performing the Tenant Alterations; (e) plans and specifications for the Tenant Alterations, together with a certificate from an AIA architect that such plans and specifications comply in all material respects with all laws affecting the Building, Property and


Premises; (f) copies of all construction contracts for the Tenant Alterations, together with copies of all change orders, if any; and (g) a request to disburse from Tenant containing an approval by Tenant of the work done and a good faith estimate of the cost to complete the Tenant Alterations. Upon completion of the Tenant Alterations, and prior to final disbursement of the Allowance, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with: (i) general contractor and architect’s completion affidavits; (ii) full and final waivers of lien; (iii) receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used; (iv) as-built plans of the Tenant Alterations; and (v) the certification of Tenant and its architect that the Tenant Alterations have been installed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the approved plans, and in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. In no event shall Landlord be required to disburse the Allowance more than one time per month. If the Tenant Alterations exceed the Allowance, Tenant shall be entitled to the Allowance in accordance with the terms hereof, but each individual disbursement of the Allowance shall be disbursed in the proportion that the Allowance bears to the total cost for the Tenant Alterations, less the ten percent (10%) retainage referenced above. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not be obligated to disburse any portion of the Allowance during the continuance of an uncured default under the Lease, and Landlord’s obligation to disburse shall only resume when and if such default is cured.

3. In no event shall the Allowance be used for the purchase of equipment, furniture or other items of personal property of Tenant. If Tenant does not submit a request for payment of the entire Allowance to Landlord in accordance with the provisions contained in this Exhibit C by December 31, 2011, any unused amount shall accrue to the sole benefit of Landlord, it being understood that Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, abatement or other concession in connection therewith. Tenant shall be responsible for all applicable state sales or use taxes, if any, payable in connection with the Tenant Alterations and/or Allowance. Landlord shall be entitled to deduct from the Allowance a construction management fee for Landlord’s oversight of the Tenant Alterations in an amount equal to two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the total cost of the Tenant Alterations.

4. Except as set forth in the Amendment, Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in its “as-is” condition and configuration, it being agreed that Landlord shall not be required to perform any work or, except as provided above with respect to the Allowance, incur any costs in connection with the construction or demolition of any improvements in the Premises.

5. This Exhibit C shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space (other than the Expansion Space) added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease.

Exhibit 10.20

THIRD AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Third Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of the 22nd day of August, 2012, by and between KR LAKEVIEW, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord, as successor in interest to BBK Lake View, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, itself successor in interest to Michael R. Mastro, a married man as his separate estate, and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated February 19, 2009 (“ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated as of April 3, 2009 (the “ First Amendment ”), and that certain Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated as of March 24, 2011 (the “ Second Amendment ”), whereby Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord that certain premises containing 48,021 rentable square feet of space comprising (a) 31,751 rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite 400 and located on the fourth (4th) floor of that certain building located at 837 N. 34 th Street, Seattle, Washington (the “ Building ”), and (b) 16,270 rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite 200 located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building (collectively, the “ Existing Premises ”). The Original Lease, the First Amendment and the Second Amendment shall collectively be referred to as the “ Lease .”

B. Tenant desires to expand the Existing Premises to include 6,652 rentable square feet of space located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building commonly known as Suite 210 as delineated on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Third Amendment Expansion Premises ”), and to otherwise amend the Lease on the terms and conditions contained herein.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . Each capitalized term when used herein shall have the same respective meanings as is given such term in the Lease unless expressly provided otherwise in this Third Amendment.

2. Expansion of Existing Premises . Effective as of September 1, 2012 (the “ Third Amendment Expansion Commencement Date ”), Tenant shall lease from Landlord and Landlord shall lease to Tenant the Third Amendment Expansion Premises. Consequently, effective upon the Third Amendment Expansion Commencement Date, the Existing Premises shall be increased to include the Third Amendment Expansion Premises. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Third Amendment Expansion Premises is currently occupied by an existing tenant (whose lease with respect to the Third Amendment Expansion Premises is scheduled to terminate effective as of August 31, 2012), and that Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any damages, nor shall this Third Amendment be void or voidable as a result of


any delay in delivering possession of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises to Tenant following the expiration of such existing tenant’s lease. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Third Amendment, Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Third Amendment Expansion Commencement Date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for each day during the period commencing September 2, 2012, and ending on the date upon which Landlord delivers possession of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises to Tenant (in which case Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Third Amendment Expansion Premises shall commence as of the date Landlord delivers possession of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises to Tenant (as opposed to as of the date originally slated to be the Third Amendment Expansion Commencement Date in this Section 2)). Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that such addition of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises to the Existing Premises shall, effective as of the Third Amendment Expansion Commencement Date, increase the size of the Premises to 54,673 rentable square feet of space. Landlord acknowledges that the rentable square footage of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises has been calculated by Stevenson Systems, Inc. using Office Buildings: Standard Methods of Measurement and Calculating Rentable Area—2010 (Method A) (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-2010), and its accompanying guidelines (collectively, “ BOMA ”). The Existing Premises and the Third Amendment Expansion Premises may hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “ Premises .”

3. Term of Tenant’s Lease of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises . The term of Tenant’s lease of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises (the “ Third Amendment Expansion Term ”) shall commence on the Third Amendment Expansion Commencement Date and shall expire coterminously with Tenant’s Lease of the Existing Premises on the Extended Expiration Date (i.e., June 30, 2015), unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease, as hereby amended.

4. As-Is Condition of Premises .

4.1 As-Is Condition of the Existing Premises/No Known Defaults . Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, continue to accept the Existing Premises in its presently existing, “as is” condition, and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Existing Premises, except as expressly provided for in the Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, to Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default or violation of any covenant, provision, obligation, agreement or condition contained in the Lease.

4.2 As-Is Condition of Third Amendment Expansion Premises . Tenant shall accept the Third Amendment Expansion Premises in its presently existing, “as-is” condition, and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises; provided, however, the Third Amendment Expansion Premises shall, as of the date of delivery of the Expansion Premises by Landlord to Tenant, be in substantially the same condition as it is as of the date of this Third Amendment (excepting the existing tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other items of its personal property). Except as expressly stated in this Third Amendment, Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises or with respect to the suitability of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business.


5. Base Rent .

5.1 Existing Premises . Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord Monthly Base Rent for the Existing Premises through the Extended Expiration Date pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Lease.

5.2 Third Amendment Expansion Premises . Commencing on the Third Amendment Expansion Commencement Date and continuing through the Third Amendment Expansion Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Monthly Base Rent for the Third Amendment Expansion Premises as follows, but otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Lease:

 

Period During Third

Amendment

Expansion Term

   Annual Base Rent for
the Third Amendment
Expansion Premises
     Monthly Base Rent
for the Third
Amendment
Expansion Premises
     Annual Rental Rate
per Rentable Square
Foot of the Third
Amendment
Expansion Premises
 

September 1, 2012—May 31, 2013

   $ 186,256.00       $ 15,521.33       $ 28.00   

June 1, 2013—May 31, 2014

   $ 191,245.00       $ 15,937.08       $ 28.75   

June 1, 2014—May 31, 2015

   $ 196,234.00       $ 16,352.83       $ 29.50   

June 1, 2015—June 30, 2015

   $ 201,223.00       $ 16,768.58       $ 30.25   

6. Operating Expenses .

6.1 Existing Premises . Tenant shall continue to pay Operating Expenses through the Extended Expiration Date pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

6.2 Third Amendment Expansion Premises . Commencing as of the Third Amendment Expansion Commencement Date, and continuing through the Extended Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses attributable to the Third Amendment Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease; provided, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the Third Amendment Expansion Premises equals 5.9616%.

7. Security Deposit . Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, the Security Deposit held by Landlord pursuant to the Lease, as amended hereby, shall equal One Hundred Thirty-Three Thousand Five Hundred Thirty and 50/100 Dollars ($133,530.50). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, in accordance with the terms of the Lease, Tenant has previously delivered the sum of One Hundred Eleven Thousand Nine Hundred Seventeen and 50/100 Dollars ($111,917.50) to Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of


the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Third Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord an amount equal to Twenty-One Thousand Six Hundred Thirteen and 00/100 Dollars ($21,613.00) to be held by Landlord as a part of the Security Deposit. To the extent that the total amount held by Landlord at any time as security for the Lease, as amended, is less than One Hundred Thirty-Three Thousand Five Hundred Thirty and 50/100 Dollars ($133,530.50), Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

8. Parking . Effective as of the Third Amendment Expansion Commencement Date and continuing through the Extended Expiration Date, Tenant shall be entitled to rent up to sixteen (16) unreserved parking passes pursuant to the terms of the Lease in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises (the “ Third Amendment Expansion Parking Passes ”).

9. No Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation and consummation of this Third Amendment and that they know of no real estate broker, agent or finder who is, or might be, entitled to a commission or compensation in connection with this Third Amendment. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against, and hold the other party harmless from, any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with this Third Amendment. The terms of this Section 9 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, as amended.

10. Notices . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, all notices required or permitted to be given to Landlord under the Lease, as amended hereby, shall be addressed to Landlord, as follows:

KR Lakeview, LLC,

c/o Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Legal Department

with copies to:

Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Mr. John Fucci


and

Kilroy Realty Corporation

601 108th Avenue NE, Suite 1560

Bellevue, Washington 98004

Attention: Mr. David Pingree

and

Kilroy Realty Corporation

601 108th Avenue NE, Suite 1560

Bellevue, Washington 98004

Attention: Mr. J. Michael Shields

and

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067-6019

Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

11. Third Amendment Expansion Premises Signage .

11.1 Building Directory (Third Amendment Expansion Premises) . A building directory is located in the lobby of the Building. Tenant shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense as to Tenant’s initial name strip, to designate one (1) name strip on such directory for the Third Amendment Expansion Premises, and any subsequent changes to such initial name strip pertaining to the Third Amendment Expansion Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s consent thereto (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion).

11.2 Suite Signage (Third Amendment Expansion Premises) . Tenant shall be entitled, initially at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to identification signage outside of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises on the floor on which the Third Amendment Expansion Premises is located (including directional signage on the floor on which the Third Amendment Expansion Premises is located). The location, quality, design, style, lighting and size of such signage shall be consistent with the Landlord’s Building standard signage program and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its sole discretion. Any subsequent changes to such initial suite signage pertaining to the Third Amendment Expansion Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s consent thereto (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion).

12. Counterparts . This Third Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts and each counterpart, when fully executed and delivered, shall constitute an original instrument and all such multiple counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.


13. Conflict; No Further Modification . In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this Third Amendment, the terms and provisions of this Third Amendment shall prevail. Except as specifically set forth in this Third Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above-written.

 

“Landlord”:
KILROY REALTY, L.P.,
a Delaware Limited Partnership,
Manager for KR LAKEVIEW, LLC

By: KILROY REALTY CORPORATION,

a Maryland Corporation doing business in the State of Washington as Kilroy Realty Northwest Corporation its General Partner

By:   /s/ Jeffrey C. Hawken
  Name: Jeffrey C. Hawken
  Its: Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer
By:   /s/ John T. Fucci
  Name: John T. Fucci
  Its: Sr. Vice President Asset Management
“Tenant”:

T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Walker, Jr.
  Name: Thomas E. Walker, Jr.
  Its: CFO
By:   /s/ Keenan Conder
  Name: Keenan Conder
  Its: VP, General Counsel


NOTARY PAGES

 

STATE OF Washington    )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF King    )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Thomas E. Walker, Jr. is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the CFO of TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

 

  Dated: 23 August 2012   
 

/s/ Tiffany Dawn Ash

  
  (Signature)   
  (Seal or stamp)   
  Title:                                                                                                                  
  Notary Public in and for the State of     Washington                        
  My appointment expires:     November 01, 2015                            

 

STATE OF Washington    )
   ) ss.
COUNTY OF King    )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Keenan Conder is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the General Counsel of TABLEAU SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

 

  Dated: 23 August 2012   
 

/s/ Tiffany Dawn Ash

  
  (Signature)   
  (Seal or stamp)   
  Title:                                                                                                                  
  Notary Public in and for the State of     Washington                        
  My appointment expires:     November 01, 2015                            


STATE OF CALIFORNIA    )
   )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES    )

On August 29, 2012, before me, James K. Doyle, a Notary Public, personally appeared John T. Fucci, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature /s/ James K. Doyle, Notary Public                (Seal)   

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA    )
   )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES    )

On August 29, 2012, before me, James K. Doyle, a Notary Public, personally appeared Jeffrey C. Hawken, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature /s/ James K. Doyle, Notary Public                (Seal)   

 

1.


EXHIBIT A

LAKE VIEW BUILDING

OUTLINE OF THIRD AMENDMENT EXPANSION PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

1.

Exhibit 10.21

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change in Control Severance Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between                                  (“ Executive ”) and Tableau Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), effective as of              , 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”). Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 6 below.

RECITALS

A.     It is expected that the Company from time to time will consider the possibility of an acquisition by another company or other change in control. The Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) recognizes that such considerations can be a distraction to Executive and can cause Executive to consider alternative employment opportunities. The Committee has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of such a termination of employment or the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company.

B.     The Committee believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide Executive with an incentive to continue Executive’s employment and to motivate Executive to maximize the value of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders.

C.     The Committee believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with certain severance benefits upon a Covered Termination. These benefits will provide Executive with enhanced financial security, incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company.

AGREEMENT

The Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

1.    At-Will Employment . Executive’s employment is at-will, which means that the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice, and with or without Cause. Similarly, Executive may resign his/her employment at any time, with or without advance notice or Good Reason. Executive shall not receive any compensation of any kind, including, without limitation, severance benefits, following Executive’s last day of employment with the Company (the “ Termination Date ”), except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

2.    Severance Benefits

(a) Covered Termination . Upon a Covered Termination, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Executive will receive the following severance from the Company:

(i)     Cash Severance . The Company will make a lump sum cash severance payment to Executive in an amount equal to the product of (A) Executive’s Base Salary, and (B) the quotient obtained by dividing [                    ] by 12, less applicable withholdings, payable within 60 days following the Termination Date.

(ii)     Equity . 100% of the unvested portion of Executive’s then-outstanding compensatory equity awards (the “ Equity Awards ”) will immediately vest and, if applicable, become exercisable as of the date of such termination. The Equity Awards will remain exercisable, to the extent applicable, following Executive’s termination for the period prescribed in the respective equity plan and agreement for each Equity Award.

 

1


(iii)     Continued Health Insurance Benefits . If Executive is eligible for, and elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents (as applicable) under a health, dental, or vision plan sponsored by the Company, within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA, the Company will reimburse Executive, as and when due to the COBRA carrier, for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) until the earliest to occur of (A) a period of [          ] months from the Termination Date, (B) the date upon which Executive becomes eligible for coverage under a health, dental, or vision insurance plan of a subsequent employer, and (C) the date Executive or his or her dependents cease to be eligible for COBRA coverage. These payments will be subject to any applicable tax withholdings (including tax withholdings necessary to ensure that the provision of this benefit is not deemed a discriminatory practice giving rise to penalties to the Company under applicable laws) and will be counted as coverage pursuant to COBRA to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law.

3. Conditions to Receipt of Severance

(a)     Release of Claims

(i)     The receipt of any severance payments or benefits pursuant to this Agreement is subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60 th  day following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.

(ii)     In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year when the Release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs (whether or not it actually becomes effective in the following year), then any severance payments and benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments (as defined below) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination occurs following the date the Release actually becomes effective.

(b)     Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreements . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under this Agreement will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of any confidential information and invention assignment agreement executed by Executive in favor of the Company and the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)     Non-Competition . While Executive is employed by the Company and for the greater of (x) 12 months after the Termination Date and (y) the period during which Executive is receiving payments under this Agreement (the “ Non-Competition Period ”), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, investor, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, compete with the Company or any of its affiliates or undertake any planning for any business competitive with the Company or any of its affiliates. Restricted activity includes without limitation accepting employment or a consulting position with any person who is, or at any time within 12 months prior to the Termination Date has been, a competitor of the Company or any of its affiliates. For the purposes of this Agreement, the business of the Company and its affiliates shall include all products planned, researched,

 

2


developed, under development, tested, manufactured, sold, licensed, leased or otherwise distributed or put into use by the Company or any of its affiliates, together with all services provided or planned by the Company or any of its affiliates, during Executive’s employment. The foregoing shall not prohibit Executive’s passive ownership of two percent (2%) or less of the equity securities of any publicly traded company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or require reimbursement of any severance payments made to Executive if such Executive officer has violated the terms of this Section 3(c).

(d)     Indebtedness of Executive . If Executive is indebted to the Company on the effective date of a Covered Termination, the Company reserves the right to offset any severance payments under this Agreement by the amount of such indebtedness.

(e)     Application of Section 409A

(i)     Each payment and benefit payable under the Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(ii)     If Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code at the time of Executive’s separation from service, any Deferred Payments that otherwise are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the earliest of (x) the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service, (y) the date of Executive’s death, and (z) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A of the Code without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be paid to the Executive in a lump sum, and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred.

(iii)     Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (ii) above. Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (ii) above.

(iv)     Amounts paid pursuant to Section 2(b) (that is, continued health insurance premiums) are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v)(B) and to the extent not so exempt or otherwise exempt, are intended to be paid in compliance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(a)(1), the provisions of which are expressly incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

(v)     It is intended that all of the benefits and payments under this Agreement comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code so that none of the payments and benefits to be provided under the Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply or be exempt. Executive and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to the Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A of the Code. In no event will the Company reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as result of Section 409A of the Code.

 

3


4. Limitation on Parachute Payments .   In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 4, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s payments and benefits will be either:

(a)     delivered in full, or

(b)     delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.

If a reduction in severance and other payments and benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G), (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards, and (iv) reduction of employee benefits. Within any such category of payments and benefits (that is, (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv)), a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not Deferred Payments and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Any determination required under this Section 4 will be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants engaged by the Company for general audit purposes immediately prior to the Change in Control (the “ Accountants ”), whose good faith determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. If the independent registered public accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, or if such firm otherwise cannot perform the calculations, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 4, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 4.

5. Other Rights and Benefits .     Nothing in the Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plans, programs, policies or practices provided by the Company and for which Executive may otherwise qualify, nor shall anything in this Agreement limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under other agreements with the Company. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, amounts that are vested benefits or that Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of the Company at or subsequent to the date of a Change in Control shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program.

6. Definition of Terms .     For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

 

4


(a)     Base Salary . “ Base Salary ” means the greater of (i) Executive’s annual base salary as in effect on the date of a Covered Termination, or (ii) Executive’s annual base salary as in effect on the date of a Change in Control. For clarity, Base Salary does not include incentive pay, premium pay, commissions, relocation assistance or benefits, housing allowances, overtime, bonuses, and other forms of special or variable compensation.

(b)     Cause . “ Cause ” means (i) Executive’s willful failure to substantially perform his or her duties to the Company or deliberate and material violation of a Company policy; (ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) Executive’s willful breach of any of Executive’s obligations under any written agreement or covenant with with the Company, in each case in the reasonable determination of the Board. For purposes of this definition, “Company” shall be interpreted to include any parent, subsidiary, affiliate or successor thereto, if appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not exist based on conduct described in clause (i) unless the conduct has not been cured within 15 days following Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Company specifying the particulars of the conduct constituting Cause.

(c)     Change in Control . “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning provided in the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(d)     Code . “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(e)     Covered Termination . “ Covered Termination ” means Executive’s dismissal or discharge for reasons other than Cause (and other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason, either of which occurs within twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control.

(f)     Deferred Payments. “ Deferred Payments ” means any payments or benefits provided for in this Agreement and/or under any other agreement that are deemed to be deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(g)     Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent:

(i)     a material reduction in Executive’s job responsibilities, provided that neither a mere change in title alone nor reassignment following a Change in Control to a position that is substantially similar to the position held prior to the Change in Control shall constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities;

(ii)     relocation by the Company or a subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, as appropriate, of Executive’s primary business location that increases Executive’s one way commute by more than 35 miles; or

(iii)     a reduction in Executive’s then-current base salary by at least 10%, provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other employees or consultants in positions similar to Executive’s by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction shall not constitute such a salary reduction;

 

5


provided, however , that in order for an event to qualify as Good Reason, Executive must (1) provide the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for Good Reason, (2) allow the Company at least 30 days from receipt of such written notice to cure such event, and (3) if such event is not reasonably cured within such period, Executive’s resignation from all positions then held by Executive with the Company must be effective not later than 30 days after the expiration of the cure period.

(h)     Section 409A Limit .     “ Section 409A Limit ” means the lesser of two times: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

7. Notice

(a)     General .   Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of Executive, mailed notices will be addressed to Executive at the home address listed in the Company’s payroll records. In the case of the Company, mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the General Counsel of the Company.

(b)     Notice of Termination .   Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or as a result of a voluntary resignation will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date. The failure by Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason will not waive any right of Executive under this Agreement or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s rights under this Agreement.

8. Miscellaneous Provisions

(a)     No Duty to Mitigate .   Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(b)     Waiver .   No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c)     Headings; Construction .   All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the text of this Agreement and any summary, description or other information regarding the Agreement, the text of this Agreement shall control.

 

6


(d)     Entire Agreement .   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including but not limited to any severance or other benefits payable upon Executive’s termination of employment with the Company as set forth in any employment agreement with Executive dated prior to the Effective Date.

(e)     Amendment or Termination of Agreement; Continuation of Agreement .   This Agreement may be changed or terminated only upon the mutual written consent of the Company and Executive. The written consent of the Company to a change or termination of this Agreement must be signed by an executive officer of the Company (other than Executive) after such change or termination has been approved by the Board or duly authorized committee thereof. Unless so terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect for as long as Executive continues to be employed by the Company or by any surviving entity following any Change in Control. In other words, if, following a Change in Control, Executive continues to be employed by the surviving entity without a Covered Termination and the surviving entity then undergoes a Change in Control, following which Executive is terminated by the subsequent surviving entity in a Covered Termination, then Executive shall receive the benefits described in this Agreement.

(f)     Successors and Assigns .   This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive, and the Company, and any surviving entity resulting from a Change in Control and upon any other person who is a successor by merger, acquisition, consolidation or otherwise to the business formerly carried on by the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, without regard to whether or not such person actively assumes any rights or duties hereunder; provided, however , that Executive may not assign any duties or rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably.

(g)     Choice of Law .   The validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions). Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other arising out of the relationship between the parties contemplated herein (whether or not arising under this Agreement) will be commenced or maintained in any state or federal court located in King County, Washington, and Executive and the Company hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court.

(h)     Severability .   The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(i)     Withholding .   All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

(j)     Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures transmitted via facsimile shall be deemed equivalent to originals.

 

7


Each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the Effective Date.

 

COMPANY      T ABLEAU S OFTWARE , I NC .
     By:  

 

     Title:  

 

EXECUTIVE      By:  

 

     Title:  

 

 

8

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of Tableau Software, Inc.

 

Subsidiary    Incorporation     

Tableau Japan K.K.

   Japan   

Tableau Canada Co.

   Canada   

Tableau Ireland Company

   Ireland   

Tableau Software UK Limited

   United Kingdom   

Tableau Germany GmbH

   Germany   

Tableau Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd

   Singapore   

Tableau Holdings Company

   Ireland   

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Tableau Software, Inc. of our report dated February 12, 2013 relating to the financial statements of Tableau Software, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

April 2, 2013